> 
 
 • 
 
 
 FROM THE LIBRARY OF 
 REV. LOUIS FITZGERALD BENSON, D. D. 
 
 BEQUEATHED BY HIM TO 
 
 THE LIBRARY OF 
 
 PRINCETON THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY 
 
 ft 7) 
 
 t 
 
T n * 
 
 RUDIMENTS 
 
 o r 
 
 LATIN and ENGLISH 
 
 GRAMMAR; 
 
 DE SIGNED 
 
 TG FACILITATE THE STUDY OF BOTH LANGUAGES, BY 
 CONNECTING THEM TOGETHER- 
 
 i «jm » nai mi) iii 
 
 B Y/ 
 
 ALEXANDER iDAM, LL. D. 
 
 Rector of the High School of Edinburgh. 
 
 Grammatice eft ars, neceflaria pucris, jucur.da fenibus, dulds fecretorum comes, et 
 quae vcl fola omni itudiornm genere plus habet operis quam olientationis. Nc 
 qui* igitur tanquam parva faftidiat Grammatices clementa ; quia interiora velut 
 facri huju* adeuntibus, apparebit multa rerum fubtilitas, qua non modo acuere 
 iiigenia puerilia, fed extrccre altiflimam quoque exuditionem ac fcientiam paflit. 
 
 QuinSuian i. 4, 5, 
 
 irirft American from tfje JFiftft CEnglift Sottton, tottjj 
 
 3[ntprotjemettt0* 
 
 Recommended by the Univerfity at Cambridge (Maff.) 
 to be ufed by thofe who are intended for that Seminary. 
 
 BOSTON; 
 
 Printed by Manning Ejf Loring, 
 
 For S- HALL, W. SPOTSWOOD, J. WHITE, 
 
 THOMAS & ANDREWS, D. WEST, 
 
 E. LARKIN, W. P. & L. BLAKE, 
 
 and J. WEST. 
 
 December, 1799* 
 
ADVERTISEMENT of CAMBRIDGE UNI- 
 VERSITY. 
 
 Vv HEREAS the Univerfity in Cambridge for 
 
 feveral years part has fufTered much inconvenience, and the intcreft 
 of Letters no fmall detriment, from the variety of Latin and Greek 
 Grammars ufed by the students, in cor.fequence of that diverfity, to 
 which; under different inflruetcrs, they have been accuftorned in their 
 preparatory courfe ; to promote, fo far as may be, the caufe of Lite- 
 rature, by preventing thofe evils in future, the Government of the 
 Univerfity, on due coniideratiqn of the fubjed:, has thought it expedi- 
 ent to requtfr. all infkrucSlors OfYoilCh, who may refort to Cambridge 
 for education, to adopt " Adams Latin Grammar" and the " Gloucejler 
 Greek Grammar]* with reference to fuch pupils, as Books Angularly 
 calculated for the improvement of fhidents in thefe languages. The 
 Univerfity has no wiih to recommend, much lefs to dictate, to any 
 other inititution,but only to facilitate the acquifuion of Literature by 
 -promoting uniformity within itfelf. Thefe being the Grammars 
 which will be ufed at this College by all chfTes, admitted after the 
 prefent year, it fecms neceifary, to prevent future difficulty, by giving 
 this public and timely notice ; for though a knowledge of the Gram- 
 mar is not at prefent made indifpenfably neceifary to admiffion into 
 the Univerfity, yet every Scholar, who may be accepted after the 
 prefent Commencement without fuch knowledge, will be required 
 immediately to form a radical and intimate acquaintance with them, 
 as no fludent will be permitted at the olafiical exercifes to ufe any 
 *ther Grammar. 
 
 Cambridge^ 'July 7> 1 799- 
 
P R E F A G E 
 
 TO THE 
 
 F I R ST D I T I O N, 
 
 MAN enjoys the lingular advantage of being able 
 to communicate his thoughts by articulate founds. 
 B lit nations employ very different verbal figns for the 
 
 exprefiion of thought ; but wjth refpect to the nature and 
 ufe of the feveral parts of fpeech in general, they uni- 
 formly agree. Hence the Principles of Grammar in all 
 languages are much the fame. 
 
 The itudy of Grammar has been confidered as an ob-- 
 ject of great importance by the wifeft men in all ages. 
 But, like other fciences, it has often been involved in myf- 
 tery, and perplexed with needlefs diBiculties. Inftead of 
 facilitating the acquisition of language!;, which was its 
 original defign, it has frequently, feived to render that 
 
 ^-ivxw xauoi Ivj«ao. 
 
 As language is regular in its general ftructure, rules 
 muft no doubt be ufeful to affift us in understanding it. 
 We firfl: learn to fpeak from imitation. We ufe die ex- 
 preffions which we hear from others. But when we have 
 once gained a certain (lock of words, we employ them ac- 
 cording to general rules. When a child, for inftance, has 
 occafion to- fpeak of two perfons, he will fay, "two mans/* 
 inlfcead of " two men ;" becaufo he learns the general 
 method of forming the plural, before he attends to parti- 
 cular exceptions- The fame maybe obferved of a perfon 
 who endeavours to acquire any foreign language. Memo- 
 ry furnifhes us with proper terms to exprefs our thoughts, 
 
 but 
 
iv PREFACE to 
 
 but judgment mud be exerted in adapting thefe to par- 
 ticular circumftances. 
 
 Every fcience maybe reduced to principles. The prin- 
 ciples of Grammar may be traced from the progrefs of 
 the mind in the acquifition of language. Children firit 
 exprefs their feelings by motions and gellures of the body, 
 by cries and tears. This is the language of nature, and 
 therefore univerfal. It fitly reprefents the quicknefs of 
 fentiment and thought, which are as inflantaneous as the 
 impreifion of light on the eye- Hence we always exprefs 
 our itrcnger feelings by thefe natural figns. But when 
 we want to make known to others the particular concep- 
 tions of the mind, we mult represent them by parts, we 
 mull divide and analyze them. We exprefs each part by 
 certain figns, and join thefe together according to the or- 
 der of their relations. Thus words are both the inftru- 
 ment and figns of the divifion of thought. But as words 
 are only artificial fi^ns of thought, and their connection- 
 with what they represent, merely arbitrary ; the fame 
 thought may be e.\pre?!ed by different figns, and thefe 
 figns variouily arranged : Hence the diverfity of languages 
 dvtd idioms. All languages, however, muft confift of the 
 fame effential parts. There mud be fome words to mark 
 the fubject o{ difcourfe, and others to exprefs what we ai- 
 firm concerning it. The former excite our curioiity, and 
 by the latter it is gratified. In this manner mull language 
 have been originally invented, if it be a human invention ;- 
 and in tins marmef do children always acquire the ufe of 
 fpeech. We are firft taught the names of objecls^ ; and 
 then we learn the words, which exprefs their qualities and 
 aclions. s we grow up, we become acquainted with 
 
 the ufe of Prepofitions, Adverbs, and Conjunctions, to- 
 gether with the different variations of Verbs employed to 
 mark time, number, and perfon. By joining thefe toge- 
 ther, we form leniences, w^hich we compound and arrant 
 variouily, according to the fentimentswe want to exprel 
 Thus we come to analyze our thoughts, and reprefent 
 them by parts, fo as to convey them properly to Others, 
 
 with all their circumftances and relations. 
 
 Grammar 
 
the First Edition* ▼• 
 
 Grammar is founded on common fenfe. Every fenti- 
 ment e.xprefled by words exemplifies its rales, and the ig- 
 norant obferve them, as well as the learned. The Prhy 
 ciples of Grammar are the firft abftrad truths which a 
 young mind can comprehend. Children diicover their ca- 
 pacity for underitanding the rules of Grammar, by put- 
 ting them in practice. It is indeed difficult to inake young 
 people attend to what paifes in their own minds. But 
 perhaps this is partly owing to the abftrufe manner in 
 which it is laid before them. The Principles of Grammar 
 will be moiVfuccefbiuiiv taught by arranging and explain- 
 ing th-.m according to the order of nature. Every art is 
 more or lefs involved in obfeurity by the hard terms pecu- 
 liar to it. In no art is this more rem irkably the cafe 
 than in Grammar. The terms it envoys are fo abttract, 
 that, unlets they be properly explained, even perfons of 
 advanced years cannot understand the: Could this in- 
 convenience be thoroughly removed, the Principles of 
 Grammar might be adapted to the meaneft capacity: For 
 were the nature of the different parts of fpeech, and their 
 ufe in fentences prope: jx plained, the mind would re-. 
 COgnife its own operations, and per: that Grammar 
 
 is nothing elfe than a delineation of thoie rules which we 
 obferve in evei y exprtflion of thpugfht by words. Thus 
 the ftudy of Grammar v J not only improve the mem- 
 ory, but ferve in a high degree to ilrengthen and enlarge 
 all the faculties of the mind. 
 
 Whatever we learn firft, is the rood familiar to us. For 
 this re a ton c Idren trill mo:l eafhy apprehend the Princi- 
 ples of Grammar, when .ed and exemplified in th 
 
 e which is natural to them, Plence it feems prop- 
 er to begin in Grammar, as in reading, with the lang;uap-e 
 cf our own country. But as mod of the modern languages 
 in Europe are in a great meafure founded on the Latin, 
 
 able part of cur knowledge, with re- 
 gardboth to icie;ce and taile, isderivedf: can Latin authors, 
 the ftudy of Latin Grammar has rally been preferred 
 
 to that of the Grammar of the r. -r tongue. This has 
 part: ly been t. e in this country. Till of 
 
 late very little attention has been paid to the itudy of 
 
 A 2 Engliflh 
 
vt PREFACE to 
 
 Englifli Grammar ; in confequence of which many in 
 gularities have crept into die language, which might other- 
 wife have been prevented. Were the importance of the 
 two languages to come into competition, that would no 
 doubt deferve the preference which we have the moll fre- 
 quent occafion to ufe. But to fuch as aim at polite lite- 
 rature, the ftudy of both ieems neceffary : and the knowl- 
 edge of the one will be found highly conducive. to that of 
 the other. The Engl-iih language has received its great! 
 improvements from thofe who were matters of claffic 
 learning ; and perhaps it cannot be thoroughly under- 
 stood, without feme acquaintance with the Latin. It 
 certain, no one can properly tranilate from the one lan- 
 guage into the other, without underllanding the idioms- 
 of both. In order therefore to teach Lai la Gramm; 
 with fuccefs, w T e ihould always join with it a particular 
 attention to the rudiments of Eng:i(h. This is the defign 
 of the following attempt. And as in writing upon Gram- 
 mar, materials entirely new cannot be expected, the com- 
 piler has with freedom borrowed from all hands whatevi 
 he judged fit for his purpofe. He acknowledges himfelf 
 particularly indebted to Mr Harris's Hermes with regard 
 to the principles of univerfal Grammar ; to Wallis and 
 Dr Lowth, for moft of his obfervations concerning the- 
 Engliih ; and to Gerard VouTus, and Ruddiman, with 
 refpect to the Latin. 
 
 The merit cf any performance on this ftibjed mud in a 
 great meafure depend upon the method of illuftration and 
 arrangement. In the picfent eilay that arrangement has- 
 "been obferved, which appeared moft natural. The feveral 
 parts of Grammar arc reduced to general principles ; and 
 after thefe are fubjomed particular obfervations and ex- 
 ceptions, x nt moil effcntial rules and remarks are print- 
 ed in larger characters ; and the committing of thefe to 
 memory, together with the examples, will to a learner at 
 firft, it is thought, be found fufficient, A careful peril- 
 fal of the particular obfervations, afterwards, joined with 
 the reading of the cladics, and the practice of writing 
 and fpeaking Latin, will fuperfede the ufe of any other 
 Grammar rules* If a further exercife for the memory 
 
 be 
 
the First Edition. Til 
 
 be wanted, beautiful pailages feleckd from the Gallic, 
 feem much more proper for this purpofe, than Latin verfrs 
 about words and phrafes, however accurately compofed. 
 Whatever other Grammar may have formerly been 
 taught, tire perufal of die following, it is hoped, will be 
 attended with advantage. The compiler has done every 
 thing in his power to prepare it for the public, He has 
 examined with care the method ofedu n, and the fev- 
 eral Grammars made uio of both at home, and abroad. He 
 has communicated his own plan to many perfons of the 
 firft character for letters in this kingdom ; and the atten- 
 tion which: they have been pleafed. to pay to it, and the 
 manv ufeful obiervations which he has received from them, 
 he will always remember with gratitude. He is Rill afraid, 
 that notwithstanding all his care, fome defects may be 
 found in the execution ; but hopes that his dc it lea(t 
 
 111 meet with approbation, and earnestly c e ai- 
 
 fiftance of the encouragers of learning, to enable him to 
 is fcheme to greater perfection, 
 
 [NBURQB) 
 
 I " 7 1. 
 
 PREFACE 
 
«*> 
 
 R E E A C E 
 
 TO THE 
 
 FOURTH EDITION, 
 
 THE compiler was firit led, at an early period of life, 
 to think ot compoiing this Book, by obferving the 
 hurtful effects of. teaching boys Grammar Rules in Latin 
 verie, which they did not underftand ; while they were 
 ignorant, not only of the principles of that language, but 
 alio of thpfe oi their mother tongue. Experience I 
 fi nee afforded him the moit convincing proofs of the im- 
 rcpriety cf this practice ;and his opinion has been it ill 
 further confirmed by perufing. the writings of the old 
 Grammarians, and o£- the moit eminent among the mod- 
 erns, he old Grammarians, Charifius, D: r/, Frifcia- 
 ?;us, Pr tatuf, Servius, Plcfcr/uus, Augujlinusy Gajfio- 
 dor us, MacrobittSf Beda, sllcubius, * isfc. have no vcrle 
 rulers and fo in latter times Perotte, Manutius, Erafmus> 
 Vykriusi Buchanan^ Milton, oV, cola us Perotte was 
 ne of the chief reftoreis of learning in the fifteenth cen- 
 tury. He died Atchbifliop of Siponto in 1480. r I he 
 rnpiler has a copy of the firft edition of his Grammar, 
 primed at Brefcia anno 1474. It is coznpofed by way of 
 n and anfwer; but without any verfe nil. Soon 
 :er Lhe invention of printing, and perhaps before, f< 
 the cc mpilcr has not been able to afcertain the precife pe- 
 riod, the cuitom.was introduced of expreffing the pr inci- 
 tes 
 
 * Terevtiam's Mauris, a learned Grammr.ri.in, by birth sn Af- 
 'io is funpofed to have lived und^r Trajar , arul wro:. i-i 
 treat: ordy of poetry. 
 
PREFACE to the Fourth Edition. in 
 
 pies of almoft every art and fcience in Latin and Greek 
 verfe. The rules of Logic, and even the aphorifms of 
 Hippocrates, were taught in this manner. Among the 
 verfifiers of Latin Grammar Defpauter and Lily were the 
 nioft confpicuous. The nrlt complete eduion of Defpau- 
 ter's Grammar was printed at Cologne, anno 1522 ; his 
 Syntax had been published anno 1500. Lily was made 
 firil Mailer of St Paul's fchool in London, by Dr. Colet, 
 its founder, anno 1510; 10 that he was contemporary with 
 Defpauter. His Grammar was appointed, by an act 
 which is (till in force, to be taught in the eftabiifhed 
 fchools of England v Various attempts were afterwards 
 made by different authors ; as, Sanclius> Afaarus* Setoff ius> 
 Ktrivtned, WatU RaJdhmm t &c* to Improve on the plan of 
 Defpauter and Lily ; but with little fucceis. The truth 
 is r it leems impracticable to express- with fufficient perfpi- 
 cuity the Principles of Grammar in Latin verfe j and it 
 appears llrange, that when fcholaltic jargon is- exploded 
 from elementary books on other fciences, it fhould be re- 
 tained by public authority, where it ought never to have 
 been admitted, in Latin Grammars for children. But 
 fuch is the force of habit and attachment to eftablifhed 
 modes, that we go on in the ufe of them, without think- 
 ing whether they be founded in reafon or not. When 
 there are a great many exceptions from a general rule, 
 whatever can affift the memory is no doubt ufeful. On 
 this account the principal rules for the genders of nouns, 
 &c. are here Jubjeined, for local reafoils, from Ruddiman's 
 Grammar ; although many of them are by no means 
 adapted to the capacity of boys ; and more of them are in- 
 ferted, in compliance with the opinion of others, than 
 the compiler judges neceilary. They are printed at the 
 end of the bock ; and fuch as choofe it, may have Lily's 
 rules, Watt's rules, or any other, fubflituted in their place. 
 The authors of the Ncuvdb Mcthcdc^ or Pert Royal 
 Grammar in France, judging it as abfurd to teach Latin 
 by rules in Latin verfe, as to teach Greek, by rules in 
 Greek verfe, or Hebrew by rules in Hebrew, compofed the 
 rules of Latin Grammar, in French verfe. Some authors 
 in England, as, Clarke, Phillips, &c. have imitated their 
 
 example. 
 
2 PREFACE to 
 
 example. But this plan has not in either country been 
 much followed j Nothing can he more uncouth thanfuch 
 venirication. So that Latin rules, on the whole, feem 
 preferable. — However this may be, the following remarks 
 concerning the method of teaching Latin, it is hoped, will 
 net be deemed improper. - 
 
 When the learner is once mafter of the inflexion of 
 •nuns and verbs, he fhould be exercifed in getting by heart 
 v ords and ph'rafes, while at the fame time he is employed 
 in reading lb me eafy author, and in turning, plain fen- 
 tences from Englifh into Ldttfh The foonerhe can be 
 brought to write part of his exercifes, the* better; but- he 
 lhould never be obliged to get Grammar rules in Latin 
 verfe, till he is capable of underflanding them by himfelf; 
 becaufe although the teacher may explain them, the Schol- 
 ar will foon forget the interpretation, and repeat the 
 words merely by rote, without attending to their mean- 
 ing ; Nor fhould he be forced to get rules in Latin verfe, 
 which may be remembered equally well in Engliih profe. 
 Rules in verfe are only ufeful when they affift the memo- - 
 ry ; as when there is a number of exceptions from a gene- 
 ral ru^e, where alone they are indeed of advantage : and 
 even here, perhaps, any chime of words might anfwer the 
 purpofe as well as Latin hexameters. It is of import- 
 ance, when the rule is long, that the learner be accustom- 
 ed to repeat no more of it than is (tridly applicable to the 
 Word or phrafe in queftion. The repetition of the whole 
 is an ufelefs wafte of time. The great object ought to 
 be, to bring the learner, in as lhort time as poflible, to 
 join .without hefitation au adjective with a fubftantive in 
 any cafe, number, or degree of comparifon ; and in like 
 manner to touch upon any part of a verb, and tell readi- 
 ly by what cafe any adjective, verb, or prepo'ition is fol- 
 lowed. This facility practice alone can teach, and the 
 method of acquiring it muft in all languages be much the 
 fame. 
 
 The niceties of conftruction, the figures of Syntax, and 
 the other parts of Grammar, fhould be occafionally taught, 
 us the learner proceeds in reading the more difficult au- 
 thors. 
 
 As 
 
the Fourth Edition. xi 
 
 As the ancient Romans joined the Grammar of their 
 own language ^ :•: t of the Gresk ; io we ought to 
 coiiiic :t .he ftttd\ < I ifflilh Grammar that of the 
 
 Latin ; and when the learner properly underftands Latin 
 Grammar, he orj lo join with it the ftudy of the Greek.; 
 the knowledge o: h thefe languages being requifite for 
 the thorough i ig of the Er.glifh. This is the 
 
 pr j in a d, and other countries, where the bed 
 
 Greek and n icholars are formed* It is particularly 
 
 neceflary in Scotland to pay attention to the Englifh in 
 conjunction with the Latin* as -by neglecting it boys at 
 fchool learn many improprieties in point of Grammar, as 
 well as of pronunciation, which it is difficult in after life 
 to correct. This attention is *lefs requifite in England % 
 though even there, in the opinion of Dr.Lowth, to ufe his 
 own words, " the connection of the Englifh with the Latin 
 ft Grammar, ji it could be introduced into fchools, might 
 *' be of good fervice*"* 
 
 Edinburgh, T 
 .0^.25,1793. 5 
 
 In the prefent edition the Appendix to Etymology ha* 
 heen omitted, becaufe a larger work on that fubject is in- 
 tended, and will probably foon be fent to the prefs. 
 
 Edinburgh, \ 
 Ja/t t 23. 1798. J 
 
 * In a letter concerning this book, after having read the man** 
 icript, dated, Cuddefdon, Sept. 27,1771-. 
 
 CONTENTS 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 Part I. ORTHOGRAPHY, which treats of *** 
 
 LETTERS, - . i 
 
 Diphthongs * * - 2 
 
 Syllable* * 3 
 
 Part IL ETYMOiOGY, which treats of WORDS, 4 
 
 Divifion ©f Words or Parts of Speech - ib. 
 
 The Article ; — wanting in ..Latin - 5 
 
 -I. NOUN or Substantive, 6 
 
 Englifh Nouns - 7 
 
 Latin Nouns - - - S 
 
 Declension of Noufrs • - ib. 
 
 G nder of Noons - - 10 
 
 Firft Declenfton - - 1 3 
 
 Second Declenfion • - 19 
 
 Third Declenfion • • a8 
 
 Fourth Declenfion - - .47 
 
 Fifth Decleufion - * - 49 
 
 Irregola< Nouns ib. 
 
 Division of Nouns, according to their fignificatien and derivation 56 
 
 Adjective • 58 
 
 Numeral Adjectives • 66 
 
 Comparison of Adjectives — - 69 
 
 U. PRONOUN - - J% 
 
 Engliih Pronouns * - ib. 
 
 Latin Pronouns - • ?3 
 
 I. Simple Latin Pronouns - - ib. 
 a. Compound Latin Preaouas * -74 
 
 III. VERB 79 
 
 Englifh Verbs - - - 81 
 
 Conjugation of Latin Verbs 86 
 
 Fir A: Conjugation - ^ -90 
 Second Conjugation - "95 
 
 Third Conjugation - - "97 
 
 Fourth Conjugation - ^8 
 
 .Formation of the different part9 o Latin Verbs 99 
 Signification of the different Tkmh - t°x 
 
 VERBS 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 VERBS of the First Conjugation J - I04 
 
 Second Conjugation - i c 8 
 
 Third Conjugation - nj 
 
 Fourth Conjugation - 122, 
 
 Deponent and Common Verbs - - 124 
 
 Irregular Verbs - - I2 g 
 
 Defective Ver*bs - 
 
 Impersonal Verbs 
 
 > 
 
 133 
 *35 
 
 Redundant Verbs. - - - 1^6 
 
 j 1 
 
 Qbf oleic Conjugation - »- j^g 
 
 Derivation and Composition of Verbs - ib. 
 
 IV. PARTICIPLE - - - I4 o* 
 
 V. .ADVERB , - I4Z 
 
 VI. PREPOSITION - - /' ! i 4 6 
 VII fc INTERJECTION - - M g 
 VIII. CONJUNCTION - - l40 
 
 TART III. SYNTAX or CONSTRUCTION, 
 
 which treats of SENTENCES, 151 
 
 Divifion of Sentences into Simple and Compound - fej 
 
 I. SIMPLE SENTENCES - . ib. 
 
 Concord or Agreement of Words in Simple Sentences ib. 
 
 GOVERNMENT of Words in Simple Sentences - j 57 " 
 
 I.* Government of Substantives - - ib. 
 
 II. Government of Adjectives - - 160 
 
 III. Government of Verbs - - l£6 
 
 1. Verbs governing one cafe - ib. 
 
 2. Verbs governing two cafes - j-j^ 
 
 Government of Passive Verbs 
 
 of Impersonal Verbs 
 
 7/7 
 *79 
 
 Conftruction of the Infinitive - - 1S1 
 
 of Participles, &c. - - 183 
 
 of Gerunds - - 281 
 
 of Supines - ig^ 
 
 of Adverbs - - lg$ 
 
 Government of Adverbs 
 
 of Prepositions 
 
 Conftruction of Circumstances 
 
 1. Price - . ib, 
 
 2. Manner and Caufe - ib. 
 
 3. Place - * j-« 
 
 4. Meafure and Diftance - 2?o 
 
 5. Time - - 2cr 
 
 B II. COMPOUND 
 
 189 
 
 190 
 196 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 Pare 
 
 II. COMPOUND SENTENCES - 20X 
 
 Sentences are compounded by Relatives and Conjunctions ib. 
 
 Conftruction of Relatives - - 220 
 
 of Conjunctions - -205 
 
 of Comparatives - - 210 
 
 The Ablative Absolute - - 211 
 
 APPENDIX to Syntax ; containing 
 
 I. Various Signification and Construction of Verbs 214 
 
 II. Figurative Construction, or Figures of Syntax 235 
 
 III. Analysis and Translation - 237 
 
 IV. Different kinds of Style - - 241 
 
 V. Figures of RHETORIC - 243 
 
 1. Figures of Words or Tropes - ib. 
 
 2. Repetion of Words - - 248 
 
 3. Figures of Thought w - 249 
 
 Part IV, PROSODY, which treats of the Quantity 
 
 of Syllables, of Accent and Verfe, 252 
 
 I. Quantity of Syllables - - ib. 
 
 1. Quantity of firft and middle Syllables - 553 
 
 2. Quantity of final Syllables - - 261 
 
 Quantity of Derivatives and Compounds - 264 
 
 I!. ACCENT - 266 
 
 III. VERSE - * « 267 
 
 The meafuring of Verfes by Feet, or Scanning" - ib. 
 
 Different kinds of Verfes - - 268 
 
 Figures in Scanning - - 275 
 
 Different kinds of Poems- - - 277 
 
 Combination of Verfes in Poems - 278 
 
 Different kinds of Verfe in Horace and Buchanan - 279 
 
 English Verse - - 281 
 
 APPENDIX I. Punctuation, Capitals, &c - 286 
 
 II, Rule; from Ruddiman's Grammar - 291 
 
 THE 
 
T H E 
 
 I 
 
 RUDIMENTS 
 
 o f 
 
 LATIN a,n d ENGLISH 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 GRAMMAR is the art of ' {peaking and writing cor- 
 rectly. 
 
 Latin or Englifh Grammar Is the art of fpeaking and 
 writing the Latin or the Englifh language correclly. 
 
 The Rudiments of Grammar are plain and eafy inftruc- 
 tions, teaching beginners the firft principles and rules of it. 
 
 Grammar treats of fentences, and the feveral parts of 
 which they are compounded. 
 
 Sentences confift of words ; Words ecnfifl of one ox 
 more fyllables ; Syllables of one or more letter?. So that 
 Letters, Syllables, Word?, and Sentences, make up the 
 whole fubject of grammar. 
 
 LETTERS. 
 
 A Letter is the mark of a found, or of an articulation 
 •f found. 
 
 That part of Grammar which treats of letters, is called 
 Orthography. 
 
 The letters in Latin are twenty-five : A, a ; B, b ; C, c ; 
 D, d; E, e; F, f ; G, g ; H> h ; I, i ; J, j ; K, k ; L*l; 
 
 M, m ; N, n ; O, o ; P, p ; (^ q ; R, r ; S, f ; T, t ; 
 U, u ; V, v ; X, x ; Y, y ; Z, z ; 
 
 la EagLifh there is one letter more, tamely, W % iv. 
 
 Letters 
 
2 Letters and Diphthongs. 
 
 I Letters are divided into Vowels and Contb- 
 wjps. ) I I I 
 
 | Six are vowels ; *, e 9 i, o, u, y. All the reft 
 
 are confonants. ) 
 | A vowel makes a full found by itfelf ; as, a, e.\ 
 |Aconfonant cannot make a perfect found 
 
 without a vowel ; as, b\ d. ) 
 
 A rowel is properly called % fmpk found ; and the 
 founds formed by the concourfe o£ vowels and confonants, 
 aftu date fl 
 
 Confonants are divided into Mutes, Semi-votucb, and 
 DouHe C ■ . ts* 
 
 A mute is fo called, became it entirely flops the paxTagc 
 ot the voice ; a?, p in ap* 
 
 The mutes are, p, h ; t, d; c, i, q, and*^/ but 3, d, and 
 f, perhaps may more properly be termed Stim-mutes. 
 
 A femi-vowel, or half vowel, does not entirely flop the 
 paiTage of the voice ; thus, aL 
 
 Tiit femi-vowels are, /, m, t?> r, s, f. The Grit four of 
 thefe are alfo called Liquids, particularly / and r ; becaufe 
 they flow foftly and eofily after a mute in the fime fylla- 
 ble ; as, bla, jlra. 
 
 The mutes and femi-vowels may be thus diflinguiflied. 
 Tn naming the mutes, the vowel is put after them ; as, pr, 
 be, Sec, but in naming the femi-vowels, the vowel is put 
 before them ; as, e/ 9 tin, Sec. 
 
 The double confonants are, *, t z, andy. X vs made up 
 of cs, ks, or gs. Z feems not to be a double confonant 
 in Englifh. It ha: the fame relation to s y as v has to f f 
 being founded fomewhat more foftly. 
 
 In L::tin r, and like wife i and y 3 are found only in 
 words derived frcm the Greek. 
 
 T in Englifh is fbmetimes a conionant, as in youth, 
 
 H by fome is not accounted a letter, but only a breathing. 
 
 DIPH T H O N G S. 
 
 I A diphthong'is two vo t 1 in one found. j 
 
Syllables* 3 
 
 If the - found of both vowels be diftinCtiy heard, it is 
 called a Proper Diphthong ; if not, an Improper Diphthong. 
 
 The proper diphthongs in Latin are commonly reckon- 
 ed three ; au y eu y ei ; as in aurum y Eur us y omneis. To 
 thefe, fome, not improperly, add other three, namely, 
 ai ; as in Mala ; ot y as in Troia : and ui y as in Harpu'ia, 
 or in cul and huic y when pronounced as monofyllables. 
 
 The improper diphthongs in Latin are two, ae y or when 
 the vowels are written together, a ; as aeias y or atas ; oe y 
 or z ; as poena or pcena ; in both of which the found of the 
 e only is heard. The ancients commonly wrote the vowels 
 feparately, thus, aetas y poena. 
 
 The Englifh language abounds with improper diph- 
 thongs, the jult pronunciation of which practice alone 
 can teach. In fome words derived from the French, there 
 are three vowels in the fame fy liable, but two of them only 
 are founded ; as in beauty, lieutenant* 
 
 SYLLABLES. 
 
 A fyllable is the found of one letter, or of feveral letters 
 pronounced by one impulfe of the voice ;. as a y to, Jlrength. 
 
 In every word there are as many fyllables . as there are 
 diftinct founds ; as, in-fal-li-bi-li-ty. 
 
 In Latin there are as many fyllables in a word as there 
 are vowels or diphthongs in it ; uniefs when u with any 
 other vowel comes after g> q y or s y as ia llngua y qui y fua~ 
 deo ; where the two vowels are not reckoned a diphthong r 
 becaufe the found of the u vanifhes, or is little heard. 
 
 Words coniiiting of one fyllable, are called Monofyl- 
 lables ; of two, Dijfyllables ; and of more than two, Poly- 
 fyllables. But all words of more than one fyllable are 
 commonly called Poly fyllables. 
 
 In dividing, words into fyllables^ we are chiefly to be 
 directed by the ear. Compound words fnould be di- 
 vided into the parts of which they are made up ;. as, up-on y 
 ivith-ouiy &c. and fo ia Latin words, ab-utor y ui-ops y 
 propter-ea y et-e?iim y vel-ut y &c. In like manner, when a 
 fyllable is added in the formation of the Englifh verb, as, 
 lov-eJ, lGv~ing y lo<v-eih r will-i;:g y Sec. 
 
 Obfrv:, A long fyllable is thus marked [-] ; as, amare ; 
 v B 2 / or 
 
4 Words and Parts of Speech. 
 
 or with a circumflex accent thus, [ ] ; as, amdris. ' A 
 fliort fyllable is marked thus [ w ] ; as, omnibus. 
 
 What pertains to the quantity of Syllables, to accent, 
 and veife, will be treated of afterwards. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 Words are articulate founds fignincant of thought. 
 That part of Grammar which treats of words, is call 
 Etymology^ or Analogy* 
 
 All words may be divided into three kinds; namely , I. fuch as 
 mark the names of things; 2. fuchas denote what isaffirmed concerning 
 things ; and 3. fuch as are fignificant only in tonjun&ion with other 
 words; or what are called Subjlanti-ves, Attributives , and Conneftivft. 
 Thus in the following fentence, " The diligent bey reads the leffoA care* 
 M fully in the fchool^ and at home" the wcrds toy, hjfon^'fcbooL obtnt y 
 are the names we give to the things fpoken of; diligent ^ reeds, care- 
 fuUy, exprefs what is affirmed con.cerr.iug the boy ; the, in, m 
 are only fignificant when joined with the other words of the fentence. 
 
 All words whatever are either fimple or compound, pri- 
 mitive or derivative. 
 
 The divifion of words into fimple and compound, is 
 called their Figure ; into primitive and derivative, their 
 Species or kind. 
 
 A fimple word is that which is not made up of more than 
 cne ; as, pius, pious ; ego, I ;• doceo, I teach. 
 
 A compound word is that which is made up of two or 
 more words ; or of one word, and fome fyllable added, as, 
 impius, impious ; dedoceo, I unteach ; egomet, I myfelf. 
 
 A primitive word is that which comes from no other ; 
 as, pius, pious ; difco, I learn ; doceo, I teach. 
 
 A derivative word is that which comes from another 
 word ; as, pietas, piety ; doclrina, learning. 
 
 The different claiTes into which we divide words, are 
 called Paris of Speech. 
 
 PARTS OF SPEECH. 
 
 1 The parts of fpeech in Latin are eight ; 
 
 1. Noun, Pronoun, Verb, Participle ; declined : 
 
 2. Adverb, * Prepofition, Interjcdion, and Con- 
 junction ; undeclined. } 
 
Par*ts of Speech, j 
 
 In Englifh the adjective and participle are not declined. 
 
 Thofe words or parts of fpeech are faid to be declined 
 which receive ^different changes, particularly on the end, 
 which is called the Termination of words. 
 
 The changes made upon words are by grammarians call- 
 ed A tts, ' 
 
 k ; Of 'old, all words which admit of different terminations 
 were iaitl to be declined. But Dcchnfon is now applied 
 only to nouns. The changes made upon the verb are call- 
 ed Conjugation* 
 
 • 
 
 The Engtifn language has one part of fpeech more than 
 who Latin, namely, the ARTICLE. 
 
 The article is a word put before fubftantive nouns, to 
 po'r. m out, and to fhew how far their (Signification ex- 
 pends. 
 
 There are two' articles, a and the : a becomes an before 
 
 vowel, or a filent' h. 
 
 A is called the Indefinite, The the 'Definite Article, 
 
 A is ufed to point out one fingle thing of a kind, with- 
 out fixing precilciy what that thing is : The determines 
 what particular thicg is meant. 
 
 A man means fimply fome one or other of that kind : 
 the man fignifies that' particular man who is fpoken of. 
 
 The want of the article is a defeel: in the Latin' tongue^ 
 and often renders the meaning of nouns undetermined: 
 thus, films regis, may fignify, either, a fan of a king, or a 
 ling's f on ; or the j on of the ling, or the king's J on* 
 
 The placed before certain common names, marks either 
 a whole kind, or fome individual of that kind, with which 
 we are acquainted ; as, the lion, the ox, &c. 
 
 A can only be joined ' to fubftantive' nouns in the fingular 
 number : the may alfo be joined to plurals. A is likewife 
 ufed before adjectives which exprefs number, when many 
 are confldered as one whole ; as, a thoufand men, a fe<w, a 
 great many men. 
 
 The is likewife applied to adjectives and adverbs in the 
 comparative or fuperlative degree, to mark their fenfe more 
 ftrongly ; as, " the wifer,'" " the better $" " the more I 
 think of it, tte better I like it." 
 
 NOUN. 
 
6 NOU* SUBSTANTIVE. 
 
 N O U II 
 
 y"A noun is either fub(Unti?e or adje&ive. / 
 
 The a^j-Aive feems to be improperly called noun : it is only a word 
 added to a fubilantive or noun, exprcilive of its quality ; and therefore 
 fr.ould bz confidered as a different part of fpeech. But as die fubftan- 
 tive and adj eSive together exprds but one object, and in Latin are 
 declined after the fame manner, they have both been comprehended 
 under the iV.ine general name. 
 
 SUBSTANTIVE. 
 
 / A Subftantive, or Noun, is the name of any 
 perfon, place, or thing; as, boy, fchool^ book.) 
 
 J Subftantives are of two forts ; proper and common names. ) 
 / Proper names are the names appropriated to individuals ; 
 as the names of perfons and places ; fuch are, Ctefar, Rome. I 
 I Common names ftand for whole kinds, containing feveral 
 forts ; or for forts, containing many individuals under them ; 
 as, animal, man, beajl, jifb, fowl, Sec, \ 
 
 Every particular being mould have* its own proper name ; 
 but this is impofiible, on account of their innumerable mul- 
 titude : men have therefore been obliged to give the fame 
 common name to fuch things as agree together in certain 
 refpecls. Thefe form what is called a genus, or kind ; a 
 fpecies, or fort. 
 
 A proper name may be ufed for a common, and then in 
 Englifh it has the article joined to it ; as, when we fay of 
 fome great conqueror, " He is an Alexander f* or, " The 
 Alexander of his age." 
 
 To proper and common names may be added a third 
 clafs of nouns, which mark the names of qualities, and are 
 called abjlract nouns ; as, hardnejs, goodntfs, lubitenefs, vir- 
 tue, jiijlice, piety, Sec. 
 
 When we fpeak of things, we confTder them as one or 
 more. This is what we call Number. When one thing 
 is fpoken of, a noun is faid to be of the Jrngular number ; 
 when two or more, of the plural. 
 
 Things confidered according to their kinds, are either 
 male or female, or neither of the two. Males are faid to 
 be of the mafculine gender ; females of the feminine ; arid 
 all other things, of the neuter gender. 
 
 Such 
 
LxGLrsH- Nous's* 7 
 
 Such nouns as are applied to fignify either the male or 
 the female, are faid to be of the common gendet\ that is, ei- 
 ther mafcuilne or feminine. 
 
 Various. methods are ufed, in different languages, to ex- 
 prefs the different . connexions or relations of one thing to 
 another. In the Engllih, and in moft modern languages, 
 this is done by prepoiltions, or particles placed before the 
 iubitantive : in Latin, by declenfion, or by different cafes ; 
 that is, by changing the termination of the noun ; as, rex> 
 a king, or the king ; t&gis, 01 a king, or of the king. 
 
 E >: G L I 5 H NOU N S. 
 
 In Englifh, nouns have only one cafe, namely, the ge- 
 
 nitivei which is formed from the noun* 
 
 ". s, with an apofnophe, or matk to feparate 
 
 it ; as, John* 1 book, the fame with, the book of Jolxu It was 
 
 formerly written johnu look* 
 
 Some have thought the *s a contraction for Us ; but improperly ; 
 
 becaufc,- inflead of the n. » 600k, we cannot fay, the ivosna/i bis 
 
 pi. Others have imagined, and with more juftnefs, that by the 
 
 addition of the y s the fubitantive is changed into apofTefiive adjective. 
 
 When the noun ends in s, the fign of the pofTeflive cafe is forae- 
 times not added ; as, for rlgbUttfnefs fake ; and never to the pluial 
 number ending \ns ; as, on e.rgles icings. Perhaps it would be better 
 in the plural, when it ends in x, always to ufc the particle, and not 
 the poiTefiive form ; as, on the ivinrs of eagles. Both the fign and the 
 proportion feem fometimes to be ufed ; as, afolaier of the kings : but 
 here there are two pofTeflives ; for it means, on: of the foldicrs of the king* 
 
 A lingular noun, in Englim, is made plural by adding 
 • to it s, or, for the fake of found, es ; as, king, kings y church, 
 r; bnifij, brufheA; <wiinfs, zwincjps ; Joy:, foxes; 
 .if leaves i in which lait, and in many others, f is alfc 
 A into v, to make the pronunciation eaiier. 
 Several plurals are formed by adding en ; as ewe. oxen. 
 Of chefe forae are contracted, or interpofe a letter on ac- 
 count ; as, brethren, chlldn -, line, lOomen, 
 m r orotheh .1. j ", Sc c. I n I r e a d f k in e wen ow 
 commonly fay c&zi\s ; and we feldom ufe brethren but in 
 
 v 
 
 N ; as, cherry ', cherries ; cttjs 
 
 .v. C •*>, 5cc> .he po/Tcinve ctfe; 
 
 Some. 
 
8 Latin Nouns. 
 
 Some nouns form the plufal more irregularly ; as, moufe, 
 mice; loufe, lice; tooth , teeth; foot, feet ; goyfi, geefe, &c. 
 The words JJjeep, deer, are the lame in both numbers. 
 Some nouns, from the nature of the things which they ex- 
 prefs, are ufed only in the lingular, or in the plural form ; 
 as, iv heat, pitch, gold, Jlulhy pride, &C. and bellows, fcif- 
 fars, lungs, loiudsy &e. 
 
 Several nouns in Engliih are changed in their termina- 
 tion, to exptfefsi gender ; as prince, prince fs ; atlor, aclrefs ; 
 lion, lionefs ; he>-o y heroine ; duke, duchefs, &c. 
 
 The Engliih language has a peculiar advantage aver 
 mofr other languages, in making all words whatever, ex- 
 cept the names of males and females, to be of the neuter 
 gender: unjefs when inanimate beings are perfonified, or 
 confidered as perfons ; as, when we fay of the fun, he 
 Jhines ; or of the moon, jhe Jhines. 
 
 LATIN NOUNS. 
 
 J A Latin no-ua is declined by Genders, Cafes, 
 and Numbers. J 
 
 ( There are three genders, Mafculine, Femi- 
 nine, and Neuter.) 
 
 /The cafes are fix, Nominative, Genitive, 
 Dative, Accusative, Vocative, and Ablative.) 
 
 (There are two numbers, Singular and P/uraL) 
 [ There are live different ways of varying or de- 
 clining nouns, called, the firji, fecon^ third, 
 fourth, and Jlftb declenjions. J 
 
 Cafes are certain changes made upon the termination of 
 nouns, to exprefs the relation of one thing to another. 
 
 They are fa called, from cado y to fail ; becaufe they fall, 
 as it were, from the nominative ; which is therefore named 
 cafus reel a?, the itraight cafe ; and the other cafes, cafus 
 cbliquiy the oblique cafes. 
 
 The different declenfions may be diftinguifhed from one 
 another by the termination of the genitive Angular. The 
 firft declcnfion has a diphthong ; the fecond has i ; tfie 
 
 third 
 
General Rules of Declension. 9, 
 
 third has is ; the fourth has us ; and the fifth has i'i in the 
 genitive. 
 
 Although Latin nouns be faid to have fix' cafts, yet none 
 of them have that number of different terminations, both 
 in the lingular and plural. 
 
 General Rujles of Declenftcn. 
 
 1. 1 Nouns of the neuter gender have the Ac- 
 cufative and Vocative like the Nominative, in 
 both numbers j and thefe cafes in the plural end 
 always in a. I 
 
 2/The Dative and Ablative plural end always 
 alike.) 
 
 3. J The Vocative for the mod part in the lin- 
 gular, and always in the plural, is the fame with 
 the Nominative. # 
 
 Greek nouns in s generally lofe s in the Vocative ; as, 
 Thomas, Thcma ; sinchlfts, Anchik ; Paris, Pari ; Pa?i- 
 thus, Panihu : Pallas, -antis ; Palla, names of men. But. 
 nouns in a of the third declenfion oftener retain the s ; as, 
 6 Achilles, rarely -e ; Socrates, feldom -e ; and fometimes 
 ncuns in is and as ; as, Thais, Myfs 9 Pal/as, -adis, the 
 goddefs Minerva, &c. 
 
 4.' Proper names for the moft part want the 
 plural : / 
 
 Unlefs feveral of the fame name be fpoken of; as, duo- 
 decim C of ares, the twelve Csefars. 
 
 The cafes of Latin nouns are thus exprefTed in Englifh ; 
 1. With the indefinite article, a king. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 
 a king, 
 
 Gen. 
 
 of 
 
 a king, 
 
 Dat. 
 
 to or for 
 
 a king, 
 
 Aoc. 
 
 
 a king, 
 
 Voc. 
 
 
 
 king, 
 
 Abl. ru-ifhyfronu, in, by, a king, 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 
 kings. 
 
 Gen. of 
 
 
 kings, 
 
 Dat. to or for 
 
 
 kings, 
 
 Ace. 
 
 
 kings. 
 
 Voc. 
 
 
 kings, 
 
 Abl. c wiih,froTii, in, 
 
 h\ 
 
 » kings* 
 
 
 2. 
 
 With 
 
JO rEKDfcR Of Nor 
 
 2. With the definite article, 'the king. 
 ingular. . .Plural. 
 
 Nom. . the king % »Nom. '< rv/v'/i^p 
 
 Gen. cf the king. Gen. ef the kings , 
 
 Dat. to or for the king, Dat. to or for the kings, 
 
 Ace. tie king,. A;cc. | the kings, 
 
 Voc. king, Voc. kings, 
 
 Ab. with, from, in,by, the king : Ab. nvlth,froiri, in, by, the kings. 
 
 GEN D.E.R.. 
 
 Nouns in Latin are faid to be of different genders, not 
 merely from the diftinction offex, but chiefly- fronv \their 
 being joined with an adjective of one termination, ancf not 
 of another. Thus, penna, a pen, is faid to be feminine," 
 becaufe it is always joined with an adjective in that termi- 
 nation which is applied to females ; as, buna penna, a 
 good pen, and not bonus penna. » 
 
 The gender of nouns which fignify things without life, 
 depends on their termination, and different declenlion. 
 
 To diftinguifh the different genders, grammarians make 
 ufe of the pronoun hie, to mark the- mafculine ; h<rc, the 
 feminine ; and hoc, the neuter. 
 
 General Rules concerning Gender. 
 i. iNames of males are mafculine ; as, 
 
 Humerus, Homer ypater, a father ; poeia, a. poet. 
 
 2. ^Names of females are feminine ; as, 
 
 Helena, Helen ; ) mulier, a woman ; uxor, a wife ; mater*, 
 a mother ; suror, a fifter ; Tetlus, the goddefs of the earth. 
 
 3. jNouns .which lignify either the male or 
 female, are of the common gender ; that is, 
 either mafculine or feminine ; as, 
 
 Hie bos, an ox ; haec bos, a cow ; hie parens, a father ; 
 \titc parens, a mother.) 
 
 The following lift comprehends moft nouns of the com- 
 mon gender. 
 
 Sdolefcen 1 
 
Gender of Nouns. 
 
 n 
 
 A ) C C* V "^ Conjux, # hvfidnd or Nemo, no hay. 
 Tuver *\m<"i, w zvi OcSc%_an hofage. 
 
 * Ltvomcn. Con viva , a guejl. Patruelis, a covjin-ger- 
 
 Affinls, a relation by 
 
 nam : 
 
 Antilles, aprehte. 
 Aui^or, <7/; author. 
 Augur, afeothfayer, 
 
 CailL-, c r dot ct bitch. 
 CiVis, .1. 
 
 , <? client. 
 Come*, a companion. 
 
 dittos, a keeper. 
 Dux, a leader. 
 1 1 aires, an heir. 
 Hofti->, an enerr; . 
 I r. funs, an infant. 
 Fnterpres, an interpret 
 Judex, a 
 
 Martyr, a martyr. " 
 Miles, afoldier. 
 Miiiuceps, a burgefs. 
 
 rran. by the ^fathers 
 Pises, afureiy. [fuis. 
 Prineeps, a prince or 
 
 prir.cejs. 
 Sacerdos, a prfeft or 
 
 priijieff. 
 Siis, i7 Aw 
 Teftig, ii nkiiinsjs, 
 VattS, a prophet. 
 VinceXj an avenger^r 
 
 But aftfj/IeSf cllens, and hofpes, alfo change their termi- 
 nation to exprefs the feminine, thus, dntljUiu^ cfientq* 
 hoffiita: in the fame manner witH led, a lion; Zf^/itf, a 
 lionefs ; equus, cqua ; mulus, inula ; and many others. 
 
 There are feveral nouns, which, . though applicable to 
 both fexes, admit only of a maiculine adjective ; as, act* 
 vena, a firanger ; agricola, & huibandman ; affecla, an at- 
 tendant ; accola, a neighbour ; exul, an exile ; latro, a 
 robber ; fur, a thief; opt/ex, a mechanic ; &c. There 
 are others, which, though applied to perfons, are, on ac- 
 count of their termination, alwa^p neuter ; as, fcortum, a 
 courteian ; mancipium, fervltlum, a Have, &c. 
 
 In like manner opera, flaves or day-labourers ; vfgtHe 9 
 excubU, watches ; tioxa, guilty perfons ; though applied to 
 men, are always feminine. 
 
 Observations. 
 
 Obs. i. The names of brute animals commonly follow 
 the gender of their termination. 
 
 Such are the names of wild beafts, birds, fifnes, and in- 
 fects, in which the diftinclion of fex is either not eafily 
 difcerned, or feldom attended to. Thus, pa/Jlr, a fpar- 
 row, is mafculine, becaufe nouns in er are mafculine ; fo 
 
 * Conjux , atque parens, hi fans, pa try sits, ct h£res. 
 Appnis, rjind.x, judex , dssx y miles, et bofi'u, 
 Augur, Ctantijles, hpuenis, con-viva, facerdos, 
 JtfuniqxiCcepr, votes, adolefcens, cfarh, ct aucior, 
 
 Cvjlos, nemo, nmtss, ijjiis, Jus, bojl^ue, tanifqixe, 
 Interpr.fquc, cliens, prin:tps y prigs, mai -Syr, et ob/et 9 
 
12 Gender of Nouns. 
 
 %qw!a, an eagle, is feminine, becaufe nouns in a of the 
 fir ft declenfion are feminine. Thefe are called Epicene or 
 promifcuous nouns. When any particular fex is marked, 
 we ufually add the word mas or femma ; as, mas paJTer, a 
 male fparrow ; femma pajfer, a female fparrow. 
 
 Ous. 2. A proper name, for the moil part, follows the 
 gender of the general name under which it is comprehended. 
 Thus, the names of months, winds, rivers, and moun- 
 tains, are mafculine ; .becaufe men/is, vcntvs % mans, and 
 Jluvlusy are mafculine ; as, hie AprVis y April ; hie A71&- 
 lo, the north wind ; hie Afncus, the fouth-wcil wind ; hie 
 'Tilerisy the river Tiber ; hie Gihrys, a hill in Theifaly. 
 But many of thefe follow the gender of their termination; 
 is, ha?c Mairona, the river Maine in France ; hxc JEtna, 
 s. mountain in Sicily ; hoc Sara8e 3 a hill in Italy. 
 
 In like manner, the names of countries, towns, trees, 
 &nd fhips, are feminine, becaufe terra or regloy urls, arbor, 
 £nd navls, are feminine ; as, hxc JEgyptus^ Egypt ; Sanas, 
 an ifland of that Dame ; Connthus, the city Corinth ; pomus, 
 sin apple-tree ; Centaurus, the name of a Blip : Thus alfo 
 the names of poems ; hxc ulas : -ados, and Gdyffea, the 
 two poems of Homer : hxc JErieiS) Ados, a potm oi Vir- 
 gil's ; b«C Eunuchus, one of Terence's comedies. 
 
 The gender, Jicwever, of many cf thefe depends on the 
 termination ; thus, hie Pontui, a country of that Dame ; 
 iiic Suhnoy -onis ; Pefflnus, -unth ; Hydras, -units, names 
 of towns ; hxc Perfis 7 -uiis, the kingdom of Perfia ; Car- 
 thago, -mis, the city ,Cu tfjags : hoc Albion, Britain ; 
 hoc Care, Re ate, Pnenefie, Tib}tr, Viurn, names of towns. 
 But -fome of thefe are alfo found in the feminine; ii f Ge- 
 lida Pranejle, Juvenal. ii ; . 100. ; Aha llion, Chid. McU 
 kiv. 466. 
 
 The following names of trees are mafculine, Vlea/ler, -tri y 
 a wifd olive tree ; rkamnu \ white bramtj 
 
 following an fculine or feminipi Wfut, a kind 
 
 lb ; rubus, the br lift ; larlx, the larch-tree ; 
 
 I:: us, the lot-tree ; ciprcjus, the . cypr efs-tree. The firft 
 
 two however are oftener mafculine ; the reftpftencr Feminine. 
 
 r i in urn are neuter ; as, buxum the bum, or box- 
 
 ; tigujlrum. a privet; fo likcwifc are *8ier 9 -trU the 
 
 cork- 
 
First Declensi 
 
 *3 
 
 cork-tree ; siler y -erls, the oiler ; rohur, -g/vV, oak of the 
 hardeft kind ; acer y -iV.-V, the maple-tree. 
 
 The place re trees or ihrubs grow is commonly neu- 
 ter ; as, Ar 1, cfculelum y sa!iclum y fruticfr 
 c a place where trees* oaks, beeches, willows, 
 rubs, &c. grow : Alfo the names of fruits and timber, 
 . , or milium % an apple; 7, a pear; ebenuvi t 
 eb Sec. But from this rule there are various exceptions. 
 Gas. 3. Several noun? are faid to be of the doubtful gen* 
 is. r. aietimes found in one gender, and 10 me- 
 s in another ; as, <&v, a day, mafcuiine or feminine ; 
 i;. rx. the : -, mafcuiine or neuter. 
 
 FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 / Noons of the firft declenfion end in a, <?, as, es* 
 
 Latin nouns end onlvin a. and are of the la* 
 minme gender, / 
 
 The terminations of the different cafes are ; Norn, and 
 Voc. Sing, a ; Gen. and Dat. a diphthong ; Ace. am ; 
 Abl. a : Norn, and Voc. Flur. £ ; Gen. drum j Dat. and 
 
 bl. h j Ace. as : Thus, 
 
 f 
 
 Singular, 
 
 Penna, a /eft, fern. 
 
 N. penna, 
 G. p:jnnrr, 
 D. penna?, 
 Jk pen nam, 
 V. penna, 
 
 a pen ; 
 
 1 pen ; 
 
 to a pen ; 
 
 a pen ; 
 
 pen ; 
 
 A, penna, iviih a pen ; 
 
 Plural. 
 A T . penn-T, 
 G. pennarum, 
 D. pennis, 
 A. pennas, 
 V* pennae, 
 A. pennis, 
 
 pen' 
 cf pens 
 to pens 
 
 pens 
 
 pens 
 
 with pen, 
 
 Termina- 
 tions. 
 a, #, 
 <e y arum 9 
 #, is y 
 am, as 9 
 
 £, 
 
 r.l] ,7, u% 
 
 3 cerra, a cerfcr. 
 Acta, ibejhore. 
 ./Fra, a period 9/ time, 
 ./Erumna, toil. 
 A.g r 1 C 6 la , a bvfbi zndman . 
 T^ia, a iving. 
 Alapa, a bloiu. 
 Alauda, a lark. 
 Alga, fa -weed. 
 
 In like manner decline, 
 
 Ai^ta, t~n>id.. tr. Ancilla, an handmaid. 
 
 Ambrofia 5 the fond of Anchora, an anchor* 
 
 the gods. Anguilla, an eel. 
 
 Amita, an aunt, the Anfa, a handle. 
 
 father 'sfjhr. Antenna, a fail-yard, 
 
 Amphora, a tajk, Antlia, a pump. 
 
 Ampulla, a jug. p!ur. Aqua, water, 
 
 bombajl. Aquila, an eagle, 
 
 Armirea, the lees of oil, 3ra, an altar. 
 
 Xrenes, 
 
»4 
 
 First Declfnsion*. 
 
 Aranea, r. 
 
 Area, .. 
 
 Ardea,& -cola, <7 heron, 
 ^rea. <. r. 
 
 na,y'. 
 
 Anfta, u 
 
 Air ha, an ear .. ,.' L tn~ 
 
 :;ii, <?/*• a 
 At r.i. a ivrefler. 
 
 Aura, c breeze, 
 Auriga, m.u charioteer. 
 .,via, a gran r. 
 
 Axilla, the arm-pit. 
 Balataa, « ivhale* 
 Barb?., .7 Atari/. 
 
 Beta, Aeirl, an berh 
 
 .liibliopola, a bookfcller. 
 Bibliotheca, a library. 
 ..tta, a moth. 
 
 Bra&ea, a thin lea/ of 
 
 gOi 
 
 Brafsica, cdlyfi&wer* 
 Brum a, ivtnter. 
 Bulla, a bubble ^ a ball 
 
 or - 
 ByWa, an ox'bUe. 
 Qaliga, a bind of floe 
 
 Caltha, marygtld. 
 CaWa & calvaria, a 
 
 Calumnia, ^wi 
 Camera, anevfe^afoitg. 
 Camera, c vaa/f. 
 Campan?., a £<?/-'. 
 Canna, n e»*r or wr«A 
 Can del a, ^ candle. 
 Capra, a fhe-goat, 
 Capfa, a coffer. 
 Carina, the keel of a 
 
 Cafa, a cottage. 
 Caftanea, a clfnnf, 
 
 lit a, an engine to 
 
 Catena* a chain. 
 Caterva, a body of 
 
 Kedfa, a chair , a 
 
 .da, the tail. 
 Caul a, afteep-cote* 
 
 , a cj.tf. 
 . a cavern. 
 
 a, a ha . v. 
 
 Cera, nvax. 
 
 rac ma, 4 ceremony. 
 
 Ceruila, ir.v;'/t- /< 
 
 int, 
 Cetra, afyaare target. 
 Charta, paper. 
 
 or da, xg. 
 
 Cicada, 4 kind ofinfeA. 
 Czconia, a fork. 
 ;.a, hemlock. 
 Cinara, an artichoke. 
 Ciita, a chef 
 Ciiterna, a cifiem. 
 Cithara, a harp. 
 Glava, a dub. 
 Clepfydra, an hour- 
 
 ^ g ll f> 
 Cloaca, ajtnh. 1 
 
 Cochlea, a/nail. 
 Coena, a f upper. 
 Columba, a pigeon. 
 Coma, the hair. 
 Com cod ia, a comedy. 
 Concha, qfbell, 
 Copia, plenty. 
 Copula, a bond, 
 Corrtgia, afhoe latchct. 
 Corona, a croivn t a 
 
 circle. 
 Cortina, a cauldron. 
 Cofta, a rib. 
 Coxa, the haunch. 
 Crapula, a fur felt ', 
 Cratera, a cup. 
 Ci aticula, a r 
 drcna. a nouk. 
 
 pida, a flipper. 
 
 ta, chalk. 
 Ciifra, a crefi, 
 Criimena, a jurfi. 
 Crufta, <St-um/j moi 
 Culcita, . 
 Cdfina, a liich 
 Culpa, a fault. 
 Camera, a corn I 
 Cupa, a tun. 
 Cfira, care. 
 Curia, afenale-bi uf. . 
 Curruca, a hedge far* 
 
 roiv. 
 Cymba, a I: it. 
 Decempeda, a pJe cf 
 
 f ee *' c 
 
 Diaita, diet, food, 
 Dokibra, an 
 Drachma, a di . « 
 
 •weight or 
 r.plftola, a lett:>\ 
 Kfca, a bait. 
 Faba, a be in. 
 Fab ii la, a fable. 
 Fama, fine. * 
 
 Farina, meal. 
 Fafcia, a bandage. 
 Favilla, embers. 
 Feneftra, a icinduiv. 
 Fera, a 11 if. 
 
 Ferula , a red. 
 Feftuca, thefbwA of m 
 
 tree. 
 Fibra, afbre. 
 Fibula, a clafp. [/!•/. 
 Ftdelia, an earthen <vf- 
 Fimbria, a fringe. 
 Fifcina, a bag> or bajhst. 
 Fiftuca, a rammer. 
 Fifliiia, a pipe. 
 Flam ma, aflame, 
 Fccmina, a woma* 
 Forma, a form. 
 Formica, an ant. 
 Fofla, a ditch. 
 Fovea, a pit. 
 Framea, a f<> 
 Fiiiica, afej-foicl. 
 
 Funda, 
 
First Declension. 
 
 1J 
 
 Fun da, afing. 
 "^urca, a fork. 
 Fufcina, a trident. 
 Galea, an helmet. 
 GallTna,- a hen. \ulcer. 
 Gan grama, an eating 
 Gaza, a treafure. 
 Gemma, a gem.. 
 Gcna, the cheek. 
 Q£nii\z 3 brsom. 
 Gingiva, the txtsu 
 Glarea, gravel. 
 Gleba, a clod^ 
 Gii la, the gullet. 
 Gutta, a drop. 
 Habena, a rein, 
 Hara, ahog-Jly. 
 Haruga, afacrifce* 
 Hafta, a fpear. 
 Hedera, ivy. 
 Herba, an berh.. 
 Herma, v. -es, m. a 
 
 f.itue of Mercury. 
 Hernia, a rupture* 
 Hilla, afaufa^e. 
 H6ra, an hoar.. 
 Hoftia, a vicl'nn,. 
 Hydria, a tcater-poK 
 Jaclura, lofs. 
 Janua, a gate. 
 Idea, a farm, an idea. 
 Tdiota, m. an illiterate 
 
 p erf on. 
 ominia, an affront. 
 Illecebra, an cllure- 
 
 meat* 
 Impenfa, cxfsenfc. 
 Indiana, vci.a native, 
 Inedia, hungei . 
 Irffila, a mitre. 
 Injuria, a ivrong. 
 Inopia, want. 
 Inft:M, a fringe. 
 Ir.fuia, an ifint. 
 inula, tlcc.xmbane^ an 
 
 rk. 
 Tnvidia, etrvy* 
 Ira, anger. 
 Juba, tki nan*, 
 
 Lacerna, a riding coat. 
 Lacerta, clizaid. 
 L acini a, a fringe. 
 Lacryma, a tear. 
 LuiStiica, lettuce. 
 Lacuna, a ditch. 
 Lagena, a fagm. 
 Lama, a ditch. 
 Lamia, a forcerefs.. 
 Lamina, a plate.. 
 Lana, ivocl. 
 Lancea, ai~?r?e<,rfpi2-\. 
 Lanifta, m. a fencing- 
 
 mafer. 
 Larva, a mafh. 
 Laferna, a lantern. 
 Latnna, a boufe of of- 
 
 fee. 
 Le&Tca, a fdan or 
 
 chair. 
 Lena, a baivd. 
 Lepra, the leprofy. 
 Libra, a pound. 
 LigMa, a latchet. 
 Lima, a file. 
 Linea,.** line. 
 Lingua, the tot - 
 Lira, a rid re or fju 
 J :<T3, a letter. 
 L* cull a, a locjft. 
 Lucerna, a light: 
 Luna, the moon. 
 L nic.'nia,.. a n glih-gsU. 
 Lympha, tvater. 
 Lyra, a. lyre. 
 Machma,* machine. 
 Macilra, a inc.: 
 
 trough. 
 Macula, a fain. 
 Mala, the. cheel-h^nc. 
 Maiacia, a caln. 
 M.alva, a m.ill'iu. 
 Mamma, a pap. 
 Man'ca, a feme. 
 Mantica, a wallet* 
 Mappa, a rtapkin. 
 Margarita, a. feart, 
 Marra, a m Week, 
 Mafia, ? lu~:p, 
 
 Mater i3, matter, fujfc 
 
 timber. 
 Matertera, the mother's 
 
 ffjhr. [trefk 
 
 Matta, a mat or ?nai- 
 Matfila, a chamber-pet* 
 Medulla, marrow. 
 Membra na, a thin flin k 
 
 a flm ; parchment. 
 Memoria, memory, 
 Menfa, a table. 
 *** cr^u ri, tr witafiirc* 
 Merda, dung. 
 Merga, a pi!ch-fcrl, 
 Merula, a black bird, 
 Meta, a goal, 
 Mctsphora, a trope, 
 Mica, a crumb. 
 Mitra, a mitre. 
 Mo la, a mill. 
 Monediila, ajach-dazv, 
 Moneta, money. 
 Mora, a delay. 
 Multa, a fine. 
 Miirasna, a lam pray. 
 Muria, //>>/<•, brine > 
 Mil fa, a tnufe. 
 MtUca, afy. 
 Muflela, a toeafck 
 Myrrha, myrrh. 
 Myrica, a tamartjk. 
 Myfta, v. -es, m. * 
 
 ia, a net. 
 HzufcsL, fm-f&ief, 
 
 Nauta, m. a mariner. 
 Nltediua, a fuld mo. fe.. 
 Noenia, w funeral fing, 
 Norma, a rule, 
 N-^va ciila, a razor. 
 Noverca, afep-mother* 
 Nympha, a nymph . 
 Occa, an harro<w. 
 Ocrea, a boot. 
 Oda, v. -e ; an ode OH 
 
 fing. 
 OiFa, a morfeh 
 Olea, an olive. 
 Olia, a po*. x 
 
 6r% 
 
26 
 
 f JfcST DECLENSION, 
 
 £>ra, a cc j 
 Orbita, a pail. 
 
 Orcheftra, the f age, or 
 
 the place n*Mi if, 
 .Vrtf the nobles fat* 
 Oflrea, an oyfer. 
 pxnula, a riding coat. 
 Pag ma, a page. 
 Pala, a fkovel. 
 Palceftra, « wreflirg i 
 
 or fitaet ftr t*. 
 Pa lea, chaff. 
 Palinddia, a t ecanta- 
 
 tion. 
 Palla, a large gcivn. 
 Palm a, the palm. 
 Palpebra, the eye lid. 
 Papilla, the nipple. 
 Papula, a pimple. 
 Parabola, paring 
 
 things together. 
 Parma, afield. 
 Parra, a jay. 
 Patera, a goblet. 
 Paufa, a fop or paufe. 
 Pedica, a 
 Peniila, a mantle. 
 Penuria, want. 
 Pera, a purfe. 
 .Perca, a perch. 
 Perfiiga, m. a defcrter* 
 Pergamcna, fc. char- 
 
 ta, parchment. 
 Perna, a gammon of 
 
 bacon. 
 Ptrfona, a mafk* 
 Pertica, a pole* 
 Petra, a reel. 
 Fhalarica w a low (bear. 
 
 retra, a quiver. 
 Phafiana, /, avis, a 
 
 if ant. 
 
 Phiala, a vhth 
 i"hil."imela. a nivhtin- 
 
 
 Fhilj ra, the linden tree, 
 
 a leaf of paper. 
 rhoca, c/?r,-;alf. 
 
 Pica, a magpy, 
 Pila, a ball. ' 
 Pila, a pillar, 
 Pincerna, m.a butler. 
 Pi una, afn, a t'/ing. 
 P:r?.ta, m. a p:t\ 
 
 PifcTaa, afif-p. 
 
 VltmtZy pbtegrtr. 
 
 Piiconta, a eal-e. 
 Plaga, a climate. 
 Plaga, a blo~ri>, 
 ? ! '-«H&, (1 plant. 
 Platca, cr Platca, a 
 
 bread freet. 
 Pluma, a feather. 
 PI u via, rain. 
 P; dagra, the gout. 
 Poena, a puntfhment. 
 Poeta, m. a pc. 
 Poetria, a p 
 Polenta, malt. 
 Politia, ptlicy. 
 Pompa, a prouffion* 
 P6pa, m. a priejl who 
 
 few tie fer'fee. 
 Popina, a tavern. 
 Porta, a gate. 
 Prae(^ plunder. 
 Prxrogativa, f. tri- 
 
 bus, v. centuria, 
 
 that voted frfl. 
 Procella, a form. 
 Prora, the prow. 
 Profa, prof. 
 Profapia, a race. 
 Prulna, loar frof. 
 Priina, a burning coal. 
 Pfaltria, a ?nufc girl. 
 Puclla, a girl. 
 Pugna, a battle. 
 Pulpa, the pulp. 
 PQpula, the apple of 
 
 ;e. 
 Purpura, purple. 
 Punula, a blifer. 
 Pyra, a funeral pile. 
 Quadra, fcf -um, a 
 
 fquart. 
 JUbula, m. a wrangler* 
 
 Rana, a frog, 
 Rcpulfa, a refufah 
 Resina, rofn. 
 Rheda, a char.: 
 Rim a, a chink. 
 Rlpa, a lank. 
 
 RTxa, a foil. 
 Rofa, a reft. 
 R ;ta, a wheel. 
 Ruga, a writtkhm 
 
 Rllllia > a downfall. 
 Runcina, a few or 
 Riitu, rue. [plane. 
 
 Saburra, ballaf. 
 Saga, a fr:ei 
 Saglna, era?. 
 Sagitta, an arrow. 
 Salebra, a rugged xoay. 
 Saliunca, lave tder. 
 Saliva,/. 
 Salpa,y?.,.t r fifh. 
 Sambiica, an harp, or 
 
 engine of war. 
 Sanctrmonia, devotion. 
 Sandapila, a bit / . 
 Sanna, a feoff. 
 S arc ma, a burden. 
 Sarifla, a long f pear. 
 Satrapa, v. -cs, m. a 
 
 P erf an gcvemo? . 
 Scltyra, afaiyr. 
 Sea la, a ladder. 
 Scandiila, a lath to . 
 
 er houfes. 
 Scapha, a b. 
 Scapula, the fhoald T, 
 Scena, afage. 
 Schcda, a feet or frcll. 
 Schola, a fhool. 
 Scintilla, afparh. 
 Scriblita, a tart or 
 
 wafer* 
 Scrofula, the king** t 
 Scurra, m. a b-Jffow* 
 Sciitica, afourge. 
 Scytala, a kind offer* 
 
 pent, or round f 
 Sc libra, half a pou- 
 SCmihOra, half an /. 
 
 Scmlta, 
 
First Declension*. 
 
 tntta, a path. 
 
 Sententia, an opinion. 
 SentTna, a fink. 
 
 ra, a loch 
 Serf a, a fatv. 
 f Sefquihora, an lour and 
 
 a haf 
 Seta, a iriftic. 
 Sibylla, a probhetefs . 
 Slca, a dagger. 
 Sillqua, an bujk. 
 Silva, a ivoda*, 
 SImia, an ape. 
 f&hmfayjlour. 
 Sit ula, a bucf $. 
 
 S5cordia, foth. 
 S ilea, a fees. 
 Sophifta, & -cs, 1:1. 
 
 _ a fo h f- 
 
 Specula, a ivaich toner. 
 
 Spelunca, a cave. 
 
 haera, afpbere. 
 
 •77. 
 
 ^Bplna, the b\ %e. 
 
 SpTra. a tvreath. 
 v Spend a, a : .</. 
 
 Spongia, 
 Sponia, t ; . . 
 Sport a, a laf :. 
 Spuma, fjan.. 
 Squama, a /;<:'?. 
 Sou ilia, a prstun or 
 
 Jhr'nnp. 
 Statera, a balance, 
 Statua, a fraiiie. 
 Stella, afar. 
 Stipula, jlvbble. 
 Stiria, at: icicla 
 Stiva, the plough-tail. 
 Stola, a oroivn. 
 Stranguria, the maklnrr 
 of ivater ivitb great 
 pain. 
 Strena, a new ytarit 
 
 gift- 
 
 Struma, a botch. 
 "<pa, tow. 
 
 Sublica, a piU. 
 Siibiiciila, afhirt. 
 Siibiila, an aivl. [con. 
 Succidia, a fitch of ba- 
 Summa, a Jim % ihe 
 
 11 hole. 
 Siipcrbia, prick. 
 Sura, the calf of the leg. 
 Sutrina, fc. taberna, 
 
 <z f«*cmakev s flip. 
 Sutura, afeam. 
 Sycopbanta, m. a 
 
 far per. 
 Syllaba, a fyllalle. 
 Symboia, a club, a 
 
 far a of a reckoning. 
 Symnhonia, harmony. 
 Syngrapha, a bill or 
 
 ootid. 
 Taberra, afiep, 
 Tabula, a table. 
 Tada, a torch. 
 Tcinia, a ribbon. 
 Techca, a trick or 
 
 TegSla, c tile. 
 
 a, a rx 
 f erebra, * -a '*ri 
 Terr;., the earfW 
 TeiVera, a dye. 
 Tefta, en eartbern lot. 
 Texti in a, a ivi 
 
 fitf. 
 Theca, a cafk. 
 
 ia, a pifCy the . 
 Tilia, ibe linden tree. 
 Tinea, a vzoih. 
 Tonftrina, a barber's 
 
 fop. 
 Tragoedia, a tragedv. 
 Tr.'guia, a javelin 
 
 icitb a barbed head. 
 Trahea, af edge or dray. 
 Tram a, the ivof. 
 Trochlea, a pulley, 
 Trulla, a troiuel. 
 
 Tr&ti&a, a balance. 
 
 Tuba, a trumpet. 
 Tunica, a toaihoaU 
 Turba, a croivd. 
 Turma, a troop. 
 Ulna, an ell. 
 C lula, an oicl. 
 Ulva, fdge. 
 Umbra, a fade. 
 Unda, a xucrus* 
 TJngula, a na:l> the 
 
 hoof. 
 Cpiipa, the hvupk % a 
 
 bird. 
 tirlna, urine. 
 Urna, an urn. 
 Urt T ca, a nettle* 
 XJva, a grape. 
 Vac:a, a eaii*. 
 Vagina, a fabbard. 
 Vappa, palled zvine, cs 
 
 fper.dthrift. 
 Vena, a vein. 
 Venia, leave. 
 
 Verna, m. an heme* 
 barn /lave. 
 
 %r 
 
 Verruca, a tuart. 
 Vesica, the bladder, 
 
 Veipa, a najp. 
 
 Via, a way. 
 
 Vicia, a vetch or tare* 
 
 Viclima, a victim. 
 
 Victoria, a conquef. 
 
 Villa, a country fat. 
 
 V i n rie m i a , mn ia *e . 
 
 d ic%a, ven ^eance ; 
 a rod laid on the head 
 offaves ivhen freeai 
 
 Viola, c violet. 
 
 Vipera, a viper, 
 »a, a rod. 
 
 Vita, I 
 
 Vkta, a filet. 
 
 Viverra, a ferret. 
 
 Vola, ihe palm of the 
 hand. 
 
 Zona ; a girdle, a zone. 
 
 Exceptions. 
 
I First Declension. 
 
 Exceptions 
 
 Exc. T. The following nouns are mafculine : Iladr 
 the Hadriatic fea ; cometa, a comet ; pfaneta, a planet ; 
 and fometimes talpa x a mole ; and Jama, a fallow-deer. 
 Pafcba> the paffover, is neuter. 
 
 Exc. 2. The ancient Latins fometimes formed the ^eni* 
 the fmgular in m i thus, aula, a hall, gen. auldi ; and 
 fometimes like wife in as; which form the compounds of 
 fanuBa ufualiy retain $ as, maier-faniiUas, the mifrrrfs of 
 a family; genit. matrix -famil'ias / nom. plur. matt 
 lias, or matres-fanvliorim* 
 
 Exc. 3- The following nouns have more frequently abus 
 in the dative and ablative plural, to diftinguifh them in thefe 
 cafes from mafculines in us of the fecond decleofion : 
 
 Ainma, the foul, the life. Filia, l5f Nata, a daughter, 
 
 Dea, a gvJdfs* Libcrta, a freed woman* 
 
 ''"qua, a mare* JVIiila, ajbe-muU. 
 tjm'Ii, a female fefjant. 
 
 Thus dtabusy JH'iabus, rather than Jiliis, &c* 
 
 Greek Nouns. 
 
 'Nouns in as> fs, and e, of the firft declenfion, are Greek, 
 Nouns in A3 and es are mafcuime : nouns in e are feminine.) 
 
 | Nouns in as are declined like penna ; only they have am 
 or an in the accuiative^ms, JEv.easy JEneas, the name of 
 a man ; gen. JF,ne<t ; darv -<f ; ace. -am or an ; voc. -a ; 
 abt. a. ) So Boreas , -t>a y the north wind ; Tiaras , -<?, 
 a turban. In profe they have commonly a?v 9 but in poetry 
 oftener an, in the aecufative. Greek nouns in a have fome- 
 times alfo an in the ace, in poetry ; as (9^£r, ~am t or -<si, 
 
 amc of a mountain. 
 I Nouns in es and ^ are thus declined, 
 
 AnchTfes, Anch'ifes. % the name of a man. 
 
 Singular*. 
 Afom. AnchTfes, -/£r. Anchife!*, 
 
 (7^/7. Anchifa;, ^r. Anchife, 
 
 /)^/. Anchife, AIL Anchife. 
 
 Penelope, Pcm\cl o . s the name of a woman. 
 
 Singular* 
 r om. Penelope, jtec. Penelopen, 
 
 Gen. Pcro , Voc. Penelope, 
 
 Dat % Penelope, AbL Penelope. ) 
 
 J The! 
 
Second Declension'. 1-9 
 
 Thefe nouns, being proper names, want the plural, un- 
 lefs when feveral of the lame na fpoken of, and then 
 
 the ie plural of pinna. 
 
 /The L, tarn Greek nouns in es and e in- 
 
 to a; as, Atrld r Airldes J Psrfa, for Perfes,wz Per- 
 1 : C ra, i 1 -//■*/, a Geometrician ; Circa, for 
 ; .-, an a unent ; Gruwmafica, 
 
 for ~. . ; Rlttoricci) for ■**, oratory. So C/7- 
 
 wa, foi &c. The accuiutive of nouns in es and e 
 
 is found . a :. 
 
 Nate. fii it .-? gcnlt. plur. contract id ; as, Cxl::olum % 
 
 for , ^C«< , for -. 
 
 SECOND DECLENSION. 
 Nouns of the fecond dedenlion end in er^ ir^ 
 :;«, im ; oi ? on. / 
 / Nouns i 1 and on are neuter j the reft are 
 mafculine./ 
 
 Nouns pf the ffccr.d declenCon have the gen. Gng. in / ; 
 
 da:, and al \ ; the ace. in urn ; %io voc. like the 
 
 (But nouns in if/ make the vocative in e :) The 
 
 lur. in r, or a ; the gen. in arum ; the dat. 
 
 I the ace. in or, or a ; as, 
 
 / Goner, a fan in law, male* 
 .^. Plur, % Terminations. 
 
 / 
 
 /! 
 
 er, ir, us, 1, 
 
 
 t, orum, 
 
 
 0, is, 
 
 
 urn, cs, 
 
 er, ir, 
 
 e> h 
 
 
 0, is. 
 
 I n. [ iY6;.T. generi, . 
 
 Gen. genejrr, Gen. generorum, 
 
 Dat. genero, Dai. generis, 
 
 Ace. ^ene/os, 
 ) T ner, J 7 ^* generi, 
 
 Ab\. gent .//;/. generis, J 
 
 After th=- '.e manner dcoHne tocer t -hi, a father-in- 
 iW:j /tfrr, -0/7, a boy: So i *, a villain; L::S:fzr, 
 
 the morning ftar ; adulter, an adulterer ; an . ail ar- 
 r bearer ; prcjoyt.r, an elder*; M r, a name of 
 the god Vulcan ; vefper, the evening ; and tter, -tri, a Spa- 
 niard, the only roun in er \\x.k}\ has the gen. long, and 
 its compound C \ -iri : Alfo, vir, vtri 9 a man, the 
 
 only ncun in ir ; and its compounds, Lenoir, a brother-in- 
 law ; Scm>j'tr, duumvir, triumvir, &c. And like wife Sa* 
 r, -:fcv\ fc\\, (of old faturwy) an adjective. 
 
 Bat 
 
20 
 
 Second Declinsion. 
 
 Gen. 
 
 agri, 
 
 Dat, 
 
 ro, 
 
 Cm 
 
 agruna* 
 
 Vac. 
 
 ager, 
 
 All. 
 
 agro- 
 
 wnv, 
 
 i hi 
 
 j But moft ncans In cr loft the f In the genitive ; 
 
 Ager, a Jit! J, mafc. 
 Mb /V*r> 
 
 itfbiii. ager, iVbwa. ngri, 
 
 (7r.v. agronim, 
 Dot, agris, 
 jroSf 
 Voc, agri, 
 y/3/„ ag:is.) 
 In iike manner decline, 
 Aper, g wild boar. CapC*j Faber, a 'workman. 
 
 Arbiter, ($3* -tra,) a Colaifer, tj" -bra, a M.^ifter, a mafer, 
 
 jvdge, ferXrJ. Minifter, afervant* 
 
 Aufter thl foitth' Cuitcr, the eon Iter of a Onager, a tvild aj 
 
 Cancer, a crc tgb, a knife. Scalper, a lancet. 
 
 Alio tiher r .he bark of a tree, or a book, which nas 
 lilr'i ; but Eicr, free, an sdjetfive, and Lib*r 9 a name* of 
 Bacchus, the God of wine, have Bleri. So likewife pro- 
 per names, Alexander, £vander t Penand. Menandcr^ 
 Tcucer, M eh ager y Sc c. gen. Alexandria evanilri, &c. 
 m Dorainus, a lord, mafc. 
 
 JV'Iom. dominus, aVbm. domini, 
 
 £V/?. doniini, G.*/i. dominorum, 
 
 JDat, domino, Dat, deminis, 
 
 Ace. dominum, Ace, dominos, 
 
 Vcc. dominc, Vac. demini, 
 
 AIL domino. All. dorninis. 1 
 
 In bice manner decline, 
 Abacus, r. table ot dnjk. ArgentSrius, a banker. Cacninnus,*/ eh, 
 
 Acervus, a heap, Arn'us, thejhoulder of a Caducous, a ivand. 
 
 beaft ; alfa of a matt. Cad us, a caji. 
 mis, i!f -a, an itfs. Calamus, a rad. 
 
 r :uieuSj ajlfag 
 
 A rntis, i: Limb. 
 
 AJmis, f. an aider trie. AutnmRIlf, the autumn, Calathus, a bajhet. 
 
 '.')£ channel of Avus, * grandfather. Callus, I?* -lira, £aiV 
 
 a rr. r. 
 
 iguius, a earner. 
 Animus, 
 Annus, a year . 
 Annulus. a rinv, 
 J. Wit; a circle. 
 
 / run :uluft,/£<? mother** 
 broths*, 
 
 Bajulus, a potter, 
 •'H*, «n elephant, 
 
 B< lus, a morfl. 
 Bornbus, buzz. 
 
 AM-Htedtu.*, a r?;ap'jr- Caballus, <z pack-horfit 
 builder, Ca" i 
 
 C 3 minus, a chimney. 
 Campus, c jft&l/i. 
 CaiithaniSjtf .-///> or - 
 Carthras, <7 tlnflh. 
 Carpus, */V wr//7. 
 Carrug, J^ -urn, a 
 
 Cafeus; 
 
Second Declension. 
 
 21 
 
 Cafeus, che.fi, 
 
 Cltalogus, a roll. 
 Catinus, apLticr. 
 Caurus, a ivfi wind. 
 Cedrus, f. a cedar tree, 
 
 -., a flag. 
 .CfctUS, a whale, pL ce- 
 
 te, n. in dec I. 
 Cinrurgus, afurgecn. 
 Ch-rus, a choir. 
 
 Cincinnus, a curl. 
 C inn us, a medley. 
 Cippus, a gravk-fione. 
 Circaius, a fair of 
 
 compujfrs . ( circle . 
 
 Circus 5c circuius, a 
 Cirrus, a tufty or curl. 
 Citrus, f. a citron tree. 
 Clathrus, a grate. 
 Clavus, a nail. 
 Clibanus, a portable 
 
 even. 
 Clivus, a hill. 
 CI) peus, a round fe'u'd. 
 Coccus, v. -urn fear let. 
 C jlaphus, a box en the 
 
 car. 
 -Condus, a buthr. 
 Condvlus, the knuckle. 
 Conglus, a galL 
 
 Consobrlnus, a coufin* 
 german by t he mother s 
 
 fi* e . 
 
 Contus, c Ion* pole. 
 
 Conus, a cent. 
 
 Coptiinus, a b.ijldt. 
 
 C qaus, a cook. 
 
 Cornus, f. the cornel 
 tree. 
 
 Corvus, a raven. 
 
 Coryius, f. a hajle-tree. 
 
 Corymbus, a hunch of 
 ivy berries. 
 
 Coryphaeus, a ring- 
 leader. 
 
 Corytus, er -os, a Uxu- 
 cafe. 
 
 .Cothurnus, c huftin. 
 
 Cubitus, a cubit. 
 Clicullus, a hood. 
 Cuculus vei cuculus, a 
 
 cucfow. 
 Culeus, a leathern bag. 
 Cuimus, ajlali. 
 Culullus, a pot ox jug. 
 Cumulus, an heap. 
 CuiQeUS, a wedge. 
 Cunlciilus, a rabbit. 
 Cyaihus, a cup orglafi, 
 Cygnus, afiwan. 
 CyiindrUo, a roller. 
 Dialogus, a dficourfi 
 
 between two or more. 
 Digitus, a finger. 
 Difcus, a quoit, 
 ■Dlvus, a gcd. 
 Dolus, deceit, 
 Diimus, a bujh. 
 i chJriUS, an urchin. 
 F.l^gus, an elegy. 
 tphebus, a youth. 
 Epilogus, a co.iclujion. 
 £pifcopus, an t/verfier, 
 
 a bifap. 
 Iquukus, an infitu- 
 
 ment of torture: 
 Fquus, an horfe. 
 Fiebus, bell. 
 Earus, the eafi wind, 
 FagUS, f. a leech-tree. 
 i auuilus, -a man fir- 
 
 van 4 .. 
 T 2L\cr.ius,the ivefi zvind. 
 Favus, an honeycomb. 
 Figfilus, a potter. 
 Fife US, the exchequer. 
 Fioccus, a lock of iomL 
 Fluvius, a river. 
 (Fdcui, a hearth. 
 Frariinus, f. an afh tree. 
 FYitillus, c dice-box. 
 Fucjs, a drcne bec y 
 
 paint. 
 •Fumus, fmole. [dancer. 
 Funambiiius, a rcpe- 
 Fundus, a farm. 
 Fuii^us, c mufbroom. 
 
 Fumus, an oven* 
 Fuius, a fpindle. 
 Gallus, a cock. 
 Gerulus, a porter, 
 Gibbus, a fwellir.g. 
 G.J.dius, afiword. 
 Globus, a globe. 
 Grabiitus, a couch. 
 Gracillus, a jackdaw, 
 G rum us, a hillock. 
 Guttus, acrutt or vlaL 
 Gyrus, a circle. 
 Ha;dus, a kid. 
 Hamus, a hook. 
 Hariolus, a diviner, 
 Kcrus, a mafier, 
 fiefpema, the evening. 
 
 Hiniuilcus, a young 
 hind or fawn. 
 
 H inn us, a mule. 
 
 Hircus, a goat, 
 
 Hortus, a garden. 
 
 Humerus, afhoulder. 
 
 Hydrus, a water -fer* 
 
 pent, 
 Jaicrnuucius, a go be* 
 t-veen. 
 
 Ifthmus, a nak of land 
 between twofeas. 
 
 J uncus, a bulrufh. 
 
 Juvencns, a balloci, 
 
 Labjrinthus, a mazjt. 
 
 JLaCcrtus, the arm. 
 
 Lanius, e butcher, 
 
 JLaqueus, a noefc. 
 
 I. e (ft us, a couch. 
 
 .LegatUS, an ambaffador. 
 
 Leg tiki US, an ignorant 
 lawyer, a pettifogger, 
 
 Lethargus, the lethargy, 
 
 Limb us, afelvedge. 
 
 Llmus, flime. 
 
 JLltUUS, a crooked faff. 
 
 Lucus, afacred grove. 
 
 LumbrTcus, an earth 
 worm, 
 
 Lumbus, the loin, 
 
 Lupus, a wolf. 
 
 JLychaus, a lamp. 
 
 M3gusj 
 
12 
 
 Second Declension. 
 
 Magus a tmrngtcian. 
 
 Malleus, a mallet. 
 
 Malus,ftbf mai ufajhip. 
 
 Milus, f. an apple-tree. 
 
 Mannus, a little hor/e. 
 
 Mathcmaticus, a ma- 
 thematician. 
 
 M-jdia.tlnus, aflave, a 
 drudve. 
 
 M^dicus, ci pbyjuian. 
 
 Men ulcus, U b'^ar. 
 
 Mergus, a connoruht. 
 
 Mil v us, a k;te. 
 
 Mini US, a min:ic. 
 
 Modius, a bifid. 
 
 Modus, a warner. 
 
 M<Echus, an adulterer. 
 
 JVIorus, f. a mulberry 
 ires. 
 
 Mucus, the Ji'ih oft 
 nofit /not. 
 
 Mullus, a mullet fifh. 
 
 Mulus, & -a, a mule. 
 
 Murus, a wall. 
 
 Mufcus, r.io/s. 
 
 Myrtus, f. a myrtle tree.- 
 
 Nivue, a /pot. 
 
 Nanus, a dwarf. 
 
 Naius, the nfe. 
 
 Nervus, ajlrirg. 
 
 Nidus, a ncfl. 
 
 Nimbus, a cloud. 
 
 Nr>dus, a knot. 
 
 NothllS, n bajia i. 
 
 N'"tl!% the jo*! th wind. 
 
 Nucleus, a far* 
 
 Humerus, a number. 
 
 Nummus, a piece of 
 money. 
 
 NuntlUS, a mefenger. 
 
 C) 1 ) du% afar. 
 
 C)cey.nus, tie ocean. 
 
 Occfilus, the eye. 
 
 Orcus, l-ll. 
 
 (Jrnus, f. a wild a/h. 
 
 OitraciiVnus, a voting 
 
 ■!'s. 
 
 Pscda^ogui, a fervent 
 
 who attended boys. 
 
 Pagus, a cat. ten or . 
 lap. 
 
 r.-iu.s a /■"■■ 
 
 Pannus, cletb. 
 P a ra situs, a flatterer. 
 Parous, apantocr. 
 Paroehus, an en: 
 
 taincr. 
 Patruus, the /ether's 
 
 i r. 
 Patronus, a patron, 
 Pedi cuius, a hit/e. 
 Pefsulus, a belt. 
 Petafus, a bread brim- 
 
 • 
 Fharus, or -os,« ival* h- 
 
 toiicr. 
 PluldTophus, a lover 
 
 of ' tvi/jCT.T. 
 
 Phoebus, poet, tbefwe. 
 Physic us, an inquirer 
 
 into ?iulur. . 
 Pic us, a wood-pecker* 
 
 PDeus, a hat. 
 Pllus, a hair. 
 Pirns, f. a pear-tree. 
 Plagiarilis, a plagiary, 
 
 a v: an- dealer ; or one 
 
 tvhofeals from others 
 
 boc • 
 Planus, a vagrant ^ a 
 
 beggar. 
 Flllteus, o. prnt-bou/c, 
 
 a pre/sfcr becks. 
 Polus, the pole y heaven. 
 Pontus, tie fea. 
 Popf,Ius, a feopl:. 
 P^pulus, I. a poplar- 
 Porcus, a br*. (tree. 
 
 Porrus, a It eh. 
 Primipilus, the chief 
 
 centurion. 
 Prjvignus, afep/sn. 
 PrOCTiS, aftitar. 
 Primus, a fltward. 
 Prunus, LaphmmS free. 
 PfittaCUS, a parr 
 Pugnus, tlefjl. 
 Pulius, a chiiJ^n* 
 
 PulvInuS, a ; 
 PupillliS, an orp/.h: 
 Piip US, a young child % 
 
 a babe. 
 Pliteus, a well. 
 Qualus & qu-Jill'i-S a 
 
 let. [£ rv / v - r# 
 
 Racemus, a clufer of 
 Radius, a ray. 
 Ramus, a branch. 
 Rrrqus, an oar. 
 Rhombus, a iurhot. 
 Rhonchus, a/norting. 
 Rifcu% a tru 
 RTvus, a. rivulet. 
 Rcgus, a funeral pile. 
 Rythmus, mctr**rby9k< 
 
 SaCCVS, a fuck. 
 
 Sarcophagus, a fcte 9 
 
 in 
 
 nvere inclofsd. 
 S&tyrUS, a fatyrs a iit/d 
 
 cj~ demigod. 
 Scalmus, a boat ; a piece 
 
 cf wood where the 
 
 oars bun?. 
 Scapus, ', afb*fi 
 
 or Jca 
 Scarus, the Jeer* afjh. 
 Scirpus, a n 
 Sciunis, afquirrel. 
 Scopulus, a reck. 
 ScopUS, a tjiark. 
 
 Scrupulus, a doubt or 
 /rip . 
 
 ScrupuF, a liriie/one. 
 yphus, a bonl. 
 
 Scrvus, a five. 
 
 Seitertius, ttvo pounds 
 and a half ; a fef- 
 tirce, a RomtU coin. 
 
 Sicarius, an aj/afin. 
 
 SitniVS, ^Zj -a, an ape. 
 
 Slriiif, rlt okgjkor. 
 
 Soctus, a kind of floe. 
 
 SomnuSy feep. 
 
 SC nus, a for 
 
 Sparus, a /pear. 
 
 SponJu*, a bridegroom. 
 StimiihiSf 
 
Second Declension. 
 
 2 3 
 
 Stomachus, 
 StrupUS, a tbongy a, 
 Stylus, a fyle, or w 
 
 pen to ivrite ivitb o t 
 
 waxen tables- 
 Siibulcus, a 'd. 
 
 Succu?, iuice. 
 Sulcus, a furrow. 
 Sur cuius, a young tiug. 
 Sufurrus, a 
 Talus, the ancle, a die. 
 Taurus, a bull. 
 Taxus, f. the yeiv tree. 
 Terminus, a bound. 
 Thalamus, a marriage 
 
 bed-chamber. 
 Th ologus, a divine. 
 TheTaurus, a treafure. 
 Th^ius, the roof of a 
 temple. 
 
 Throivus, a royal fe-i. 
 Thyafus, a chorus in 
 
 .our of Bacchus. 
 Thyrfus, a J "pear w 
 nriih ivy. 
 
 i emus, a volume. 
 
 .iu=, a not iuftc. 
 
 Tophus, a g 
 Tornus, a turner s 
 iv I. 
 [Us, a couch. 
 Tributes, a thifle. 
 TriumptlUS, a triumph. 
 -Trucmis, a top. 
 Truncus, t ii. 
 
 Tubus, a tube or pipe. 
 Tumulus, a hillock. 
 Turdus, a thru 
 T .S, a tyrant. 
 
 Typus, afg*re or type. 
 IS, f an elm tree. 
 Umbincus, the navel* 
 Uncus, a hook. 
 Urceus, a pitcher. 
 Urfus, a hear. 
 Tjrus, a buffalo* 
 TJte'rus, the tvomb. 
 Vallus, a fake. 
 Ver.v- f i cas, a forcer er. 
 Ventus, the ivind. 
 Vicus, a village, afreet, 
 Villicus, ISf -a, an 
 
 overfecr of a farm. 
 Villus, fhargy bait. 
 Vitcilus, the yolk of an 
 
 Vitricus, afepfather. 
 Vitulus, a calf [wind. 
 Zephyrus, the vufi" 
 
 { 
 
 Dm. 
 A 
 
 Voc. 
 AIL 
 
 PvCgnum, a lingdom^ neut. 
 Sing. Plur. 
 
 Nom. regr.um, Now. regna, 
 
 Gen. regni, Gen. regaonun, 
 
 regno, Bat. regnis, 
 
 regnum, Ace. regna, 
 
 regnum, Voc. regni, 
 
 Abl. regnis.) 
 
 In like manner decline, / 
 
 Armcntum, an herd. Butyrufti, liAtet. 
 Aconitum, ivolfs-hane, Arvum, fcf -us, a feld. Caelum, a' graving tool*, 
 a po'fonous pla. Aitrum, afar. CsemCHtum, als 
 
 Xd lj a pro-verb. im, a fan&uary. 
 
 Adminlculiun, a prop. Atrium, a court or hall. Ciinii let. 
 
 regno 
 
 ACetum, vinegar. 
 
 Ad \ turn, toe mojtfecret Awkeura, taps/try. 
 
 urn, a regifer. 
 Allium, g 
 Omentum, a thong. 
 T. mule turn, a charm. 
 Anethum, anife. 
 
 Aurum, gold. 
 Auxilium, a ce. 
 
 . 'arium, a cage. 
 Babamum, balm. 
 Barathrum, an abyfs. 
 Brtfium, a k'fs. 
 
 Antlcum, a fsre-dcor. Bellum, ivar, 
 Antrum, a cave. Blduum, two cays. 
 
 £pium, parf Bicnnium, t-vo y 
 
 Argeutum, jdver. Brachium, en arm. 
 
 D 
 
 Ca] n, a kilter CV 
 
 muzzle. 
 Call rem, a caflc. 
 Centrum, the centre: 
 CirebfUJTl, the brain. 
 Chirog-i ohup.i,^ hand" 
 
 Cilium, the * ' *r, 
 
 Ci I t. 
 
 , a tr -fpet. 
 
 Coelum, pi. • >en* 
 
 Cosnum. 
 
H 
 
 oiCON'D .DECLENSION. 
 
 Coenum, wure, dirt. 
 
 Colloquium, a ccn- 
 ferettce. 
 
 Collum, the neck. 
 
 Commodum, adi-ar,- 
 ta ie. 
 
 Confinium, abound or 
 limit. 
 
 Congiariuni, alargefs. 
 
 f^onvlcium, a refooach. 
 
 Curium, a bide. 
 
 Coftum, fllenard. 
 
 ., a dryfiick. 
 
 Crepufculum, the twi- 
 light. 
 
 Cribrum, afiei-?. 
 
 Ciibiculum, a htdr 
 chamber. 
 
 Cumin urn, cumin , en 
 herb. 
 
 Cymb&llim, a cymbal. 
 
 Damnum, /</}. 
 
 Dclubrum, a templet 
 
 Dcmcnfum, an allow- 
 ance rf meat. 
 
 Detrimcntum, damage. 
 
 Diarium.*? day s iva^es. 
 
 Dlluculum, the daivu- 
 tngofday. 
 
 Dium, poet.?/'" open air. 
 liuUl, a cajh. 
 
 Domicllium, an ahodcj, 
 Donum, a gift. 
 Dorfum, the bo ' . 
 Effugium, c, r efcape. 
 
 r, amber. 
 FJ • um, en element, 
 
 c I ttt r. 
 TIl gium , a brief fay- 
 
 inv, a tefiimonial in 
 fe. 
 T m 3 1 ft m c n t um , p rofit . 
 Emplaftrum, a plaj 
 
 Emporium, a mart or 
 
 market two*. 
 T. p hippi um , a f addle. 
 £] HI, an in- 
 
 f:r rri a lomo. 
 
 Ergaftuluai, a fvorl- 
 
 hzvfc. 
 
 ErVUTO, vetches. 
 
 EfseduBl) a chariot. 
 
 E VtJTlClllum, a drag- 
 nit. 
 
 Escmplum, *;j example. 
 
 Exitium, defiruQion. 
 
 Exordium, a he finning. 
 
 Fanum, a temple. 
 
 Fafcinum, witchcraft. 
 \ Igium, the top. 
 
 Fcrculum, a dlfh «f 
 meat. 
 
 Ferrum, iron. 
 
 Fllum, a thread. 
 
 P iabelhun , a fin . 
 
 Fiagrum S: fiagellum, 
 
 ei nob/p. 
 
 ..mm cum, a veil. 
 Fccnmn, 
 Fcllum, a leaf. 
 Forum, a market-place. 
 FraglllU, a firr •_) . 
 
 um, a narrc 
 Frfirr.entum, corn. 
 J ruflum, a bit or piece. 
 , a prop. 
 
 Furtum, theft. 
 Granarium, ^ granarj. 
 
 Granum, a grain. 
 Gr.Vomum, a pencil. 
 Qremium, the bofom. 
 Gymnafium, a place 
 
 of fxercife. 
 Gynaeceum, the wo- 
 
 men s cpatlment. 
 
 Gypfum, plaf 
 
 Hj Hi, bucket. 
 
 Hi rum, t5* -us, 
 
 ire, a plant. 
 Hor i . • ■• thing 
 
 the hours. 
 Tddlum, an image. 
 Idy Ilium # pafltralpocm. 
 Imperium, command. 
 
 IllCCptUm, an er.ter- 
 
 Indicium, a dif every. 
 Indufmm, a firt. 
 fngenium, rvit, genius. 
 
 InUium, a beginning. 
 Intervallum, ant: 
 
 between. 
 Judicium, judgment. 
 Jugulum, the throat. 
 Jugum, a yoke, the 
 
 ridge of a III'. 
 Jurgium, a quarrel. 
 JuiTum, an order. 
 J u ft It ium, a vacation. 
 Labium, the Up. 
 JLardum, bacon. 
 Lasanum, a chamber* 
 
 pot. 
 Libum, a fwect-cake. 
 LTcium, the io oof . 
 Lignum, ii 
 Lllium, a lily. 
 JLinteum, a feet,, 
 Lirv.m, lint. 
 Lorum, a thong. 
 I wcrum, gain. 
 Ludibrium, a laugk- 
 
 if''-' ^' 
 Luftrum, afurvey. 
 
 Lutcum, the yolk cf an 
 
 Lutum, clay. 
 MaceHv.m, tbefb am bl a . 
 Manubrium, a hilt or 
 
 handle. 
 Matrimonium, mar- 
 
 o 
 
 M au soke um , any fump- 
 
 tuons monument. 
 Mcmbir.m, a member. 
 Mendacium, a He. 
 
 ntum, / ') 
 
 Lalium, metal, a 
 
 mi 
 
 ium, millet , a kind 
 
 of ?rcin. 
 
 ... 
 Minium, verm lion. 
 
 ::tur.l, vvt ■■ , 
 
 :e. 
 
 M n ipoj '' file 
 
 r aty 
 
 thing. 
 Alonitiuai, a mo*per f 
 
 anjf 
 
SECOND JL/IiCLLNSIUN. 
 
 -J 
 
 */ry f£/jg againf the 
 
 summon courfe of no.- 
 
 re. 
 MortlHum, a mortar. 
 
 Museum* * fl*h or 
 
 library* 
 Muftum, new wine, 
 Myfterium, a my/? try, 
 
 a thing not cajily com- 
 prehends.!. 
 Nafturtium, creffes. 
 Naulum, freight. 
 Naufr agi um, fi p - 
 
 wreck. 
 Ncgdtiumj a thing, 
 
 bit.iaefs. 
 Nitrum, nitre. 
 O b f e qu lU m ; compliance . 
 
 litUHj hatred. 
 Omafuni. |fo paunch. 
 Omentum, fc5<; iraii/, or 
 
 /27/j which covers ths 
 
 bowels. 
 Oppidum, <z iovan. 
 Opprobrium, a re- 
 proach - 
 Opgonhim, j§6, or^wrv 
 
 £6*/?t (f.7^/2 in7£ bread. 
 Organum, a//y infirw 
 
 ?nent. [the lips. 
 
 OfcCiluin, c /^/} ; pj. 
 
 Oftrum, purple. 
 
 Otium, repofe. 
 
 OfHum, the cfaor. ■ 
 
 Ovum, an egg. 
 
 Pabulum, fodder. 
 
 Paclum, an aaree?nent. 
 
 Falatium, a palace. 
 
 Palatum, the palate. 
 
 Pallium, a cloak. 
 
 Paludamentum, a ge- 
 neral "s robe. 
 
 Panarium, a bread" 
 bafhet. 
 
 Patibtilum, a gibbet. 
 
 Penfum, a tajh. [robe. 
 
 Pephim, a woman s 
 
 Perjurium, perjury ,Uz- 
 king a falfe oath. 
 
 Perpendiculum, a 
 
 jhaight line upwards 
 or downwar. 
 Pet-oritum, a waggon. 
 PlielUum, a chariot. 
 
 .um, a javelin. 
 I'ifhllum, the pfU of 
 
 a mortar. 
 Pifum, peafe. 
 P la ail rum, a ivaggom 
 Plectrum, a quill or 
 bow to play with on 
 a mvfical inf. v anient. 
 Plumbum, lead. 
 Pcmarium, an orchard. 
 Pcmcerium, a void 
 fpace on eacbfiJe of a 
 town-wall. 
 Ponium, an apple. 
 Poiticum, a bach-door. 
 Poililminixn, c return 
 
 to one § country. 
 PraedTuih, a farm . 
 Prejudicium, a fare" 
 
 judging. 
 Prselium, a ba'ilj. 
 Premium, a revoard. 
 Prassidium, a defeats, 
 
 a gar r if;:. 
 Prandium, a dinner. 
 Pratum, a meadow* 
 Prelum, a prefs. 
 Pretium, a price. 
 Prlmordium,? a begin- 
 Principium, y ning. 
 Prlviicgium, a private 
 
 term or J "pedal right. 
 Probrum, a dif grace. 
 Pr6d]gium, a prodigy, 
 any thing Preterna- 
 tural. 
 PromhTum, a promife. 
 Prcpusitum, a purpofe. 
 Propugnaciilum, a 
 
 bulwark. \_f a y' in S' 
 
 Proverbium, an old 
 Pulpitum, a pulpit. 
 P,amentum, a dip or 
 
 Raflrum, a rake. 
 
 %*?*** 
 
 (bavin* . 
 
 Hefagium, ajbettet. 
 Rcmedium, a cure. 
 Remulcum, a tow* 
 
 bar>rj. 
 Rcpagulum, a bar. 
 Replldium, a diverse. 
 Refponfum, an ajtfxve* . 
 Retinaculum, a cable. 
 Roftrum, the bill of a 
 bird, the beak ofafcip. 
 Rudirnentum, //. -a, 
 ibefrji principles of 
 any art. 
 Rutrum, a pick-ax. 
 Sabbatum, tbefabbatb. 
 Sabulum, gravel. 
 Sac ch ai um , fagar. 
 Saccllum, a chapel. 
 Sacerdotium, the priefl- 
 
 bood. 
 SacrHmentum, a ?nili~ 
 
 tary oath. 
 Sacrificium, afacrifce. 
 Sacrilegium, Jieai 
 
 fa£red things. 
 SSgUm, a folate rs clo.ii. 
 Sai n, a f alar 
 
 S a llll U xh , a fatr-a lar. 
 Salsamentum, fu- 
 me at. 
 SalunV, the fea. 
 Sandalium, a flipper. 
 ■ Sarculum, a weeding- 
 hooky afpcJc. 
 Sarinentum, a twig. 
 Satifdatum, a bond of 
 
 fecurity. 
 Saxum, a large f one. 
 Scalprum, dim. Scal- 
 
 pcilum, a knife. 
 Scamnum, dim. Sea- 
 be Hum, a bench or 
 form. 
 Sceptrum, afceptre, a 
 
 mace, 
 Scltum, a decree. 
 ScOTtuni, an harlot. 
 Scrlnium, a coffer. 
 
 Scriptunij 
 
2t5 
 
 Second Declension. 
 
 3tum, a >cr. 
 
 > [luin, a fcrupU) 
 
 a certain zi 
 •turn, a ^ 
 : ulum, at 
 
 drium,a. 
 '.Ium, a 
 ■ ife. 
 atus confuitum, a 
 ee ofthefenatt . 
 Sericum, fik. 
 
 Serpyllum , wild thyme. 
 :um, a garland, 
 
 run. t£ 
 
 dura- a tl 
 
 SCVUJ I, :.. .';-:.•. 
 
 DLUmj * Jigu % a 
 
 Sigillum, a fiat 
 
 cerriium, a funeral 
 J-PP £r t cr °?d tna i. 
 SI mm, pail. 
 
 Sift rum, rel. 
 
 Sodalitium, a company^ 
 a cori n. 
 
 , afun-diaL 
 , comfort, 
 S-.jliurn, a throne. 
 Solum, the ground, 
 Somnium, a drea??:. 
 Spat ium, a /pact. 
 Spe&aculuni, ajhew. 
 Spectrum, a phantom^ 
 
 or apparition. 
 Speculum, a lo 
 nlafs. 
 
 Spelaeum, a den, 
 Spicilegi u m , a glean ttig. 
 Spiculdm, a daii. 
 Spiraculum, a L*eatb- 
 
 £p hum, fpoil. 
 Sputum, futile. 
 Stabtilura, affable. 
 
 Stadium, a f uric 
 
 um, a pond. 
 
 Suhnumi t 
 
 Sterquilinium, a (lung* 
 bii 
 
 StTpendium, pa 
 
 agulum, . 
 Stratum, a 
 
 ----- . - 
 
 ping. 
 Sti defire. find , 
 
 Stuprum, del u 
 lum, a kl . 
 $ul tn, a bench. 
 
 Su im, help, 
 
 Suburbariutn, a ho 
 
 . :.. . 
 
 £>\.. am, the f.b- 
 
 '.-, the part of a 
 
 tot it lie 
 
 lis, 
 
 Sudarium, a bandker- 
 
 Sii ium, a vote. 
 
 Suggeftum, Ss 3 -us, us, 
 
 a place raifed above 
 rs. 
 Su ium, <</* a- 
 
 b< \ it. 
 
 Supercilium, the brow, 
 
 prj 
 S u fp I r ium, a Jig h . 
 Symbolum, afgn or 
 
 token, 
 Sympcfium, fcf -on, 
 
 a banquet. 
 
 Tabernaculum, a tent. 
 1 ' a b u latum, a Boi y , 
 
 Tabum, black gore. 
 Ta;dium, ivearinefs. 
 Talentum, a talent. 
 Te&um, the roof, a 
 
 houfe. 
 Telum, a weapon. 
 Tcmplum, a church, 
 Tcrgum, the back. 
 Tcftimcnium, an cjX 
 
 dcr.ee. 
 Theatrum, a theatre, 
 Thurlbulum, a cenfer t 
 
 ,i veffel io burn in- 
 
 ccsfe in. 
 
 mlum, a 
 
 ■ 
 
 ap- 
 
 pr .p. 
 
 Tr tax or 
 
 Triclinium, a din 
 
 roo 
 Triduum, three days. 
 
 Trlpudium, . ing. 
 *ium, 
 
 Tropaeum, a trophy^ a 
 token oj 
 
 T u g u r ium , a cottage. 
 Tympanum, a drum. 
 
 VaCCinium, a berry. 
 Vadimonium, bail; a 
 prom ij in 
 
 court. 
 Vadum, a ford, the fa. 
 Vallum, a rampart. 
 Velum, a veil t aft 
 Vena b ulum, a 
 
 pc 
 
 Venemim, pdf 
 
 Ventilabrum, a fan. 
 
 Verbum, a 
 
 VeiYibuium, a pot 
 
 V e ftigi um , the pt int of 
 the foot. 
 
 Vcxillum, a banner. 
 
 Viaticum, money, or 
 provisions for a jour- 
 ney. 
 
 Vinculum, a chain. 
 
 VTrium, ti . . . 
 
 Vitium, vice, a fault. 
 
 Vitrum, glcfs. 
 
 Vivarium, a place 1* 
 keep beefs in y a ivar- 
 ten or fjh-pc::d. 
 
 VGcabulum, a name 
 or tverd. 
 
 Vojum, a vow. 
 
 Is. 
 
I 
 
 Second Declension. 27 
 
 Exceptions in Gender. 
 
 Exc. I. The following nouns in us are feminine, humus t 
 the ground ; alvus, the belly ; *v annus, a fieve. 
 
 And the following, derived from Greek nouns in os : 
 
 AbyiTus, a bottom! efs Carbafus, a fail. £remus,-a defert. 
 
 pit. _ Dialect us, a diakcl, or- Methodus, a method. 
 
 AlitidctUS, a prefer ~« a- inner offyeecb. Periodus, a period. 
 
 tix-e againf poifon. Diametros, ike diam- Perimetros, the eir- 
 Arclo^, the Bear^ a ter of a circle. cumference. 
 
 conflellation near the Diphthongus, a dipl>- PhaJUS, a -watch tower* 
 
 north pate. thong, Sy nodus, an affaahly* 
 
 To thefe add feme names of jewels and plants, becaufe 
 
 gemma and plant a are feminine ; as, 
 
 Xmethyftus, an ane- Sapplrus, afjppbire. Hyf£\i$,fne fax cr /i- 
 
 R. if ci '- Topazius, a topax. ..v. 
 
 Chryfullthus, a chry fan Egyptian Colhis, cjfmary. 
 
 Ehryfop] i, a a lid Biblus, teed of Crocus, faffron. 
 
 ax. Papyrus,^ li-kich fa- Hjftopos, Lyfsp. 
 
 hiyftallllS, cryjlcL per luas Nardus, fpikenard. 
 
 Lcac5chryfosy th. L *■*• 
 
 Other names of jewels arc generally mafcuiine ; as, &£* 
 
 'Jus, the beryl ; carbunculus y a carbuncle ; Pyropu:, a 
 ; Smaragdus, an emerald.: And alfo names of is ; 
 
 , Ajp j, aiparagus, cr iparrowgrafs ; etlebbrus, ellc- 
 
 bore ; raphanus, radiin or colewort ; iuiylms, endiye or 
 fucccry, Sec. 
 
 Exc. 2. The .nouns which follow, are either roafcuiioe 
 or ( line : 
 Atom us, m. : Hatbituf, a barpi Groffus, a gre 
 
 lanus, the fruit of the Ca , a camel. Penus, ajl. .v, 
 
 p- •". Colus, j P, a», * } itile fh'p, 
 
 Exc. 3.. Virus* poiion ; pelagus, the fea, are neuter. 
 Exc. 4. Vulgus, the coi pie, is cither mafculn. 
 
 n uiterj Bat ofteaer neuter.. 
 
 Exceptions in Declenfion* 
 FSroper names in iris lofe us in the vocative ; as, 
 
 Hor alius, if ;) V\ ins, Vi \ Georgtusy Georgia 
 
 3 of men ; Lanus, Lar'i ; j , Mlnci, names of 
 
 lakes. Fthusy a fon, alio hath JUi : genius, one's guar- 
 $a gnu ; aodtfeftff a- god, hath flfcwj in the voc. 
 
 D 2- 
 
?& S. :i DtctENSicm*. 
 
 and in the plural more frequently Jit and dHs t than del and 
 • - r . ", my, an adjtdive pronoun, hath mi, and 
 
 fometimes rw<aw in the vocative. 
 
 Other nouns in ius haver; :.>s t taldlarie, a letter-c. 
 
 rier ;//.-.'/, pie, &c So thefe epithets, Deluis, DJ/ie ; l , 27- 
 
 ry* andthcfe poffeffives, Laertius, Laertic ; & 
 
 &c. which are not tcrfidered as prbper names. ^ 
 
 The poets fometimes make the voc. of nouns in us like t\ >m. as, 
 , L'atittus, for La&he, Virg. Tins alfo or. :i prole » 
 
 bur more rarely. Thus, -'i:<-/7 \upopulus % for popule. Liv. i, 24. 
 
 le poets : n uria in «■ unto i/j ; as T r, or i -v.', 
 
 voc. i -, or .£ . .- So. 1\ \ r, Lcander, *I ?r^ 
 
 &c. and ib . /. r in the vcc. h« from pi 
 
 Notey When th 1. fing. 7, the latter » i ids tar 
 
 r.v. he fake c. 
 
 . for in Lnd in . . . 
 
 <&:. ...v, &c. for deorum, . &:c. and in •:, 
 
 Craiu. . /■, &c. for %eucroru»t, 1 
 
 Greek Nouns. 
 
 /. 
 
 Os and on are Greek terminations ; as, ^, •, a 
 
 in Greece; i city Troy/; ai often cd. 
 
 into 7/j and : 2 Latins; Alphius y ilium, " 
 
 ned like . ■. J 
 
 Noun or us are fometimes contracted in the gerietive ; 
 
 /. So Theseus, - , &c. Kut 
 
 nouns in «. ■-, when the euis a diphthong, are of the th clenfion. 
 
 Some nouns in os haye the n. .0 ; (yen. ^/i- 
 
 man ; , or -/', a hill in Ma- 
 
 cei h are aifo found in the. third decl. thus, nom. 
 
 A- .So or AiJ:o;i, -onis, <>:c. Anciently 
 
 nouns in as, in imitation of the Greek?, had the gen. in u ; 
 dru, /. ~ ■., fjr Mi , -. : r/, Tcr. 
 
 . or on ; a?, Dehs or jD<-. c. Ds- 
 
 or Delon, th ad. 
 
 Some 1: .'itvj the g in cut; as, ( .?, gen. 
 
 , books which \reat cf hufbandry, as, Virgil's G corgi cks. 
 
 /third declension.) 
 
 There are mere nouns of the third declension than of 
 all the other decieirfions together. The number of its fi- 
 jles is not afce'ri :d. Its final letters, are thir- 
 teen, a, c, i, 0, v, c, cl, /, //, r, s, t, x. Of thefe, eight 
 . peculiar to this decleniion, namely, /, 0, y, e, <7, /, t, xj 
 1 are common tg h with ;he fir ft dedeniioo - } n and r, 
 
 with 
 
Third Declension" 
 
 29 
 
 With the fecond ; and j, with all the other declenfions. d, 
 i, and y, are peculiar to Greek nouns. 
 
 The terminations of the different cafes are tEefe : nom. 
 £og. #, e, Sec; gen. is 2 dat. / ; ace. em; \ jh>ne 
 
 ivlib the nominative ; abl. e f ov 2 : nom. ace. and voc. plur. 
 es, a> or la ; geji. w^, or turn; dat. and abl. ?£?// thus, 
 
 G. 
 
 Z>. 
 .*. 
 
 r. 
 
 Scrrno, 
 
 fermo, 
 fermonis, 
 
 fermoni, 
 
 nonem, 
 fermo, 
 
 r. 
 
 P e Sj 
 
 Pi 
 N. iermone?, 
 C. fcrmonum, 
 Z>. fermonibusj 
 A. feTm~one£, 
 . fermones, 
 
 : rmonibus. J 
 
 /Caput, ihd head, nevi 
 Sij.cr. Pi 
 
 Sing. 
 
 2V. cap at, 
 G. capitis, 
 D. cai 
 ;aput v 
 
 i _■-.'.. 
 
 G. 
 V. 
 A. 
 
 v. 
 
 L 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 J). 
 A. 
 V. 
 A. 
 
 Si 
 rup 
 rup 
 rupi, 
 rupem^ 
 rup 
 rap 
 
 Lapis, 
 Sitjgi 
 
 lap 
 
 lapidis, 
 
 lap< 
 
 lap id em, 
 
 lapis, 
 
 lapide. 
 
 a rod , r 
 
 Plur, 
 
 2x. rupes, 
 G. rupium, 
 D. rupibus, 
 A. rup , 
 V. rupes, 
 A* rupibusj J 
 
 .;:?, mafc. 
 
 Pk 
 N. lapides, 
 G. tap 
 
 D. lap chbui, 
 A. lapides, 
 V. lapides-, . 
 A' lapidibus. / 
 
 ur. 
 'N. capita, 
 G. c [turn, 
 D. capitibus, 
 A. c 
 V. capi 
 
 J3. J 
 
 Sedlle, a/eat t nettt. 
 
 f ^ 
 
 I 
 
 G. fediiis, 
 
 ,P>. fedili, 
 ^f. fedik, 
 
 ^. fedili/ 
 
 PI 
 N. fcdiii-i, 
 G. fediimni, 
 D. fedilibiu y . 
 
 A. ■., 
 
 I 
 
 J Iter, <z|fa 
 
 • 1 0-. Piur. 
 
 j a 
 
 G. kin ris, 
 Z>. it.. 
 A. iter j 
 K iter, 
 •f. itinera. 
 
 i, 
 G. itii eft 
 D. -bus, 
 
 V. itinera, 
 
 A. - j 
 
 ( 
 
 Of the GENDER and GENITIVE 0/ Nouns Third 
 
 Dedevjwn, 
 
 Ay Ey /, and T. 
 
 i..( Nouns in a^ e 9 i, and y, are neuter./ 
 
 Nouns in a form the genitive in Ms ; as, dladema, dia* 
 dc mat is y J a crown % dogma y -a$h, an opinion. So, 
 JEntgma, a riddle. Diploma, a charier. Poema, a r 
 
 -hegmi, a /tort Ppigramina, en in- Schema, a e or 
 
 fcriptlon. A^ ure ' 
 
 Numifma, a coin. .'ma, a d::,itful 
 
 Phaixxia, an a^ariiion* urgumi 
 
 .^roma, f-weet fpices. 
 Axioma, a plain truth* 
 
30 • Third Declension* 
 
 otcmnia, a pedigree. Stratagema, an artful fuhjed to zvrilc of 
 
 Stigma, c mark cr cvnirit-ance. /peak on. 
 
 bra;ui y a dijgrace, Thc.ua, a theme* a T6reum3, a carved 
 
 Nouns in e change e into is ; as, rrle> retts, a net. o f 
 
 Anc : le, ajhield. Cnnale, a pin for the N a vale, cdnko: 
 
 Apluilre, ti \*f* Mr* for fhippinv. 
 
 feijp. Cfibile, a ctucb. Ovile, a f './. 
 
 Gampeftre, a pah- of Equile, a fable for Prassepe, a Bail i en 
 
 drawert, borfes. beer hive. 
 
 Cochleare, ajfroon* Lk^ue.ue, a ceiled rcof Secaic, rye. 
 
 Conclave, a roo.r:. Mantile, a towel. Siiile, a jb-w-cotc. 
 
 Alonile, a necklace, Tibial?, a flocking* 
 
 Nouns in /are generally indeclinable ; as, gutnmi, gum ; 
 .', ginger : but iome Greek nouns add tits ; as r 
 
 JromeS, , water and honey fodden together, 
 
 mead. 
 
 )uns in j add os ; as, moj, molyos, an herb ; myfy^ -y: 
 fitrioL * 
 
 2. (Nouns in o aie mafculfne, and form the 
 
 nitivc in mis ;) :\.\ 
 
 ) ; draco, draconh, a dragon So>. 
 
 Curio, ... a Per©, akindoffhea, x 
 
 e north -wind, ward cr curiaf, PratCO, a 
 
 An - Equlfdj a groom or Ersedo, a rubber. 
 
 Elilmo, ibe lungs. 
 v>, a pitiful feU Erro, a wanderer, P ifio r a little child*'. 
 
 FilliO, a of cloth* Salmo, afulmon. 
 
 Bar tlterer* Helluo, a glatton. Sasnio, a buffoon. 
 
 I&ro, a i Hiitrio, £ F *,/* 
 
 J.atro, a rchher, ho, a pipe cv lube, 
 
 B'jfo, LeiHi, a pit tdo, an euntii 
 
 :;». I.fui.Ojl^-ius, . 0, a fhoot Of fcion. 
 
 Capo, m. I»urco, . Strabo, a go± J 
 
 Gar Mango, a f tr* perf.-i. 
 
 i . r. Tcmo, t'. t cr 
 
 Cerdo, a , or one IVIirnr.ila, a fencer, aught-tree, 
 
 it /•>.. W4 a mean Mdrio, a fool. Tiro, a ret' 'er, 
 
 Mucro, lie point of a Uribc, tie bofs of a 
 C initio, c friz.it r of eld. 
 
 ba Mulio, an:. fipilio, a Jhepbfrd, 
 
 Crabro, a tvafp* or N&biilo, a km ve, Yolo, a volunteer, 
 
 Pavo, a peacock 
 
Third Declension. 
 
 Exc. i. • Nouns in to are feminine, when tha' fignify any 
 thing without a body ; as, rev;:;, rationis, reafon. So, 
 
 Captio. 'rk, /. :. Sectio, ^ 
 
 or . : of one's 
 
 ex ire. Si ry, 
 
 .SefliOs .. 
 
 >, an 
 
 C . '. • , a *, it . 
 
 tafprcio, mifl I. 
 i tillatio, a 7. 
 
 Tu ;, .: transfer* 
 
 
 'oyment 
 of \f p refer ip* 
 
 9 from 
 ifc. I 
 
 pipe', the tveafa . 
 
 Pc.pilio, a bittte 
 PuQfio, a darrvc 
 
 ••9, 3 /; '&/. 
 
 TTr.io, a pearl, 
 Vefpertiiio, a hat* 
 TctniOytbentOi i^r three. 
 
 Qiiaternio, four. 
 
 Senio, fx. 
 
 Legio, a :, a b:.' 
 
 of men. R 
 
 ^ruio, ?«r- ^. 
 
 ls T otio, # notion of idea. '-'J?* 
 
 Opinio, £7/1 opinion. 
 
 Optio, a : ;n,:]iO, a 
 
 tio, .- 
 iio, <z pa Sancllo, a.- .;. Vifio, tm afp.irittoa, 
 
 But wheli they mark - g which [has a body, cr fig- 
 
 / numbers, they are mafculine ; as*, 
 Curciilio, fhe throat- Scipio r t 
 
 Scorpio m. 
 
 Septentrio, the north. 
 
 Stellio, a lizard. 
 
 Titio, aJireSrand. 
 
 Exc. 2. Nouns in do arid go are feminine, and haye the 
 genitive in tnls ; as, arundz^ twh, a reed ? vkgjo? 
 
 imaginir, an :. So, 
 
 ago, ruj?,(jforafs.) Hirwndo, afevalf&w. Sart'-go, a frying-pan. 
 
 CalTgo, tfs. latere •, a ftace £. 
 
 C: ;o, a 1 be. • Teituo'o, aiojtofe. 
 
 Crcpido, a (.reeky a Lanugo, dawn. Torpedo, a numbn 
 
 ba . Lentigo, a pimple*. | Ufigo, the statural md^- 
 
 Farrago/, c re» n. » vf the earth. 
 
 Ferrugo, ruf, [of iron.) Porrigo, f or "" :do, b 
 
 Formido, fear. lies in the lead ; Vertigo, \J 
 
 Fuligo, fjct. da Virgo, a virgin. 
 
 Grando, hail. PropagQ, a lineage-. Voragoi a gulf* 
 
 Hiruc'o, a horfe-lcech. P. .'dczj. 
 
 But the following are mafculine : 
 
 Cardo, -inis, a binge. Margo, hums, toe brink of a river ; 
 
 Ciido, -onis, a leather cap. q fcm. 
 
 ^Harpago, -onis, a drag. Ordo, -iris, order. 
 
 Mgo, -oms^ajfa* Tendo, - «... "-. 
 
 o, -onis, a I lenficl. 
 
 Cupidoy deure, is often Aafc. with the poets ; but in proie always fern. 
 
 Exc* 
 
3 z Third DeCLENSIG 
 
 
 Exc. 5. ,. 1 illowing nouns have J/ȣf, 
 ^poilo, -inis- */•//•. Nemo, -mis, ra. or f. rfhoiy. 
 
 Turbo, -i'nis, m. a 11 nJ. 
 
 Clro, . : X***! mafe; the name of a river, An':l+ 
 
 . 1 god Mars ; from the obibktc 
 the name of * man, has h 
 
 E:cc. 4. I Greek nouns in ire feminine, ar.d have us in 
 the gei ; . e, and y in the other cafes fingulaf ; as, Duh, 
 
 : man i a woman ; genit. Didus ; dat. .D:^',} fete 
 Sc they are declined regularly; thus, , T)ldo- 
 
 7:1s : fo . -if, f. the refornding of the voice from a rock 
 
 or wood ; Argo+ -_'r, the c ::e of a (hip ; $alo s *onis % l* 
 a circle about the iun or moon. 
 
 3.1 Nouns in c and / are neuter, and form the 
 genitive by ad< 5 iy.\ as, 
 
 AntniiL 7 , a. ?,} a living creature ; toral f -tills, a bed- 
 cover ; hahc, haleciy a kind of pickle, -So, 
 
 Cervical, a bdjl:r. rVTinervai, entry* v. Puteal, a ivdl cave r\ 
 
 Cubital, a Qujb'iw. Mi'mual, t \ at. Ve&Tgal, a tr.x. 
 
 Except. Conful, -lills, m amnfub Miigil, -His, m- a t*ulUt-fJb\ 
 
 Fcl, fellis, v.. gel!. Sal, salis, to- or n./ltt. 
 
 Lac, ladtis, n. »ri/i« Sales, -him, pi. m. ivitty faying*. 
 
 Kiel, zneiltS, n. honey. Sol, fcC'lis, ni. it: fur.. 
 
 D is the termination only cf a few proper names, which 
 form the genitive by adding U ; as, David, Dawd'ts. 
 
 4. J Nouns in ?i are mafculine, and add is in 
 the genitive ; as, 
 
 C non, -ortU, j rifteJ PhXSognomon, -oris, *r* wit 
 
 Dxmon, -onis, afplrit. g uP ff- s a * the elffoftcio:* of mm 
 
 JDtiphin, -inis, 2 tfolpl j>'°' n the face. 
 
 Gnomon, -onis, the each of a dhl. Ren', renis, ike reins. 
 
 Hymen, -cnis, the gel of marriage. Splen, iplenis, tbeffxbem 
 
 n, -cnis, tb? vtilu Syren, -eni% f. a S yren, 
 
 I .l 1:, -anis, ufongk Titan; -finis, the fun. 
 
 Exc. 1. Nouns in inert arc neuter, and make their ge- 
 nitive in wis ; zsjiumen, jtuniinis, a river. So, 
 
 Abdomen, tie paunch. Agmen, an army on A lumen, alum* 
 Acumen, fiar^.-. ma. Bitumen, akindofdxy. 
 
 C acumen, 
 
Third Declension - . 
 
 33 
 
 Sagmcn, vervain, en 
 
 :en, the top. Germ en, afprout. 
 
 Carmen, a Jong, a Gr.'men, graft. hero, 
 
 m. Ixgiijntn, all kind cf Semen, a feed. 
 
 Specimen, a proof. 
 Stamen, the ivarp. 
 Sftbtemen, the ivoof. 
 Tecrmen, a covering* 
 VTmen, a ttvio-. 
 Volumen, a folding. 
 
 Cognomen, a fir name, pulfe. 
 
 CoKimen, a [up port. Lumen, light. 
 Crimen, a crime. Nomen, a name. 
 
 X):fcrimen, a effirence. Numen, the deity, 
 Ex^men, a Jhoarm of Omen, a prcfige. 
 
 bees. Putamen, a nut-fhell. 
 
 .Foramen, a hole. 
 
 The following nouns are like wife neuter : 
 -Gluten, -inis, glue. Inguen, -mis, the groin. 
 
 Unguen, -Inis, ointment. Pollen, -Inis, fne four. 
 
 Exc. 2. The following mafculines have inis ; petlen, a 
 comb ; tuUcen, a trumpeter ; tiblcen. a piper ; and ofcen 9 
 -v. ofcinls, fc. avis, f. a bird, which foreboded by ringing. 
 
 Exc. 3. The following nouns are feminine : Sinclcn, 
 -onis, fine linen ; addon, -onis, a nightingale ; Haley tot* 
 -Stiis., a bird called the King's fifher ; tcdn 9 -onis, an image. 
 
 Exc. 4. Some Greek nouns have ontis ; as, Laomedon 9 
 '-ontis, a king of Troy. So Acheron, Chameleon 9 Phae~ 
 thon, Char on ;, &C- 
 
 AR and UR. 
 5. / Nouns in ar and ur are neuter, and add 
 
 is to rorm th 
 C 
 
 G 
 
 the genitive ; as, 
 
 alcar, calcdris,\i fpur ; murmur 9 murnniris, a noife. — So* 
 uttur, -•iris, the tJwoat. Nedlar, -aris, drink of the gods. 
 
 Pulvmar, -5ris, a p'ilczu. 
 
 Sulphur, -uris, fulphur. 
 
 Jecur, -oris, or jecinorls, ji. the 
 
 lii>er. 
 ,R~bur, -oris, n. firengtb, 
 S ilar, -aris, m. a trout. 
 Turtnr, -iiris. m. a turtledove, 
 Vujtur, -aris, ni. a vulture. 
 
 Jubar, -aris, a fun-beam. 
 JLdcOnar, -aris, a celling. 
 Except, -bur, -oris, n. ivory. 
 
 Far, farris, n. com. 
 
 Femur, -oris, n. the thigh. 
 
 Furfur, -iiris, rn. bran. 
 
 Fur, furis, ml a thief. 
 
 Hepar, - r itos, n. 
 
 the liver* 
 
 ER and OR. 
 
 €.{ Nouns in er and or are mafculine, and 
 form the genitive hy adding is ; as, 
 
 Arfr, >|a goofe or gander ; agger ', -eris, a ram- 
 
 part ; aer, -erls, the air ; career, -eris, a prifon ; qffer t 
 -eris, Sc aflu, -is y a plank ; dolor, -oris, pain ; color, -oris 9 
 
 a colour. So, 
 
 A&or, 
 
34 Third Declension, 
 
 Actor , a Jeer, a pleader. CMor, l*f -os, afmell. Sopor.y 7 
 
 Creditor, he thai trujfs > afivan. Splendor,/ ■ 
 
 cr Piedor,^ Sj . afar: 
 
 Cruor, g Paftor, c herd. Sqiuilor,^ 
 
 1 .biter, a dehior. Pnetor, a ca ; p<>r, t 
 
 FsetOI mell. PucVr,;'-;^. Sutor, a fiver. 
 
 Honor, honour. Rubor, blujbin Tepor, - £. 
 
 Leclor, . ■ r. Rumor, a report. Terror, </n< 
 
 Liclor, an ojjicer among SipOP, a tei Timor, fear* 
 
 the Remans ivho at- S?rtor, a cohler cr Tor lor, a barber* 
 
 ■ rates. Tutor, a guard'; an. 
 
 LTvor, paleuefx ■. it. S .tor, a Jetvef, a fa- Vapor, a vapour. 
 
 Nidor, aflrongfmeU* . r. Venator, a hunter* 
 
 Rhetor ± a rhetorician, has rhetaris ; calior, a beaver, -cris. 
 
 Exc. i. The following nouns are neuter: 
 Acer, -oris, a -. Marmor, oris, marble. 
 
 Ador, -oris at. Plpaver, -tris, poppy. 
 
 JFquor, - Piper, -cris, pepj 
 
 C< ', -cris, a deadcarcafs. inther, -eris, a 
 
 Cicer, -**ris, 9 Tuber, -cris, ajhvelling. 
 
 Cor, cordis, the heart. ■ " - ris, e pop, or fatnefs. 
 
 Iter, itmcris, a journey. Ver, veris, the fprivg. 
 
 Arbbr, -oris, a tree, is fcm. Tuber, -eris, the fruit of the tuker 
 tree, i> mall, but when put for the tree, fern. 
 
 Exc. 2. Nouns in her have brts in the genitive ; as, hie 
 tniieXt imhris, a fhower. So Insuber, Oacl. ;.c. 
 
 Nouns in ter have iris ; as venter 9 veutris, the belly ; 
 filer, patris, a father ; fraier, -iris, a brother ; GcclpHicr, 
 -tris, a hawk ; but crater, a cup, has crater is ; soicr, -eris 9 
 a faviour ; later*, a tile, lateris ; Jufnlert the chief cf the 
 Heathen gods, has jfovis ; I'mier, -tris, a little boat, is 
 mafc. or fcm. 
 
 7. J Nouns in as are feminine, and have the 
 mitive in atis ; as, a/as, atatisSzn age. So, 
 
 Siniv * feud, a Veritas, ; 
 
 Pi 'y. griJge. ill. 
 
 V I Ten tas, a frTie, .: Voluj e. 
 
 Probitas /?• At a dad, ha* 
 
 8ati , or <//- anatia. 
 
 Except - . I. As, aflis, m. a piece, of mot Mas, mafis, m. a r?aie. 
 
 or . ^« S, Vadis, m a f\ rety. 
 
 divided into Hcefoc parts. :.-. wfis, n. a i-jj 
 
 Note. 
 
Thud Declension, 
 
 35 
 
 All the parts of at are likewifc raaiculme, except moW, an 
 eunce, fern. \ & fix tans, 2 ounces ; ; tricns, 4 ; quincunx, 5 ; 
 
 , 6 ; /_ , 7 j besy 8 ; dec ran;, 9 ; dextans, cv dscunx t l ", 
 
 devnx, 11 ounces. 
 
 ExCv 2. Of Greek nouns in <w, fome are mafcuiine ; feme 
 
 feminine ; fome neuter. T that are mafcuiine ba 
 
 utis in the genit. as, gtgpS) giganiis, a giant ; a Jamas 9 
 
 -ar/Ass an adama -vW, -antis, an elepha: Thofc 
 
 .at are feminine have adis, or ados ; as, Lvnpas lamj 
 
 flisy or lambadas > a lamp j dromas, -adts% f. a dromedary : 
 
 Jikewife Areata an Arcadian, though mafcuiine, has ^/r- 
 fifj or -#</&/. Thofe that are neu 
 
 iY/urj -tf/// ? an herb ; ariocrcas. -a?h> a p: 
 
 8.f Nouns in es are feminine, and in the ge- 
 nitive change es into w ; as, 
 
 j rupUjtn rock ; r. 
 
 (ies, or -i*, f i triple ; Lu 
 
 rjgii 
 
 
 pes, 3 /v,. 
 
 plur j £«*//*. M les, tf/i 
 
 Cautcs, a rugged rock. Nates 1 the buttock, ics, ajlaugbter. 
 
 Clades, .*« *vertbrrw t Pairmbes, m. or f. * Stnies, ■ 
 
 Sudcs, Ai 
 Crates, a hurdle. " Proles, an offspring. Tabes, a on, 
 
 Pubes, yotfi Vulpes, a fix* 
 
 Exc. 1. The following nouns are mafcuiine, and moil U 
 them likewife excepted in" the formation of the genitive ; 
 
 ->> a bird, 
 
 , afwkiisjlajf: 
 Aries, 
 
 Cc pes, -itis, a turf* 
 
 ies, -i 
 
 Dies, -ltls, / 1/. 
 G urges, -uis, a •whirlpool, 
 
 Hei . - - ' ■> 
 
 Indjges, -Otis, ./ «wi deified* 
 Interpres, -< tis, a/; interpreter. 
 LIn3.CS, -itis, (3 /.■'////'* or bound, 
 jMlles, -uis, a foUier, 
 
 PaJ 
 
 Pes, p :dis, tbcfioi 
 
 ■cks, >ltis, a footh:.-::i. 
 PQples, -iris, 
 Pisefcs, -idis, d 
 Sat is, a life-guard. 
 
 Stipes, -it is, /*' 
 
 is, an mvebm 
 Tranies, -his, *z path, 
 Veles, -:iis, a light-armed 
 Vates, vatis, a prophet, 
 Verres, verris, a boar-t j 
 
 Gbfes, -idis, a bo/lagt. 
 
 But ales, miles, bere: t interpret ^ tb/es, and vafesj arc uJ;o u*\.u in 
 aziiniue. 
 
 E E.~c. 
 
 the ' 
 
36 Third Declensio 
 
 s. 
 
 Exc. 2. The following feminincs arc. excepted in the 
 formation of the genitive : 
 
 Abies, -his, a fir-tree. Requies, -etis ; cr requiei, (of the 
 
 Ceres, -cris, the goddfs ofecrn. ffth declenf:cn t ) ref. 
 
 Merces, -edis, a reward, hire. Seges, -etis, growing cent. 
 
 Merges, _-itis, a handful cf ca a. ges, -etis, a mat or coterie*. 
 
 Quies, -etis. ref. Tildes, is, or -ftis, abamme.* 
 
 To thefe add the following adje&itefc. 
 
 .Xles, -itis, fivift. Prxpes, -etis, fzvift-zuinged. 
 
 Bipes, -1 (lis, tivc-foot:d. Refes, -idis, idle. 
 
 tjuadr^pes, ~Zdi% t four-footed, Sofpes, -itis, fafe. 
 
 Deles, -iois, Jlatbfui. Siiperftes, -Itis, furo'wirtg. 
 
 Dives, -itis, rich, Teres, -etis, round and long, f 
 
 TIebes, -etis, dull. Locuples, -etis, rich. 
 
 Perpcs, -etis, perpetual. Manfues, -etls, genile. 
 
 Exc. 3. Greek nouns in es are commonly mafcul#e; as 
 hie aan&ccs, -is, a Perfian fword, a fcimitar ; bur. iome 
 are neuter ; as, hoc cacojetJ)cs y a» evil cuftoni h'ipt u s, 
 a kind of poifon which grows in the forehea| or" a foal ; 
 cs 9 the herb all-heal ; nepenthes, the herb kill- 
 grief. Diffs llables, and the monoiyllables Cres, a Cretan, 
 have etis in the genitive, as, hie magnes, magnetis, a load- 
 (tone ; tapes, -elis, tapeftry ; fches-cUs, a cauldron. The 
 reft follow the general rule. Some proper nouns have either 
 etis or is ; as, Dares, Dareiis, or Dans ; which is alfo 
 fometimes of the firft declenfion ; Achilles, has KcbUlis ; 
 or A chilli contracted for Achill'ei or Achillei, oi 
 deck from Aclfilleus : So Cly/fes, Pericles, Verres, Arif* 
 tZteksy Esfr. 
 
 IS. 
 
 g\ Nouns in /j are feminine, and have their 
 genitive the fame with the nominative ; as, 
 
 vrisy aurisMhe car ; avis, avis, a bird. So, 
 
 A pis, j bee* Meflh , <7 barvejl or ;,-(/. R2 tis, a raft . 
 
 BTlis, the gall, arger. Naris, the noflriL Rudis, c rod. 
 
 Claflis, a feet. Neptis, a niece. Vallis, a vail 
 
 Fclis, a cat. Ovis, ajbeef, Veftis, a garment 
 
 Fdris, a door ; ofi:n;r PelHs, a fin. Vltis, o -w«<. 
 
 ]»lur. feres, -iuiu. Peflis, a plague. 
 
 cc* I. The following nouns are mafculme, and form 
 the genitive recording to the general rule ; 
 
 Axis, 
 
Third Declsnsio 37 
 
 iy^ax^Mi^^ Enfis, */**>*/< Patruelis, a rtii/^r- 
 
 A quails, a 102: , Fafeis, a 7:lJ - u 
 
 ,,-. Feclalis, a ..' Pifcis, aJtJB. 
 
 Callis, <z fcatoi road. Follis, a/a/r ofUlovui. Poftis, */« 
 
 Caulis, fife loft r/ m Fuftis, */*^ Sodalis, a cmfMrnm* 
 
 r /. Menfis, .« .- ft afre-4rami. 
 
 Coflit a a/ ugiiis, or-ibaaa/- Ungu 
 
 Cenchris, a it , r- £*#&. [--- Vectis, - 
 
 Orbisj a circle, the Vermis, <? wroi 
 
 To thefe add Latin nouns in nis ; as, fonts, bread ; 
 
 •;;;>, the hair ; ignis, lire ; funis, a rope, &C. But 
 Greek nouns in nis are feminine, and haye the genitive 
 in && ; Of tyranitis, iyratuudis, tyranny. 
 
 Exc. 2. The following nouns are alfo m:. le, b. 
 form the nitive difFerentl 1 ♦ 
 
 Cr ris, a/2 Fubi« or pubes, -is, or ; -GC20 t ' 
 
 . ciimis, -Is, or -eris, or cucumber. mam 
 
 is, cutis, the god : ricb y Pulvis, -eris, c'^?| 
 
 an adfc Quiri?, -Itis, a Roman* 
 
 Glis, gHris, a' ion a rat. Sarnnis, -itis, a Sam, 
 
 Impubis, cr impubes, -is or -eris, Sanguis, -mis, &&*£ 
 
 n:i warriag Semis, -ifis, the half of any thing. 
 
 Lapis, -idis, a Bone. V'omis, or -er, -ei 2uzr*« 
 
 tlvhiiidciau arc fometimes feminine. &Vhuj is alfo fometimes 
 neuter, and then it is indeclinable. i>«& and itnpu$ii r.fe properly 
 adjectives; thus, Paherlbus caulem fefih, a ftalk with downy leaves, 
 r^7rr, -<K». xii. 4 1 3. 7 - corpus, the body of a bey not having ye: 
 got the down (fubes, -i/, f) of youth, Herat* eptd. 5. 13. £xjan 
 
 ioditfs, an adj. Las exj'snguis in the gen. 
 
 Exc. 5. The following are either mafc. or feminine, and 
 form the genitive according to die general rule. 
 
 is, arivert Hnis, tie end : hues, the btundtirii 
 
 Asguis, \e. cf , or territories, . ->j 
 
 C.mfilis, a con* it-pit m 
 
 fcrjl:-. or fcrobs, aditchi' 
 T- , a chain. 
 
 Exc- 4. Thefe feminines have fa "> a hel- 
 
 met ; t , the point of a fpear ; ..../, -7fis, a kind 
 
 cup ; promulfis, -nils, a !. of drink, in. Lis, 
 
 it rife, f. has litis. 
 
 Exc. 5. Greek nouns in is 1 merally feminine, and 
 form the genitive varioufly : Some have eos or ios ; as, h&- 
 rt/is, -ccs, or -ios or -is, a herefy ; fo, £&/&» f, the fo 
 of a pillar ; phrafis, a phrafe ; pbth'tfs, a conlumption : peeps, 
 
 S) a chief city, &c. Some have ;&, or 
 
 y.los 5 
 
38 Third Declension. 
 
 tdos ; as, PXris, -lidij, or Ados> the name of a man ; afpis% 
 
 •Xdij) f. an afp ; ephemtris> -tdh) f. a day book ; iris, -td}s 9 f. 
 rainbow ; pyxis 9 ~7dis 9 f. a box, So, , the fhield 
 
 of Pallas ; amthdns 9 a fort of fly ; perifcelis 9 & garter ; 
 
 proloJc'is 9 an elephant's trunk ; pjrtimis, a pyramid ; and 
 
 /!s y a tiger, -Idis, itldom tlgris ; all fern. Part have 
 
 y ; as, Pfophit 9 -ldis 9 the name of a city : others have 
 
 •* ; as, EkuJtSf -Ifi'iSy the name of a city ; and feme 
 
 vt ends ; as, S':mois 9 Sbnoent:s 9 the name of a jiver, 
 
 hariti one of the graces, has, Ckaritis. 
 
 OS. 
 
 io. 4 Nouns in os are mafculine, and have the 
 genitive in atis ; as., 
 
 neposy -<jiis\'d grandchild J sacerdos y • \ prleft, alfo fem* 
 
 Exc. i. The following are feminine ; 
 Arbos, of -or, ^r's, a tree* £o$, e,;is, I y. 
 
 *, <; -wbetjlone, Glo4, gloria, M* bufijuii Jtfler, cr 
 
 %, a do-wry. brotfar* t wife, 
 
 2. The following mafculines are except- i the 
 
 : 
 
 ajkvHT* Cuftcs, -Td's, a keeper ; alfo fcm. 
 
 . -ris, bc*our t Her* M*>, a hero. 
 
 ? ibog, cr -or, -"ris, Azlwr. Minos, -5is, a i/wj of Crete, 
 
 it, Tro», Trois, a Trojan. 
 
 Bos, b6vis, m. or f. <?* ox or r#to. 
 
 is, <&•*<;. 
 :. *, &r, oj/isy a bone ; and os,oris, the mouth, arc neuter. 
 
 Exc. 4* tome Greek nouns have -oh ; as &*/w, -6 
 
 r0 , a . n : So Mines 9 a king of Crete ; 7Vc\r, 
 
 >jan ; a kind of wolf. 
 
 US. 
 
 1 1 , JNouns in us are neuter, and have their ge- 
 itivc in oris ; as, 
 
 ptffWf pfflorisAxlie brealt ; tempus f tenporh, time. 
 s a body, Friglli, ^W. nus, prowft* 
 
 c-us, fcwwwr, Littns, <7/*r*. Pignus, a f 
 
 , difgra Nemus, a grtve, Stercus, dung, 
 
 PScus, ctftfr, rgus, « 
 
 
 
 /- 
 
 / 
 
 Ere i. 
 
Third Declension, 
 
 Exc i. The following neuters have erts. 
 ^ c Munus,*£*y*,or Seeks, acntxe, 
 
 Funus, .: »Olns, pot-heri Sicks, <zy?- 
 
 ius, a Onus, ai Vellus, ajlea* of kcoot. 
 
 Genus, a ^/'.vi, or ///;- Opus, <2 -awri. Viicus, a .;:/. 
 
 ^ ?C: -CU3, <? f./.'. 
 
 Glomus, a clear. Rudus, r Vulnus, 4«00«»c£r 
 
 LatUS, thefide. 
 
 Thus ffc«r«, fun'c-ri:, &c. Glomus, a clew, is fometimes m ne, 
 
 and has ov_w. ; , of the fecond declenfion. Venus x the goddefs of love, 
 ana , old, an adje&ive, likewife have hit. i 
 
 Exc. 2. The following nouns are feminine, and form t: 
 genitive variouily : 
 
 Incus, -udis, an anvil. JuventUS-, -utis, ;•::.;*, 
 
 PAius, -udiS, a pcol or mora/}. Salus, -Utis, fefrtj • 
 
 cus (notyfed)y -udis, afieep. Sene&us, -utis, old to 
 
 Subfcus, -udis, ve-tail. Servitus, -fi :. 
 
 Tellus, -uris, f£* earth, or goddfs Virtus, -utis, virtue. 
 
 eft Be ear. Intercus, -utis, ankydropfy* 
 
 Intercus is properly an adjective, having. aqua underilcod. 
 Exc. 3. Monofyllables of. the neuter gender have urU in 
 
 the genitive ; as, 
 
 Grus, cruris, the leg. Rus, ruris, y. 
 
 Jus, juris, laiu or right ; alfo broth. Thus, thuris, frankincenfe. 
 Pus, puris, the corrupt matter of any So Mus, muris, 1 a mo:fe, 
 
 fore. 
 
 Ligits, or -ur, a Ligurian, has Li guru ; Itpus, mafc. a hare, /^a- 
 ris ; y?^, mafc. or fern, a fwine, yl^'x ; gru:^ maf. or fern, a crane, gruis. 
 OEMpusy the name of a man, has 0£. : fometimes it is of the 
 
 fecond declenlion, and has QEdipi. The compounds oifus have odis ; 
 as, tripus, mafc. a tripod, tripodis ; out lagoons, -odis, a hied of bird, 
 or the herb hares-fcot, is fern. Names of cities have untls ; as, T/*i» 
 pezus,. c Tr:pczuntis ; Cpus, Gpuut'u. 
 
 r s:. 
 
 12 f Nouns in vs are all borrowed from the Greek, and are for the 
 mofi: part feminine.! In the genitive^they have fometimes yu or yos ; as 
 h;ec chelys, cbelyis, or -yos, a harp ; Capys, Cap jit, or -yos ; the name 
 of a man: fometimes they have jdis, or ydos ; as, hxc coiumjs, chlumy- 
 dis or chlai.iyJos, a foldier's cloak ; and fometimes ynis, or yncs ; a?, 
 Trachys, IracLy.nis, or Trachynos, the name of a town. 
 
 JES, A US, EUS. 
 13. /The nouns ending in.*j and aus are, 
 
 Ir.%, ssris, n. £rafs\or money. Laus, laudis, f. praifi. 
 
 ..us, fraudis, f. JrauJ. Pnes, praedis, m. or f. a f rely. 
 
 Substantives ending in the f; liable sus are all proper names, and 
 £ %■ have 
 
4* Third Dtclilw- 
 
 have the genitive in «»..- ; as, , X> r pheas i Term, Y<.r 
 thefc nouns are alfo found in th< id dcclcnfion, when eus is di- 
 vided into twofyllables: thus Or , genit. Orpbci, or fometiracs 
 contracted Orpbei, and that in Co Or/ 
 
 *9 w&fi a ctmfonant before \ 
 
 14. / Nouns ending in s with a confonant be- 
 fore it, are feminine ; and form the genitive by 
 changing the s into is or lis; as, 
 trabs, trSitsA a beam ; fobs, fob's, faw-duft ; Items* hie- 
 mis, winter f gens, gent if, a nation ; flips ftlfis, alms ^ 
 pars* partis, a part ; fdrs, forth, a lot ; wzorr, -//\r, death. 
 
 Exc. 1. The following nouns are mafculine ; 
 Charjrbs, -Vbis,/ Merops, -opi«, * 
 
 Dens, -tig, a toot tons, -tis, • 
 
 Fons, -'tis, a 71 Pons, -tis, # 077V 
 
 Gryps, typhis, a griffin. Seps, sepis, a iiW offrpsnt ; bdt* 
 
 Hydrops, ^opis, ft Seps, sepis, c7 hedge, is fem. 
 
 Exc. 2. The folio* are either mafc. or feminine : 
 
 \deps, adipis, fatnefs* Serpens, -tis, a ferpent. 
 
 -tis, a ca: Stirps, ftirpis, the root of a ft 
 
 Scrobs, fcrobis, a rinh. Stirps, an offspring, always fern. 
 
 Wnhnans, a tiring creature, is found in all the genders, but m 
 '©(juently is tl minine cr neuter. 
 
 Exc. 5. PolyfyUables in eps cfl e into / ; as, hxc 
 
 forceps, forctpis, a pair of tongs ; pr incept, -Ipis* a prince 
 or princefs ; parfaeps, -ctpis, a partaker ; fo likewiie cos- 
 hbs, cceulis, an unmarried man or woman. The con> 
 •unds of caput have cifftis ; as, praceps, pi\e , head- 
 
 long ; anceps, ancifitis, doubtful ; biceps, -crjttis, two-head- 
 ed. Auceps, a fowler, has aucupis* 
 
 Exc. 4. The following femlnines have tits .** | 
 
 ons, frond-"?, tie leaf of a tree. J'uglans, dis, « walnut, 
 
 , plan dis, en acorn* Lens, lendis,w nit. 
 
 brtpent, libripeuMs, m. a weigher ; nefrent, -d?s, m. or f. a gri 
 pig; and the compounds of cor ; as, concors, Jit, agreeing} 
 
 r, difagreeing; vecort, mad, &c. But front, the forehead, has 
 , fern, and lens, a kind of pulfe, lentis, alfo fem. 
 
 Exc. 5. lens, going ; and quiev.s, being able, ] iples 
 
 from the verbs e§ and queo, with their compounds, have 
 
 rnntis : thus, tens, euntis ; q uteris, queunt'is % ; rid' 1 ens, rede- 
 
 piiens, nejutunih : but ambiens, going round, has 
 
 r, 
 
 Exc. 6* 
 
TrIIRD I' 41 
 
 Exc. 6. Thyns, a city in Greece, tl rth-plaec of 
 
 -rcules, has- Tirynthh. 
 
 T. 
 
 15. /There is only one noun in /, namely* cafut 9 -s 3 
 
 the head, neuter. ) In like manner, its compounds, j ut 9 
 fincifnttiy the forenead : and occiput , -Itis, the hind- head, 
 
 16. ♦ Nouns in a afe feminin and in the 
 
 genitive change x. into an ; as, 
 
 fWJCj vocis, lihi voice ;■ &#, /uftf, light'.-- So, 
 
 Appendix, -"ch.:?/: ad- Q- I 
 
 dition ; dun j.. FaeX, -cj 5, rri: -:/. . .;.-.. 
 
 Arx, uT -:is, afcyt Nux, tlucU, - 
 
 Celox, -ocis, . Fax, -acts, a ttrrbt ax, -acis, 
 
 Cervix, k. Fi'ix. -ids, c Pix, picis, p l: ~? 
 
 Cicatrix, -icis, a par. Lcnx, -cis. Radix, -Tcis, a rot. 
 
 Cornix, - a crotv. L-cdix, -ici.«, a f\ 
 
 Coturnil, -icis, a quail. Miretrix, -ici?, a ccur* Vibix, cr -ex, -1 c 
 Coxendix, -ici: iefan.. d. 
 
 Exc. i- PoTylyllables in ax and e _ maiculine ; as, 
 
 arax, -Jr/>, a bread-plate; Corax, -acts, a raven. 1. 
 
 in the gee-hive is changed into jWj- ; as, poller* -;V/V, m. 
 
 thumb So the ng nouns, alio ma£cuKn< 
 
 / Clmex, a bur, P'dex, tbl! breech. 
 
 1 the top oj L~ h. Pontlfex, a chief prl:f, 
 
 ;f. PS lex, aj. 
 
 r.. ?. Rimex, a rupture. 
 
 Artifex, <ur<i !r \. SGrex, a rat. 
 
 •:..'■ Latex, anyjiquor. Vertex, tb* crown cf 
 
 tbi ink efa M a f "*'-/. hjc:d. 
 
 trtt. iple, VqrteXj a ivbirlpoil. 
 
 Fervex, 2 wedder ihcep, has rcis ; j > a mower of hay,. 
 
 , ; secis : Refex^ m. -cv/>, a v* . n c h cut off, 
 
 To theie mafculines add, 
 
 Calix, -?Ci3, a ;u^>. r/x, -)cis, <t iv'dd goat. 
 
 Calyx, - of a /-ever, Phcxnix, -Icis, a bird fc called. 
 
 Coccyx. , vet ^ycis, a cuchvi* Tradux, -'«cis, cr jra/*, or ^/V** 
 
 Forn.x. ~i:a y a of a vine ; alfo f-*rr., 
 
 But 
 
%:. Third D^ci :. 
 
 But the following polyfyllables in ax and ex are femini: 
 
 Fornax, -acis, a furnace* S mi lax, the herb rcpe—wi 
 
 Panax, -aci Cerex, -icis, a ft.- 
 
 Climax, -acis, a ladder* Sapellcx, fupclkcV '.J-. 
 
 Forfjx, -Icu ir of ft furniture* 
 
 Halex, -ecir,, at 
 
 Exc. 2. A great many nouns in « . mafculiner 
 
 cr feminine ; a?, 
 
 Calx, -cis, the hscl, or the end cf Limax, -acis, a f nail. 
 
 any thing, the goal; bu, calx, Obex, -icis, a bolt or far. 
 
 lime, is t w. Perdix, -icis, a j. 
 
 Cortex, -icis, the burl of a- tree* Purr, ex, -Icis, .: 
 
 Hyaiix, -i::s, a l itie, Riimex, -1CJS, for r el, an kerb* 
 
 Imbrex, -icis, • r or roof tile, Sandix, -i . ur, • 
 
 JLyn.v, -cis, an ounce, a cf a Silcx, -icis, a f. 
 
 very quick fight, Varix, -icis, a ftvofn vein, 
 
 Exc. 3. The following nouns depart from the gene: 
 rule in forming the g 
 
 1 lex, -cgi-s, anveU-msksr. Phalanx, -angis, f . a 
 
 Cuiijuox, cr -ux, -ugis, a hifbani Rtmex -lgis, a roi 
 
 or "wife, R 
 
 Frnx, (not if-JJi frugis, f. corn. Nix, nlvis, f. fnow. 
 
 Grex, grcgls, m. or f. a feck. Nox, nodis, f. n/^-i/. 
 
 Lex, legis, f. a taw, Scnex, scnis, (an adj.), old, 
 
 Exc. 4. Greek nouns in x, both with reipect to gender 
 and declonfion, are as various as Latin nouns : thus, bom- 
 lyx, bombycis, a (Ilk-worm, mafe. but when it fignifies iilk, 
 or the yarn ipun by the worm, it is feminine ; onyx, mafc, 
 or fern, cnyclns, a precious (tone ; and fo fard ; larynx*. 
 laryngts, fern, the top of the wind-pipe ; P > Phrygh,. 
 a Phrygian ; fphinx, -right, a fabulous hag ; Jh'ix y -tgis, £, 
 a Icrecchowl ; aSVt.v, ->^x, £ a liver in hell ; HyJax, -ills, t: 
 name of a dog ; Bibrax, B Uracils, the name of a town, cV 
 
 Dative Singular, 
 
 The Dative lingular anciently ended alfo in s ; as, Efu- 
 rhnte leoru ex ore exculpcre pradam, To pull the prey out of 
 the mouth of a hung: y lion, Lucil. /;. pes, Fc 
 
 flicks to foot. JEiu x. ^61. for efurunti and pedi, 
 
 E; 
 
Third Declension. 43 
 
 Exceftigss in the Accusative Singular. 
 Exc. t. The following nouns have the accu£aive in im t 
 
 Amufiis, f. afnafifCi f\ Cannabis, i. hemp, 
 
 Bilris, f. the b^im of a plough* Ciicuniis, m. a cucumber-, 
 
 Gum mis, f. g tm. Sit is, £. th'trjU 
 
 Mephitis, f. ^ <&«/ orf.rong fmell. Turns, f. the tough* 
 Ravis, f. hoarfcnefr. Vis, {. Jirengtb. 
 
 "pis, f. vv.ijlj.rd> 
 
 To thefe add proper names, t, of ci-.i^s, and other place-*; 
 Hifpalis, Seville, a city irt Spain ; Synth, a dangerous quickfand on 
 the coa3 of Libya ;-^2. ol rivers ; as, Tiberh, the Tiber, which 
 runs pad Rome ; Bath, the Guadalquivir in Spain ! So AfbSfu, A* 
 rarir, Alb':, lirli, -j\-.— j. Of gods; dfr, Anubis, Apis, O+lris, 8c- 
 tapis, deities ol the Egyptians. But thtfe fometimes make the ac« 
 cufative alio in in ; thus, &yrti*t or Syrtin, Tibtrun or -in. oCC« 
 
 Exc. 2. Several nouns In tf have either */w or /;/* ; as? 
 
 vis, f. Pelvis, f. a bafeK. "iris, f. <W tf*« 
 
 itit, f. toejlirt* iippi-t, f, thjjtern 9/ is, f. afnvtng* 
 
 , f. m fever* Vtp* StrtgKIi$,f. ^i 
 
 Kivii, f. a/:; Rc&b, £. 5 ri£*. Tuffi*, f. a fnitf>< 
 
 Thus ff/ navfm; pvppem f or puppim, &c. . The 
 
 ancients laid owm* aurim, cvim, p0lm y vaHim, v}tim f 3cc* 
 .re not to be imitated* 
 
 Exc. $7TC s Nouns form tbeir accofativt variouflyp 
 
 1. Greek nouns, whofe genitive iucreafes in u or « impure, thas 
 is, with a confonant going before, have the accusative in em or a, as, 
 :, Utmpadts, or lampndos, lampadem, or ktmpada* In like man- 
 ner, thefe three, which have fs pure in the genitive, or is with a 
 vowel before it ; Tret, Trek, Treenr, and 7%<r, a Trojan ; beros, a 
 f/Vw, a king of Crete. The three following have almofl al- 
 ways a \ Pan, *hc god of f.Tcph.rJs father, tlie fky ; ddpb'm, a dolphin \ 
 t\\M% Patta, «: iAph'iua, 
 
 Mafculine Greek nouns m /}, which have the; itive in Is or 
 
 «/ impure, form the ace eihfwor**; fometimes in idem, never 
 
 id.-., as, . 'is • or Parufo} Pari/*, or /W/;, fometimes /**- 
 
 . never Partita. — So Daflbtti*. 
 3* Feminine* In u, mci'eaung impurely in the genitive, have com- 
 mon!? idem or xda, but rarely im or in ; <?.r, Tits, ,£/£<>« or PSidos, 
 EWem cr £ft& / feldom £///» or ££» , a city in Greece. In like 
 manner feminine* in . , for, have yd.*?*, cs~ ;V.-, not ym or yn in the 
 ceufativcj as, cblamys, »ydem, or -jpfc, not », a foldier's cloak* 
 
 4. Put all Greek n ther m feminine, 
 
 ; .? or or pure in the genitive, i" n £ iJ1 £ 
 
 nominative into m or « ; as, ;- . or -• ' -" 
 
 n or -/«, a change : Tethys, -y>~> or - or \: '• » 
 
 name of -i goddefs. 
 7. ;ns er.disg; in the m » 
 
 ae, 77 - ; 7j«/tft 
 
 Ex- 
 
44 Third Declension. 
 
 E riONS ia the Ablative Singula?.. 
 
 Exc. i.N s in e f aU and ar; have i in the ablative ; 
 
 as,, j Hit j animtiL anhnall ; calcar, calcaru Ex- 
 
 cept proper names ; as, J. Pranefie y the name 
 
 of a id the following .ts in ar : 
 
 Far, farre, corn* Ne&ar, -an 
 
 Hepar, - 
 Jubar, -are, #/ 
 
 Exc. 2. Nouns which have /« or *7i in the ; 
 have / w the ablative ; ai *. i 
 
 //V, and have e or ,'. 
 
 lich have it i oi hi in t!- 
 - in e or i ; as, ttsrris, .*, or turrl ; but njftife a 
 
 rope; i the flcih, rmve d only, 
 
 /eral Doufls which have onh' .-..* in thj i * or/ in 
 the ablative; asj fhtis y JupdUx % •-».•;?•., /S.-//, a . . 'or 
 mugitis ; fa, rus, tcytput i Alfo names vnis, when the queilion ia 
 made by ubi; as habitat Garthmgine or I ihagc. 
 So, civu t cL'.JJis, Jbf/j imcer, anguls^ u r , f/V, cmnit t and 
 ;j ; but thefe have oftclier- 1 *. Canjt . only /. .:: mod an- 
 cient writers made tht ablative of many other nouns m i; as, afizti, 
 
 \ Exc. 3. / ives uied a i his* mrrion 
 
 the fame ablative with the adjectives ; as, ail 
 
 halbert ; molarity- -/, a raillftone ; qxtadrvrhnis, -i, a (hip 
 With four banks of cars. So names of months, .. ', -/; 
 
 December, -jn> &c-. But rii<as, £ a ro( n to g! 01 s 
 
 when discharged ; jikwiU). a young man, have only *; 
 and like wile nouns ending in i/, .c, r y\r, or ar ; ar, 
 
 Adolefocns^zj.:.//^ ■;•■«.:. Princejps, a prints* >;. a Srcvf. 
 
 Ibfans, aninfa.it. SL'r: x, an old rm Vizt\ y a-uata 
 
 Thus, adtlcfcsntt) &t. 
 
 Exc. 4. hrons in vx, which nr/e v»i in the a : itive, 
 make their a ve in 3* orjr; as, .• , or j4ty, tl 
 
 name of a man.. 
 
 . , ATIVE PLURA " 
 
 i. The nominative plural cads in rx, when die noun 
 either ma )r feminine ; as, Jirmones, rapes* 
 
 N in is and es have fomctimes in the nor 
 
 pi ilfo els or is, as, / \r, or r. 
 
 2. Neut 
 
Third Declensiok. 45 
 
 -2. Neuters which have e in the ablative fingulafj have a 
 in the nominative plural ; as, capita, itinera : but thofe which 
 have i in the ablative, make la j as, fcdliia, calcar. 
 
 Genitive Plural. 
 
 Nouns which in the ablative fingukr have / only, or e 
 and i together, make the genitive plural in turn ; but if the 
 ablative be in e, the genitive plural has urn ; as, fedde, fedilt, 
 fidulum ; turrtSj turre or turn, turrivm ; caput, capite 9 
 capiium. 
 
 Exc. 1. Monofyllables in as have iupi, though their 
 ablative end in e ; as, mas, a male, mare, martum ; vas y 
 a furety, vadium ; but polysyllables have rather urn ; as 5 
 crcitas, a (late or city, clvitatum, and fbmetimes cvpitatiunu 
 
 Exc. 2. Nouns in es and is, which -do not inereafe in 
 the genitive lingular, have alio rum ; as hoflls, an enemy, 
 hojtlunu So likewife nouns ending in two conionants ; as, 
 , a nation, gentium ; urbs, a city, urbium*. 
 
 But the following have um : parens, vaies, panis, juveait$ 
 and can is.. 
 
 Exc. 3. The following nouns form the ablative plural 
 in turn, though they have e only in the ablative lingular : 
 
 Caro, carnis, f. f.ejk. JLis, litis, I. ftrifc. 
 
 •rCohors, -t:s 3 f. a company, Mus, maris, m. a moufc. 
 
 -Cor, cordis, n. the heart. Nix, nivis, f. Jmnv, 
 
 Cos, c f. a hone tr ivhetp*ne. Nox, no.iftio, f. the night* \ 
 
 JDos, dot is. f. # dottory. Qs, cfUs, n. a £c- ^ 
 
 Faux, faucis, f. tie jaxos. Qulris, -ids, a Reman. 
 
 Glis, gllris, in. « r#£. Samms, -Ttis, m. or f. a Samnite* 
 
 JLar, laris, m. a houfeboUrgod* Oter, utris, m. <z boztle. 
 Liiiter, -tris, m. or f. a //#/* foa*. 
 
 Thus Sammt'unr.) I fcjV. the compounds of 2/#r/tf 
 
 J . r; ; as, fcptunx, feven ounces, y~ eight ounces, befjium* 
 
 , an ox or cow, has bourn % and in the dative, habit* or lukuc. 
 
 Greek nouns have generally tan ; as, Macedo, a Macedonian ; Arah 9 
 
 an Arabian ; JEihtops^ an Ethiopian; JM[onoeer»t t an unicorn ; Lynx, 
 
 a beair fo called ; Thrax y a Thraciau : Macedonum % Arabum) JEtbio- 
 
 purr.y Afattveerdtufn, Lyncutn % c thracum. Cut thofe which have a ur Ju 
 
 in the nominative lingular, fometimes form the genitive plural in 
 
 on; as, Epigrantma, cpigrammatutn^ or tpigromwaton, an epigram; me- 
 
 •rvorp hojlc , ~iim y or -£0/» . 
 
 Obi*, i. Nouns which want the lingular, form the genitive plural as if 
 hey were complete; thus 'manes, m. lb uls departed, maniun ; calTtet, 
 
 rn, 
 
4<S Third 
 
 m. Inhabitants of they would have had in 
 
 the fing. munh or wann, and erf.:. But names of feafh ufien vary 
 their declenficn ; a?, the feafti of Saturn, Saturhal nd 
 
 Saiurr.alitrurTT. So, &<: r , "Termin c. 
 
 Obf. a. Nouns which have turn in the genitive plural, are, by the 
 poets, often contracted into um >• as, » . and 
 
 ionjefimes, to increafe the number of iyllahles, a letter is inferred ; 
 ■ m for ccAUun. The former of thefe ib faid to he done 
 ure Syncfyc i and -iin by / 
 
 Exceptions in Cfai tit* Plural, 
 
 Exc. i. Greek nouns in a have commonly ; itead of 
 
 bus ) as, poma% 9 poetry pgemafis, rather than / 
 
 ^w, from Id nojrii of the fecond decl. 
 
 Exc. 2« be po< . plural of 
 
 G; D0un$in^,q ben tUe next word begins with .a 
 
 vowel, in fm ; d5* from 
 Troasy Trwdis, ft Tj" 
 
 Exception ,.l.* 
 
 Exc. !• Nouns which have in the geniti 
 
 tnake their aocufative plural or u : ai , partes, 
 
 partium, ace, partes, porta** or partis, 
 
 :c. 2. If -the accusative Angular end in <?, the accufa- 
 tive plural ajfo ends ic asj - lampadem 9 or A# 
 
 £&/<?, hnij r Aw^ Jo 7v ; .bews, be* 
 
 mas i JEihl i • /EtbiopaS) S 
 
 ^ ( K NOUN.S through all the Cafes, 
 
 LamPasj a laraap, f. &i • /, or . -<f7A'| £<&#;, or r tfd 
 
 -as'; t Elur. few; -adibus j rifrfcr* oi tj 
 
 -tides, -a dil us, J 
 
 Troas, f. Trbadis, Qr - ; *f ; <7/i or <7 ; ,■.■<■; <•/ 
 
 PL T.rQadtS4 -urn ; ilus y Ji ox fin ; es.ov art. a; 
 
 Tros, m. Trots ; Trw ; Trctm or -a ; 7Vtt ; *T/-c. , 
 
 Pbillisy f. Pbi/ltdL or -dfer, Vi, <faw, or & ; / or #j ; </<■. 
 
 Paris, in. Par7du or -dos ; di ; *&w, Parim or wi ; ly </r. 
 
 Cblamys M f. CMamydis or kfilos, ydij, j/devi ot Jda f ys t ydc, kc* 
 
 Capys x m. Capyis, or -yw ,- j/ ; j*n or j;: ; jj ; jv org 
 
 Mctamorphofis, f. -if or -*oj, /, *w or hi, /., /', &c. 
 
 Orpheus, m. -re?/, ^7 or «, rv7, «/, abl. ^ of the fecond decl. 
 
 Z?;V0, f. i>*:i;/v or Dlddnis } Dido or Didonij &c. 
 
 FOURTH 
 
Fourth Declknm©k. 
 
 42 
 
 FOURTH DECLENSION. 
 
 /Nouns of the fourth declenfion end in tit and u. J 
 / Nouns in us are mafculine ;. nouns in u are neuter, ar:<f 
 indeclinable in the fingular number^/ 
 
 The terminations of the cafes are; nom. fing. vi ; 
 
 A 
 
 us ; 
 
 <lat. u\ ; ace. urn; voc. like the now. { com. ace. 
 
 gem 
 voc. 
 
 plur. us or ua ; gen. uum ; dat. and abJ. ious ; as. 
 
 /Fru&us, fruit, mafc 
 Sing. Plur 
 
 A", fru&us, 
 G. fru&us, 
 D. fru&ui, 
 A. fruefcum, 
 V. fru&us, 
 A. fructu. 
 
 AT. fru&us, 
 
 G. fructuum, 
 X>. frultibus, 
 A. fru&iiSj 
 V. frucftus, 
 ^4. fructibus.) 
 
 In like manner decline, 
 
 / S. 
 f N. corr.u, 
 
 G. cornu, 
 D. cornu, 
 A. cornu, 
 V. cornu, 
 A. coniu. 
 
 : nu, a horn, neut. 
 Plur. 
 N. cornua, 
 G. cornuum, 
 I), cornibus, 
 A. eornua, 
 V. cornua, 
 A. cornibus. J 
 
 Aditiis, an acefs. Hauftus, a draught. 
 
 Anfradhis, a winding. l<5tus, ajlroke. 
 
 A»ditus, the fenfe of Impetus, an attack. 
 
 hearing. {f Cjn g> InceiTus, a Jlately gate 
 
 Cautus, a finging or Lucius, grief. 
 
 Cafus, afall y an accident Luxus, luxury, riot. 
 
 or chance. Metus, fear. 
 
 Caeflus, a gauntlet. Miflus, a threw ; 
 Ceftus, a marriage* 
 
 girdle 
 
 Rictus, a grinning. 
 Ritus, a rite, a ceremt- 
 Rli'us, laughter. [«*, 
 Ru-ihis, a belching. 
 Saltus, a leap, a forejx. 
 Senatus, the ft note, the 
 fuprcme council amon* 
 the Roman:. 
 
 Ccetus, an ajfcmbly. 
 Cultus, ivcrjhip, drefs. 
 Currus, a chariot. 
 Curfu3, a race. 
 Deceffus, a departure. 
 Event us, an event. 
 ExerCitUS, an arm\\ 
 Exitus, an ijfuz. 
 Faftus, pride. 
 Flatus, a blajl. 
 FletUS, iveeping. 
 FluAus, a "wave. 
 Foetus, an offspring. 
 Gelu, ice. 
 Gcmitus, a groan. 
 Gradus^ajtip, a degree. 
 Guftus, tie rafie. 
 
 turn or heat in races. Senfhs, a fenfe, feelings 
 
 Tviutus, a motion. meaning. 
 
 Nexus, feri-itude for Sexus, afex. 
 
 debt. Sinus, a lofom. 
 
 >Juru3, a daughter-it- {Singultus, a fob, tie 
 
 Kutus, a nod. [/uiv. hickup. 
 
 ObtUtUS, alosi. Situs, af.tuation. 
 
 Odoratus, the fenfe of Status, a pejiure. 
 
 J melting. Socrus, a m(,th:r-lHe 
 
 Pailus, apace. iatv. 
 
 Principatus, pre-emi- Splrltus, a Ireatbiitf, 
 
 nence. fp'rit. 
 
 ProceiTus, a progrefs. SucceiTus , fucefs. 
 
 ProgreiTuo, an aehenu. 
 
 mmt. 
 Profpeelus, e vietu. 
 Proventus, an inercafe, 
 
 venue. 
 
 SumptUS, expenfe. 
 T-itus, the touch. 
 Tonitru, thunder. 
 Transitus, a p off age. 
 TCimuitUS, Hi uproar, 
 Ven?tus, hunting. 
 Vlfus, the fight. " 
 
 Qiis^itus, g: 
 Flabitus, a habit, the Queftus, ac mt. 
 
 of mini or body. Reditus, a return, an Villus, food. 
 Hahtus, breath. income. YnlfTlt. ff r mitfuu 
 
** Fourth Declension. 
 
 ■Exc. i. The following nouns are feminine : 
 
 Jtcus, a needle. Hcus, afg. PortTcus, * gallery. 
 
 Anus, an c,d woman. Manus, the hand. Specus, a den. 
 
 l>6inus, a bovfe. Pcnus, ajloreboufi. Tribus, a *>&. 
 
 Penus and ^*wi are foraetimes mafc. Flcus, penus, and <&»»,, with 
 feveral others, are alfo of the fecond dedenfion. Capruornus, m. the 
 £gn Capricorn, although from cornu, is always of the fecond decl. 
 and fo are the compounds of manus ; aafawtw, having one hand ; cen- 
 timanui t &c. adj. Dcmus is but partly of the fecond declerfion, thus, 
 
 ( Domus, a houfe, fern. 
 
 Sing. P/ur. 
 
 Horn, domus, Norn, domus, 
 
 Gen. domus, or -mi, Gen. domorum, or -uum, 
 
 Dat. domui, or -mo, Dat. domibus, 
 
 Ace. domum, Ace. domos, or -us, 
 
 Foe. domus, Voc. domus, 
 
 AM. domo. All. domibus.^ 
 
 Note. Domus j in the genit. Signifies, of a houfe ; and 
 iomly at home, or of home; as, mtm'meris' daml.' Terent. 
 iv\ 7. 45. 
 
 Exc. z. The following nouns havewfoj", in the dative and 
 ablative plural. 
 
 Acu% a needle. Lacus, a lahe. Specus, a den. 
 
 Arcus, aloiv. Partus, a birth. Tribus, a tribe. 
 
 Artus, a joint. Portus, a harbour. Vcru, a/pit. 
 Genu, the knee. 
 
 JPorfus, genu, and <veru t have likewife ttus ; as, porttbus or pirtubm. 
 
 Exc. 3. Iesus, the venerable n? me of our Saviour, has 
 tim in the accufative, and // in all the other cafes. 
 
 Nouns of this declenfion anciently belonged to the third, and were 
 declined like grus, gruis y a crane ; thus frutfus, frwBmis % fruflui^ 
 frufiuem^ fruSiuc ; ifmButt % frudluum, frv£htibus t fruBue$ y fru& 
 frucluibus. So that all the cafes are contracted, except the dative fin- 
 gular, and genitive plural. Jn fume writers, we flill find the geni- 
 tive fingular in uis ; as, Ejus anuis cauja y for ants. Terent. Heaut. ii. 
 3. 46. and in others, the dative in u ; as, Refifiere impetu, for imp. 
 Cic. Fam. x. 24. Ejfe ufu ftbi, for ufui, lb. xiii. 71. The gen. plur. 
 
 Com,etim.es contracted ; as, currum for curruum. 
 
 FIFTH 
 
Fifth Declension. 
 
 / FIFTH DECLENSION. 
 
 Nouns of the fifth declenlion end in es % and are 
 
 42 
 
 of 
 
 the 
 
 feminine gender : as, 
 
 Res, a thing, fan* 
 
 Piut\ 
 
 Nom. res, 
 Gen. rerum, 
 Dat. rebus, 
 Ace. res, 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 res, 
 
 Gen. 
 
 rei, 
 
 Dat. 
 
 rei, 
 
 Ace. 
 
 rem, 
 
 Vac. 
 
 res, 
 
 A&k 
 
 re. 
 
 Terminations* 
 
 es, 
 eiy 
 ci, 
 
 em y 
 
 es f 
 
 e. 
 
 trunu 
 
 ebusy 
 
 is* 
 
 thus. 
 
 Acie-, the edge of a 
 
 g", or an army in 
 order of bati 's. 
 Caries, rottennefs. 
 Csisaries, the hair, 
 Facies, the face. 
 Glades, ice. 
 
 Foe. res, 
 AbL rebus. ) 
 
 In like manner decline, 
 
 Ingliivies, gluttony. Scabies, the fab, cr 
 
 Macie.s, leannefi. 
 
 Matsries, matter. 
 
 Per nicies, deflruclion. 
 
 Proluvies, a loofine/k 
 
 Rabies, madnefs. 
 
 Sanies, nret 
 
 itch. 
 Series, an order. 
 Species, an appearance* 
 Superficies, tbefurface* 
 Temp^ries, temperate- 
 
 mfs. 
 
 Except dies, a day, male, or fern, in the ilngular, and always rriafc. 
 in the plural ; and mcrldes, the mid-day, or noon, male. 
 
 The poets fometimes make the genitive, and more rarely the da* 
 tive, in e. 
 
 The nouns of this declenfion are few in number, not exceeding 
 fifty, and item anciently to have been comprehended under the third 
 declenlion. Moll: of them want the genitive, dative, and ablative 
 plural, and many the plural altogether. 
 
 All nouns of the fifth decienuon end in Us, except three, /E&x, 
 faith ; fpes, hope ; res, a thing : and all nouns in ies are of the fifth, 
 except thefe four, abies, a fir-tree ; atief, a ram; paries, a wail ; and 
 quies, reil ; which are of the third declenfion. 
 
 s IRREGULAR NOUNS. 
 
 Irregular nouns may be reduced to three claffes, VarU 
 title, Defective, and Redundant. / 
 
 I. Variable Nouns. 
 
 /Nouns are variable, either in gender, or declenfion, or 
 tin both. / 
 J I. Thofe which vary in gender are called heterogeneous 
 and may be reduced to the following claffes : / 
 
 fl. Mafeulint 
 
jo IfcfcEGU Nous . 
 
 1. Mafc'ufihie in the jingulary and neuter in the plural : 
 
 A vermis, a L.'kc in I 7/..', hell. Maelialds, 6/7/ /« Arcadia, 
 
 Dindymus, a bill in Pbrygij, Pangxus, # promontory in '7 
 Ifmarus, a kill in T. ; enaras, ;'« L acorn*. 
 
 MafUcur., *2 £i£/ ia Cc ■> J c ~ Tartarus, £*//. 
 
 wtoits for txcclunt xuines. L'a'Tg'etus, a bill in Lac§nia. 
 
 Tlxus, A-ji'ms, Aver/torum ; Duulyma^ -erum % fc! Theft arc 
 
 thought by fome to be property adjectives, having jwmm underflood 
 vh :he fiftgahtir, aira . c escumYnd, or the like, in the plural. 
 
 2. Trlafc* in xle fing. and in the plur. mafc, and neuter, 
 jceus, a jeLc, pi. joci and ywj ; locus, a place, pi. /?ci 
 
 and loca. When we fpeak of paffages in a book, or to- 
 pics in difcourfe, loci only is ufed. 
 
 3. Feminine in the fmgular, and neuter Ml the plural : 
 Carbajusy a fail, pi. carbafa ; Pergamus, the citadel of 
 Troy, pi. Pergama. 
 
 4. Neuter in the fingidar, and mafculine in the plural : 
 ' Cte/um, pi. fir/f, heaven ; ^Iv/ium, pi. Elyjii, the El] 
 Xan fields > Argos> pi. y/r^/, a city in Greece. 
 
 5. Neuter in the Jlng. in the plur. mafc. cr neuter : 
 Raflrum, a rake, pL rajlri and rafira ^ frcnuv\ y a bridle, 
 jXifreni and frena*. 
 
 6. Neuter in the Jingular, and feminine in the plural*: 
 DeCicium, a delight, pi. dellcia ; fcpiilum, a banquet, pk 
 *huU ; Balneum, a bath, pi. balne<z and balnea, 
 
 II. Nouns which vary in declenfion are called heterc- 
 elites ; as, iw, v^5!x, a veiFel, plur. tJ/L', *va forum ; jnge- 
 rum y jugeri, an acre, plur. jugera, ju$erum, jugcribur? 
 which has likewife fometimes jugeris and jugere in the lin- 
 gular, from the obfolctcyi/g-7/j-, or juger. ^ 
 
 II. DIRECTIVE No-UN S* 
 
 /Nouns are defective, either in cafes or in number* 
 Nouns are defective in cafes different ways.l 
 1. I Some are altogether indeclinable > as, /to/idty, a poun-ij 
 or pounds \ fas, right ; nefai t wrong ; slr.Jpi, muitard ; 
 mane, the morning ; as durum manl; Peri. A mane ad 
 
 vefaram, Phut. Afw/to n^i *C« ; cefe, an onion ; gau- 
 
 safe, 
 
Defective Nouns. *>* 
 
 ttye, a rough coat, &c. ; all of them neuter. We may 
 
 rank among indeclinable nouns, any word put far a noun ; 
 
 as, veSe fuum, for fua voluntas, his own inclination, Per/. 
 
 it, for tfie cvapnus dies, that to-morrow- Mart. 
 
 magnum Gracorum, the Omega, or the large O of the 
 
 Greeks ; Infidus cjt ccirpofitum ex in et fldus ; injidus is 
 
 compounded of in and Jdut. To thefe add foreign or 
 
 barbarous names ; that is, names which are neither Greek 
 
 nor Latin, as Job, Eli/abet, Jerufaleni, £$rT 
 
 2,/ Some are ufed only in one cafe, an-i therefore called 
 
 iota : as, inquies,) want of left, in the nominative 
 
 lingular ; dicls, and naucl, in the genit. ling. ; thus, dicis 
 
 gratia, for form's fake ; ret nana, a thing of no value ; 
 
 . and hictta or inciias, in the ace. plur. ; thus ire 
 
 inficias, to deny ; ad inciias redaclus, reduced to a ftrait 
 
 or non-plus ; ingratiis, in the abl. plur. in fpite of one ; 
 
 and thefe ablatives lingular, noctu, in the night-time ; diu, 
 
 inter diu, in the daytime ; prompiu, in readinefs ; natu y 
 
 by birth ; injujfu, without command or leave : ergo for the 
 
 fake, as, -ergo illins, Virg. Ambage, f. with a winding 
 
 or a tedious llory ; Compede,. m» with a fetter ; Caffe, .m. 
 
 with a net ; - n, m» a briar : Plur. Ambages, -itut / 
 
 cempedes, -ibus ; cajjes, -:um ; -vepres, -ium, iyc. 
 
 z. I Some are ufed in two caies only, and therefore call- 
 i 
 ed dlpiZta ;/as, necejfe or -um, neceffity ; :e or vohp t 
 
 pleafure ; ■,. iikenefs, bignefs ; ajla, a town ; hlr, the 
 
 palm cf the hand ; in .the nom. and ace- fing. ; vejper, 
 
 . abl. re or vefperi, the evening ; jlremps, the lame* 
 
 all alike, abl. tin npfe} J . :. in the genitive, and 
 
 mte in the ablative, of its own accord : f j tit* rn* 
 
 ete % force ; n. ge md ^cerbere, abl. a 
 
 ;pe ; in the plural entire; verbera, verberum, verl 
 
 ', fc. pec units, mo- 
 
 ne tly taken in the time. • e's office, extortion ; 
 
 ti<e, nom. plur. fuppetiat^ in the ace. help ; inferite, in* 
 
 at % facrifices to the dtdA. 
 
 4. / Several nouns are c ^fed in three cafes, and there- 
 
 re called tripiota , ) as, 7, precem, prtce, f. a prayer, 
 
 from prtx, which is no: ufed : in the plural it is entire* 
 
 recum, pre. fcfr. Femtnit, r;en. from the ob* 
 
 the thigh ; in the dat. and abl. iing. -, in the? 
 
 F 2 moi* 
 
nom. ao\ and voc. plur. femlna. Dua, a proms, tec. 
 hng. <&<**, pi. dicas ; taidundzm, nom. and ace. tanhdtm, 
 genit. even as much. Several nouns in the plural want 
 the genitive, dative, and ablative ; a?, hitrtis, rus, thus, 
 mtius, mdy far, and moil nouns of the fifth declenfion. 
 
 To this elaft of defective nouns may be added thefe neu- 
 ters, Melot, a long ; nuek, fangs ; epos,, a heroic poem ; 
 cacoetltfsy an evil cuilom ; cete, whales ; Tempe, plur. a 
 beautiful vale in Theflaly, &c. ufed only in the nom.. ace. 
 and voc. ; alfo g rates , f. thanks. 
 
 5. /The following nouns want the nominative,, and of 
 confequence the vocative, and therefore are called tetrad* 
 :5ta :)<vu'?Sj f, of the place or ftead of another; pfoudis, f.. 
 c'i a beaft ; fordis, f. of filth-; dtttoms, f. of dominion, 
 power ; apis, f. of help. Of thefe pecudis ini fordis - Iikvq 
 the plural entire : d)lio,iis wants it altogether :. inch is not 
 uled in the genitive plural ; opts in the plural, generally 
 f.gniiies v/ealth., pr power, feld'dm help. To thefe add' 
 ntXf (laughter ; daps, a- dilh of meat ; and frux, corn ; 
 hardly ufed in the nominative lingular, but in the plural 
 moilJy entire. 
 
 ■ 6-. I Some nouns, only want one cafe, and are called p 
 urp-tZia :\ thus, os, the mouth-; lux, light ; fax, a tore' 
 together with fome others, want the genitive plural. Chaos y 
 n. a confufed mafs* wants the genit, ling, and the plural 
 
 lirely ; dfct. i^g*- cbao. So s atlas, i. e. faiidas, a g\ 
 or fill of any thing. Situs, a (ituation, naftinefs, of the 
 urtli decl. wants the gen. and perhaps* the dat. fing. alfo 
 thee gen. dat. and abl. plur. 
 
 Of nouns defective in number there arc various forts. 
 
 T. Several ncuns want the plural, from the nature of the 
 Jiings which they exprefs.. Such are the names of virtues 
 and vices, of arts, herbs* metals,, liquors, different kinds 
 if corn, moft abftract nouns, &c. as, jufHtia, jufticc ; am* 
 liiusy ambition ; ajlus^ cunning ;• muslca, mufic ; apium, 
 parlley ; argenium, iilvor ; aurum, gold ; lac, milk ; trin 
 ficum, wheat ; hordcunu. barley ^ avena, oats ; juventus, 
 youth, etc. But of thefe we find federal fometiraes ufed 
 in the plural* 
 
 2. TV 
 
Defi-ctiye Novn;, S3 
 
 2. The feStowirig mafculines are hardly ever found :ii 
 
 plural : 
 
 Aer, aeris, the ait Nemo, -mis, no body, 
 
 j*Ether, -cris, ihejly*. Pen us, -i, or -is, a// IMWMr of 
 
 F imus, -i, 4b pmifiont. 
 
 Heipcrus-, -i, tee evening far. Pontus, -i, the fea. 
 
 Limits*. 4, jKmfi Pulvis, -ens, &/*. 
 
 Merhlies, -iei, mid-Jay. Sanguis, -mis, 
 
 Murdus,,* ^twwu.i'j ornaments.- S6por, -oris, //. 
 
 Mufous,.-i, ^a/}.. Vifcus, -i, birddimt. 
 
 3. The following feinir/.nts ire fcarcely ufed in the plural J 
 
 Argilla, -33, goiters can Sa!us, -utis, fifty. 
 
 Fama, -a?, fume. aitis, -is, thirji. 
 
 Humus, i, the ground. Supellex, -Ctilis, kouf bold-fur nfr 
 
 Imes, -is, a plague. tare. 
 
 Plebs, plebis, tie common pcopU. Tabes, -is, a ccnfu?/iption. 
 
 Piibes, -is, tt \. Telius, -uris, the earth. 
 
 Quics, -etis, r Vcfp-*ra, -re, the ev a t mg* 
 
 4. Thefe neuters are felcfom ufed in the plural ; 
 
 Album, -i, a lift of names. L#utum, -i, clay. 
 
 Diluculum, -i, the downing of a\r\^ Nihil, nihtlum, cr nil, nothing. 
 
 HI", -oris, ivory. PelagUS, -i, the fa. 
 
 Jclu, ind.fr Pcnum, -i, and penus, -oris; aU 
 ilam, -i, the black fpech 'fa heart, htnd cf p 
 
 1 trifle. Sal, sills, fai 
 
 TuiHtiuBfj -i, c vacaiis'ij the tints Senium, -ii, nU ag . 
 
 when Ver, veris, ihefpti.ig. 
 
 Let! Virus, -i 3 po>J 1 
 
 5. [any \vant the Angular; as the names of 
 
 reaits, books, uid l^r/eral cities ; thus> 
 
 Apolllliure-, -ium, %.->i e in honour (jlympia, -orum, the Olympic games, 
 
 of Apoli Sytacuiae, -arum, Syracufe. 
 
 Bacchanalia, -iurn, 3c -iamm, the Hierofolyma, -orum, fenifalem; 
 
 fsjjh of Baccku:. [tcrale. or Hierofolyma, -x, of ibt firjl 
 
 icolica, -orum, .; bboM of jtaf- AxUnfim. 
 
 6. The 10; * mafculines are hardly ufed in- the fin- 
 
 lar : 
 
 mcelli, tattlers , or • is. made Ceicfres, -urn, the lighl-horfe. 
 
 srofs bars like a met;- a rail Codlcilli, 'writings. 
 or balnftrade raun I any place ; Di'Uides, -um, the Druids, friefs 
 -ids or iimiis. of the ancient Britons and Gauls. 
 
 *iy her F-ifces, -ium, a bundle of rods , car- 
 
 tiedh ': chief mag if rates of 
 
 Fafti, 
 
54 
 
 Defective Nouns. 
 
 Fafti, -orum, or faftus, -uum, c£ Lemures, -urn, hobgoblins, §r fbi- 
 ■y in -which ivere marked rits in the dart. 
 
 , the names of magi- Liberi, children, 
 
 f rates, &c. Majores, -um, anchors. 
 
 nee, -ium, ths borders of a coun* Mirxjres, -um, fuccejfors, 
 
 ^ try, ox a country. Natales, -ium, parentage, 
 
 F Jri, the gang-nays, of afoip, feats Poilcri, poferity. 
 
 in the Circus, or the cells of a bee- Proceres, -um, the nobles, 
 
 bivj* Piigillares, -ium, ivriting-tablcs. 
 
 Furfures, -um, fcales in the head. Sentes, -ium, thorns. 
 
 Inferi, the gods beloio. Siiperi, the gods above. 
 
 Veprcs, -ium, briars. 
 
 7. The following feminines want the Angular number : 
 
 OiTucias, cheats. 
 Opers, workmen. 
 Pariedna?, ruinous 
 
 iv alls. 
 Partes, -ium, a party, 
 Ph a lcrss , trappings , 
 
 :S. 
 
 Alpes, -ium, the Alps. Ferias, holidays. 
 Anguitiae, difficult 1 a. Gades, -ium, Cadiz. 
 A pins, gavgaivs. 
 Argiitias, quirks, ivit- 
 
 ticifms. 
 Blgae, a chariot draivn 
 
 — by tivo horfes. 
 Trigs, by three. 
 
 Quadrigae , by four. 
 
 Bracqa, breeches. 
 
 Gcrra;, trifle 
 Hyaaks, -um, the five* 
 
 fat i. 
 Inducias, a truce. 
 
 IndCiviae, cloatbs to pat P!ag;ae, nets. 
 
 on. Piciades, -um, the fe- 
 Ineptiae, fdly forks. venfors. [tksnti. 
 
 lnsid'tai > fnares. Preihcria:, euchant- 
 
 Eranchiae, the gills of Kilendce, Nonas, t- Primitiar, fr/f fruits. 
 
 affh. 
 Chan tes, -urn, the thru 
 
 Curiae, a 
 
 DcciiVi her, 
 
 Dlr atiens , tit 
 
 fur 
 DiVitiae, 
 Dryades, -um, the 
 
 dus, -uum, names Quifquiiias, fiueepings, 
 
 tvhich the Ra.nans Reliquiae, a remainder, 
 
 gave to certain day* Salebrse, rugged places. 
 in 'each month. ilTllse, f alt-pits. 
 
 Lapicidlnsb, fone- Seals, a ladk 
 
 quarries. Scatebrx, a farina; 
 
 JLIterae, an cp'fle. Scupae, a befom. 
 
 La&es, -ium, the f.nall Tenebne, darknefs. 
 
 gi/ts. Thermae, hot baths. 
 
 vympl e wood*. Manubioe, fpoils taken Thermopylae, f raits *f 
 
 abi.-£, ivatei. in rvar. 1 t Oeta. 
 
 |'U?J. ; .;. Minsa, threats. Trice, / 
 
 LIVJX, <■• Ml nut fce, little tfictties. Va .'v. e, J '-aiding doors. 
 
 :0u:e, plea/ant fay Nugae, trifles. Verg fart. 
 
 Fa -ium, ones Nundinae, a market, Vindlcise, a claim cf 
 
 goodi and chattels, Nuptiai, a marriage, liberty, a defence, 
 
 The follo-.viog neuter nouns want the Angular : 
 
 A£ta, public afis or records, Cafi: imp. 
 
 .•a, fc. c&ilra. fummer quarters. Chariftia, -orum, a pdote-fienf. 
 
 Arma, arms. Cibiirn, victuals. 
 
 Bcllaria, -orum, fwed meats* Comitia, an affembly of t fe, 
 
 liona, go'jds. to make laics, c -rates, 
 
 , -ium, Jbehes* #r btld trials, 
 
 Crr'pundia, 
 
KEDUNDAN-T NOUtfS. 
 
 ss 
 
 Crepimdia, children's batoiles, 
 CGuabula, a. cradle, an origin, 
 D-cteria, feoffs* witiieifms. 
 }-2xta, tie. entrails. 
 
 'jrua, -orum, purifying Jjzcrijt 
 Glabra, blafis of \vi. 
 1'ra.ga, jtraxuberrics* 
 
 Paraph em a, all things tie -jelfe 
 brings her hufeand except her 
 dowry. 
 
 Parerualia, -ium, folemtutm at the 
 funeral of parents. 
 
 Philtra, love folic::. 
 
 Prae-cordia, the bowels. 
 
 Hybenia, [c. caftra, rennter quarters. Prilicipia, the place in the camp 
 
 Ilia, -ium, the entrails. 
 
 Incunabula, q t 
 
 In feci a, it feds. 
 
 J aft a, funeral rites. 
 
 LamCIlta, lamentations. 
 
 I.autia, provihons f:r the entertain- 
 
 rieni of foreign ambaffadors. 
 J . u it r a , at m of i -jild heafis , 
 Magalia, -ium, cottages. 
 Meeiiia, -ium, the 'walls of a city. 
 Munia, -iormxr, offices. 
 
 Grgia, the J acred rites of Bacchus.- 
 
 ere the general 1 s tent flood. 
 
 Ps th>a, games in honour, of Apollo. 
 
 Rofha, a piece in Rone made of thz 
 beaks ofjhifs, from which oratcrs 
 ufed to male orations to the people. 
 
 S c r a t a , eld cloat Is . 
 
 Sponsalia, -ium, efpcufsls. 
 
 Stativa, ic. cailra, a funding camp. 
 
 9 U -vctauriiia, -ium, a facrifce of 
 afwi.ie, a pet p, and an ox.- 
 
 Talaria, -ium, •winged feces. 
 
 Ttfaua, rovph places. 
 
 Ovilia, -ium, an incl. fur v, 'where the Tranf:ra, the feats where ils reivers 
 
 people tuent to gi'vs their 'votes. fit in jhips. 
 
 Pale-aria, -hull, *£* dew-lap of a beaft. C tensiiia, -ium, vtenfils. 
 
 Several nouns in each of the above lifts are found alfo in the An- 
 gular, but in a different fenfe ; thus, cafrum, a caftle ; liiera, a letter 
 af the alphabet, &c, 
 
 lit. Redundant Nocn 
 
 Nouns are redundant in different ways : I. In termination only ; 
 as, arbos sad arbor, a tree. 2. In declenfion- only; a?, laurus, genit. 
 huri, ar. -us, a laurel tree, sequfer, -tri, or •'frit, a mediate r. 
 
 3. Only iu gender ; as, hie or hoc vulgvs, the rabble. 4. Eoth in ter- 
 mination and declenfion; as, materia, -£, or, -maierics, -lei, matter; 
 
 •'*,-/'/, the cc-mmon people, or plebes, -is, -rV, or contracted, plebi. 
 5. In termination and gender ; as, ionitrus, -£*, mafc. ionitru, neut. 
 thunder. 6. In deckniion and gender ; as, penus, -i, and -us, m. or 
 f. gt penus, -oris, neut. all kind of provifions. 7. In termination, 
 gender, and decienfion ; as, ether, -his, mafc. and cethra, -ae, fern, 
 the iky. 8'. Several nouns in the fame decienfion are differently va- 
 ried ; as, tigris, -is, or ulis, a tyger : to which may be added, nouns 
 which have the fame unification in different numbers; as±£idcna r 
 -*e ; or Fidena t -arum, the name of a city. \ 
 
 The moft numerous clafs of redundant nouns con/ilte of 
 thofe which exprefs the fame meaning by different termi- 
 nations ; as, mtndct) -a; and mendum, -/, a fault;' caJfiSy 
 4dis ; and cajuda y -da, a helmet.*—- — So, 
 
 Acinus, 
 
^ 
 
 Kedundant jnouns. 
 
 Acinus, & -urn, agraps-ftone. Hebdomas, & -ada, a week. 
 
 Alvear, & -e, & -ium, a bee-hive. Intrita, & -urn, fue mortar , ml 
 x.rrurdcus, & -Um, fiueet mar" meat. 
 
 joram. Librfirium, & -a, a book-cafe, 
 
 Ancile, &. -ium, an ovalfiicld. Maceria, & -es, ici, a ivall. 
 
 Angiportus, -us, &. -i, Sc -um, Milliare, & -ium, a mile. 
 
 a narroiv lane. Monitum, & -US, -us, an adwo~ 
 AphractUS, & -um, an openjhip, nit ion. 
 
 Apluftre, & -um, the Jlig, colours, 
 Bacillus, & -um, a faff. 
 Balteus, & -um, a belt. 
 Batillus, & -um, ajire-jlovel. 
 Capulus, & -um, a hilt. 
 Capus, & -O, a capon. 
 Cepa, & -e, indec. an onion. 
 Clypeus, & -um, ajhield. 
 Colluvies, & -lOy ji '/to, dirt. 
 Comp"{gcs, & -go, a joining. 
 Conger, & -grus, a large eel. 
 Crocus, & -um, faffron. 
 Cubitus, & -um, a cubit. 
 Diluvium, & -cs, a 'delu\ 
 
 Muria, & -es, -iei, brine or pickle. 
 Nfifus, <Sc -um, the nofe. 
 Obsidio, & -um, afteg*. 
 Oeftrus, & -um, a gad bee. 
 Oftrea, & -um, an lyfler. 
 Peplus, & -um, a veil, a robe. 
 Piftrina, & -um, a bake-houfe. 
 Pretext us, -us, & -um, a pretext. 
 Rapa, & -um, a turnip. 
 Ruma, & -men, the cud. 
 Rufcus, £c -um, a brufo. 
 Seps, <Sc sepes, f. an hedge. 
 Segmen, & -mentum, a piece OX 
 p.; liny. 
 
 liRphantus, & [ lephas, -antis, an Sibilus, & -um, a hijjirg. 
 
 elephant. STnus, & -um, a milk-pail. 
 
 legUS, c^ -eia ; an ele^y. Spurcitia, £ -C5, mfinefi. 
 
 *£f*/Ja, &-um, a chariot. Stramen, & -turn, fir aw. 
 
 Eventus, & -um, an Suffimen, & -turn, a per/am*. 
 
 Fulgetra, & -um, lightning* Tignus, & -um, a plank. 
 
 GSlerus, & -um, a bat, Toral, & -ale, abed-covering. 
 
 Gibbus, & -a ; & -er, -oris, or Torcuhr, & -are, a luinc-prefc* 
 
 -rri, a bunch, a Fat. Vifcus, & -um, bird lime. 
 
 Glutinum, & -en, glut. Veternus, and -um, a lethargy. 
 
 Note. The nouns which are called variable and dcfeelive, feem 
 
 originally to have been redundant : thus vafa, -oru?n, properly come? 
 
 from vaj nd not from vas ; but cuflom, which gives laws to all 
 
 aguages, has dropt the finguiar, and retained the plural ; and fo 
 
 of others. 
 
 Divifion of Nouns according to their Jignlfication and derive 
 tion. 
 
 i.j A fubftantive which fignifies many in the fingular 
 number, is called a Collective noun ; as, popult\:> a people]; 
 txcrcitus, an army. 
 
 2. | A fubitantive derived from another fubftantive pro- 
 per, fignifying one's extraction, is called a Patronymic 
 noun j as, PrianiideS) the foa of Priamus \\jEetias> the 
 
 daughter 
 
Division of Nouns. 
 
 57 
 
 daughter of jEetes ; Nerine, the daughter of Nereiir. 
 Patronymics are generally derived from the name of the 
 father ; but the poets, by whom they are chiefly ufed, de- 
 rive them alfo from the grandfather, or from fome other 
 remarkable perfon of the family ; fometimes likewife from 
 the founder of a nation or people ; as, JEacides, the fori, 
 grandfon, great-grandion, or one of the pofterity of 
 .ZEacus ; Romultda, the Romans, from their firft king Ro- 
 mulus. 
 / Patronymic names of men end in des ; of women^in is, 
 as 9 or ne. Thofe in des and ne are of the firft decftnfion, 
 and thofe in is and as, of the third ; as, Priamides y \da, &c. 
 pi. -da, darum, &c. ; Nertne % es : Tyndaris, -zdis or Ados ; 
 JEhias, -adis, &c. J 
 
 3. /A noun derived from a fubftantive proper, fignify- 
 ing one's country, is called a Patrial or Gentile noun ; as, 
 Tros, Trots, a man born at Troy ;) Troas, -adis, a woman 
 born at Troy. Siculus, -/, a Sicilian man ; Slcelis 9 -idis 9 
 a Sicilian woman : fo, Macedo, -cnis ; Arpinas, -atisy a man 
 born in Macedonia, Arpinum ; from Troja, Sicilia, Macedo- 
 nia, Arpinum. But patrials for the moft part are to be con- 
 fidered as adjectives, having a fubftantive underftood, as, 
 Romanus, Athenienfis, &c. 
 
 4. /A fubftantive derived from an adjective, exprefling 
 fimply the quality of the adjective, without regard to the 
 thing in which the quality exifts, is called an Abjlract jj as 
 jujfitia, juftice ; bonltas, goodnefs ; dulcedo, fweetnefs : from 
 jujlus, juft ; bonus, good ; dulcis, fweet. The adjectives 
 from which theie abftracts come, are called Concretes ; be- 
 caufe, belides the quality, they alfo fuppofe fomething to 
 which it belongs. Abftracts commonly end in a, as, or dc y 
 and are very numerous, being derived from moft adjectives 
 in the Latin tongue. 
 
 5. l A fubftantive derived from another fubftantive, figni- 
 fying a diminution or leffening of its fignification, is called 
 a Diminutive J; as, libelhs, a little book ; chartida, 2l lit- 
 tle paper ; opufculum, a little work ; ccrculum> a little 
 heart ; reticulum, a finall net ; fcahdlum, a fmall form ; 
 IXpillus, a little ftone ; cuiuTivs, a little knife ; pagella, a 
 
 little 
 
5$ Adjective. 
 
 little page : from fiber, charta, opus, cor, rite, fcamnum, la- 
 pis, cutter, pagtna. Several diminutives are fometimes 
 formed from the fame primitive ; as, from puer, pucvulus 5 
 fuellus, puelMu* ; from ctJZa, ctjlula, c'ljlella, ciftellula ; from 
 homo, homuncloy hZmunculus. Diminutives for the moft parr 
 end in /us, la, fun ; and are generally of the fame gender 
 •with their primitives. When the fignifica.tion of the primi- 
 tive is increafed, it is called an Ampltficative, and -ends in o*v 
 -as, Cap/to, -onis, having a large head .: So, nafo, labeo, bucco, 
 Jhavimj aJarge nofe, lips, cheeks. 
 
 6. 1\. fubflantive derived from a verb is called a Verbal 
 noun'; Is, amor, love ; do3rlna, learning : from amo, and 
 doceo. 'Verbal nouns are very numerous, and commonly end 
 in to, or, us, and ura ; as, lectio-, a leiTon ; amatar, a lover ; 
 luclusi grief, creatura, a creature. 
 
 ADJECTIVE. 
 
 *An adjective is a word added tc a fubftantive, to exprefs 
 its quality ; as, hard, foft, I 
 
 "We know things by their qualities only. "Every quality rcuft be- 
 long to fome fubject. An adjective therefore always implies a fub» 
 fcantive exprefied or underftood, and cannot make full fenfe without k. 
 
 An adjective may be thus diflinguifhed from a fubftantive : If the 
 word tbhg be joined to an adjective, it will make fatfe ; but if it be 
 joined to a fubflantive, it will make nonfenfe : thus we can far, " * 
 good thing ;" but we cannnot fay," a book thing." 
 
 Adjectives in Englifh admit of no variation, except that of the de- 
 grees of comparifon. 
 
 Latin Adjectives. 
 
 / Adjectives in Latin are varied by gender, number, and 
 cafe, to agree with iubftantives in all thefe accidents.) 
 
 An adjective properly hath neither genders, numbers, nor cafes; 
 but certain terminations anfwerlng to the gender, number, and cafe of 
 the fubflantive with which it is joined. 
 
 /Adjectives are varied like three fubfrantives of the fame 
 termination and declenfion. J 
 
 I All adjectives arc either of the fir ft and fecond declen- 
 fion, or of the third only. J 
 
 I Adjectives of three terminations £r& of the £rfl and fecord 
 declenfion ; but adjectives of enc or two terminations are of 
 the third. / 
 
 Exc. 
 
Adjectives of the Firft and Second Declenfion. 59 
 
 Exc. The following adjectives, though they have three ter- 
 minations, are of the third declenfion. 
 
 \cer.Jlarp. Cclcbcr, famous. Pedefter, on foot. 
 
 \ iacer, cheerful. Cckr, fwifi. [korfe. Salubcr, wbolefomc. 
 
 Jampefter, belong, ~;quefl:er, belonging to a- Sylvefter, woody. 
 
 to a plain. ..luitcr, marjhy. VolCiCCI, fzi if t. 
 
 Adjectives of the First and Second Declension, 
 
 /Adjectives of the firft and fecond declenfion have jjieir 
 mafculine in us or er, their feminine always in a, and their 
 neuter always in urn ; as, bonus, for the mafc. bona, for the 
 fern, bonum, for the neut. good : thus, J 
 
 N. bon-us, -a, 
 
 Sing. 
 
 ►urn, 
 
 G. bon-i, -a?, -i, 
 D. bon-o, -as, -0, 
 A. bon-um, -am, -urn, 
 V, bon-e, -a, -um 9 
 A. bon-o, -a, -0. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. bon-i, -ae, *a, 
 G. bon-orum, -arum, -orum* 
 
 D. bon-is, -is, -is, 
 
 A, bon-os, -as, -a, 
 
 V* bon-i, -x, -a, 
 
 j4* bon-is, -is, -is. / 
 
 In like manner decline, 
 
 Acefbus, unripe , litter. 
 Acidus, four, tarts 
 RcMtUS.Jharp. 
 Adukerlnus, counter- 
 feit. 
 JEgrdtuSyfci. 
 JEmuluSj 'vying with. 
 JEquus, equal, juji. 
 Ahenus, of brafs. 
 Albus, white. 
 Altus, high. 
 Amarus, bitter, 
 Amoenus, pie af ant. 
 Ambiguus, doubtful. 
 A miCUs, friendly . 
 Amplus, large. 
 An HUU s , yearly . 
 Angllftus, narrow. 
 Antlquus, ancient. 
 Apricus, f.nny. 
 
 Aptus,^/. 
 Arc anus, fecreU 
 
 Ar&US.f rait. 
 Arduus, lofty. 
 Argutus, quick, fhrill. 
 Alius, roafed, hot. 
 
 pure. 
 AftutUS, cunning* 
 A varus, covetous. 
 Avidus, greedy. 
 Auguftus, venerable. 
 Aufterus, harfh, rough. 
 Balb us, famme ring. 
 Barbarus,yit;^-tf. 
 Bardus, dall.floiv. 
 Beatus, Ueffed. 
 Bellus, pretty. 
 Benignus, kind. 
 BImus, t ~wa years old. 
 Blrefus, Hfp'r ■■■?. 
 *B\i\nc\xX5,fatterjng . 
 Brutus, brutifh. fenfe- 
 lefs. 
 
 Caducus, fading. 
 G 
 
 Caecus, blind. 
 Callidus, cunning, 
 Calvus, bald. 
 Camurus, crooked. 
 Candidus, fair.fmcerc. 
 CSnus, hoary. 
 Carus, dear. 
 Caffus, void. 
 Caftus, chafe. 
 CautUS, -wary. 
 
 Cavus, bolloiv. 
 
 Celfus, high, lofty, 
 Cernuus, fooping. 
 Certus, certain, fure, 
 Clarus, famous ■. 
 ClaudllS, lame. 
 Ccerulu?, or -eus, a- 
 
 zure.Jky coloured. 
 Commodus, convenient. 
 Coacinnus, fne, neat. 
 -Corufcus, rliiterir-r. 
 
 CraiTus, thicl. 
 
 Crepcr.is, 
 
6o Adjectives of the Firft and Second Dccknfi#n. 
 
 Cri'pcrus, doubtful, 
 Criipus, curhd, 
 Crudus, rain* 
 Cun<5fcus, all, 
 Curtus,y?< 
 Curvus, crooked. 
 Cymcu-, churlijb. 
 Daedalus, poet, cart' 
 o"Jly mad 
 
 rus, graceful* 
 Denfus, thick. 
 Dignus, Worthy, 
 DTrus, direful. 
 DTfertus, eloquent. 
 Diiiturnus, lafiing, 
 Do&us, learned. 
 Dubius, doubtful. 
 Durus, bard. 
 F.brius, drunk. 
 FffetUS, paf having 
 
 r genus, pear. 
 Fgr^gius, remarkable, 
 T.lixus, boiled. 
 c-uus fmall. 
 
 o J 
 
 ius, excellent, 
 
 rr/gyi country. 
 Externals, outward. 
 Face .us, tuii ; ■ 
 Facundus, ?/oj \ 
 
 Jfus, /* ffi , /).' 
 F a m e 1 : C ll S , J \: h i [Joed. 
 Fitu us, /cc/ 
 Fauftus, lucky. 
 Fir us, vuildyfi'uage, 
 Fefllis, weary, 
 Feftlnus, b opening. 
 Feftus,y^?«f«/. 
 FIduii, 'faithful. 
 i initimus, an w- 
 
 Firmus^/w, '■'■ ■ 
 FlaCCUS, flap-eared. 
 
 Fcrdus, ugly. 
 
 :tus, &V t&i/£ y 
 
 Fret US, tr ufling. 
 Frivol us, trifling. 
 Fulvus, yellow. 
 Furv US, fwarthy, 
 F ufc us, brown, 
 Garrfilus, prattling. 
 
 Gelid us, cold as ice. 
 
 Getninuft, oW 
 
 Gcrmaims, of the fame 
 
 J ■'(*&, real. 
 Globus, convex. 
 GilvuR, fUfh-*oUurei, 
 Glaucus, grey, 
 GnaruSyJlilfui, 
 Gnavus, a Hive. 
 G rat US, thankful. 
 Hirsfitus, hirtus,rc«g£. 
 Hifpidus. rugged. 
 Hcrieftus, honourably 
 
 hor-efx. 
 Hornus, of this year. 
 Hiimanus, ., be- 
 
 longing to a ;.v an : 
 
 hi 
 Humidus, m 
 Idoneusjjfr, 
 Jejunus,/^ 
 Ignaras, ignore 
 \gnlvTis,Jotifvl, 
 Imp rob us, wicked, 
 [nceftus, unchafle, 
 Inclv'tUS, renoiined. 
 Indigi dy, 
 
 Induftrius, - at. 
 Ineptus. nnnt. 
 Inf ldus, unfaithful. 
 
 I n ge n u u s ,/> f<r-46 ?•« . 
 I ni micus, t vfriendly. 
 
 :rv.-, uneven ) ui 
 lnt ■ , 
 
 Invidus, envioi 
 In'. 
 
 I r a cu n d U s , paffen ate. 
 Iratus, angry 
 
 , i .:/«. 
 
 Jucundu; , / 
 
 L. 
 
 JLxvu v, r? ti 
 
 rgus, //?>£<?. 
 La f civ us, wanton, 
 Lauus, weary, 
 LatUS, breed. 
 Laxus, loofe^JL :h. 
 Lentus.^ow, pliant. 
 L^pidus, 
 
 JLimpi< W, />wr^. 
 
 LTmus,/; x. 
 
 Lippus, blear-eyed. 
 Longinquus,yir off, 
 
 I.OngUS, Icng. 
 
 I a b r i c u s , flipper y . 
 JLuciduS; bright. 
 Lurid us., /W<?, gkaflly. 
 Lufcus, blind of one e\e. 
 
 Macilentus, l:an. 
 
 Maligmis, fpitefuh 
 
 Tvlaucus, maimed^ lame. 
 
 Manifeftus, evident. 
 Marcidus, i 
 
 I 
 
 MendlCUS, bcg^ar-like, 
 
 IVIenftruuSj monthly. 
 racus, without mix* 
 ture. 
 
 Merus, pure, 
 
 AlTriiS, ivonderj 
 
 Modeftus, modejl, 
 
 Mtt&US, fad. 
 
 Moleftus, troublefk 
 
 ^vTorc)fus,y; < ;^,^ 
 
 floras, footi 
 
 Mnctdus, 7, 
 ?\Iundus, ni 
 Mutji 
 
 ho i as. 
 lutus, dumb. 
 MutttHS, mutual^ ler.t 
 or borrowed, 
 riiius, too 
 
 Ni'idus, naked. 
 
 ens, 
 
 ll, 
 
 Obliquus, •• "Of 
 Obtca-imSycbfene, evii- 
 
 no 
 
 Obfcural 
 
Adjectives of the Firft and Second Declenficn. 6t 
 
 [)bfc"irus, dark, mean. Profundus, deep. 
 ^bfoletus, old, out of Promifcuus, tonffed. 
 
 Promptus, ready. 
 Pronus, jvitb the face 
 
 doipniuard. 
 Propcius, hafly. 
 Pr5pinquus, near. 
 Proprius, proper. 
 Protervus, fancy. 
 Public us, public. 
 Pudlcus, chafe. 
 Pullus, bldckijh. 
 Puru's, pure, clean. 
 Putus, without mixture 
 Quanta*, botv great. 
 Quaclrimus, fur years 
 old. 
 tber and Quotidiunus, daily, 
 mother Rabldus, mad. 
 dlives. Rancidus, rank, fale. 
 
 Pdtulus, ivide,fpr*ad- Rarus, rare) thin. 
 
 Dbftlpus, fiiff, ivry, 
 
 Obtiilus, Hunt. 
 Odioius, batsj 
 Oplcus, durk,Jhady. 
 Opimus, rick, fat. 
 Opiparus, c<j'f. y, dainty. 
 Opportunus,yc'^7-' 
 Opulentus,o.-ens,ritfi&. 
 
 vlrbus, te. 
 
 Otiofus, re. 
 
 Pa ./. 
 
 p.'. pa! J. 
 
 Parcus, Jparing. 
 
 Patrlmus, 
 Matrlmus, 
 
 having fl- 
 
 ing. 
 Paulas, little. 
 
 Pauci, -ex, -ca.feiv. 
 l?ttixM%JkUfuL 
 
 Perf idus, treacherous. 
 Perpetuus, continual. 
 Perfpicuus, evident. 
 Piu% pious. 
 Planus, plain. 
 Plenus, fall. 
 
 Raucus, hoarfe. 
 Recxus, right, fraight. 
 Reus, impeached. 
 Rigidus, Mid, ftij) fe- 
 vere. 
 
 Senilis, rwgt. 
 
 S-jrenus, clear. 
 SerhiS, earneft. 
 Scrus, late. 
 
 Severn^ fever e, barf. 
 Siccus, d; 
 SiTOUS, f.at-nofed. 
 Since rus, f nee re, pure. 
 Situs, ftuate, placed. 
 Sobrius, fiber\ tempe- 
 rate. 
 Sccius, in alliance, a 
 
 companion. 
 Soiidus, folia. 
 Sordid us, dirty. 
 Splnofus, prickly* 
 Spiffus, thick. 
 Splendidus, bright. 
 Spurius, baf-born, net 
 
 genuine. 
 Squalidus, najty. 
 £ : 5 1 \ du s , fiolifh* 
 Strenuus, afiii'e, ftcui. 
 Stngofus, lean, Ian 
 Stultus, foolf. 
 Stupldus, ft upid, dull. 
 
 Riguus, moft, iv ell Cubitus, fudden* 
 
 © 
 
 ere& 
 
 n 
 
 Rob u ft us, ftr- 
 RofcidUs, ieivy. 
 Rotundus, round. 
 
 PlerJque, -aeque, -a- Rubicundus, blufbing. 
 que, the mo/l part : Ruf US, red-. 
 
 SubfeciVus, cut off, cr 
 taken fr^-m other btt- 
 finefs. 
 
 Sudus, fair, "without 
 clouds. 
 
 Superbus, proud. 
 
 fmg. fem. plcrj'ique. RiuTus, cf a carnation Saplnus, lying on the 
 
 PoiUeus, on ibe back colour. 
 
 part of a bottfe. Rut'ilus, fery, red. 
 
 Praeditus, endued ivitb. Srevus, cruel. 
 
 Pravus, wicked. Sagus, knowing. 
 
 Precarius, ct another s Sulfas, falted, fmart. 
 
 pleafare. Salvus, fafe. 
 
 Prifcus, eld, out of ufc Sanctus, holy. 
 
 Priftmus, ancient. Sanus, fund. 
 
 Prlvatus, private, re Saucius, ivounded. 
 
 tired. Scxvus, left. 
 
 Prjvus, fnglc, peculiar. Searnbus, boiu-legged. 
 Probus, good, bone/1. 
 Procerus, hi?b. tall. 
 Profanus, profane, un- 
 holy. 
 
 Scaurus, club-footed. 
 
 bad. 
 Surdus, deaf. 
 Tacitus, flent. 
 TantUS, Jo great. 
 
 Tardus, foiv. 
 Temerarius, rafb. 
 Tempeftivus, feafon- 
 
 able. 
 Temulentus, drunken. 
 Tepidus, lukeioarm. 
 Timidus, fearful. 
 Torvus, fern. 
 
 Securus, fcure, out of Tranquillus, 
 
 danger. Trepidus, trembling for 
 
 Sedulus, careful. fear. 
 
 Truculcntus, 
 
6z Adjectivfs of the Firft a- cond Deckofioo. 
 
 Triicalentus, cruel. Vacuus, empty, -.■■ Vcrbofus, talkative. 
 
 Irunc maimed, V agUS, wandering. Vcr^cundus, bajhful. 
 
 jisntirg. Valgus, boxo-leggei. Ycrnacukis, born in 
 
 Tumidus, fwolle*. Validus, // ong. *nis biufc. 
 
 Turbidu>, muddy. Vanus, vain, empty. Verus, true. 
 
 Tutus, Jqfie. Varius, various, dif- Vefcus, ft for eating. 
 
 OduS, ivei. fere?.:. Viclnus, neighbouring. 
 
 Uncus, crooked* Virus, bandylegged. Viduus, depriv 
 
 L/mcus^.Wjr. V'dilus, huge. Vietus, withered. 
 
 Urbanus, courteous. VegctlW, 'vigorous. VJv'idus, lively. 
 
 \ acivus, at Uifurc. Venuilus, comtly. Vivus, alive. 
 
 , / Tener, tenera, tenerum, tender* 
 
 Sing. Plur. 
 
 A r . ten-er, -era, -erum, A r . ten-eri, -era, -era, 
 
 G. ten-eri, -erse, -eri, G. ten-eroum, -erarum, -erorum, 
 
 D. ten-ero, -era;, -eio, D. ten-eris, . -eris, -eris, 
 
 A. ten-erum, -eram, -erum, A. ten eros, -eras, -era, 
 
 > r . ten-er, -era, -erum,. V. ten-eri, -ere, -era, 
 
 A. ten-ero, -era, -ero. A. ten-eris, -eris, -eris. j 
 
 In like manner decline, 
 
 Afper, rough* Lacer, torn. MTfer, ivrctcbed. 
 
 Ceter, (hardly ufed) the rtfl. Liber, free. Profper, projperous. 
 
 iribbcr, crook-backed. 
 
 Affo the compounds of gero and fero ; as, lanYger, bearing wool • 
 o/jfer, bringing help, &c. Like-wife, satyr, fatura. faturum. fall, 
 But moil adjectives in er drop the e ; as, cter, atra. atrum, black: 
 gen, atri, atra, ctri ; dat, atro, atra, atro, &c. So, 
 
 iEger, fci. Macer, lean. Sacer, fucred. 
 
 Creber, frequent. Niger, black. Scaber, rough, 
 
 Giaber, fmooth. Piger, JJozv, Tetcr, ugly. 
 
 Integer, entire. Pulcher, fair. Vafcr, crafty, 
 
 L-udiccr, ludicrous. Ruber, red* 
 
 Dexter, right, has -tra, triun, or -tera, -terum. 
 
 Obf. I. (The following adjectives have their genitive* lin- 
 gular in iusy and the dative in r, through all the genders : 
 in the other cafes like bonus and tener. 
 
 TJnus, -a, -utn; gen. unius, dat. Alter, altcrlus, §ne of tzca, the other* 
 
 uni, one. ) Neuter, -trius, neither. 
 
 Alius, -lus, one of many, another. Cter, utrius, "uhether of the tivo. 
 
 Nullus, nullius, none. Cterquc, utriufque, both. 
 
 Solus, -ius, alone fjterllbet, -triufiibct, ft*** ° f 
 
 lotus, mus, nvh.le, 0teryi -triufyi jthe tra* 
 
 Ullut, -HIS, any, Lyou pleaje. 
 
 Altei 
 
Adjectives of the Third Declenfion. 
 
 «* 
 
 Alteruter, the cue or the other ; alterirtrius, alterutri, and fomeime* 
 
 .rius utrius, alteri utri, tstc 
 
 Thefe adjectives, except totus, are called Partitives ; and feem to 
 refemble, in their :i unification as well as declenfion, what are called 
 pronominal adjectives. In ancient writers we find them declined 
 like bonus. 
 
 Obf. 2. To decline an adjective properly, it fhould always be join- 
 ed with a fubftantive in the different genders ; 25 be :ber, a good 
 book ; bcn.i penna, a good pen ; bcnumfidile, a good feat. But as the 
 adjective in Latin is often found without its fubitantive joined with, 
 it, we therefore, in declining bonus, for inftance, commonly fay, 
 bonus a good man, underftanding vir or homo ; bpna\ a good woman, 
 understanding y^75?i/i<z ; and benum, a good thing, underftanding negoiium. 
 
 I Adjectivs of the Third Declension. 
 
 r. Adjectives of one termination ; as felix , for the male. 
 felix, for the fern. felix, for the neut. happy ; thus, 
 
 N. fel-ix, 
 
 G. fel-icis, 
 
 D. fel-ici, 
 
 A. fel-icem, 
 
 V. fel-ix, 
 
 A. fel-ice, or -ici, &fr. 
 
 Sing. 
 -ix, 
 -Tcis, 
 -ici, 
 -icem, 
 -ix, 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. fel -ices, -ices, -icia, 
 
 cium, -icium, -icium, 
 
 cibus, -icibus, -icibus, 
 
 ces, -ices, -icia, 
 
 ces, -ices, -icia, 
 
 cibus- ; -icibus, -icibus* ) 
 
 In like manner decline* 
 
 -ix, 
 
 -Tcis, 
 
 -ici, 
 
 -ix, 
 
 -ix* 
 
 G. fel- 
 D.fel 
 A. fel 
 
 V. fel- 
 A. fel- 
 
 Amens, -*is, mad. 
 Atorx, -ocis, cruel. 
 Audax, -acis, & -ens, 
 
 -tis, bold. 
 Bilix, -icis, woven 
 
 ivith a double thread. 
 Capax, capacious. 
 Cicur, -uris, tame. 
 
 Fallax, deceitful* 
 Firax, fertile. 
 Ferox, fierce. 
 
 Pr j dens, prudent. 
 P^ecens, frejh. 
 "Rt.ptns.fu J Jjk. 
 Sagax, -dcls,figac/o:is. 
 Salax, -acis, luflfd. 
 Sapiens, ivfe. 
 SolftTS, fbrevod". 
 Sons, guilty.. 
 
 Frequens, frequent* 
 
 Ingens, huge. 
 
 Incrs, -ti^Jluggifb. 
 
 In fons. 
 
 Men da x, lying, [cal. 
 Clemens, -tip, merciful. Mordax, biting, fatiri- Tenax, tenacious. 
 Contumzx , fubburu. Pernix, -lcis,fwij Trux, -ucis, cruel. 
 
 Pervicax, voilfuh Uber, -eris, fertile. 
 
 ulans, fsrxvards, Vehement, vehement. 
 fiucy. Velox, -ccis.ficift. 
 
 Prxgnans, 7- ././. Vorax, devsuring. 
 
 2./ Adjectives of tv/o terminations ; as, niitts, for the 
 rnafc. and fern, mite, for the neut. meek j fo, msihr, mi- 
 ls, meeker \ thus, 
 
 G 2 &Kg> 
 
 Demens, mad, 
 IX, gluttonomt. 
 
 Efficax, eJMu.il. 
 ;ans, ba.-idfome. 
 
6 4 
 
 Adjectives of the Third Declcnficn, 
 
 A", mitis, raitis, mite, 
 G. mitis, mitis, mitis, 
 D. miti, miti, miti, 
 y/. mitem, mitem,mite, 
 Z 7 ". mitis, mitis, mite, 
 A. miti, miti, miti. 
 
 Xgilis, aSiive. 
 Amabllis, lovely. 
 Biennis, of izvc years. 
 Rre\is.fr:rt. 
 CivThs, courteous. 
 CielefUs, heavenly. 
 Comis, mild, affable. 
 Crudeiis, crucL 
 Deb 1 lis, weak. 
 Deform is, ugly. 
 D<>Cilis, teachable. 
 Dulcis,/:tv*^ /'// tafe. 
 ExWis, fender. 
 Exfangnis, bloodlefs. 
 Fortis, brave. 
 Fragilis, brittle. 
 Grandis, great. 
 Gravis, heavy. 
 Hilaris, cheerful. 
 
 ( \ &*£• 
 
 N. mTti-or, 
 
 rtnta<re. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. mites, mites, miti a 
 
 G. mitium, mitium, mitium, 
 
 D. mitibas, mitibus, mitibus, 
 
 A. mites, mites, mitia, 
 
 V. mites, mites, mitia, 
 
 A. mitibus, nimbus, mitibus*) 
 In like manner decline, 
 
 Ignobilis, of mean pa- Rudfs, raw. 
 
 Sagax, fhreiud. 
 Segnis, floiv. 
 Solennis, annual, j 
 
 hmn. 
 St-er ills, barren. 
 Suavis, fiveet. 
 Sublimis, ltfiy. 
 Subtllis, fubtile, fne. 
 Talis, fuch. 
 Tenuis, [mall. 
 Terreftris, earthly. 
 Terrlbilis, dreadful. 
 Trill is, fad. 
 Turpis, bafe. 
 Ttilis, ufeful. 
 VJlis, ivortf.li ■ 
 Viricis, green. 
 Vltilis, pliant, 
 Pll 
 
 Immanis, huge, crud. 
 Inanis, empty. 
 Incolumis, /!//>. 
 Infamis, infamous. 
 Inilgnls, remarkable. 
 Jugis, perpetual. 
 L,2e.vis,fnooth. 
 Lenis, gentie. 
 Levis. I'o-ht. 
 Mediocris, ?niddUncr. 
 Mir a bills, wonderful. 
 Mollis, foft. 
 Omnis, all. 
 Pernix, fzvift, fleet. 
 Putris, rotten. 
 Pinguis, fat. 
 Qua lis, of iv hat kind. 
 
 -US, 
 
 -or, 
 
 G. miti-oiis, -oris, -oris, 
 D. miti-ori, -ori, -ori, 
 A. miti-orem, -orem, -us, 
 V. miti-or, -or, -us, 
 A. miti-ore, or-ori, iffc. 
 
 ur. 
 N. miti-ores, -ores, -ora, 
 G. miti-orum, -orum, -orum, 
 D. miti-oribus, -oribus, -oribus, 
 A. miti-ores, -ores, -ora, 
 V. miti-ores, -ores, -ora, 
 A. miti-oribus, -oribus, -oribus, J 
 / In this manner ail comparatives are declined. / 
 / 3. Adjectives of three terminations ; as, acer, or acn 
 for the mafc. acris, for the fern, acre, for the neut. fharp ; thus, 
 
 Sing. Plur. 
 
 N. a-cer or acris, acris, acre, N. a-cres, -cres, -cria, 
 G. a-cris, -cris, -cris, G. a-crium, -crium, -crium, 
 
 D. a-cri, -cri, -cri, D. a-cribus, -cribus, -cribus, 
 
 A. a-crem, -crem, -ere, A. a-cres, -cres, -cria, 
 
 V. a-ccr, or aeris, -cris, -en, /^.a-cres, -cres, -cria, 
 A. a-cri, -cri, -cri. A* a-cribus, -cribus, -cribus \ 
 
Adjectives of the Third Declenfion. $5 
 
 In like manner alacer or alacrts, cckr or ceteris ^ celeber 
 or Celebris , sdluber or -falubris, voliicer or volucr is > &c. 
 
 /p Rules. 
 
 Adjectives of the third decienfion have e or i in the 
 ablative Gngular :. but if the neuter be in e, . the ablative 
 has i only. / 
 
 2. /The genitive plural ends in iunt f an9 the neuter of 
 the Dbnrinative, accusative, and vocative, in ia : except 
 comparatives, which have urn and a- J 
 
 Exception.-. 
 
 IlXC. I. Dives, . hofpes, fofpes, superjles, juvenis, sen:x, and pauper, 
 have * only in the ablative lingular, and confecpiently um in the geni- 
 tive plural. 
 
 Exc. a. The following have alio'* in the abl. fmg> and um, not 
 turn i in the genit. plur^ Coa£o&, -otis, mailer of, that hath obtained his 
 4efire ; impcs, -otis, unable; innps r -opts, poof ; *- fupplex, -icis, fun? 
 pliant, humble; uber^ -eris, fertile; confors, -tis, fharing, a partner; ; 
 degeiier, -his, degenerate, or degenerating^ v^r/, watchful ; puber>, 
 -eris, ofage, marriageable i , and ccler .- Alfo compounds in caps, fixt, 
 
 , and corpor ; as, partueps, partaking of ; arttfex^ -ids, cunning,, 
 ::n artift : btpes, -pedis, two-footed ;, bnorpcr, -oris, two-bodied, &c. 
 All thefe have feldom the neutt fmg. and aim oil: never the neut. piur. 
 
 the nominative and accufative. To -which, add memer, mindful, 
 Which has me?nor\, and memcrum : alCode/ls, rrf*s, hjhes, pcrpes, prs:» 
 
 r, tcre:,. co:i:ohr, versicolor, which likewife .for the moft part want 
 
 e genitive plural. 
 
 LC. 3. Par, equal, has only peri : but its compounds have either 
 C or i ; as compare, or -ri. Vetus, old, has Vetera, and veterum : 
 
 (Sy more, which is only ufed in the neut. fing. has plure : and in 
 the plural, plure:, plura, or plur'u., plnriur/i. 
 
 Exc. 4. Exfpes, hopelefs ; and potis, -s, able, are only ufed in th i 
 nominative* Foils has alio iometimes path in the neuter. 
 
 Rf MARKS. 
 
 1. Comparatives, and adjectives in ns, have r more frequently than 
 and participles in the ablative called abfolute have generally e ; as, 
 
 'fiberio r?ganic, not reganti, in the reign of Tiberius. 
 
 2. Adjectives joined with fubftantives neuter for the moil part have 
 as, litirzc'i feri'T, not iiicirlce % 
 
 3. Different words are fometimesufed to exprefs the different gen- 
 ders; a^, i-iclor, victorious, for the male, viclrix, for the fern* Vie- 
 trixy in the plur. has likewife the neuter gender; thus, <oi&rIt$s 9 
 
 • >-• ind utirix, rcvCDfecfuI. ■ ifirix is alfo neut. in the 
 
 4. Several 
 
66 Adjectives of the Thircf DecIcafTon. 
 
 4. Several adjectives compounded of clivus, ftethtm, b^ullum, arma, 
 
 :us, j 1 and animus, end in is or us ; and therefore 
 
 are eitlier of the nrft and fecond declcnfion, or of the third ; as, dc 
 iUiis, -is, -tfj and dedivus, -a, -urn, fleep ; imbed His, and imbceillus, 
 weak ; fen**} emafomnus, haif-afleep ; . and \xanimu$ y 
 
 lifelefs. But feverul of them do not admit of this variation ; thus t 
 fay magnanhnus, f.exanimus, effrenus, leiufotnnus , not magnanimity life. 
 On the contrary, we fay, pufllanimis, injugis, iliimis, iqfotnttis, exfi 
 nis ; not pujillanlmvs, fcfV. £>o fcmianimh, iuermis, fubltmis, acc!i t vis % 
 decLiis, pr . rarely Jemianim us, \f?c. 
 
 5. Adjectives derived from nouns are called Denominatives ; as cqr- 
 iat.ts, meratus, czlcjlis, \anfinus, corp2rl r us t ag)-efiis, aJITvus, GfV. 
 from cor, m$s s - ■ , adainas, &c, Thofe which diminifh the fignifi- 
 cation of their primitives are called Diminutives ; as, imfellus, farvvlus, 
 duriufcutus j &/C. Thole which fignify a great deal of a thing are cal- 
 led Am pi f.c utiles, and end in cf:s or ra'.vj ; as, vlnofus, vlnoUnius^ 
 given to much wine ; Operofus, laborious ; plumb of us, full of lead ; 
 nodofxr, knotty, full of knocs ; torpuleniits , corpulent, &c. Some 
 end in tus ; as, auritus, having long or lar^c ears; nasiifus, having a 
 large nofe ; li . karned, &c. 
 
 6. An adjective derived from a fubftamive or from another adjec- 
 tive, fi gni ty ing pofTefiion or property, is called a Pojfefive adjeSiv* ; 
 as, Seotuus, paternal, ierilis, a&ehus\ of or belonging to Scotland, - 
 father, a mater, another : from Scotia, pater, berus, and alius, 
 
 7. AdjCtftives derived from verbs are called Verbals ; as, amabilis, 
 amiable ; capax, capable ; dicilir, teachable : from amo, capio, doceo. 
 
 b. When participles become adjectives, they are called Participia Is r 
 as, fapiens, wife; aeufks,jj0&p'^dijertus, eloquent. Of thefe many 
 alfo become fub'taiiciva^; as, " ddolefcens, animans, rudens, feupens, cd- 
 i--, cat us, fponfuSj natus,Wega£ux ; fponf'a, natu, ferta, fc. corona, a gar- 
 lund ; pratt-xti, fc, vefis ; del'Hum, decretum, pnectptum, fatum, tedium, 
 rjitum, &z. 
 
 p. Adjo&ives derived from adverbs, are called AJverbials ; as, ho- 
 diernus, frOm bodie ; crafinus, from eras ; binus, from bis; &c. There 
 are likewife adjectives derived from prepositions ; as, cdntrarlus, from. 
 tmtra ; anticus'i from ante; pofucus, irompof. 
 
 I Numeral Adjectives. 
 
 Adjectives which fignify number, are divided into four. 
 claffes, Cardmalt Ordinal, Dnlributive, and Mulirplicativc* J 
 
 1. I The Cardinal or Principal numbers arc : 
 
 tjnus^/ '. Septem, /even. 
 
 Duo, tv "£*'« 
 
 Tres, three. m, nine. 
 
 Quiituor> f cu *> cein, ten. 
 
 Qi >z, f,-ve. Undecim, ele* 
 
 bcx, Jix+ Du-'lcccim, twelve. 
 
 Tredecis 
 
;:ieral Adjectives. 
 
 6 7 
 
 eijhic. 
 
 O 
 
 v. 
 -i-j. 
 
 tivmty-one. 
 
 fe-.-nty. 
 eighty. . 
 
 Nonag'mta, 
 
 turn, 
 
 :enti; 
 Trecentr,- 
 Quadvngentl, 
 Quingenti, 
 
 centi, 
 Septin 
 G&iriffen 
 No 
 Mi 
 Duo mill:: . 
 
 bis mi 
 Decern miliia, o 
 decies mille, 
 Viginti millia^r 
 ies mill 
 
 or 
 
 n'ifte: V. 
 a hundred \ 
 ticc 'ed. 
 
 three hundred, 
 four hundred. 
 hundred* 
 • hundred. 
 
 .. :rcd. 
 ':i hundred, 
 run; hundred, 
 a thoufand. 
 
 ■ izjo thru/and. 
 
 ten thoufand. 
 ,or I twenty th 
 
 
 Tr n, trteen. 
 
 Quatuordecirrt, fourteen* 
 Quindecim, fteen. 
 
 xdecim, Jxxtiei 
 
 Septendecim, fe% 
 Oct6d>cirrt, 
 _\ ovemdecim, 
 Viginti, 
 
 Viginty unus* c* 7 
 Unus & viginti, £ 
 Viginti. duo, or 
 Duo &-vig. 
 Triginta, 
 Quadraginta r 
 Quinquagi:. 
 Sexlginta, 
 Septuaginta* 
 Ovftog-nta, 
 
 The Cardinal numbers, except unus and mille, want the fingular. 
 
 Unus is not ufed in the plural, unleic when joined with a fubftan- 
 tive .which wants the fingular; as, in ..iibus, :n one houfe, Terer.i. 
 Fmti. ii. 3. 7 *. Vns nnffrM, Id.' And. iv; I. J I. Ir. una mania con- 
 venere, Salluit, Cat. 6. or when feveral particulars are contidered as one 
 whole ; as, una <vej}imenta y one fuit of cloaths, Cic. Fl. ... Z). 
 
 Duo aiuLtrej are thus declined xJ . 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. tres, tres, tria, 
 
 G. trium, trium, trium, 
 
 jD.tribus, tribus, tribus, 
 
 A. tres, - tres, tria, 
 
 V. tres, trc tria, 
 
 A. tribus, tribus, tribus. J 
 
 y 
 
 / 
 
 * r .duo, 
 
 Flur. 
 iv. quo, e, due. 
 
 {?. duorum,- duarum, duorum* 
 D. duobus, vabus, duobus, 
 
 A. duos or duo, ciuas, duo, 
 ".duo,, x, duo, 
 
 ^.'duobus, duabus*. duobus* - 
 
 In the lame manner with, duo* decline am5o 3 both-. 
 
 All the Cardinal numbers from nuatuor to c Deluding them 
 
 both, are indeclinable ; and from centum to mille ^ are declined li- 
 the plural of bonus ; thus, d.icer.ii, -&e, -ta j um, 
 &e. 
 
 . Affile is ufed eitHer as a fubftantive or aj hen taken fub- 
 
 ftantively it is indeclinable in the lingular number ; and in the plural 
 lias millia y m . mitlibus^ 'Sc. 
 
 ill/'//*, -an adje&ive, is commonly indeclinable, and to exprefs more 
 than one th< id, has the numeral adverbs joined with it; th 
 mille hemin-s, a thoufand men ; mille bom'mum^ of a thj i men, £cc. 
 
 Bis mile homines, two thoufand men ; ter n; tee, &c. But 
 
 with mille t a fubftantive, we fay mille bominum, a thoufand men : .duj 
 miliia heminum, tria miliia t quatuor mi/iia, centum or ccxtena miliia hemi- 
 . Decies ceniena miliia,?. million ; J^Uiei c 'Mi ua \ ■ , . . two millions, Sec. 
 
 a. The 
 

 Numeral Adjectives. 
 
 2. i The Ordinal i. rs arc, primus, firft; 
 
 fecond, &c. cle ./ 
 
 •y 
 
 secundum 9 
 
 t The d one by one ; 
 
 J like 1 of fo/wj'. J 
 
 The following Table contains a lift of the Ordinal and 
 Numbers, together with the Numeral Adverbs, which are often 
 joined with the Numeral / lives. 
 
 Ord, ■..!.'. 
 
 1 Primes, a, urn. 
 
 2 sccur. . . 
 
 3 tertius. 
 
 4 quart i* >. 
 <? qui I 
 
 6 fextus. 
 
 7 fepttmus. 
 
 8 o&avus. 
 
 9 nonus. 
 
 l o dc'umus. 
 
 H undeciron 
 
 12 duodecimos. 
 
 13 decimu us. 
 
 1 4 (lecinius quartUS. 
 
 1 5 deeimus quhitus. 
 x6 deeimus fcxtus. 
 
 17 deeimus i*p: 
 
 18 deeimus cc^avus. 
 
 19 deeimus non- 
 20 v7p -, vlcefinros. 
 21 vi j- Gmus primus. 
 
 30 trigeumuf,tricelimus. 
 
 40 quadragd&mos. 
 
 3 quir.e ; agenrnus. 
 
 6c . 
 
 70 feptuagefimus. 
 
 ?>o odogeCmuSi 
 
 90 non; ous. 
 
 100 centefimus. 
 
 >o du centefimus. 
 300 fimus. 
 
 4:0 quadriflgel m*. 
 
 iS, 
 (imus. 
 
 d fey 1 ius. 
 
 8 co c 11 ramus. 
 
 9:0 nc ■ Rmus*. 
 
 100 o mi lie • 
 
 2000 L .;nus. 
 
 Qip.rll 
 
 Binguii, a:, a, 
 bmi. 
 ni. 
 
 terni, 
 qu?:.i. 
 sen!. 
 fepteni* 
 o&onik 
 nuvgni* 
 dcr.i. 
 undent. 
 
 tr. Jtni, tern; denl. 
 
 cpaterni deni. 
 
 q„i:i_!eni. 
 
 feni d^ni. 
 
 fepteni deni. 
 
 ocTtoni deni. 
 
 novrni deni. 
 
 vlce;ii. 
 
 Y ; eeni finguli. 
 
 triceni. 
 
 %uadrigeni. 
 
 cuinquagenh 
 
 fexageni. 
 
 a*, 
 ociosjeni. 
 nonageni. 
 centeni. 
 decern. 
 b : centeni. 
 e water centeni. 
 aquies centeni. 
 :'.es cente 
 fepties cent' 
 ocV.es centeni. 
 no vies centeni. 
 millenl. 
 bis mllleni. 
 
 Numeral A J 'us; 
 
 qu.. ier, j 
 
 quii , v-;c. 
 
 fei . 
 
 fer 
 
 ies. 
 D v : es. 
 es. 
 undecies. 
 du rs; 
 
 • n dec ies. 
 leeies. 
 
 decies ac fepti 
 decies ac o6tie3. 
 decies et no vies, 
 vie ies. 
 viciesfemel. 
 trlcies. 
 quadragi 
 quinquagies. 
 
 .ig.es. 
 feptuagics. 
 
 ies. 
 nonagies. 
 centic^. 
 
 centies. 
 •.ties, 
 qu demies. 
 
 quing 
 leicenties. 
 ft \ r > i-i<-s. 
 
 eft in gent ies. 
 1. 1 tities. 
 in ill u 
 bis millics. 
 
 TEc 
 
Comparison of Adjectives. 
 
 6 9 
 
 4. The multiplicative numbers are j. , limpie ; du- 
 
 i v, double, or two-fold ; triplex, triple, or three-fold ; 
 quadruple, four- fold,- &c. ; all of them declined like felix ; 
 thus, fimplex, -icir, cfc. 
 
 The interrogative words, to which the above numerals 
 anfwer, are quct, quotus, quoteht, queries, and quoiuphx. 
 
 £>uot, how many ? is indeclinable : So Tot, ib many ; 
 totidem, juft fo many ; quctquct, quoiei.r.que, how many 
 foever ; ai ? fome. 
 
 To thefe numeral adjectives may be added fuch. as exgre^, divifion, 
 proportion, time, weight, &c. as, bipartlius, tripa-titus, Iffc. duplus, 
 triplus, tffV. bzmusy trlmus, \S?c. biennis, trfcttnis, t^fc. bTrrcftris, tri- 
 meftrU, WV. cilibris, trilibris, jbV. binatius, ferntrivs, t!TV. which lall 
 are applied to the number of any kind of things : ; as pcrfis 
 
 tenarius, a verfe of fix feet ; denarius numtius, a coin of ten afles. ; 
 
 ogetmrius unex, an old man eighty years old ; grex csntmcrius, a 
 £ock of an hundred, &-:, 
 
 / C O M P A R I S O N -of ADJECTIVES. 
 
 The comparifen of adjectives exprefTes the quality in 
 ferent degrees : as, hard, harder, hardeft. / 
 I Thofe adjectives only are compared, whofe frgnification 
 admits the diilinction of more and Up. J 
 
 1 The degrees of comparifon arc three, the Ptftroe, Com- 
 parotide, and Superlative. J 
 
 Tha Pofitive feems improperly to be called a degree. It fimply 
 fignifies the quality : as, durvt, hard: and fervea only as a four. 
 tiori for the other degrees. By it we exprefs the relation of equality ; 
 2.S he is as tali as I. 
 
 The Comparative exprefTes a greater degree of the quality, and has 
 always a reference to a left degree of the fam 
 
 is, jl 
 
 Cs 
 
 
 The Super lathy expreiies the quality carried to the greateft degree ; 
 as, f>roi:yeji> *vij 
 
 Comparifon of English Adjectives. 
 
 In Englifh the corny. c is formed from the pofitive, by adding 
 
 to the end of the word r or ; r; and I "ative by adding J? or 
 
 as, lu'-fe, 'ivifer, ivifejl ; cold, edder, coin The afiverbs mort 
 
 ar. put before the adjective, have the fame effect ; as brave, 
 
 >re brave, mvjl brave. 
 
 Monofyllabies for the moft part are compared by er and eft ; -?< 
 fair, fairer, fairejl ; and polyfyllabies by more and mojl ; a^. beauuful^ 
 ttigts heattiifut, mod beautiful. 
 
 in fome few adjectives, the fuperlative is formed by ad-ling tmj\ ; 
 13, ur.darrof, uHermofl y or t ■■ptmrf, netbemofl, ftretnfl. 
 
 Compariibm 
 
re Comparison of Adjectives. 
 
 Companion of Latin Adjectives. 
 
 / The comparative degree is formed from the firft cafe of 
 the pofitv; T e in /, by adding the fy liable or, for the mafctt- 
 iine and feminine, and us for the neuter : The fiiperla- 
 tive is formed from the fame cafe, by adding Jitmiu ; as. 
 jiltusy high, genit. alti : Comparative a/tior, for :'. 
 mafc. alitor , for the fern. alitus, for the neut. higher i 
 Superlative, alnfslmus % -a, -urn, higheft. So mltus, meek ; 
 dat. m'iti : mitior 3 -or y -w/, meeker : mitifshnm, -a, -um y 
 meekei l>y «» 
 
 / If the pofitive end in er 9 the fuperlative is formed by 
 
 ?dding rnnus ; as, pauper, poor ; pauperrimus, pooreft. j 
 The comparative is always of the third declenfion : The 
 fuperlative of the firfl and fecond ; as, alius, ah'tor, altijfi- 
 mus ; aha, alitor, altijpma ; altum, dliius> alhjfimum ; gen. 
 alti, altioris, ahijfimi, Zsfc*^ 
 
 ( Irregular and defective Companfon. 
 
 *X. Bonus, melior, opttmus, good, better, be/}. 
 Malus, pejor, pefsimus, bad, *worfe, ivorji. 
 
 Magnus, major, maximus, g^eat, greater, oreatejt. 
 
 Parvus, minor, minimus, fmall, lefs, leap. 
 
 + Multus, ■ plurimu-b, much, more, m <{ft*J 
 
 ' Tern. Multa, plurima ; i\eut. mult urn, plus, plurimum ; f>lur. muki, 
 plures, plurimi ; multre, plures, plurima, '<S?c. 1 
 In feveral of thefe, both in Engiifh and Latin, the comparative 
 and fuperlative fecm to be formed from fome other adjective, which 
 In the pofitive has fallen into difufe : in others, the regular form is 
 contracted ; as, maximus, for magnijjimus ; mcjl t for tnorjjl ; leaji, for 
 UJfeJl ; tvorfi, for "juorfeji. 
 
 2. Thefe five have their fuperlative in Timus ; 
 
 Facilis, facilior, fadllimus, eafy. Imbecillis, imbecillior, imbecil- 
 
 Gracilis, gracilicr, gracillimus, le • limus, weak. 
 
 HumiliSjhumniorjhumillin.uSj/^v Similift, iimilior, fimillimus, Me. 
 
 3. The following adjectives have regular comparatives, 
 but form the fuperlative differently ; 
 
 Citcr, citerior, citimus, near. Matures, -ior, maturrimus, #r 
 
 Dexter, dexterior, dextimus, right. rnaturiffnnus, ripe. 
 
 Sinifter, finifterior, 1 mus. left, Pofterus, pofteiior, poftremus, 
 
 E*tcr, -erior, cxtimus, or cxtre- behind. 
 
 mus ovtivard. Superus, -rior, fupremus, *r 
 
 Inferos, «4or, in or im\is,bchiv. fummus, high. 
 
 Intcrw?, interior, intimus, inward, Vftus, vcteVior, vcterrimus, ol 
 
 4. Compound;, 
 
Comparison of Adjectives. 71 
 
 4. Compounds in dicu$\ ll quits, ftcus % and volus, have 
 r, and entifsimus ; as, maledicus, railing, male die ent tor, 
 maledicent'iffimus : So mogtiiloquus, one that boafteth ; be- 
 neftcus, beneficent ; male veins, malevolent ; rriirifuus, 
 wonderful ; -cnticr, -enti/pmus? or mirijicijfiimis* Nequam, 
 in dec!. wOrthlefs, vicious, has tiequlor, nequijjimus* 
 
 There are a great many adjectives, which, though ca- 
 )3able of ing their fignificafion in created ; yet either 
 
 .t one of the degrees of companion, or are not com- 
 pared at all. 
 
 1. The following adjectives are not ufed in the pofitive : 
 Detcrior, zvorfc, deterrimus. Propior, rearer, proximus, tuareft 
 Ocior, fiv/fter, ocifslmus. or next. 
 
 Prior, former, primus. Ulterior, farther, ultimus. 
 
 2. The following want the comparative : 
 Inclytus, inclytlRimus, ? d. Nuperus, nuperrimus, late. 
 Meritus, ineritiftimus, t g. Par, pariffimirs, equal. 
 Kovus, novifsinius, nrto, Sacer, facerrimus, fazred. 
 
 3. The following want the fuperlative : 
 
 Xdoiefcens, adolefcentior, young, Prcnus, pronior, inclined tkwf 
 
 Diuturnus, diuturnifl.r, lofting, \rds. 
 
 Ingens, iiigentior, huge* Satur, fatiirior, f 
 
 Juvenis, junior, \oung. Scnex, fenior, old. 
 
 fiplmus, opimior, rich. 
 
 To fupply the fuperlative of juvenis or ad'o/efc--, we fay, tn 
 naiu, the youngeft ; and oiftnex, mus r.aiu, the oldefl:, 
 
 Adjectives in tlis 9 alls, and Bilh, aifo wast the fuperlative ; as ci- 
 r, civilior, civil ; rcgalls, regalhr^ regal ; Jlcbilis, -lor, lamentable. 
 £0, juvenilis, youthful ; exTIis, fmall, £cc. 
 
 To thefj add feveral others of different terminations : Thus, arcH- 
 nus, -tor, fecret ; .- , -icr, bending downwards ; longinquus, -ior 9 
 
 far off ; fropHnquut, -tor, near. 
 
 Anterior, former ; sequior, worfe ; satior, better ; are only found 
 in the comparative. 
 
 4. Many adjectives are n©t compared at all : fuch are thofe com- 
 pounded with nouns or verbs ; as, versuoUr, of diverfe colours ; pif.U 
 fer, poifonous : alfo adjectives in us pure, in Tvus, inns, tvs, or it 
 and diminutives ; as, dubius, doubtful; vacuus, empty ; f s, that 
 
 h away ; imu, early; canorus, fhrill ; legitimes, lawful; teneU 
 
 ha, fomewhat tender; n !us, &c. : together with a great many 
 
 others of various terminations ; as, almus, gracious ; pracox, - 
 foon cr early ripe ; mints, egenus, laccr, manor, foj "pes, &c. 
 
 This defect of comparifon is fupplied by putting the adverb mans 
 before the adje&ive, for the comparative degree ; .and valde or maxim* 
 
 H f or 
 
72 Pronouns. 
 
 for the fuperlative ; thus, egrnus, needy ; magh ?*enus, more needy ; 
 •valde or maxtme egenus, very or moft needy. Which form of compar- 
 ison is alfo ufedin thofe adjectives which are regularly compared, 
 
 PRONOUN. 
 f A Pronoun is a word which (lands wjlead of a Noun,) 
 
 Thu?, / ftands for the name of the perfon who fpeaks ; tla for 
 the name of the perfon addreffed. 
 
 Pronouns ferve to point out objecls, vhnfe pomes Wf either do not 
 know, or do not want to mention. They alfo ftrve to fhorten dif- 
 courfe, and prevent the too frequent repetition of the fame word; 
 thus, inftead of faying, When Cafur led conqmred Gaul, Cafar turned 
 Cdfar's arms cgainji Offer's tmtn$ry, we fay, When Cxfar had conquer-, 
 ed Gaul, be turned his arms again]! h\ s country. 
 
 English Pronouns. 
 
 In Englifh there arc five fubilanlivc pronouns, J 9 thou, 
 ie,Jhe, and if. 
 
 The firft is ufed, when one fpeaks of himfclf ; ttSj 1 lo-ve : 
 ihe fecond> when the perfon fpeken to is the fubject of the 
 difcourfe ; as, thou lovejl : and the laft three, in fpeaking 
 of any other perfon or thing ; as, he,Jhe, or it falls. 
 
 I is faid to be of the fir ft perfon ; thou, of the fecond : 
 2nd he, fhe, or it, together with z\\ other words, of the 
 third : and fo in the plural number, <we, yc } they. Hence 
 thefc are called Perfon al Pronouns. 
 
 The perfon {peaking, and the perfon fpoken to, do not need th? 
 diftinction of gender ; becaufe they are fuppofed to be prefcnr, and 
 therefore their fex is commonly known. ]3ut the third perfon, or 
 thing fpoken of, being frequently abfent, and often unknown, re- 
 quires to be di&inguifhed by different genders ; thus, be, Jhe^ 
 
 Subftantive pronouns in Englifh- have three cales, the 
 r.omin alive ', the genitive or poffefftve, and the objective or 
 accufaiive cafe, which follows the i afliye> or the prcpo- 
 Jition. 
 
 Suljlartive Pronouns, according to their Cafes, Numbers^ 
 
 ana Perfxau 
 
 ■ . 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Perfonsm 
 Cafes* T. 2. ~. 
 
 Nom. I, thou, he, fhe, ; 
 Gen. mine, thine, his, h 
 /lee. me, thee, bim>her, 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 Perf 
 U 
 
 * 
 
 we, ye or yo , 
 
 the 
 
 rs, your , 
 
 their 
 
 yJ > 
 
 in. 
 A3 
 
Simple Latin Pronouns. 
 
 All other pronouns are adjectives; as, this, that, our, your, &c. 
 A pronominal adjective dirTers from a common adjective in this, that 
 it does not exprefs quality. 
 
 Several adjective pronouns do not admit the article before them, 
 bfpaufe they very much refemble it in their fignification ; as, ti. 
 man, &c. 
 
 From the perfonal pronouns are formed thefe pronominal adjective^, 
 . } thv, 6ir, '. :r, cur, yokh, t'jt/r. Mine and thine are often ufed as 
 ad ts for my and thy, when the fubftantive following them begins 
 
 with d. 
 
 So.TK adjective pronouns are varied to mark number ; as, this, 
 
 ., t toft, To thefe add the adjectives other, one, which, 
 
 v. hen their fubuantivt is not exprefF^d, have in the plural others, ones ; 
 
 :y others, vr cat ones ; in which cafe they f*em to be ufed as fub- 
 
 Qtiveii 
 
 ufhicb, that, are called Relatives, becaufe they refer to fome 
 fubftaative roing before, which is therefoie called the Antecedent. 
 Wba h rsried by cafes, thus, vi*r» % kvbofi, tohom. Ha and tvbsfe feem 
 contractions for hhns and tvbvms, the polfeflive cafe being form- 
 ed from the objective ; as hers from btr ; mine from hi', &c. 
 
 .0, \l":.c, ivoat, xmbetber, are called Interrogatives, when 
 •ufed in alkir-g queftioiis \ when ufed otherwife, they are calle4 
 
 In [*E:JMT::S. 
 
 en, and fclf, in the plural fellies, are joined to the poffeffives, 
 my. C'r, r y bis, h.r, tbtir ; as, mv, or m]ne czen hand, r)>\f.'tf, 
 
 ]f is likewife joined to the fubftanttve pronoun 
 elf. Himfdf, themfxlvcs, fjcm to be ufed by corruption for bis] 
 i i 'Jtrlves. 
 
 ' Latin Pronouns. 
 
 The Grople pronouns in Latin are eighteen ; ego, fu, 
 Jul ; tile, ipje, ijle, hie, is, quis, qui ; mens, tuus, fuus, nofcr, 
 ijLr ; noftras, veflraj t and cujas.J 
 
 /Three of them are fubftantites, ego, tu, Jul ; the other 
 .n are adjectives. / 
 
 A 
 
 Ego, /. 
 
 Sing. plur. 
 
 Nam, ego, /, Horn, nos, *wt, 
 
 Geh. mei, of me* Gen. noftrum or noftn, of us, 
 
 Dat. mihi, to me, Dat. nobis, to us, 
 
 Ace. me, m?, Ace. nos, us, 
 
 Voc. — roc. 
 
 A hi. me, with me. A hi 
 
 I nobis, with us. J 
 
 J Tu, 
 
74 
 
 Simple Latin Proscu 
 
 ' Sing* 
 
 A^ til, ttjOU, 
 
 G. tui, of thee, 
 D. tibi, to thee, 
 A. te, thee, 
 V. tu, thou, 
 A. te, nvhh thee, 
 
 > or you 
 
 j 
 
 Tu, the 
 
 P/ur. 
 r A". vos, jr* or you, 
 G. veflri,m or vefrri, of you, 
 D. vcbis, to you, 
 A. vos, you, 
 V, vos, ye or y or 
 A. vobis, with you. J 
 
 I Sui, of hhnfelf, of herfelf of 'tfelf ) 
 
 ' S'mg. Plur. 
 
 iV. 
 
 G. fui, cfhlmfelf of her f elf of itfelf 
 D. sibi, to hirhfelf, to herf/f 8cc^ 
 
 A. fe, /-•////^ &c. 
 
 r. 
 
 y/. fe, orj/A h'i.mfdf Sec. 
 
 Obf. i. i-V? wants the vocative, becaufe one cannot call uponhim- 
 fclf, except as a fecond perfon : thus, we cannot fay, cgo> O I ; 
 nosy O v.e. 
 
 Obf. 2. Jt-i'/'Ai in the dative is fometimes by the poets contracted 
 
 N. . 
 
 G. fui, of themfches, 
 D. fibi, to ihcmf elves, 
 A. fe> the mf elves, 
 
 V. 
 
 A. fe, w//Z; themf elves \ 
 
 u ..., 
 
 Obf. 3. The genitive plural of «r3 was anciently nojirorvn and 
 nojlrarum ; of /:/, 'vejlrorum and iieflraruifiy which were afterwards cc 
 tracked into nojirum and vejlrum. 
 
 We commonly ufe noitrum and vefirtihi^ after partitives, numeral*,, 
 comparatives, or fuperlatives ; and ffatfri ana f after other words. 
 
 /The Englifli fubftantive pronouns, he, fh:, :t, are ex^ 
 prefTed in Latin by thefe pronominal adjectives, ilk, ifle^ 
 
 c, or is ;) as, 
 
 //&, for the mafc. Ilia, for the fern. illud, for the neut. 
 that ; or, ilk, lie ; ilia, fhe j illud, it, or that ; thus, 
 
 ., or 
 
 
 
 Sit 
 
 
 
 
 Pit 
 
 N. 
 
 ille, 
 
 ilia, 
 
 illud, 
 
 N. 
 
 illi, 
 
 ilL", 
 
 G. 
 
 illius, 
 
 illius, 
 
 illius, 
 
 G. 
 
 illorum, 
 
 illan 
 
 D. 
 
 illi, 
 
 in;, 
 
 illi, 
 
 D. 
 
 illis, 
 
 illis, 
 
 A. 
 
 ilium, 
 
 illam, 
 
 illud, 
 
 A. 
 
 illos, 
 
 illas, 
 
 V. 
 
 ille, 
 
 ilia, 
 
 illud, 
 
 V. 
 
 illi, 
 
 ill*, 
 
 A. 
 
 illo, 
 
 ilia, 
 
 illo. 
 
 A. 
 
 illis, 
 
 illis, 
 
 ilia, 
 
 ilk) rum, 
 illis, 
 ilia, 
 ilia, . 
 illis. J 
 
mfle .Latin nose. 
 
 /> 
 
 /fife hehimfelf, ipfa, be herfelf, ipfum, itfelf; and ije, 
 ; _7, that, are declined like <&; only ttfc has 0,1*1 
 in the nom. ate. and roc. fing. neut./ 
 
 / />£ is often joined to ego, tu, fuij and has m Latin the 
 famVforc^ith>//ii Englifli, when joined with a P oi- 
 feffive pronoun ; as, ego ipje, I myielf./ 
 / Hie, hire, hoc, this. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 ha?c, hoc, 
 hujus, hujus r 
 huic, huic, 
 
 hoc, 
 
 hoc, 
 
 hoc. 
 
 A . hie, 
 (r. hums, 
 ©• huic, 
 yg/hunc, 
 
 r. hie, 
 
 ^. hoc, 
 
 77*r. 
 
 hae, haec, 
 
 harum, horum,' 
 
 his, his, 
 
 / 
 
 is, 
 
 G. CyJS, 
 
 £>.ei, 
 
 A. eum, 
 
 r. — 
 
 A. eo, 
 
 hanc, 
 
 hasc, 
 
 hac, 
 
 Is, 
 Sing. 
 
 ea, 
 ejus, 
 
 ei, 
 eam, 
 
 has, 
 
 hae, 
 
 his, 
 
 ea 
 
 id 
 
 haec, 
 haec, 
 his. I 
 
 id, 
 
 ejus, 
 
 ei, 
 
 id, 
 
 eo, 
 
 A", hi, 
 G. horum : 
 D. his, 
 A. hos, 
 T. hi, 
 A. his, 
 
 fo, ^/for, iV ; or /Zv:/7 
 
 A . ii, eve, 
 
 G. eorum, earum, eorum, 
 
 D. iis g/" eis, Sec. 
 
 A. eos, eas, ea, 
 
 / . 
 
 «, 
 
 A. qui, 
 
 jL iis &r eis, &c./ 
 
 / P*Ar, £**, qupdt or quid ? which, what A Or 
 who ? cr what man ? qua ? who ? or what woman ? 
 or quid r what ? which thing I or what thing j/thus, 
 
 / . $*' / -, 
 
 'A. qi: : . Quae, quod*: 
 
 G. cuius, cujus, CUJUS, 
 
 D. cui, cui. cui, 
 
 //. quern, quam, quod or quid, A. quos, is, quae, 
 
 /'. 1 "• 
 
 A. quo, qua, quo : A. queis pr quibus,y &c. 
 
 « \ q iuti quod, who, which, that; Or vir qui, the 
 
 • r ^- • ; or;'. : > the woman wAfi or j&tf • 
 
 q:. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 qua?, quae, 
 G. quorum, quarum, quorum, 
 /). qui quibus, 6cc. 
 
6 Simple Latin Pro.vounj. 
 
 / Sing. ■ 
 
 A", qui, <ju ;? . m , j jj . F!ur - 
 
 Aciri, cut' c C f S ' £ 1 U ™» quarum, quorum, 
 
 ^ quern, qum , "£, ^- que 1S *,- quibus, &c. 
 
 f. T:' ■£■ 1 U0S > qua?, quar, 
 
 4 r . i J 
 
 x/Th^' .1 <1U ' > " qU °- ^' M -or quib-n &r_J } 
 
 like fcwi J! .„r a, d ,7' ' ° W "', are declined 
 
 Uitt&a - ,t o n C a ? d fecoml <*«)clenfion<\> 
 
 4-ti'onouns as well as nouns tW r v '^ 
 
 * , ' h "' ™ d fo '»»«« —., in «he voc. lin^nfc.) 
 
 lne elative qui has freaueni-lv «,4 %, *u t t ■ y 
 
 - «- fe, g aii gi; a sxr UTe ' and thzt ' whUh 
 
 * is fometlmfes ufed fdraai* • **a -La » r 
 ? Hn, an a^^n, ^fl" ^ - «* ^ 
 
 fo^ (**** t0 £h - *■«•-** are divided 
 
 * tf P r3 : W ^£^ any - perlb " Pr th ^ !•*■* or 
 
 ' f°' ?•'' '•"-. S-v, and fome&mes iUe, h, 1,-fr. 
 
 ■ winch refer to ibnuth^ g oi: lg befo^ fcfc ^; 
 
 fignify poffeffion : «„, ,M*er,«^ 
 whlc h figmfy one 1 , cointr, • .^rVr, « 
 
 cf the fume nature! ' - J hke cther wcrJs 
 
 to the 3^ S^r CaU ** ° f «*** » ** <>%* 
 
 Compound Latin Pronoun* 
 Pronouns are cblnponndcd varfouflv ■ 
 
 3- 
 
Compound Latin Pronouns. 77 
 
 i . ea 'tan* ; essos, ccLas, and fometimes trt* y in the nom. Zing, 
 
 tt :id fs.Y So ellum, of seed and /<7e. 
 
 3.K With-fome iyllabic added : as, fuie of tit and fc, ufed only in 
 the pbfti. ejrZmeti tui /7u^c.',/thruugh all the cafes, thus, rnn/nt*, 
 
 ., Sec, of ego, iu, jut, and met, tdft'eaa of tumet in the nana, we 
 fa t seine, &c. in all die cafes that end in C ; of hU 
 
 and data j /. v, fuaptt, nojh^ipie, veftr?ptc\ in the ahlat. fern, 
 
 and fometinies meopte, tucpte, &c. of m**, &c. and ;M* .• £*«f< few, 
 hoi ce, Alt/, £//Tv, j&*/2*; oi lie and ■«■ .• whence bvjufeemodi r 
 
 fcemfA, cujufcsm&ik A So IDEM y the fame* compounded of » and 
 icm, which is thus, declined : 
 
 / . g. Pi 
 
 N. idem", eadem, Idem, JV. ildem, eaedem, eadem, 
 
 G. ejufdem, ejufdem, ejufdem, G. eorundem, earundem, eorundem, 
 
 " D. eldenv, el Jem, eidem, D. cifdem or iifdem, &c. 
 
 A. eundem, e&ndom, idem, A. eefdem, eafdem, eadem, 
 
 V. idem, eadem, Idem, V. iidcm, eatdem, eadem, 
 
 A. eodem, eatlemj e dem ; A. eifdem or iifdem, £cc. / 
 
 T.he pronouns which we Gintf. moft frequently compounded, ari 
 
 is and qui. 
 
 Ghtis in compofition is fometinies the fait, fometinies the lad, and" 
 fometimes like wife the middle part of the word compounded : hut 
 qui is always the firfc. 
 
 iJJrThe compounds of quis, in which it is put firft, are, q-uifnain, 
 who ?•" quifpiam, qurfjuam, anyone; q^ifque, everyone; cuifqui:, who~- 
 focver ; which are thus declined >J _ 
 
 /rn,- G.ti. Dae. 
 
 Quifnam, quxnam, qaoclnam. or quklnarrt ; cv.jufnam, cuinamy 
 
 Quifpiam, quaepiam, quodpiam or qujdpiaro ; cujufpiam, cuipiam, 
 
 Quifquam, quxquam, qtiodqtiarn or quidquam ; cujufquam, cuiquam, 
 
 Quifque, quxque, qUodque or quidqu cujufque, cuique. 
 
 Quifquis, — quidquid or quicquid ;' cujufcuju?, cuicui./ 
 
 And fo in the other- cafes* according to ti, pie quis. But 
 
 guifyuis has not the feminine at all, and die in the nomina- 
 
 tive and accufative. Quifquam has alfi quicquam for quidquam* Ac- 
 cufative, qpsiupwrn, without the feminine. ie plural is fcarcely ufed. 
 
 2. ffsrhe compounds of qpis, in which quit is put luft, have qua hi 
 the nominative ling, fern, and in the nominative and accufative plur. 
 neut. as, aliqui$ t fome; ecquis, who ? of et and quis ; alfo nsquis, jlq-. 
 numquis, which for the moil part are read Separately, thus, ne quis % 
 ji quis, num quis. They are thus declined^ 
 
 / 
 
 Nom. V. Dai. 
 
 Aliquis, aliqua, aliquod cr aliquid, r.licujus, alicui, 
 
 Ecquis, ecqua or ecqiue. ecquod or ecquid, eccujus, eccui, 
 
 Si quis, fi qua, U* quod or fi quid, h* cujus, fi cui, 
 
 quis, ne qua, ne quod or ne quid, ne cujus, ne cui, . 
 
 m qui", num qua 3 num quod n num quid, nurn cirus, num cui J 
 
 3. The 
 
4*JTk c compounds ( 
 qu'itLi, quivit, any one, 
 
 JO COMPOUND l.ATIS l'RONOUNS, 
 
 3,>-3'*i-'? compounds "which have quh in the middic, arc, ecquifham, 
 who ? vnufquifquey gen. vniufcujufque^ every ones! The former is ufed 
 only in the 110m. ling, and the latter wants the plural. 
 
 of qu'> arc qttrcunq /<•, whofocver ; qinJa/x, fomc ; 
 
 , whom you pleafe ; which arc thus declined, 
 
 /W. Gem Dat. -^ 
 
 QuTciinque, qureeunque, qnodeunqtie, cujufcunque, cuicunque, 
 
 OjTdam, qUaedam, quoddam or quiddam, cnjufdain, cu ; dam, 
 Qttllibet, qwtlibet, quodiibet or guidlibet, cujuflibet, cuHibeU 
 
 Qtnvi>, cuuevi.^, quod vis or. quid vis, cujufvis, cuivis. J 
 
 Obf. 1. All thefe compounds have fcldom or never fueis, but j .-, 
 in their dat. and abl. plur. j thus, aliqutbus i &c. 
 
 Ob£ 1. ^*'*„ and its compounds in comic writers, have fometimes 
 ri. ; , in the feminine jrer.der. 
 
 Obf 3. &uidam has qnendam^ quandat.i, quodJam or c 5 in the 
 
 t.cc. fing;. and qi>r,runJani y quntundapt t quoru9^am y in the gen. plur. 
 ■ being put inftead of m, for the better found. 
 
 Obf. 4. ^**/> with its compounds, cl^cui.l, qn«k>\x, cuoJJam, l^c 
 are ufed, when they agree with a fubftantive in the fame cafe ; quid, 
 with its compounds, at quid, quidvh, life, for the nicft part have either 
 no fubftantive exprefled, or govern one in the genitive. For this 
 icaffofl they are by fomc reckoned fubftantive-. 
 
 V E R B. 
 
 I A verb is a word which exprefies what is affirmed of 
 things; as, The boy rea dr. ) 5Jbe funjbmtr* The man loves t 
 ( Or, A verb is that part of J pee ch which Jigmfw to l.: y to d 
 fujfcr.) 
 
 It h called Verb or IVord, by way of eminence, becaufe it is the 
 moft efiential word in a fentence, without which the other parts, of 
 :ech can form no complete icvSt. Thus, the diligent boy reads Ith 
 \n with care, is a perfect fentence; but if we take away the affir- 
 word reads, it is render.*. I imperfect; or rather be- 
 comes ho fentence at all : thus, the diligent hoy bis Icjfon iiitl care. 
 
 A verb tl re may be thus diftingvifhed from any other part 
 
 fcFfpeech: Whatever word exprefle's an affirmation or aflertiop is a 
 
 yetD ; or thus, Whatever word, with a fubftantive noun cr pronoun 
 
 t before or aftef it, makes full fenfe, is a verb ; as,#cwJ fall, I %va/i t 
 
 all thou. Here fall and ivalk are verbs, becaufe they contain an 
 
 Brmatiofi ; but when we fay, a long ivalh^ a dung.'rovs fall, there is 
 
 r.o affirmation exprefied ; and the fame words ivalk and/all become 
 
 fubftantives or nouns. Vv'e often find likewife in Latin t)ie fame 
 
 j > d as a verb, and a;fo a, fomc other part of fpeech ; thus, 
 
 I c-r.r } -#r«, \o > ' !c! aimr, I am loved, a verb. 
 
 Veil?; 
 
/ \ to their : cation, divided 
 
 to three c :'-/, -P.: , and Neuter; 
 
 we confider tl , or being acted 
 
 ; or a ; acted upon ; bi 
 
 :pry e . or exiiting in a certain Itate or condition ; 
 
 :n a. (rate ok modi reftvi 
 
 i. / An y. an ncHon, and neceffarily 
 
 poles . d an ,:ed u$oo, as, amtre, 
 
 • e ; a ', I love thee. / 
 
 ?•/ A :Tes a pa-Ticn or fuffering, or the 
 
 re_ an a ; and neceflarily implies an cbjecl 
 
 1, and* an agent} by which it is acted upon; as, 
 
 mmari, to t rccTj r:. : ^/.-: s /??<?, aft loved by me.y 
 
 3.^ A . uerly e neither a::ion nor 
 
 n, but ^e, or condition of things; 
 
 V 
 / is alio called Tranjltlve, wftea t :• 
 
 r to the ; or hath an effect on fome 
 
 : ■?- w^jfG* •-. I en 
 
 is ex 5 "«$* cwr 
 
 it i? called ;, I : ; 
 
 , I ru -:ewife called r Verb:. 
 
 any verbs in nglifh a fed both in a tran- 
 
 ce or neuter fenfe j 2& 9 JiJlerej t> 
 it op : :, or to \J 
 
 I nify~ ife called 
 
 or e. to e: 
 
 T i in the fignification of ev> 
 
 verb ; thus, J love, may be refoived into, la .) 
 
 I Whe 1 verb is exprefTed without as 
 
 > or in fuch a 1 as to \ o> 
 
 by of the nature of an aci :, 
 
 a Parti --> US) loved. 
 
 1 of a iubitantive, it is c a 
 
 G. ipine: as, amai ;ng; ot, to 
 
 e*; amatu\ to love, or to be loved. 
 
 (A verb is varied or . declined by Vo::. > 
 , Tenfes, N. , _i" Perfons* \ 
 
 There are two voices ; the z ; and PaJJive* I 
 
 The 7 
 
Ip Vi.RB. 
 
 i The modes arc four ; Indicative, Subjunc- 
 twe, Imperative, and Infinitive.} 
 
 /The tcnles are five ; the Prefent, the Prcter- 
 impetfe&i the Pretcr-perfecl, the ~Prettr-plu- 
 perfift, and the Future.) 
 
 J The numbers arc two j Singular and Plural. 
 The perfons are three ; Firjt, Second, Third.) 
 
 r. > Vi; exprcflcs the different circumilances in which we confh 
 c, whether as acting, or being; a&ed upon. The Ac \tt 
 
 hgnihe-s action ; as, am: y I jove; the Pajfive, fullering, or being the 
 ibjccl of an action ; as, a/.-.w, I am loved, 
 
 a. Moda or Moods ar: the various manners of exprefiing the fignifi- 
 i at ion of thWcrb. 
 
 'I he Itidictrtive declares, or affirms pofitively; as, awo, 1 love; £»;<:- 
 /o, I mall love ; or aikr, a queftiod ; as, an tu amis ? doft thou love ? 
 
 The .S/./y ... is ufualiy joined to ionic other verb, and cannot 
 
 make a fail meaning by ttfelf ; *»,Jitsid obsveret, rid'ibo, if ' Btadrekt 
 jne, I wjjljretnrn. T.r. 
 
 '• h*i hzbciuii'U£. ccnu^uULi, e&hest&, l* s&uxats; as % au^ U>ve thou. 
 
 The Ji,-r. : ve {imply expreiTes the Signification of the verb, without 
 limiting it to any pcrfon or number; as, a,nare y to love. 
 
 3. Tenfts/jX Times exprefs the time when any thing is fuppofed to 
 I e, to aci, or to fufTer. 
 
 Tirnt in general is divided into three parts, the pfefent. paft, and 
 future. 
 
 Pafl time is cxpreTed three different ways. When we fpeak of a 
 tiling, v was doing, but not finiihed at fome former time, we 
 
 ufe the P,\ij;>i avV//..,. 3 , or pail time not completed-, as, fcrti , I 
 V-as writing. 
 
 When we fpeak of a thing now fini&ed, we ttfe the Trttcr-pcrfe& % 
 c: part time completed J-Jfs, f cr *fifii * wrote, cr have written. 
 
 \\ hen we fpeak of a thing nnjfhed at or before fome | w£l time, 
 
 ■ ufe the PjreUr-plufevf4& t or pafc time more than completed ; as, 
 
 \bseratHy 1 had written 
 
 J uture time is exprcfled two different ways. A thing- may be con- 
 
 lered either a^ frmply about to be done, or as actually finifhed, at 
 fome future time; as, fcribam^ 1 fh.ill write, c, 1 mail [<£**] be 
 writing ; fcrij>uro 9 J faall have written. 
 
 4. Numb r marks hnv mamy we fuppcfe to be, to ac% or to fufler. 
 
 5. } Slews to what the meaning of the verb i< applied, whe- 
 ther to tl rfon fpeakirig, to the perfon addreffed, cr to fome 
 »t] : nerfoo or tl ... ' 
 
English Verb?. 
 
 si 
 
 Verbs have two numbers and three perfons, to agree with fnbftan- 
 tive nouns and pronouns in thefe refpeds : for a verb properly hath 
 neither numbers nor perfons, but certain terminations anfwering to 
 the perfon and number of its nominative. 
 
 A verb is properly faid to be cwjttgated, when all its parts are pro- 
 perly claffed, or, as it were, yoked together, according to Voice, 
 Mode, Tenfe, Number, and Perfon. 
 
 English Verbs. 
 
 Engliih verbs change their termination to exprefs only the prefent 
 and the pafr. time jof the Active voice ; and in regular verbs, the 
 Perfect participle is always the fame with the perfect or paft time, 
 both of them ending in ed or V. The prefent participle always ends 
 in inor. The Englifh has. no future participle, which defect is fup*. 
 jdied by a circumlocution; as, about to lave. 
 
 An Engliih. Veib is thus varied ; 
 
 To LOVE. 
 
 Active Voice. 
 
 Indicative Alode. 
 
 Prefent Titoi, 
 
 St ft 9, 
 
 & I. 1 ^v< 
 
 *g 2. Thou Iovefr, 
 
 £ j. He leveth or loves; They Love. 
 
 Subjienftive AfoJe, 
 Prefent Time. 
 
 Sir. 7. Flur. 
 
 I. I love, We love, 
 
 a. Thcu love, Ye or you love, 
 
 3. He love ; They love. 
 
 pjji Time, 
 Thir. Sing. Plur. 
 
 We love, I. I loved, W 'e loved, 
 
 Ye or you loyc, 2. Thou lovedft, Ye or you loved, 
 
 3. He loved ; They loved. 
 Imperative JMode. 
 
 Sinr. Plur. 
 
 • ■> 
 
 2. JjQve thou, Love ye, or love you, 
 Infinitive Mods. 
 •Prefent, To love. 
 Participle Prefent, Loving ; Perfect^ Loved. 
 
 The feveral remaining parts of the Englifh verb arc formed by 
 ihe afli franco- of other verb«?, called therefore Auxiliaries or Helpers^ 
 The chief of thefc are bave> £-', Jhall, and it ill, which are thu* 
 varied. 
 
 To HAVE. 
 Indicative Jbfode. 
 Prefent Tunc. 
 Sir*-. Plur, 
 
 bI.I have, We have, 
 
 '° 2. Thou haft, Ye have, 
 
 £ 3- He hath, or has ; They have. 
 
 P.ijl Titr.e* 
 
 Si nv. 
 i. 1 had, 
 
 2. Thou hadft, 
 
 3. He had, 
 
 Plur. 
 We had, 
 Ye had, 
 They hi J. 
 
 tiubjunfii've 
 
82 
 
 Engljsh Verbs* 
 
 $ufy(M&hn Mode, 
 Prefenf. 
 
 1. 1 have, 
 
 2. Thou have, 
 
 3. He have ; 
 
 Imperative Mode. 
 
 
 Plur. . 
 2.. Have thou ; Have ye. 
 
 Infinitive AIo. t 
 
 Pref.nt, To have* 
 
 Sing, 
 I. I am, 
 Thou art, 
 He is ; 
 
 3« 
 
 Sing, 
 
 Plur.^ 
 We have, 
 Ye have, 
 They have. 
 participle Prefent, Having; P erf eel, Had. 
 
 To BE. 
 
 Judicative Alcde. 
 
 Prcfent ffae. ^ J\f Time. 
 
 Plur. Si. 
 
 Wc are, jr. I was, 
 
 Ye are, 2. Thou waft, 
 
 They are. .3. Jle was ; 
 
 Subjunclive Mode. 
 
 Pafi Time. 
 Sing. 
 I. I were, 
 
 Plur. 
 "VVe wcrc« 
 Jfc were, 
 They were* 
 
 2. 
 
 •n 
 
 iou wert, 
 
 3. He were ; 
 
 Infinitive 7i. 
 Prrfenty To be. 
 
 Plur. 
 We were, 
 Ye were, 
 They were. 
 
 *>*/&*! Ecrn 
 
 
 WILL. 
 
 
 
 
 Plur. 
 
 1. I Will, 
 
 We will, 
 
 2. Thou wilt, 
 
 Ye will, 
 
 3. He will ; 
 
 They will. 
 
 Prefenf. 
 
 Plur. 
 r. 1 be. We be, 
 
 1. Thou be, Ye be, 
 
 3. He be ; They be. 
 
 Imperative Mode. 
 Sing. Plur. 
 
 a. Be thou ; Be ye. 
 
 Participle. 
 Preftnt, Being. 
 SHALL. 
 Sing. Plur. 
 
 1. I (hall, We fhall, 
 
 2. Thou (halt, Ye fhaii, 
 
 3. He fhall;- They-lhdL- • 
 
 The terminations of thefe auxiliary verf>! IVem to be irre : . I 'oil 
 
 of them however are only contractions of the regular foi m\ Thus, 
 lajl is contracted for bayeft / 4taft£, for bavctl ; ./.,-, for haves ; and 
 wri// for ivilhjl ; which lift is likewife u fed from the regular verb, 
 to ivill ; thus, Itvilly thc'Kv'iUeJr, be ivillcih^ or - 
 
 The tenfes of the fubjunctive mode are exprefled 5 * r 
 
 mig/.t, coa'J, tvould, zndjbould, together with the dth< hs. 
 
 Would, would/!, conies from -aw//-; and JLouId, fi from jj| ?//. 
 
 jMiglt and cotf/</ feed to be the paib time of «raj and r 
 
 To exy.refs with greater force the ptefcnt and paft time of the indi- 
 cative Mode, we ufe the auxiliary verb de ; as, 1 : I vts 
 And £0 in the Imperative, do thou love, do ytjwe. In the third j 
 of the Imperative, we always ufe A.', which be : 1 active verb, 
 has ?hvays an accusative after it ; as, I ft h ; Lt 1 
 
 Y/hcn wc fpeak of prelent time indeterminately, ve id'e the \\n\\ le 
 
 form ; 
 
English Verbs* 8*3 
 
 form; as, I lovt, 1 loved: but when we fpeak of it with feme par- 
 ticular, limitation, we ufe an auxiliary ; as, / am loving juft now; I 
 .civ loving. The termination th, in the third perfon of the 
 prefent of the Indicative, properly belongs to folemn difcourfe ; as, 
 be bath , be doth, &C. , 
 
 The whole of the pafiive voice in Englifh is formed by the auxi- 
 liary verb to be, and the participle perfVcl ; a% / cm loved, J was 
 loved, &c. In many verbs the p relent participle alfo is ufed in a paf- 
 iive fenfe ; as, Thefe things are doing, were doing, &c. ; The houfe is 
 building, was building, &c. 
 
 When an auxiliary is join :d to a verb, the auxiliary is varied ac- 
 cording to number and peribn, and the verb itfelf always continues 
 the fame. When there are two or more auxiliaries joined to the 
 verb, the firit of them only is varied according to perfon and num- 
 ber. The auxiliary mujl admits cf no variation. 
 
 Shall and will are always employed to exprefs future time. IV '."', 
 in the firft perfon Angular and plural, promifes or threatens; in the 
 fecond and third perlons, only foretels : pall, on the contrary, in 
 the iiril perfon, fimply foretels; in the fecond and third perfons, 
 promifes, commands, or threatens. But the contrary of this holds, 
 when we afk a queftion : thus, " I jhall go ;" ' ; you will go ;" ex- 
 prefs event only ; but u will you go ?" imports intention : and " jhall 
 I go ?" refers to the will of another. 
 
 The neuter verb is varied like the active ; but fometimesit an%mes 
 the pamveform ; as, I had fallen, or I was fallen. 
 
 Irregulal English Ver.bs. 
 
 The Engliih language abounds in irregular verbs. 
 A verb in Engliih is faid to be irregular, which has not 
 the Part Time and the Participle Perfect in erf. 
 
 Moil Engliih verbs are liable to fome irregularity from contraciicr!. 
 
 To this we are led by the nature of the Language, and the manneri 
 f pronouncing it. Thus, infeead of loi 7 , we fey, Ivvd 
 
 ?vedfi. Hence in many verbs ed is changed into t ; xtebt, check t 
 
 xapt, mixt, die meant, felt, left bereft, V \ for fnrtched, 
 
 bed 4, life. In fuch words, however, the 1 is a 
 
 I-i ti in general to be preferred. They are not therefore comhionlr 
 inked among irregular verbs. 
 Irregular verbs in Ecgliui, properly fo called, are all monofyllables 
 nlefs compounded ; and may be reduced to the three following c'aTes 
 1 which thofe marked thus*, are likewife ufed in the regular form, 
 
 I. Irregulars ly c 
 
 Thefe commonly end in d or /, and Lave the Prefent, the Pafc 
 ime, and the Participle Perfect, all alike, without any v: n : 
 
 , heat, Burjt, caft, cojl, cut, hit, hirrt, knit, let, lift , 
 U*i read, rent, rid, fet, foed, JBreef, 
 t* ; all of which are contracted fcr beat* \ 
 
 I Tl 
 
Irregular English Verbs. 
 
 The following in the Pafl Time, and Participle Perfect, vary a 
 
 little from the Prefent ; as. lead, led; fiveat, fzvet* ; meet, met ; breed, 
 
 bred ; feed, fed ; ftttd,#ed ; b.nd, bent* ; lend, lent ; rend, rent ; fend,fent; 
 
 fp.nd,fpent ; build, built* ; geld, gelt : < ; gild, gilt* ; gird, girt' ; lofe, loft. 
 
 Sold, told, bad, made, fed, food, cLd* ; from fell, tell, have, mah t 
 
 *::,jhoe, clothe ; are contraclcd for felled, telled } &c. Stand has food ; 
 
 u ■il.fnelt; dare, durf, in the participle dared. 
 
 2. Irregulars in ght. 
 Thcfe are few in number, and have the Pafl: Time and Participle 
 
 In ght; as, bring, brought; buy, bought; catch, caught ; f 'ght, fought ; 
 ■ /j i taught ; think, it ought ; fek, fought ; ivork t wrought. 
 
 "X. Irregulars in en. 
 This is by far the moll numerous clafs of irregular verbs. They 
 have commonly the Participle perfect in en, and form the Pad Time 
 by changing the vowel or diphthong of the. Prefent. Some form the 
 pafl Time regularly. 
 
 Participle. Prefent. 
 fallen. Creep, 
 
 (awaked). Freeze, 
 forfaken. Seethe, 
 
 Prefent, 
 
 Fall, 
 
 Aw a! 
 
 Forfake, 
 
 Shake, 
 
 Take, 
 
 Draw, 
 
 Shy, 
 
 Get, 
 
 Help, 
 
 Melt, 
 
 Swell, 
 
 £at, 
 
 Bear, 
 
 Break, 
 
 Cleave, 
 
 Speak, 
 
 Swear, 
 
 Tear, 
 
 Wear, 
 
 Heave, 
 ar, 
 
 .a I, 
 
 - 
 
 Paf. 
 
 fell, 
 
 awoke *, 
 
 forfook, 
 
 fnook, 
 
 took, 
 
 drew, 
 
 flew, 
 
 ihaken. 
 taken, 
 drawn, 
 flain. 
 
 gat or got, gotten, 
 (helped) holpen*. 
 melted, molten*. 
 fwelled, fwclien*. 
 ate, eaten, 
 
 bare, *r 
 
 bore, 
 brake, or 
 
 broke, 
 clave, or 
 
 clove *, 
 fpake, or 
 
 fpoke, 
 fware, or 
 
 two re, 
 tare or tore, torn, 
 ware, i: 
 
 born. 
 
 broken. 
 
 cloven. 
 
 fpoken. 
 
 fworn. 
 
 wore, 
 
 hoVC'*, 
 
 re, 
 
 Hole, 
 i. 
 
 worn. 
 
 hoven*. 
 fhurn. 
 I lea. 
 trodden. 
 woven. 
 
 See, 
 
 Bite, 
 
 Chide, 
 
 Hide, 
 
 Slide, 
 
 Abide, 
 
 Climb, 
 
 Drive, 
 
 Ride, 
 
 Rife, 
 
 Shine, 
 
 Strive, 
 
 Smite, 
 
 Stride, 
 
 Shrive, 
 
 Thrive, 
 
 Write, 
 
 Strike, 
 
 Bid, 
 Give, 
 
 Sit, 
 it, 
 
 Dig, 
 
 Lie, 
 Chufe, 
 
 Hold, 
 
 Pafl. 
 
 crope *, 
 
 froze, 
 
 fod, 
 
 faw, 
 
 bit, 
 
 chid, 
 
 hid, 
 
 Hid, 
 
 abode, 
 
 ciomb, 
 
 drove, 
 
 rode, 
 
 rofe, 
 
 fhone *, 
 
 ftrove *, 
 
 fmote, 
 
 llrodc, 
 
 fhrovc, 
 
 throve, 
 
 wrote, 
 
 flruek, 
 
 bade, 
 
 gave, 
 
 fat, 
 
 fpat, 
 
 dug \ 
 
 lay, 
 
 ch< I 
 
 Participle. 
 
 crept *. 
 
 frozen. 
 
 fodden. 
 
 feen. 
 
 bitten. 
 
 chidden. 
 
 hidden. 
 
 Hidden. 
 
 (climbed), 
 driven, 
 ridden, 
 rifen. 
 fhined. 
 driven *. 
 fmittcn. 
 flridden. 
 ihriven. 
 thriven, 
 written, 
 flricken or 
 ftracken. 
 "bidden, 
 given. 
 iitteit. 
 fpitten. 
 
 digged^ 
 
 lain ><r iien. 
 rhofi.il. 
 
 huldeu. 
 
 Do, 
 
 
Irregular English Verbs. 
 
 85 
 
 Prrfent. 
 
 Pa/. 
 
 Participle. 
 
 Prefent. 
 
 Do, 
 
 did, 
 
 done. 
 
 Rive, 
 
 Blow, 
 
 blew, 
 
 blown. 
 
 Saw, 
 
 Crow, 
 
 crew, 
 
 (crowed), 
 
 Shave, 
 
 Grow, 
 
 grew, 
 
 grown. 
 
 Shew, 
 
 Know, 
 
 knew, . 
 
 known. 
 
 Show, 
 
 Throw, 
 
 threw, 
 
 thrown. 
 
 Sow, 
 
 Fly, 
 
 flew, 
 
 flown. 
 
 Straw, 
 
 Lake, 
 
 (baked), 
 
 bake« *. 
 
 drew, or 
 
 Grave, 
 
 (graved), 
 
 graven *. 
 
 (how, 
 
 Hew, 
 
 (hewed), 
 
 he-wen or 
 hewn. 
 
 Wafh, 
 Wax, 
 
 Lade, 
 
 (laded), 
 
 laden. 
 
 Wreath, 
 
 Load, 
 
 (loaded), 
 
 loaden "". 
 
 Writhe, 
 
 Mow, 
 
 (mowed), 
 
 mown*. 
 
 
 Paft. 
 
 (rived), 
 
 (fawed), 
 
 (fhaved), 
 
 (fhewed), 
 
 (ihowed), 
 
 (fowed), 
 
 (ftrawed, 
 
 (wafhed), 
 
 (waxed), 
 
 (wreathed), wreathen '*\ 
 
 (writhed), writhen. 
 
 Participle* 
 
 riven. 
 
 fawn*. 
 
 leaven*. 
 
 fhewn'. 
 
 fhown. 
 
 fowen 
 
 ftrown*. 
 
 wafhen*< 
 waxen . 
 
 Several verbs feem to have dropt the termination en in 
 the Participle ; as, 
 
 Prefent. 
 Begin, 
 
 Cling, 
 
 Drink, 
 
 Fling, 
 
 Ring, 
 
 Shrink, 
 
 Sing, 
 Sink, 
 
 Sling, 
 
 Slink, 
 Spin, 
 
 Spring, 
 
 Sting, 
 
 Participle. 
 begun. 
 
 clung. 
 
 drunk or 
 drunken. 
 
 Pop. 
 began, 
 clang or 
 clung, 
 
 drank, 
 
 flung, 
 rang or 
 
 rung, 
 flirank or 
 
 fhrunk, 
 
 fang or fung, fung. 
 
 fank or funk, funk. 
 
 flang or f. 
 
 n 6 flung, 
 
 flung, b 
 
 flunk, flunk. 
 
 fpan or fpun, fpun. 
 
 fprang or 
 
 fprung, 
 
 flung, flung 
 
 flung, 
 rung. 
 
 fhrunk. 
 
 fprung. 
 
 Prefenr. 
 
 Stink, 
 
 String, 
 
 Swim, 
 
 Swing, 
 Wring, 
 
 Bind, 
 
 Find, 
 
 Grind, 
 
 Wind, 
 
 Hang, 
 
 Shoot, 
 
 Stick, 
 
 Come, 
 
 Run, 
 
 Win, 
 
 Pajl. 
 flank r*r 
 flunk, 
 ft rung, 
 
 fwam or 
 fwum, 
 fwung, 
 wrung, 
 
 bound, 
 
 found, 
 
 ground, 
 
 wound, 
 
 hung*, 
 
 fliot, 
 
 ftuck, 
 
 came, 
 
 ran, 
 
 won, 
 
 Participle* 
 
 flunk. 
 
 fining. 
 
 fwum. 
 
 fwung. 
 wrung, 
 bound or 
 
 bounden. 
 found, 
 ground, 
 wound, 
 hung*, 
 fliot, 
 ftuck. 
 con- 
 run. 
 won. 
 
 Frequent miflakes are committed with regard to thole verbs which 
 make the Participle Perfect different from the Paft Time ; thus it is 
 faid, he begun, for he began ; he run, for be ran ; the Participle being 
 ufed inflead of the Paft Time : and much more frequently the Paft 
 Time inflead of the Participle ; as, / had wrote, for / had written ; it 
 ivas wrote, for it ivas written ; fo bore for borne i chofe for chofen ; lid t 
 for bidden ; drove, for driven ; brolt, for broken ; rode, for ridden, isfc. 
 
 Several verbs are either defective, or made up of parts derived from 
 different verbs of the fame fignification ; as, go, went, gone, weet, 
 or wot, wot, wis, wiji ; aught, quoth, mufi, together with moit 
 ©f the auxiliary verbs. 
 
*6 
 
 Latin Verbs. 
 
 /Latin Veres. 
 The Latins hare four different ways of varying verbs, 
 called the Flrji, the Second, the Third, and the Fourth 
 Conjugation. J . 
 
 / The Conjugations are thus diftinguifhed : J 
 ' J The Firlt has a long before re of the Infinitive ; the Se- 
 cond has e long, the Third has e mort, and the Fourth 
 has i long, before re of the Infinitive. J 
 
 Except dare, to give, which has a fho.t, and alfo its compounds ; 
 thus, CtrtttMt/are^ to furround ; circtikdamus, -datis, -da&abt, -dabo, Isfc. 
 
 /The different conjugations arc likewife diftinguifhed 
 from one another by the different terminations of the fol- 
 lowing tenfes : ) 
 
 ' Active Voice. 
 
 Indicative Mode* 
 Prefent Tenfe. 
 
 
 Sing 
 
 ular. 
 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 
 P erf 011s. 
 
 
 
 Per Jons. 
 
 
 
 I. 
 
 2. 
 
 3- 
 
 I. 
 
 2. 
 
 3- 
 
 • 
 
 a 
 
 ' o 
 
 )2. -eo> 
 
 -as, 
 
 -at; 
 
 -amus, 
 
 -atis, 
 
 -ant. 
 
 to 
 
 -es, 
 
 -et; 
 
 -emus, 
 
 -etis, 
 
 -ent. 
 
 
 ?3- -?, 
 
 -is, 
 
 -it; 
 
 -lmus, 
 
 -itis, 
 
 -unt. 
 
 r 
 
 c 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 ^4. -10, 
 
 1 B 
 
 -IS, 
 
 -it; 
 Impe 
 
 -Tmus, 
 rfecl. 
 
 -Ttis, 
 
 -mnt. 
 
 I. 
 
 -abam, 
 
 -abas, 
 
 -nbat ; 
 
 -abamus, 
 
 -abatis, 
 
 -nbant. 
 
 2. 
 
 -ebam, 
 
 -cbas, 
 
 -ebat ; 
 
 -ebamus. 
 
 -ebatis, 
 
 -chant. 
 
 3'. 
 
 -ebam, 
 
 -ebas, 
 
 -ebat ; 
 
 -ebamus, 
 
 -ebatis. 
 
 -ebant. 
 
 4- 
 
 -iebam. 
 
 -iehas, 
 
 -iebat ; 
 
 -iebamus. 
 
 -iebatis, 
 
 -iebant. 
 
 
 
 
 Future. 
 
 
 
 j. 
 
 -abo r 
 
 -abiSj 
 
 -abit ; 
 
 -abtmus, 
 
 -abitis, 
 
 -abunt. 
 
 2. 
 
 -ebo, 
 
 -ebis, 
 
 -ebit ; 
 
 -ebimus, 
 
 • ebitis, 
 
 -ebunt. 
 
 3. 
 
 • am, 
 
 -es, 
 
 -et ; 
 
 -emus, 
 
 -etis, 
 
 -ent. 
 
 4- 
 
 -iam, 
 
 -ies, 
 
 -iet ; 
 
 -iemus, 
 
 • ietis, 
 
 -ient. 
 
 
 
 
 Subjuntlive Mode, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Prefent 
 
 Tenfe. 
 
 
 
 
 1. -cm, 
 
 -es, 
 
 
 -emus, 
 
 -etis, 
 
 -ent. 
 
 
 2. -earn, 
 
 -tas, 
 
 -eat ; 
 
 -eamuSj 
 
 -eatis, 
 
 -eant. 
 
 
 3. -am, 
 
 -as, 
 
 -at; 
 
 -amus, 
 
 -atis, 
 
 -ant. 
 
 
 4 % -iara, 
 
 -ias, 
 
 -iat ; 
 
 -iainus, 
 
 -ia is, 
 
 -iant. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 urfeft. 
 
 
Latin Verbs. 
 
 S7 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 I. 
 
 -arem, -ares, 
 
 -aret ; 
 
 -aremus, 
 
 -aretis, 
 
 -arent. 
 
 2. 
 
 -erem, -eres, 
 
 -eret ; 
 
 -eremus, 
 
 -eretis, 
 
 -erent* 
 
 3- 
 
 -erem, -eres, 
 
 -eret ; 
 
 -eremus, 
 
 -eretis, 
 
 -erenu 
 
 4- 
 
 -Irem, -Ires, 
 
 -Tret ; 
 
 -Ire mu s, 
 
 -Iretis, 
 
 -Trent. 
 
 
 
 
 Imperative 
 
 z Mode. 
 
 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 3- 
 
 2. 
 
 
 3- 
 
 
 I. 
 
 -a or -ato, 
 
 -ato ; 
 
 -ate or 
 
 -atote, 
 
 -anto. 
 
 
 2. 
 
 -e or -eto, 
 
 -eto ; 
 
 -ete or 
 
 -etcte, 
 
 -ento. 
 
 
 3- 
 
 -e or -Ito, 
 
 -Ito ; 
 
 -ite or 
 
 -note, 
 
 -unto. 
 
 
 4- 
 
 -i or -Tto, 
 
 -Ito ; 
 
 Passive 
 
 -Tte or 
 Voice. 
 
 -Itcte, 
 
 -iunto. 
 
 
 
 
 Indicative Mode, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Prefent Tenfe. 
 
 
 
 i. 
 
 •or, 
 
 -aris or -are, 
 
 -atur ; 
 
 - amur, 
 
 -f.mirji, 
 
 -antur. 
 
 2. 
 
 -ecr, 
 
 -eris or -ere, 
 
 -etur ; 
 
 -emur, 
 
 -em mi, 
 
 -entur. 
 
 3< 
 
 -or, 
 
 -eris or -ere, 
 
 -ltur ; 
 
 -Im r, 
 
 -imini, 
 
 -uiitur. 
 
 4- 
 
 -ior, 
 
 -Iris or -ire, 
 
 -Itur ^ 
 
 -imur, 
 
 -muni, 
 
 -iuntur. 
 
 I. 
 
 2. 
 
 3- 
 4- 
 
 I. 
 
 2. 
 
 3- 
 4- 
 
 Imperfect, 
 -abar, -abaris or -abare, -abatur ; -abamur, -abamini, -abantur. 
 -ebar, -ebaris or -ebare, -cbatur ; -ebamur, -cbamini, -ebantur. 
 -ebar, -ebaris or -cbare, -ebatur ; -tbamur, -ebamini, -ebantur. 
 -iebar, -iCbaris&r -iebare, -iebatur ; -iebamur, -iebaniini,-iebantur t 
 
 Future. 
 
 -abor, -aberis or -abere, -abitur ; -abimur, -ablmini, -abuntur. 
 
 -ebor, -ebcris or -ebCre, -ebitur ; -ebimur, -ebimini, -ebuntur. 
 
 -ar, -eris or -ere, -etur ; -emur, -em mi, -entur. 
 
 -iar, -icris or -iere, -ietur ; -icmur, -iemini, -ientur. 
 
 Subjunctive Mode, 
 
 Prefent Tenfe. 
 
 1. -er, 
 
 2. -ear, 
 
 3- " ar > 
 4. -iar, 
 
 -ens or -ere, 
 
 -e ur 
 
 -eans or -eare, -eatur ; 
 -aris or -are, -atur ; 
 -iaris or -iare, -iatur ; 
 
 Imperfecl. 
 
 1. -arer, -areris or -arere, -aretur; 
 
 2. -erer, -cruris or -erere, -eretur; 
 
 3. -erer, -erer is or -ercre, -. retur ; 
 
 4. -irer, -Ireris or -irere, -iretur ; 
 
 I 2 
 
 -emur, 
 
 -em mi, 
 
 -entur. 
 
 -eamur, 
 
 -eamini, 
 
 -eantur. 
 
 -amur, 
 
 -am mi, 
 
 -antur. 
 
 -iamur, 
 
 -iamini, 
 
 -iantur. 
 
 -aremur, 
 
 -aremini, 
 
 -arentnr. 
 
 -eremur, 
 
 -eremmi, 
 
 -ercntur. 
 
 -cremur, 
 
 w< re mini, 
 
 -crenur. 
 
 -Iremur, 
 
 -Ircmini, 
 
 -1: entur. 
 
 
 Imferailm 
 
M 
 
 Latin Vhrbs. 
 
 2. 
 -airrini, 
 
 3- 
 
 -antor. 
 
 -emini, 
 
 -cntor. 
 
 -imini, 
 
 -untor. 
 
 -Imini, 
 
 -iuntor. 
 
 Imperative Mode. 
 
 , - 2 ' - > 
 
 1. -are g;- -ator, -ator ; 
 
 2. -ere <?r -etor. -etor ; 
 5. -ere or -itor, -Itor ; 
 4. -Ire or -Ttor, -Itor ; 
 
 Obferve, Verbs in io of the third conjugation have had in the third 
 perfon p lur. of the prefent indie, a&ive, and iuntur in the paffiye ; 
 and fo in the imperative, iunto and iuntor. In the imperfect and fu- 
 ture of the indicative they have always the terminations of the fourth 
 conjugation, tebam and iam ; iebar and iar y &c. 
 
 The terminations of the other tenfes are the fame 
 through all the Conjugations. Thus, 
 
 Active Voice. 
 
 Indicative Mode. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 *> 2- 3- 
 
 -lmus, -iftis, -erunttfr -ere. 
 
 -eramus, -eratis, -erant. 
 
 hue Mode. 
 
 -erimus, -eritis, -erint. 
 Plu. -iffem, -ifTes, -iiTet ; -ifsemus, -ifsetis, -ifTent. 
 Fut. -ero, -eris, -erit ; -erimus, -eritis, -erint. 
 Thefe Tenfes, in the PaiTive Voice, are formed by the 
 Participle Perfect, and the auxiliary verb fum, which is 
 alfo ufed to exprefs the Future of the Infinitive Active. 
 
 /SUM is an irregular verb, and thus conjugated : 
 
 Principal Parts. 
 Pre/. Indie. Perf. Indie. Prcf. Itifin. * 
 
 Sum, fui, effe, To he.) 
 
 Indicative Mode. 
 
 I Prefent Tenfe. am. 
 
 Sing. Plur. 
 
 is I. Sum, I a?~i, Sumus, We are y 
 
 'z2. Es, Thou arty or you arc } Eftis, 2'e ox you are, 
 £3. Eft, He is ; Sunt, They arc.) 
 
 r Imperfect. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 I. 2. 
 
 3- 
 
 Per/, -i, -ifti, 
 
 -it; 
 
 Plu. -eram, -eras. 
 
 -erat ; 
 
 - 
 
 Subjund 
 
 Perf. -enm, -ens 
 
 , -erit ; 
 
 
Latin Veiu>s; £9 
 
 iflj Imperfect. was. 
 
 i . ' #r ra m* / 4vas, Era mi- s , W* -z^vy, 
 
 2. Li-s, _ waff, ovyoiiwerc, .Lra;is, Yestverc* 
 
 3. Era'., He was ; Ai.rant, They were* j 
 
 , Perfect, few fcftf or wlf. 
 
 i.iFui, I have been i Fmmus, We have been, 
 
 2. FuifH, Thou heft been, Fuiftis, Ye kerne been, 
 
 3. Fuit, Z w; Fuerunt, or -ere, They have been. 1 
 
 » Flu-perfect*- had been, 
 
 1 .\ Fueram, / /> Fueramus> /^ had been, 
 
 2. Fueras, 7&0a hadjl been, Fueratis, Ye had been, 
 
 3. Fuerat, lie had been ; Fuerant, They had been. 1 
 
 Future. Jkall or will. 
 i/jfo, IJbaJlbe, Erimus, Wejhatibe\ 
 
 2. iiris, Tkjufinh be, Eritis, Ye Jkall be, 
 
 3. Erit, He jl all be; Erunt, They Jlo all be, J 
 
 Subjunctive Mode, 
 1 Prefe.nt Tenfe. may or am, 
 
 *./Sim, I nay be, Sim us, We may be, 
 
 2. Sis, T^oz/ mayefl be, Sit is, Ye may be, 
 
 3. Sit, iizv wtfy fe / Sint, TXfv f»»jf fo. / 
 
 Imperfect, might, could, would, or Jhovtd. 
 if Effem, 7 might be, Eisemus, We might be, 
 
 2. Effes, Thou mightejl be, Efletis, Ye might be, 
 
 3. Effet, He might be; EfTenc, They might be. \ 
 
 i Perfect. may have. 
 
 I / Fueri-m, I may have been, Fuenmus, We may have been, 
 
 2. Fueris, Tkou may eft kave been, Fueritis, Ye may have been, 
 
 3. Fuerit, He may have been ; Fuerint, They may have been. J 
 
 /Piu-perfect. . might, could, would, or JhoulJ have ; or had. 
 
 1. FuiiTem, I might kave been, Fuifsemus, We might have been, 
 
 2. FuifTes, Thou mightejl have FuifTetis, Ye mlgkt kave been, I . 
 . been, 
 
 • 3/ FuifTet, He might kave been ; FuilTent, They mlgkt kave been. 
 
 Future. Jkall kave, 
 
 1 . Fuero, I /hall have been, Fuertmus, We flail have leen 9 
 
 2. Fueris, Tkou Jkalt kave been, Fueritis, Ye Jkall kave been, 
 
 3. Fuerit, He /ball kave been ; Fuerint, Tkey Jkall kave been. J 
 
 Imperative 
 
90 * First Conjugation'. 
 
 / Imperative Mode. 
 
 2. Es vel efto, Be thou* Efte vel eft~>te, Be v, 
 
 3. El to, Let him be ; Sunto, Let them be* 
 
 Infinitive Mode. 
 Pre/. Efle, To be. 
 Perf* Fuiire, To have been. 
 Fui. Efie futurus, -a, -urn, To be about to be. 
 
 Fuifle futurus, -a, -urn, To have been about to be. \ 
 
 Participle. 
 (Future. Futurus, -a, -um, About to be. / 
 
 Obf. I. The perfcnal pronouns, which in Englilh are, for the moll 
 part, added to the verb, in Latin are commonly underftood ; becaufe 
 the feveral perfons are fufficiently diftinguifhed from one another by 
 the different terminations of the verb, though the perfons themfelves 
 be not exprefTed. The learner however at uril may be accuflorrred 
 to join them with the verb ; thus, egefum, lam; tu es, thou art, or 
 you are; illetfl, he is; nosfumus, we are, life. So ^0 amo, I love; 
 tu amas, thou lovefl, or you leve ; itle amat, he loveth or loves ; no* 
 mmutmus, we love, Isfc 
 
 Obf. 2. In the fecond perfon Angular in Englifh, we commonly ufe 
 the plural form, except in folemn difcourfe ; as, tu es, thou art, cr' 
 much oftentr, you are ; tu eras, thou waft, or you were ; tu JJs, thou 
 mayeft be, or you may be, life So tu amas, thou lovc.il, or you love ; 
 tuamabas, thou lovedft, or you loved, Izfc. 
 
 Verbs are thus varied in the different Conjugations. 
 ) FIRST CONJUGATION. 
 
 Active Voice. 
 Principal Parts. 
 Pre/. Iridic. PcrfeZ. Supine. Bref. Infinit. 
 
 Arao, araavij aniatum, amare, To love. 
 
 Indicative Mode. 
 
 f Prefent Tenfe. love, dolose, or am loving. J 
 
 Sing. 1. A M-o, I love, 
 
 jCjl 2. Am-as, Thoulovejl, or you love / 
 
 3. Am-at, He loveth, or he loves ; 
 
 Plur.l. Am-amus, We love, { 
 
 2. Am-atis, Te or you love, 
 
 3. Am-ant, | Thty love. 
 
 ) Imperfect. 
 
 f 
 
/ 
 
 Sin £. I . 
 2. 
 
 Plur. i. 
 
 2. 
 
 0* 
 
 $/«£•. i . 
 
 2. 
 
 3- 
 
 2. 
 
 3- 
 
 &'/*?, i . 
 
 2. 
 
 3- 
 
 jP/ar. I. 
 
 2. 
 J- 
 /" 
 
 .5'%. i. 
 
 2. 
 
 3- 
 P/«r. i. 
 
 First Conjugation. " 
 
 Imperfect, loved, did love, or was loving. 
 
 Am-abam, / loved, 
 
 A in -abas, Thou lovedjl, 
 
 Am-abat, He loved ; 
 
 Am-abamus, We loved, 
 
 Am-abatis, Ye or you loved, 
 
 Am-abant, ) They loved. 
 
 Perfects loved, have loved, or did love. 
 
 A m - a vi , / ha ve lo t ied 9 
 
 Am-avifti, Thou baft loved, 
 
 Am-avit, He hath loved ; 
 
 Am-avimus, IV e have loved, 
 
 Am-aviftis, Ye have loved, 
 
 Am-averunt^.-avereJ They have loved. 
 
 Plu-perfect. had. 
 
 9 l 
 
 Am- a ve ram, 
 
 Am-averas, 
 
 Am-averat, 
 
 Am-averamus, 
 
 Am-averatis, 
 
 Am-averant, I 
 
 Future. 
 
 Am-abo, 
 
 Am-abis, 
 
 Am-abit, 
 
 Am-abimus, 
 
 Am-abitis, 
 
 Am-abunt. j 
 
 / had loved, 
 Thou hadft loved, 
 He had loved ; 
 We had loved, 
 Ye had loved, 
 They had loved* 
 
 Jhall or will* 
 
 I Jhall love, 
 Thoujhalt love, 
 Hefhall love ; 
 We Jhall love, 
 Ye Jhall Jove, 
 hey Jhall love. 
 
 Sinr. I. 
 
 2. 
 
 3- 
 Plur. I. 
 
 2. 
 
 3- 
 
 ± 
 
 Subjunctive Mode. 
 
 Prefent Tenfe. may or can. 
 
 Am- em, / may love, 
 
 Am-es, Thou mayejl love, 
 
 Ara-et, He may love ; 
 
 Am-emus, We may love, 
 
 Am-etis, Ye may love, 
 
 Am-ent, 7 They may love*/ 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
5- Imrst Conjugation*. 
 
 / Imperfetf. might, could, would, or Jhould. 
 Sing, i . Am-arem, / might love, 
 
 2. Am-ares, Thou mightejl love, 
 
 3. Am-aret, He might love ; 
 Plur. 1 . Am-aremus, We might love, 
 
 2. Am-aretis, Ye might love, 
 
 3. Am-arent, ) They mighi love. 
 
 / Perfect, may have. 
 
 Sing. 1. Am-avcrim, I may have loved, 
 
 2, Am-avcris, Thou mayejl have loved, 
 
 3. Am-averit, He may have loved ; 
 Plur. 1. Am-averimus, We may have loved, 
 
 2. Am-avcritis, Te may have loved, 
 
 I 3. Am-averint, % They may have loved. 
 
 / Tlu-perfect. might, could, would, or Jhould have ; ox had. 
 Sing. 1. Am-aviffem, I might have loved, 
 
 2. Am-avifTes, Thou mightejl have loved, 
 
 3. Am-aviffet, He might have loved ; 
 Plur. 1. Am-aviffemus, We might have loved, 
 
 2. Am-avirTetis, Te might have loved, 
 
 3. Am-avifTent, J They might have loved. 
 
 i Future. Jhall have, 
 
 oing. 1. Am-avero, I Jhall have loved, 
 
 2. Am-averis, Thoujhalt have loved, 
 
 3. Ani-averit, He Jhall have loved ; 
 Plur. 1. Am-averimus, We Jhall have loved, 
 
 2. Am-averitis, Te Jhall have loved, 
 
 3. Am-averint, • They Jhall have loved* 
 
 I 'imperative Mode. * 
 
 Sing. 2. Am-a, vel am-ato, Love thou, or do thou love, 
 
 3. Am-ato, Let htm love ; 
 
 Plur. 2. Am-atc, Wamatote, Love ye, or do ye love, 
 
 1. Am-anto, Let them love. 
 
 ) 
 
 Infinitive Mode. 
 
 j 
 
 Pref. Am-are, To love. 
 
 Perj. Am-avifTe, To hcrve loved. 
 
 Put. Effe amaturus, -a, -urn, To he about to love. 
 
 FuiiTe amaturus, -a, -um, To have been about to h\ 
 
 f Participle. 
 
First Conjugation. 
 
 9S 
 
 Participle, 
 Prefent, Am-ans, Loving. 
 
 Future, Am-aturus, -a, -urn, About to love. 
 
 Gerunds* 
 
 Norn* Am-andum, 
 Gen* Am-an,di, 
 Dat. Am-anSo, 
 Ace* Am-andum, 
 Abl. Am-ando, 
 
 Former* Am-atum, 
 Latter. Am-atu> 
 
 /\ 
 
 Preftnt Indicative. 
 Amor, 
 
 ) 
 
 Loving* 
 Of loving, 
 To loving* 
 Loving, 
 With loving. 
 
 Supine. 
 
 To love, 
 
 To love, or to be loved. 
 
 sin?. 
 
 ung* i.Am-or, 
 
 2. Am-aris, vel -are, 
 
 3. Am-atur, 
 Plur. 1. Am-amur, 
 
 2. Am-amini, 
 
 3. Am-antur, 
 
 Sing. 1. Am-abar, 
 
 2. Am-abaris^/-abare, 
 
 3. Am-abatur, 
 Plur. 1. Am-abamur, 
 
 2. Am-abamini, 
 
 3. Am-abantur, 
 
 Perfect, am ; 
 
 Sing, t. Aniatus fum, velfui, 
 Ov Amatus es, «. fuifhr, 
 3. Amatus eft, v. fuit, 
 
 Plur. I. Arnati fumus, v. fuimus, 
 2. Amati eftis, v. fuifUs, 
 
 Passive Voice. 
 
 Perfect Participle. 
 amatus, 
 
 Indicative Mode. 
 
 Prefent Tenfe. am. 
 
 I am loved, 
 
 Infinitive. 
 amari, to be loved. 
 
 y 
 
 Thou art loved, 
 He is loved ; 
 We are loved, 
 Te or you are loved, 
 They are loved. 
 
 Imperfect, was. 
 
 I iv as loved* 
 Thou wojl loved, 
 He was loved ; 
 We were loved, 
 Te were love/, 
 They 'were loved. J 
 
 have been* or was* 
 
 I haute been loved, 
 T/jvu f-cf: been loved, 
 He bath been loicd ; 
 We have in- en loved, 
 1 t have been laved, 
 
 ^. ^iiiatiiunt,fueruiK,i/ fuere, They hmue been loved. / 
 
 A 
 
 lerfecl. 
 
04 * First Conjugation. 
 
 /^ Plu-pei feci, had been, or ivas. 
 
 Sing. n. Amatus cram vej fueraixt, I bad been hi 
 
 2. Amatus eras v. fueras, Tbou hadjl ba i loved, 
 
 3. Amatus erat v. ruerat, He bad been W; 
 Plur. 1. Amati eramus v. f ueramus, We had been hved % 
 
 2. Amati eratis v. fueratis, Ye bad been loved* 
 
 3. Amati erant v. iutrant, They had ban loved* 
 
 / Future. Jhall, or uill be. / 
 
 Sing. I. Am-abor, I Jkall be love/, 
 
 2. m m-aberisW-abere, Thoujloali be loved, 
 
 3. Am-abitur, He Jh all be loved ; 
 Plur. 1 . Am-abimur, • Wejhall be loved, 
 
 2 . Am -abi mi n i , Te Jball he To ved, 
 
 3 . Am-abu n tuiy_ They jball be loved, m 
 
 .Subjunctive MoJt. / 
 
 Prcfent Tcnf^. may or can be. 
 Sing./ 1. Am-er, I may be loved t 
 
 2. Am- en's pel -ere, Thou mayeft be Icvcd, 
 
 3. Am-etur, He may beloved} 
 
 P/wr. J. Am-emur, We may be Icvcd, \^ 
 
 2. Am- e mini, Te may be hved, 
 
 3. Am-entur, They may be loved. 
 
 'Imperfect, might, c^uld, would, or Jhoidfi be. 
 Sh'g. 1. Am- arc r, / might be loved, 
 
 2. Am-areris r*/ -are re* Thou mighteji be loved. 
 
 3. Am-arttur, He might be loved; 
 Plur. 1. Am aremur, We w/j hi be loved, 
 
 2. Am-aremini, Te might I . d, 
 
 3. Am-arentur, » They might be lov&L/ 
 
 / Perfect, may have been. 
 
 Sing- J. Amatus {xm vel fuerim, // 'ovedj 
 
 2. Amati is lis v. fueris, 11 \ fovctf 4 
 
 3. Amatus fit v. fuerit, He may I rat <-./; 
 Plttr. 1. Amali limus v. fuerimus, IVe m> 
 
 2. Amati litis v. fucritis, ' 
 
 3. Amati fiat v. fuerint, / 
 
 Plii-perfect. might, c( <dd, <a 
 
 f n. 
 
 Sing. I« Amatus effem vet fuiflesft, / 
 
 j. . v. Ani'A", Hi might have been loved ; 
 
p 
 
 / First Conjugation. 95 
 
 / 
 
 Plur. I. Amati e (Tenuis v. fuilTemus, We mvght have been loved, 
 2; Amati efletis v. fuifletfs, Ye might have been loved > 
 
 3. Amati client v. fuilFent, They might have been loved. 
 
 X* Future, Jloall have been. / 
 
 SirtgA. AlhatliS fuero, I ft all have been loved, 
 
 2. Amatus fueris, Thou Jh alt have been loved, 
 
 3. Amatus flierk, He (hall have been loved; 
 Plur. I. Amati fuerlmus, We Jhall have been loved, 
 
 2. Amati fuerixis, Yejhall have been loved, 
 
 3. Amati fuerint, They Jhall have been loved. 
 
 /< Imperative Mode. / 
 
 Am-are vol am-ator, Be thou loved, 
 Am-ator, Let him be loved ; 
 
 Plur. 2. Am-amini, Be ye loved, 
 
 ;. Am-antor, Let them be loved. > 
 
 Infinitive Mode. 
 Pref. Am-ari, To be loved. 
 
 Per/. EfTe v. fui/Te amatus, -a, -um, To have been loved. 
 Fut. Am-atum iri, To be about to be loved. * 
 
 /* Participle. 
 
 Per/. Am-atus, -a, -um, Loved. % 
 
 Fut. Am-andus, -a, -um, To be loved. J 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION. 
 
 / Active Voice. . 
 
 Doceo, docui, doctum, docere, To teach. 
 
 Indicative Mode. - 
 f Sing. Plur. 
 
 ipV I. 2. 3. I. 2. 3. 
 
 Pref. j^J Oc-eo, -es, -et ; -emus, -etis, -ent. 
 
 Imo. Doc-ebam, -ebas, -ebat ; -ebamus, -ebatis, -ebant. 
 
 t* f ta • *(%.* •. * * r \* -ucrunr. 
 
 Per;. Doc-iii, -uiiti, -uit ; -uimus, -uutis, 
 
 J ' v. uere. 
 
 Plu. Doc-ucram, -ueras, -uerat ; -ueramus, -ueratis,-uerant. 
 
 Fut. Doc-ebo, -ebis, -ebit ; * -ebimus, -ebitis, -ebunt. 
 
 Subjunctive Mode. 
 
 Pref. Doc-earn, -eas, -eat ; -eamus, -eatis, -eant. 
 
 hvp. Doc-erem, -ercs, -eret ; -eremus, -eretis, -erent. 
 
 {Vr/I Doc-uerim, -ueris, -ucrit ; -uenmus, -ucritis, -uerint. 
 
 p /v. Doc-uiiicm, -uiiFes, -uifTet ; -uifsemus, -uiiFetis, -uiflcnt. 
 
 Doc-uero, -ueris, -uerit ; -uenmus, -ueritis, -uerint. 
 
 K Imperative 
 
 / 
 
9.6. Second Conjugation. 
 
 / v 
 
 / Imperative Mode. 
 
 Pre/. Doc-e vel -eto, -eto ; -ete vat -etote, -ento. 
 
 Infinitive. Participles. Gerunds. Supines. 
 
 Pre/. Doc-ere. Pr. Doc-ens, Doc-en Ju'm, i. Doc-turn, 
 
 /. Doc-uifle. Fut. Doc-t\irus. Doc-endi, 2. D6c-tu. 
 Fut. Effe-doclurus, -a, -um. Doc-endo^ &c. 
 
 Fuiffe doclurus, -a, -urn. ^yt 
 
 Passive Voic: . -,4fr 
 
 Doceor, doclus, doceri, "To le taught. 
 
 Indicative Mode. 
 Sing. Plur. 
 
 Prcf. Doc-cor, . -' -ctur ; -emur, -emlni, fentur. 
 
 J vel -ere, 
 
 Imp. Dooebar, " . 'H -cb3tur ; -ebamur, -ebamini, *cbantut\ 
 
 Per/. Do&us fum vel fui, doclus cs <»cl fuiffci, Sac. 
 
 jPlu. m Doclus eram i\.fueram, doclus eras v. iuera% &c. 
 
 Fut. Doc-ebor, , >-, \ -cb'itur; -ebimur, -ebimini, -cbuiiru'- 
 vel -ebcre, 
 
 ST 
 
 Subjuncl'rce Mode. \ 
 
 •cans 
 Prcf. Doc-ear, , c -catur: -eamur, -earning -cantur. 
 
 J vel -eare, ^ 
 
 2mb. Doc-erer, , -' -eretur: -eremur, -eremini, -crentur, 
 r vel -ere re, 
 
 Peff. Doclus fun vel fuerim, doclus >, &c. 
 
 Plu. Doclus effcm v. fuifiVm, doclus e 
 Put. Doclus fucro, doclus fucris, doclus 
 
 v. fuillcs, &c. 
 tus fuerit, d<< crimus, &c. 
 
 / I?nperativ:. Mode. 
 
 2. 3. ? : _ 3. 
 
 Pre/ Doc-ere vel -etor, -etor ; -emini, -entor. 
 
 Infinitive, . Participles. 
 
 Pre/ Doc-cri, Pr,/. Doc-tus, -a, -urn, ■ v 
 
 Per/ Eft vel fuifTe doclus, -a, " um, ff Mb Doc-eiidus, -a, -urn. J 
 
 Fat. Doclum iri. 
 % -THIRD 
 
•T fr i^d - Co :> j o g a t i o n . 97 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 /' Active Voice. 
 
 l£go, legi, le^Ufgp ._ l^gere, To-read., 
 
 / Ship. Plm\ 
 
 I. 2. 3. I. 2. 3. 
 
 JV^ -Lj^Eg-o, -is, -it ; -imus, -Itis, -unt. 
 
 p.. Leg-ebam, -ebas, -ebat ; -ebamus, -ebatis, -ebant. 
 
 Pcrf. Leg-i, Li, -it; -lmus, -litis, -erunt, -ere. 
 
 Flu, Leg-eram, -eras, -erat ; -eramus, -eratis, -erant. 
 
 Fut. Lig-arn, 5, -et ; -emus, -etis, -ent. / 
 
 S:-. ' live Mods. " 
 
 Fref. .ueg-am, -a, -at; -amus, -atis, -ant. 
 
 . g-erem, -eres, -eiet ; -erernus, -eretis, -erent. 
 
 f. Leg-eiirp, -cms, -erit ; -erimus, -eritis, -erint. 
 
 . Le ( rn, -iifes, ; -iifemus, -iiTetis, -iilent. 
 
 -it. Leg-Jro, -erisj -erit ; .' -enmus, -eritis, -erint. 
 
 Imperajt . Mod?. ' jr 
 
 . 2 - V 2 - 3* 
 
 . Leg-e, -vcl -ito, -Kto ; vel -it5te, -unto. 
 
 , ijnitive. Participles* (s. Supines* 
 
 Leg-ere, Pr. Leg- Leg-end am. k Leotum. 
 /.' L e, i^/. Lee- 2. Leotu. 
 
 /. E ii"e leclur us, -a, -urn, Leg-. :c« ^/ 
 
 Fuiffe lecrarus, -aj -urri. 
 
 Passive Voice. 
 leclus, ^gi^ To be read* 
 
 Indicative Mode. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 w • 
 
 ™f* Leg-cr, "J 1*^ -itur ; -Imur, . -imini, -untur, 
 
 Jiw/>. Leg-ebar, .-. " ' -ebatur; -ebamur, -ebamini, -ebantur. 
 
 Per/. Leelus fum vel fui, ieclus es w/ fuifti, &c. 
 
 /V*, Leclus cram vei fuerain, leetus.eras vei fueras, &c. ^ 
 
 — f F 1 S 
 
 Le S: ar J ^/ -ere "^ t,jr ; -emur, -emini, -entur. I 
 
 Subjunftix 
 
J 
 
 98 I'hird Conjugation. 
 
 Subjuncln-c Mode. 
 Pref. Leg-ar, , » -atur; -amur, -amini, -antur. 
 
 -ereris, V 
 
 /»*/. Lcg-ertr, ^ _ tr £re ' erctur > -eremur, -ercmini, -crcntur. 
 
 Pcrf. Lecftus Cm «y*/ fucrim, le<5tu3 fis cW fueris, &c. 
 Pla. LcAtiS elTem v. fuiflem, le^us efies v. fuifies, &c. 
 fwt, Le&us fuero, Ie<5tus fueris, lettus fuerit, &c. / 
 
 y Imperative Mode. ' 
 
 2- 3- 2. >. I 
 
 /V^ Leg-ere, w/ -Itor, -itor ; -ixrxTni, -uritor. 
 
 Infinitive. Participles. 
 
 Pre/. Leg-i. Per/. Lec-tus, -a, -urn. 
 
 Per/. Effe v. fuitfe le&us, -a, -urn. Put. Leg-endus, -a ; -urn. j 
 Fat. Lectum iri. 
 
 I FOURTH CONJUGATION. 
 I Active Voice. 
 
 Audio, audlvi, audftum, audire, 7c? bear. 
 
 / Indicative Mode. 
 
 Sing. ^P/ur. 
 
 A 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 
 
 Pr. x l^Ud-io, -is, -it ; -Imus, -Itis, -iunt. 
 
 Imp. Aud-iebam, -iebas, -iebat ; -iebamus, -iebatis, -icbanc. 
 
 Per. Aud-ivi, -lviiti, -lvit ; -lvimus, -lviitis, . . _ 
 
 Pin. Aud-iveram, -iveras, -iverat ; -iveramus, -iveratis, -iverant. 
 Put. Aud-iam, -ies, -ict ; -iemus, -ietis, -ient. 
 
 / Subjunclhe Mode. y 
 
 Pr. Aud-iam, -ias, -iat ; -iamus, -iatis, -iant.' 
 Imp. Aud-Trem, -ires, -irct ; -iremus, -iretis, -irent. 
 Per. Aud-iverim,-iveris,-iverit $ -iverimus,-iveritis,-iverint. 
 Phi. Aud-iviiTem, -iveires,-ivefTet ; -iviffemus, -ivifletis, -ivifFent. 
 Put. Aud-ivero, -iveris,-ivcrit ; -iverimus,-iveritis,-iverint. 
 
 / Imperaihe Mode. 
 
 2. 3. 2. 3. 
 
 Pr. Aud-i, vel -Tto ; -Tto ; -Ite, vH -itote, -iunto* 
 
 Infinitive. 
 
 
/ 
 
 Fourth Conjugation. 
 
 99 
 
 Infinitive. Participles Gerunds. Supines. 
 
 Pr. Aud-Ire. Pr. Aud-iens. Aud-iendum. I. Audituiru 
 Per. Aud-iviffe. Fn. Aud-itmus. Aud-iendi. 2. Auditu. . 
 Fut. Effe auditurtis, -a, -urn, Aud-iendo, &c. 
 Fuiffe auditurus, -a, -um. 
 
 Passive Voice. 
 
 Audior, Audltus, 
 
 Audrn, 
 Indicative Made. 
 
 To be beard. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 a 
 
 Pref. Aud-ior, " -' -Itur ; -I 
 
 J . . vel -ire, 
 
 mur, 
 
 Plur. 
 
 -Imini, 
 
 -luntur. 
 
 -ieb.iris, 
 
 Ihit. Aud-iebar, ; •*'* -lebatur; -iebarnur, •iebamini, -iebantur. 
 r .vel -ltbare, 
 
 Per/. Audltus fum .3/1-/ fui, Auditus cs jv. fuifli, *kc. 
 
 Plu. Audltus eram v. fueram, Audit us eras v. fueras, &c. 
 
 P*i. Aqd-iar, Jj}*^^ -ictur ;•.' : -iei»ur, -iemini, -ientur* y 
 
 / 
 
 ||r Fr,y. Aud-iar, w 
 
 «9^^/iY ncli vd^'Mode. 
 
 u j 
 
 iare, 
 •- meris, 
 
 •iatirr; ' -iamur, -iamini, -lantur. 
 
 
 -iretur ; -iremur, -iremini, -irentur. 
 
 Imp. Aud-iter, , . 
 * vel -irere, 
 
 Perf. Auditus fim vel fuerim, Auditus (Is v. fucris, &c. 
 
 Plu. Auditus eflem v. fuifl'em, Auditus efies -a, funics, &c. 
 
 Put. Auditus fuerp, Auditus fuer-is, &c. 
 
 r 
 
 Imperative Mode* 
 P/v/I Aud-Ire, W -Itor, -It or ; 
 
 2. 
 
 -imini, 
 
 -mntcr. 
 
 Infinitive. 
 
 Participles. 
 Pr. A.ud-iri, Per. Audl-tus, -a, -um. 
 
 Per. Effe vel fuiffe aud-itus,-a,-um, Fut. Aud-lendus,- a, -urn.' 
 
 Fut. Aud-Itum iri.l 
 
 ■ 
 
 . Formation of Verbs. 
 
 /There are four principal parts of a verb, from which 
 all the reft are formed ; namely, o of the prefent, i of the 
 perfect, um.oi the fupine, and re of the infinitive ; accord- 
 ing to the fallowing rhyme.;X 
 
 K 2 i. From 
 
ICO Formation of Verb?. 
 
 * 
 
 From o are formed am and ew. 
 
 2. From /'; niw, run x %i> % Jfe x and/Pv/. 
 
 3. U, us, and rus, are formed from urn. 
 
 4. All other parts from re do come ; as, bam, bo, rem j 
 a, e, and /' ; ns and dus ; dum, do, and di ;\aSj 
 
 Am-o, cm; Am-avi, -cram, -erim, -ilTcm, -ero, -iiTe; Amat-um, 
 -u, -urus, -us ; Am-are, -abam, -abo, -arcm, -a, -ans, andum, 
 di, do j -andus. 
 
 Doc-eo, -cam ; Doc-ui, -ucram, &c. ; Doct-um, -11, -urus, -us ; 
 Doc-ere, -ebam, -tbo, -ercm, -c, -ens, -euduni, di, do, -endus. 
 
 Leg-o, -am ; Leo-i, -eram, &c. ; JLect-um, -u, -urus, -us ; Leg- 
 cre, -ebam, -erem, -e, -ens, -endum, &c. 
 
 Aud-io, -iam ; Aud-ivi, -iveram, &c. ; Audit-um, -u, -urus, -us : 
 
 Aud-ire, -iebam, -irem, -i, -iens, -iendum, di, do, -iendus. So 
 
 verbs of the third conjugation in io ; as, Cap-io, -iam ; Cep-i 4 
 -cram, &c. ; Capt-um, -u, &c. ; Cap-cre, -iebam, -erem, -e, -iens, 
 -iendum, di, do, -iendus. 
 The pallive voice is formed from the active, by adding r to c, or 
 
 changing rn into r. 
 
 f^ But it is much more eafy and natural to form all the 
 parts of a verb from the prefent and perfect of the indica- 
 tive, and from the lupine ;ifchus, 
 
 Am-o, -abam, -abo, -em, -arem, -a or -ato, -are, -ans, -andum, di, 
 
 do, \3c. -ahdus : 
 Amav-i, -eram, -erim, -iffem, -ero, -iiTe: AmSt-um, -us, -urus. 
 So Doc-eo, -ebam, -ebo, -earn, -erem, -e or -cto, ere, -ens, 
 
 -endum, di, fclTV. -endus ; Docu-i, eram, -erim, -idem, -ero, -ifie : 
 
 Doct-um, -us, -urus. 
 Lec-o, -ebam, -am, es, et, J5\. -am, as, at, bfr. rercm, -c er -Ito, 
 
 -ere, -ens, -endum, Isfc. -endus : 
 LeG-i, -eram, 'd'c. JLect-um, -us, -urus: 
 CaP-iQ, -ieb;im, -iam, ies, ict, &c. -iam, ias, (jtV. -ercm, -c or 
 
 -ito, -ere, -iens, -iendum, -iendus : Ce*-I, -eram, Isfc. Capt-um, 
 
 -us, -urus. 
 Aud-io, -iebam, &c. AudIv-i, -eram, &fc 
 
 A verb is commonly faid to be conjugated, when only 
 its principal parts are mentioned, becaule from them all 
 tlje reit are derived. ' y 
 
 (The rlrit perfon of* the Prefent of the Indicative is called 
 tne Theme or the Root of the verb, becaufe from it the 
 other three principal parts are formed. 
 
 The letters of a verb which always remain the f.ime, are 
 called Railed letters ; as, am in am-o. The reit are call- 
 ed the Termination ; as, abzuiut in am-ahamiu* 
 
 All 
 
Signiftcation of the different Tehees. ioi 
 
 All the letters which come before -*?r<?> -ere r -ere, or 
 Ire, of the infinitive, are radical letters. By putting thefe 
 before the terminations, all the parts of any regular verb 
 may be readily formed, except the compound tenfes. 
 
 Signification if the Tenses in tU -various Mod,:. 
 
 The tenfes formed from the piefent of the indicative or infinitive 
 fignify in general the continuance of an action or paiTion, or repre- 
 sent them as prefent at fome particular time : the other tenfes cxprei's 
 an action or paflion completed ; hut not always fo absolutely, as en- 
 tirely to exclude the continuance of the fame action or pal'Iiou ; thus, 
 Amo, I love, do Jove, or am loving ; amabam, I loved, did love, or 
 was loving, &c r 
 
 Ama-<i, i loved, did love, or have loved, that h, have done witfe 
 loving, &c. 
 
 In like manner, in rhe pafnve voice ; Amor, I am loved T I am in 
 "loving, «r in being Joved r &c. 
 
 Part time in the paflive voice is expreiTed feveral diiFerent ways, by 
 means of the auxihary verhfum, and the participle perfect - r thus, 
 
 Judicative AloJe. 
 
 Perfect. Amatus fum, f am, or have been loved^ or ofttner, I was lovcdv 
 
 Amutus fui, I have been loved, or I was loved* 
 Plu-perfech Amatus eram, I was «£.had been loved- 
 Afflatus fucram, I had been loved^ 
 
 Subjun£}l>vt $/lode~ 
 
 Perfect. Amafus fim^ I may be or may have been loved. 
 
 Awatmfuerirriy I may have been loved. 
 Plu-perfccl. Amafus cJfeTn^ I might, could, would, or fhould be cr 
 have been loved. 
 Amatvs fuijjcm, I might, c on Id, would, cr fhould have 
 been l"oved ; or I had been loved. 
 Future. Amafus jucro, I fhall have been loved. 
 
 The verb Jam is alio employed to exprefs future time in the indic- 
 ative mode, both active and pailive ; thus, 
 
 Atnatutus ■ fusx r I am about to love, I am to Love, 1 am going to 
 
 love, or I will love. We chiefly ufe this form, when fome pur- 
 
 pofe or intention is figniiiecU 
 Amutus ero, I lliali be loved. 
 
 Obf. i. The participles amatus and mnafurvs are put Trefore the aux- 
 iliary verb, becaufe we commonly fmd them fo placed in the dailies, 
 
 Obf. 2. In thefe compound tenfes the learner fhould be taught 
 to vary the participle like an adjective noun, according to the gen- 
 ,der and number of the different fubfiantives to whieh it is applied ; 
 thus, anmius ejl, lie is cr was loved, when applied to a man ; amata 
 ej't fhe was loved, v. hen applied to a woman ; .:m *,.', it was 
 
 loved, when applied to a thing j mmaiij»fitt 4 they were loved, when 
 
 applied 
 
ice SiGsiricATiON 6f the different Tenses. 
 
 applied to men, tfr7.»~ The connecting of fyntax, fo far as is neeeflary, 
 with the inflection' of nouns and verbs, feems to be the moft proper 
 mtthod of teaching both. 
 
 Obf. 3. The «paft time and participle perfect in Englifli r are taken 
 in different meanings, according to the different tenfes in Latin which 
 they are ufed to exprefs. Thus, " I loved," when put for amabam, 
 is taken in a fenie different from what it has when put for amavi : 
 fo amor^ and dm at us ftm , I am loved ; amabar, and amatus eram, I was 
 loved j am;r, and amatus Jim, \S?c In the one, hved is taken in a 
 prefent, in the other, in a paft fenfe. This ambiguity arifes from the 
 defective nature of. the Englifli verb. 
 
 Obf. 4. The tenfes of the fubjunctive mode may be variously ren- 
 dered, according to their connection with the other parts of a fen- 
 ttnee. They afe Often exprtiTed-in Englifli as the fame tenfes of the 
 indicative, and fometimes one tenfe apparently put for another. 
 
 Thus, .'.^uaji intdllgant, cualis fit± As if they underftoed, what 
 kind of perfon he is, Cic. In J acinus jurajft putis, You vrcukl think, 
 &c, Ov. ; Elcquar an fleam ? ir'hall I fpeak out, or be fderrt .?■ Ndc <vos 
 argv.ctiniy Tevcriyior arguam, Virg. Si quid te f.gerit y ego ptruritn, for 
 f>eribo, Ter. Hur.c ego ft potui tanttim fpcrt'rc dolor em ; Et prefri c y foror y 
 peter : for poluiffem and ps/Jem, Virg. Singula quid refer am ? Why fliould 
 1 I mention every thing ? Id. Ptadiceres rr:ili. You ihculd have told me 
 y before hand, Ter. At tu diclis, Albane, r.>amrcs, Ought to have flood 
 to your word, Virg. Citius crediderim, I ihould former believe, Juv. 
 Hauferit enfs y The fword would have deftroyed, Virg. Fuerint irati y 
 Grant or fuppofe they were angry. Si id fteljfet^ if he did or fliould 
 do that, Cic. The fame prcmifcuous ufe of tl f e tenfes feems alio to 
 take place fometimes in the indicative and infinitive j and the indic- 
 ative to be put for the fubjunctive ; as, Animus memitujfe Lorrct, luSn- 
 quc refugit, for refugit, Virg. Fucrat melius, for fuijfct, Id. :vidia 
 
 dilcffu c/afyfor fuijpty SalL Quamdiu in portion venfj f for venifti, Plaut. 
 Quatn 7kcx navigo Ephfum y for nat-igabo, Id. X« f hie fs y aliier fen' 
 tins, Ter. Tcr effes and fe/itires. Cato ajfirmat, fc vivo, ilium rwn.fri- 
 vmp.barc, for triumphaturum ejje y Cic. Ferfuadet Cafiico, ui cccupatet, for 
 occupet, Caef. 
 
 Obf. 5. The future of the fubjunctive, and alfo of the indicative, 
 is often rendered by the preiem of the fubjunctive in Englifli - as, 
 niji hoc faciet, or fcerity unlefs he. do this, Ter. 
 
 Obi. 6. Inflead of the imperative we often ufe the prefent of the 
 fubjunctive; as, i<aleas y farewell; hue venias, come hither, &c. And 
 alfo the future bodi of the indicative and Subjunctive ; as, mn ptcy lcs y 
 do not kill ; nc ftchis, do not do it ; valelis, nicfw amabis y farewell, 
 and love me. Cic. 
 
 The prefent time and the preter-imperfectof the infinitive are both 
 
 ^exprcilcd under th, lame form. All the varieties of pafl and future 
 
 ;preiTcd by the other two tenfes. 13ut in order properly to 
 
 the tenfes' of the infinitive mode, we mufl put an accufa- 
 
 t: . iCOtJuc V.;L>-, * ch Of them : tbl'.-, - 
 
 Dicit 
 
Signification of the- different Tenses. 103 
 
 Dicit me fcribert r; he. &ys that I write, do write, or am writing. 
 
 Dixit me fcfibere ; he faid thai I wrote, did write, or was writing* 
 
 Dicit me fcripfiffe ; he fays that I wrote, did write, or have written* 
 
 Dixit me fcripfiffe i he faid. that. I had written. \ 
 
 Dicit me fcripturum effe ; he fays that I will write. 
 
 Dixit nos fcripturos effe; life faid .that we would write. 
 
 Dicit nos fcripturos juijfe ; he fays that we would have written. 
 
 Dicit liter as fi.ribi ; he fays that, letters are written, writing, a-writing> 
 
 or in writing. 
 Dixit Uteras fcrili ; he faid that letters were writing, or written. 
 Dicit lit eras jfcriptM ejfe ; he fays that letters are or were written,. 
 Dicit Uteras fcriptM fuilje ; lie iiyLtbaJ letters have been written.. 
 Dixit Uteras fcriptas fuijf; ; he fain that letters had been written. 
 Dicit Uteras fcriptum in ; lie fay* that letters will be written. 
 Dixit Uteras fcriptum iri ; he faid thai letters would be written. 
 
 The future, J^n'tptum iri y is made up of the former iupine, and the 
 infinitive padive of the verb eo, and. therefore never admits of any 
 variation. 
 
 The future of the infinitive is fometimes expreiTed by zferiph\ 
 or circumlocution ; thus, fcio fore Vctfuturtun effe ut fcrih.rr,t~ r ut liter * 
 fcribzniur t I know that they will write, — that letters will bfe writtdi 
 Sci-vi fore Vel futurum effe ut Jcrib-re/it, — ni l>l:r£ fcrilrrcntir ; I t"nt 
 that they would write, &:c Scivi futurnm fi ■ ' fitcra fcrih » . 
 
 I knew that letters would have been written. This form is neceiTaiy 
 in verbs which want the fupine. 
 
 Obf. 7. The difFerent tenfes, when joined with any expediency or 
 neceility, are thus eipreffed : 
 Scribcndum cfl mihi, pverz, nobis, <3cc. Ultras ; I, the boy, we, &c. muff 
 
 write letters. 
 Scribcrrdum fuit mihi % fi ero, nobis , Sac. I muft hive written, &c. 
 Scrile.idum erit mibi ; I llia.ll be obliged to write. 
 Sciofrib nil i Uteras ; I knaw that I rouft write letters. 
 
 ■ Scribendum fuijfc mill ; that I mull have written. 
 
 Di.\it fcrihendmm fore mibi ; He faid that I would be obliged, to write. 
 
 Or with the parriciple in due, 
 Liters funt fcribendx mil/i, puero, heminibus, <Scc. or a me, puero > &C*. ; Let- 
 ters are to be, or- muft be written by me, by the boy, by men, &c 
 So liters fribendx erar.t, fucrunt, erunt, &c. Si liierx fribend<x ftnty. 
 ejfint,f rent, &CC. Scio Uteras fribendas ejfe ; I know that letters are 
 to be, or muff be written. Scivi Uteris frri ben Jasfuiffc ; I knew tbi 
 letters ought to have been, or muft have been written. 
 Note. Moft of the fimpfe tenfes of a verb in Latin may be expreft- 
 ed, as.in Englifii, by the participle and the auxiliary vtrh/Sim ; as, Stvn 
 amans, for amjo, I a-m loving ; erant avians', for amaham, IS'c. Fui te carets, 
 for carui, Plaut. Ucfisfciens, for ut fcias, Ter. Only the tenfes in the 
 active which come from the preterfte, and thefe in 'the p-uTive which 
 ccme from the prefent, cannot be properly espreiTed in this manner ; 
 becaufc the Latins have no participle perfect active, nor participle prefc 
 cot palSve. This manner of exprelTIon however does not often occur, 
 
 FORMATION 
 
4 Preterites and Supines. ' ' 
 
 FORMATION of t^e PRETERITE and SUPIxi 
 
 General Rules. 
 
 i. | Compound and fimple verbs form the preterite ai^3 
 fupine in the fame manner ;j as, 
 
 Vo:o, vocavi, "jocatum, to call : To revocc, revocavi 9 rcvocatuTn, to recall. 
 
 Exc. i.I When the fimple verb in the preterite doubles 
 the firft fyllable of the prefent, the compounds loie the 
 former fyllable ; as, pello, pepujh to beat | repello, repuli, 
 never repepu/i, to beat back. yTBut the compounds of d*, 
 fo, di]co % and pofco, follow the general rule ; thus, edifco, 
 edid'.'ci, to get by heart ; depofco, depopefci, to demand : 
 So, preecurro, pnecacurri ; repuugo, repupugi.-^ 
 
 Exc. 2. jCompounds which change a of the fimple verb 
 into #j have e in the fupine ; as, facio, feci, fatluvi, to 
 make \\perficio, perfect, perfeclum, to perfect. But com- 
 pound verbs ending in dt, and go ;*alfo the compounds of 
 l.abecy place:, sapio, salij, and flatuo, obferve the general 
 rule. J 
 
 2.^Veibs which want the preterite, want like-wife th* 
 fupine. ; 
 
 Special Rules. 
 
 Firji Conjugation. 
 \ Verbs of the firft conjugation have avi in the preterite, 
 and atum'wi the fupine ;' as, 
 
 Creo, creavi, creiftum\to create ; faro, paravi, paratum, to prepare.— So, 
 
 Abundo, 1o abound. Arif*to y to'pujh likra ram. .Bululo, to boot like aft 
 
 AccftiO, to charge with AptO, to ft. oivl. 
 
 a crime. Aro, to plough. CftCO, to go to fool. 
 
 Adumbro, to fade, to AfciO, ta cut or lew. Creco, to Win d .r dazzle. 
 
 delineate. Afsevero, to affirm. Crelo, to car v.. 
 
 J?A\{ ico, to luild. Aufculto, . to lifcn. Calceo, . to put on Jo*es, 
 
 jEftimo, to value. Auctoro, to engage for to Jhoe. 
 
 Ambulo, to walk, fcrvice. Culcitro, to Lick. 
 
 Amplio, to e.Jjrge, to Autii'.TlO, to fuppfe. Calco, to tread. 
 
 put off a ciufe. Averrunco, to avert. CaflgO, to be dark. OX 
 
 Aalmo, to encourage. BajulOj to carry. di n-fightcd. 
 
 Anticipo, if anticipate. Bfilo, to bleat. Carmjno, to card wool . 
 
 Antl.juo, i. e. antiqua Ba&d, to hip. Calhgd, to chdjllfc. 
 
 probo, /<? rfjccl a law. Be lie), to war. C.il. ), to cut off 
 
 Appcllo, to call. Beo, to bleYs. Celtbro,/&/ 
 
 Appr&pintjuo, to ap- Blutcro, to babble. C'elo, to « nee ;J. 
 
 proac/j. Boo, ti bellow. Ccnturio, & conccu- 
 
 turiD, 
 
Pr ET E R IT E.S aild S U P I N E I O5 
 
 tdrio, to divide into PedlCO, /c V. F!o v to blow. 
 
 con. Delcclo, to di. loc'riio, reiocillo, to 
 
 Ccrto r-eiTl)ero, tc cberifi, to irarm. 
 
 Delineo, to irhcef to ¥6dlco,?->pi r;e crpuja. 
 
 >y. chalk out. Foro, to bsre. 
 
 C!ai:d : Dcllro, to d,cf, to rave. .Fortune), to frofp^r. 
 
 Cougiilo, .IjeUimbOj t en. , Fr;-pro, to fmell ftveetly. 
 
 ; ro. it JDQsjclero, to ctefire. Fraudo, to defraud. 
 
 CoFlIneo, to aitx at, to .L'Csdlo, to lay ivaf.e, Frio, to crumbled 
 
 hit xrk: Deftino, to defgn. Ftllftro, & -or, to dif- 
 
 Colo, to ; Dico, to dc appoint*. 
 
 CommQiuco, to impart. Difcepto, difpiito, tc Fuco, to colour, to paint. 
 
 Compare. t\ conipdre. debate. FugG> to put to fight. 
 
 Comptnfo, to male a- Difsipo, tYfcatier. Fundo, to pound. 
 
 Doio, to fyxv or cut. Genero, to' beget. 
 
 ComfJ£rendIno, tc put Dono, to prefer Gfavo, ioioei'gl dozvn. 
 
 off a ca'ufe toils day Duplico, to double. GlibernO, to govern* 
 
 after' to-rr. - j. FdllCO, to brir.g up. Gufto, to tafie. 
 
 Compllo, to pile up, to EjCilo, tc wail, to iveep. HaMtO, to .divelL 
 
 piila-:. tniancipO, to free afc: H^SitO, to doubt. 
 
 Conclho, toga in^io ret" from 'the po'iver of lis Halo, to breathe. 
 
 OJiciL. father. Hio, to gape. 
 
 Concord), to"a\ree. Fmendo, to amend. Honoro, t honour. 
 
 ConffiU , refiito, tod'f- Enucleb,**? tale . . Jacft^, to boafl, to brag. 
 
 pr: kernel, to explain. Jen::.!, te area kf aft. 
 
 Congelo, tojreez . Enodo, to 'uriknit.ro ex- Ignoro, to be ignorant. 
 
 CoiisIderQ, to conjiaet. in. Imm<jlo, to fat 
 
 Contaniino, to i E^uito, tori Impero, to. J. 
 
 Copillo, .to 1 Erro, to irl: • ' r. Impctro, to ohiain. 
 
 CorrQgo, to ivrt kle. Examino, to examine, Inauro, to gild. 
 
 CoVrufcO, to br. to tryi InchoO, to begin. 
 
 Cremo, tc Exantlo, to empty, to Incllno, to inch ne. 
 
 Creo, to ere endure. Indigo, to trace out. 
 
 C-ibro, t Exaro, io pi ' up, to Indico, tof:-v. 
 
 Criipo, to a fcrahol, to iVrite f<$l> Tnqinno, to 'poll: 
 
 Crucio, io torment. Exentero, to take cut the Infplco, to Jb.npj.i at 
 
 Curo, to care. &u ' tie end. 
 
 D^mno, to cond r tiftimo, io'tbi Infrauro, to rer .■-:-. 
 
 cimo, to • Exploro, to j InfKgG, tc pufh on. 
 
 tb part, cr ExtrTco, to difentgngle. Interc&lo, to irfert one 
 
 every tenth man. pabrico, to frame. or. more days, to male 
 
 Declaro, to :.-' Fafcino, to />. the year 
 
 Decollo, to . Ffitlgo, to iceary. the ct ' the fun. 
 
 from on the heel', io Fcrmento, .to leaven Intio, io enttr. 
 
 w 1 «... 
 
 behead. icitb deu^b, to- fr- Invito, to invite. 
 
 Dccoro, to adc* went. Irradio, t ~>n. 
 
 Decurio, tc ' .'- r«. ftlno, to laflen. IrrTto ; to provoke. 
 
 dicrs into files or f nail FlagltO, to du Itero, to do again. ■ - 
 
 companies, cr citizens Flagro, to be on f re. Jiibllo, :t f or j c )- 
 into ward Jurgo, 
 
ic6 
 
 Preterites and Supijtes* 
 
 Jurgo, & -Or, to elide 
 
 or field. 
 Jfiro, tofwear. 
 J. abf.ro, t$ labour. 
 J-aCCTO, to tear. 
 I.achryino, & -or, to 
 
 wtep. 
 I- x. VI go, to finooth or 
 
 I. alio, tojing as a nurje 
 
 to a child. 
 Panio, to tear. 
 Patro, to biirL. 
 Laio, to lorfi. 
 Lego, to fend as an am- 
 
 cajfador y to bequeath 
 Levo, to lighten. 
 l.Ibo, to tafie. 
 LlberO, to free, 
 JLlgO, to bind. 
 1,1 quo, to melt. 
 -I.ltigo, to quarrel. 
 L»ltO, to appeafe by fa- 
 
 crif.ee. 
 jLficubro, to Jit up laity 
 
 to flu J \>. 
 
 Puflro, to furvey. 
 
 PuiO, to put out of joint. 
 
 Ma do, to Jlay, to fil- 
 er if cr. 
 
 Man do, to comt7iand y to 
 commit. 
 
 Mano, to flow. 
 
 Mfitfiro, to hajlen. 
 Medico, <k -or, to cure. 
 Memuro, to tell. 
 A'leo, to go or pofs. 
 Merjdib, & -or, toJJeep 
 
 at noon. 
 Migro, to remove. 
 AlHTto, to le a f tidier. 
 Mini fir o, loferve. 
 Mltfgo, to pacify. 
 Monflro, tojhnv or tell. 
 
 Mill CO, tc beat. 
 
 Mill to, IS* -&0, iofr.e. 
 
 u fib, ty-lio t f» mutter. 
 Mfltjlo, to maim, 
 
 [itO : to change. 
 
 Narro, to tell. 
 Naiite©, to be fea-fek. 
 Navigo, t'sfail. 
 NaVO, to arl figqroujly. 
 Ntfgo, to deny. 
 Kioto, to iv ink. 
 No, tofiwim. 
 
 Nodo, to In&t, rar. acr. 
 Nomino, to name. 
 No to, to mark. 
 Novo, to renew. 
 Nfido, to make bare. 
 Nurnero, to count. 
 Nuncupo, to call. 
 Nuntio, to tell. 
 
 Nuto, to nod. 
 
 Oblecro, to befiech* 
 
 Obsero, to loek. 
 
 Obtempero, to obey. 
 
 Ob trim co, to kill. 
 
 Obturo, toficp up. 
 
 Occo, to harrow. 
 
 •Odorp) to perfume* 
 
 Onero, to load. 
 
 Opto, to wifh, 
 
 Orbo, to deprive. 
 
 Ordino, to put in or Jet. 
 
 Orno, to deck, to adorn. 
 
 Oro, to be*. 
 
 Ofcito, lff-OT t toyazvn, 
 to be I'filefs. 
 
 Pa co, to fubdue. 
 
 Palpito, to beat or throb. 
 
 Palpo, tofiroke t to gain 
 b\ Jlaitery. 
 
 PareiltO, to perform fu- 
 neral rites, to revenge. 
 
 Pai'O, to prepare. 
 
 PatIO, to perform. 
 
 Pecco, to Jin. 
 
 Penttro, to p'urcc. 
 
 Perse vcro, to continue 
 eonfiatit. 
 
 P;o, ti expiate. 
 
 PlaCO, to apprvfi. 
 
 lMdro, to leii ail. 
 
 Porto, to tarry. 
 
 Poftfilo, to tlemit 
 
 Privo, to deprive. 
 
 Pr6bo, to approve. 
 Procraftino, to delay. 
 Profligo, to rou:. 
 Promulgo, to publijh. 
 Propago, to propagate. 
 Prupcro, to hajhr. 
 Proplno, to drink to. 
 Protelo, to chafe away. 
 Publico, to publijh, to 
 
 confifcate. 
 Pugno, tof.ghf. 
 Pulliilo, to bud. . j 
 
 Purgo, to cleanfi. 
 Pfito, to think. 
 Quadro, to f qua re. 
 Kecupero, to recover. 
 "Rccfilb, to refufe. 
 RcXngero, to cool. 
 Kegelo, to thaw. 
 
 Reparo, t r j repair. ) 
 
 Kepraifento, to rtfim- 
 blc, to Jhew ; to pay 
 money in advance. 
 
 Rcsero, to unlock. 
 
 Rl20, to water. 
 
 Rdgo, to ajk. 
 
 Roto, to wheel about. 
 
 Ructo, Iff -or, to belch. 
 
 Rlimino, to ehczc the 
 
 Runco, to weed. \ju4. 
 
 Sacro, to confiecrate. 
 
 Saglno, to fatten. 
 
 Saljvo, to f pit or JJgyer* 
 
 Sal to, to dance. 
 
 SalQtO, tofalute. 
 
 Sano, to heal. 
 
 Satio, tofatisfy. 
 
 Satiiro, to Jill, to glut. 
 Scarifico, to lasics or 
 
 open. 
 Set CO, to hawk or retch 
 in f pitting. 
 
 Secuhdo, t-> pvfp.r. 
 Sedo, to allay. 
 Separo, to fever. 
 Servo, to let/. 
 Sibllo, to I ifi. 
 Sicco, to dry. 
 Signo, to mar- (ml. 
 
 Significo, 
 
 
Conjug. 
 
 i. 
 
 Preterites and Supines. 
 
 107 
 
 Sigulfico, to mean, to 
 
 %xive notice. 
 Sir.iulo, to pretend. 
 Socio, to match, to join. 
 Solicito, to fir up, to 
 
 difquiet. 
 Somnio, to d; earn. 
 Spe&O, to behold. 
 Spcro, to hop;. 
 Splro, to breathe. 
 Spoiio, to rob. 
 Spiimo, to foam. 
 JStagno, tojlandas water* 
 Stillo, to drop. 
 Stimulo, to goad) to vex. 
 Stipo, to fluffs to guard. 
 Strangulo, to fife. 
 Strigo, to breathe, or 
 
 reji in work, as oxen, 
 
 or horfes do. 
 Sudo, to f iv eat, 
 SufFoco, to Jir angle. 
 Suff >co, to burn incenfe. 
 Sugillo, to taunt or jeer. 
 
 Sulco, to furrow. 
 Supero, to overcome. 
 Slippedito, to afford. 
 SixfuiTQ, to whifper, 
 Tardo, to flop. 
 Taxo, to rate , to reprove. 
 IVmero, to defile. 
 Terapcro, td temper. 
 
 Ttnuo, to make fnall. 
 Terebro, to bore. 
 Term ico, to bound. 
 TItijio, to tickle. 
 Titiibo, to f agger. 
 Tokro, to bear. 
 Trano, to f-wim over* 
 Tnpiidio, to caper. 
 Triumpho, to triumph. 
 Trucldp, to kill. 
 
 Turbo, to dijiurb. 
 fllulo, to howl. 
 Umbro, to fade. 
 Vacillo, to waver* 
 Vaco, to want) to be at 
 leifu re. 
 
 Vafto, to hy nvafe, 
 V elli co )to pluck , twitch 
 
 or j inch ; to taunt QT 
 
 rail at. 
 Velo, to cover. 
 Ventilo, to fan, 
 Verbero, to whip, 
 VeftigCf, to fear ch for, 
 Vibro, to brandijh) ft 
 
 j'reke. i 
 Viduo, tc deprive, 
 Vigilo, to watch. 
 Viudico, to claim) t§ 
 
 revenge. 
 
 Vi j'lo, to violate, 
 Vitio, to fpoil. 
 Vito, to fun. 
 VZtupero, to blame, 
 Voco, to call, 
 Volo, to fy. 
 V>ro, to devour. 
 Vulgo, to fpread abroad, 
 Vulnero, to wound. 
 
 Exc. I. Do, dedi, datum, dare, to give : fo, venundo, t% 
 fell ; clrcundo, to furround ; pejfundo, to overthrow ; fatif- 
 do, to give furety ; venurtdedi, <oenun datum, venundare, &c* 
 The other compounds of ^/o are of the third conjugation. ■ 
 
 Sto, Jieti, Jlatum, to ftand. Its compounds have Jliti 9 
 ftitum, and oftener Jiatum ; as, prmjlo, prceJUtt, prdftitum 9 
 j or praftatum, to excel, to perform. So ad- 9 ante-, con^ 
 ex-, hi-, ob-, per-, pro-, re-jlo* 
 
 Exc. 2. Ltroo, lavi, lotum, lautum, lavatum, to wa/Il* 
 
 Polo, potavi, pdtum, or pbtatum y to drink. 
 
 Juvoijuvi, jutum, to help ; tut. part, juvaturus. So adjiivt* 
 
 Exc. 3. Ciibo, ciibu:, cull turn, to ly. So, ac-, ex-, oc- 9 
 re-culo. The other compounds infert an ?n, and are of 
 the third conjugation. 
 
 Domo, damu't, doniitum, to fubdue. So e-, per-domo. 
 
 Sono, sonut, soriitum, to found. So af- 9 circum-, con-j. 
 i\j-, r.v-) in-, per-, prep.-, res no. 
 
 Tono, tonut, toiiilum, to thunder. So at-j circun:-, in- t 
 "uper'in-, re-tono. Horace lias intonatus. 
 
 Velo, vetui, ventum, to forbid. 
 
 L Crept, 
 
I08 Preterites and Supini?, 
 
 ,onjug. 
 
 Crefo, erepui, ere fit urn, to make a noife. So eon-, in-, 
 per-, re-crepo : difcrepo has rather difcrepdvi. 
 
 Exc. 4. Frico, fruui, friclum, to rub. So a/-, circum-, 
 ton-, de-, ef-, in-, per-, re-frico. But fome of thefe have 
 filfo atnm. 
 
 Seco, secui, fecium, to cut. So c'ircum-, eon-, de-, dif- 9 
 ex-, in-, inter-, per-, pra-, re-, fub-seco. 
 
 Neco, tieeui, or necavi, n-ecatum, to kill. So inter-, e- 
 T.eco : but thefe have oftener eSum ; eneclum, internetlurn. 
 
 Afico, nucui, to glitter, to mine. So inter-, pro- 
 
 Tmeo. Eniico, has e nucui, eniicdtum : diviico, difnlcdvi, di- 
 tiucdtum, rarely, dinucui, to fight. 
 
 Exc. 5.. Thefe three want both pret. and fup. labo, Xjb 
 fall or faint ; nexo, to bind ; and pltco, to fold. 
 
 Piuo, compounded with a noun, or with the prepofi- 
 tions re, Jub, has dvi, at urn ,• as, dup!tc± dupl7cavi 9 du- 
 pllcalum, to double. So -multi-, fup-, re-plico. 
 
 The other compounds of plica have either dvi and dtum,, 
 cr ui and it urn ; as cippluo, appluui, appUciium, or -dvi, 
 dtum, to apply. So im-, com-pltco. Exptico, to unfold, 
 has commonly explicui, expUcitum ; but when it fignifieo 
 to explain or interpret, explicavi, expUcdtunu 
 
 Second Conjugation. 
 I Verbs of the fecond conjugation have ui and ttum ; a* 
 fcaleo, habui, habitiim^to have. — So, 
 
 Adhtbeo, to admits to vf. Debeo, to enve. 
 
 •Cohibeo, inhibeo, to rtftuhi. Mtreo, to defervc ; Com-, de-, e-, 
 Exhibeo, to Jbexv, to give. per-, pro-mereo, or mereor. 
 
 Pcihibeo, to fay s to give ouh Moneo, to admonifi : A<1-, com-, 
 Prohibeo, to binder, pne-moneo. 
 
 Pofthabeo, to value left* Terrco, to terrify : Abf-, con-, de-, 
 Pnebco, to ajord. ex-, per-terreo. 
 
 Rt'dhibeo, to return ox take back a Diiibeo, to cvunt over, to difiibutc^ 
 thing that -<vas fold for feme fault. 
 
 Neuter verbs which have ui want tfre fupine % as, area, 
 
 drui, to be dry : So, 
 
 Aceo, &-{zo,tobefour. PgCO,indigco,^ want. frendeo, to gnafo the-, 
 Albeo, to be whit/, Lnunco, to fan J above teeth. 
 
 Candeo, to be ivhite. otbets. Frondeo, to bear leave** 
 
 Calico, to be hard. Flaccco, to witbef. Horreo, to be rough. 
 
 Caned, to be bsary. FlCreo, to jhurijh. HOmeo, to be wet. 
 
 CErep, to hiri/bt. Fcctco, to fu.t. lpimiaco, to bang o-ver. 
 
 Lauguct, 
 
Conjug. 2. Preterites and Supines. 
 
 m 
 
 P.iteo, to he open. 
 Puteo. to ftink. 
 Pntreo, to rvt. 
 Ranceo, to be mouldy. 
 Rlgeo, to be f iff. 
 Rllbco, to be red: 
 Squaleo, to be foul. 
 Sordeo, pt be rnSy* 
 
 Studeo, to favour. 
 Stiipeo, to be amazed, 
 Splendeo, to fkinc. 
 T. peo, to be ivarm. 
 Tjrpeo, to be benumbed, 
 Tiimeo, to fzucll. 
 Vigeo, to be ft r Grig. 
 Vireo, to be green. 
 
 ■ 
 
 Langueo, to languijh. 
 Liqueo, licui, to melt t 
 
 to be clear. 
 Macco, to be lean. 
 MadcOy^o be -wet. 
 Marcco, to wither. 
 Muceo, to be mouldy. 
 Niteo, ti Jhb-.e. 
 IVileo, to be pale. 
 
 But the neute bs which follow/-, together with their 
 
 compounds,- have the fupine, and are regularly conju- 
 gated : Valeo, to be in health ; and aqui-, con-, e-, in-,- 
 pra -valeo ; Placeo, to pleafe ; and com-, per-placeo : dif~ 
 pliceo, to difpleafe : Careo, to want : Pareo, to appear, 
 to obey ; and ap- 9 com-pareo : Jaceo, to lie % , and ad-,- 
 circum-, inter-, cb-, pr<e-, fub-, fuper-jaceo : Cako, to 
 be warm ; and con-, in-, ob-, per-, re-cako : Noceo, to 
 hurt ; Dvieo, to be grieved ; and con-, de-, in-, per-do!eo : 
 Coaleo, to grow together: Liceo, which in the active fig- 
 niiies, to be^lawful, to be valued ;- and, what is lingular, 
 in the pamve, to bid a price : Lateo, to lurk, the com- 
 pounds of which want the lupine, dihteo, inter-, fub-hi- 
 teo : as likewife do thofe of Taceo, -cut, -cltum, to be filent, 
 ****-. J , re-ttcta. p 
 
 Theie' three aLt!T*t:-*" r ^ s ^kewife want the fupine : Tzmec, 
 -v't, to fear; ^,^ifto"concea! \<Ai^ *** to drive away; 
 But the compounds of arceo have the iupir.e ; w r ^ erceo ? 
 ixercui, exerciium, to exercife. So co-erceo, to re foam. 
 
 Exc i. The following verbs in BEO and CEO : 
 
 Jubeo, juji, jii/fum, to order. So fde-jubeo, to bail, or 
 ]j*e furety for. 
 
 J Sorbeo, forbw, forptum; to flip. So ab-forheo, to fuck in ; 
 trx, re-forbeo. We alfo find alforpfi, exforpjl : Exforptum> 
 rejorptum, are not in ufe. 
 
 Doceo, docHii, dofium, to teach. So ad-, con-, de-, e-, per-# 
 fub-deceo, 
 
 Mifceo, rnifcui, mijlum, or mixtum, to mix. So W-, 
 com-, im-, inter-, per-, re-mifceo. 
 
 . Mulceo, mujfi, mulfum, to ftroak, to foothe. So ad-, 
 iircum-, com-, de-, per-, re-mulceo. 
 
 Luceo, luxi, to mine. So al-, circum-, col, di-, e-, 
 
 u 7 -, inUr^per-, or pd-, pr*-,pro->re-, fub-,tranf-luceo. 
 
 Exfe, 
 
no Preterites and Supines. Conjug. >. 
 
 Exc. 2. The following verbs in t)EO : 
 
 Prandec, prandi, pranfum, to dine. 
 
 Video, iTtdi, vljum, to fee. So in-, per-, prj-, pro- 
 re -video. 
 
 Sedeo, serli, [iJTutn, to fit. So af-, con-, de-, dif-, in-*, 
 $h-, per-, pof-, pi 1 *-* rt~t fvb-sitko : Circumsideo, or circum- 
 - deo, fupersedtQ* But dc-, dif-, p*r-, prx- 9 re'-, fub-fideo, 
 fcem to want the lupine. 
 
 . firidi, to make a noife. 
 
 Pau&tOf pependi, pmfum, to hang. So de-, im-, pro-, 
 fuper-pendeo, 
 
 Mordeo, momordi, morfum, to bite. So ad-, com-, de-, 
 §1-, prjc-, rs-mordio. 
 
 Spondeo, fpopond'i, fponfum, to promife. So de-, re-fpondeo. 
 
 'Tovuleo, tbtotidi, tonfam, to clip. So at-, cirevm-, de-tondeo. 
 
 But the compounds oi thefe verbs do not double the firfr. 
 i ^liable ; thus, depend':, remordi, refpondi, ationdi, fcfr. 
 
 Rideo, rlji, rlfum, to laugh. So ar-, de-, ir- y fub-rideo, 
 
 Suadtc, Judji, fudfum, to advife. So dif, per-furdec* 
 
 Ardec, arji, arfum, to burn. So ex*, in-, ob-ardc . . 
 
 Exc. 3. The following verbs in GEO : 
 
 Augeo, o.vxi, auSuvn, to increafe. So ad-, a^augeo. 
 
 Lvgeo, lux], to mourn* JJs £-, pro-, [ub-lugto* 
 
 Frigeo, frtxlj •*»-— to be cold. So per-, re-frlgeo. 
 
 y*$2Zd 9 tcrfi, terfur.i, to wipe. So abs-, circum-, de-, 
 *..--, pe.r-tergeo. 
 
 Mulgeo, mulfi, mulfum, or midclum, to milk. So c-, im-mulgeo. 
 
 Indulge*, InduJjl, hidulium, to grant, to indulge. 
 
 Urgeo, urfi, to prefs. So ad-, ex-, in-, per-, ful- 9 
 
 fuper-urgco. 
 
 Fulgeo, fulfil to mine. So af, circum-, con-, rfc 
 
 inter-, pre:-, re-, ftp er -fulgeo. 
 
 Turgeo, turft, to fweli. Algeo, a[fi, to be cold. 
 
 Exc. 4. The following verbs in IEO and LEO : 
 Vieo, vievi, vieium, to bind with twigs, to hoop a vefiel. 
 Cieo, (civi) citum, to ftlr up, to roufe. So ac-, con-, ex- , 
 in-, per-cieo. Cl-vi comes from cio of the fourth conjugation. 
 Fleo, fevl,fetum, to weep. So af- r de-feo. 
 Compleo, complevi, completum, to fill. So the other com- 
 pounds of pho ; de-, ex-, im-, adim-, op- T re-, fup-pleo. 
 
 Detect, 
 
 
Ccnjug. 2. Preterites and Supines. hi 
 
 Deleo, delevi, dtletum, to deftroy, to blot out. 
 
 oleo, to fmell, has olui, ulitum. So likewiie its com- 
 pounds which have a fimilar fignification ; ob-, per-, red-, 
 Jfub-olto. But fuch of the compounds as have a different 
 fignification make evi and eium ; thus exoleo, exolevi, ex- 
 lletum, to fade. So inoleo, -evi, -eium, or Aturn, to grow into 
 ufe ; obsoleo, -evi, -eium, to grow out of ufe. \boleo, to 
 abolifh, has abolevi,. abolition ; and adoleo, to grow up, to 
 burn, adolevi, adult urn. 
 
 Exc. 5. Several verbs in NEO, $UEO, REO, and SEO, 
 
 Maneo, man/!, manfum, to (lay. So per-, re-maneo, 
 
 Neo, nevi, netum, to fpin. So per-neo. 
 
 Teneo, tetiui, tentum, to hold. So con-, de-, dis-, ob-, 
 re-, fuf-tuieo.~ But aUtneo, pertmeo, are not ufed in the 
 lupine ; and feldom al/Iwec. 
 
 Torqueo, tor/!, iorium, to throw, to whirl, to twift.. 
 Thus, con-, de-, dis-, ex-, in-, ob-, re-torqueo. 
 
 H&reo, h<zfi, h&fum,. to ftick. Thus, ad-, con-, in-, 
 *b-, fub-h#reo. 
 
 Torreo, torrui, tojlum, to roaft. So exicrreo. 
 
 Cenfeo, cenfui, cenfum, to judge. So ac-, per-, re- 
 eenfeo, to review ; ■ fuccenfeo, to be angry. 
 
 Exc. 6.. Verbs in VEO have vi, turn ; as, movfo, mov! r 
 tnZtum,- to move ;. Foveo, fovi, folum, to cherilh. So con-, 
 re -foveo. So voveo, to vow, or wiih, and devoveo. 
 
 tFaveo, to favour ; has fdvi, fautum ; and caveo, to be= 
 ware of ; cavi, cautum. So pra-caveo. 
 
 Neuter verbs in veo want the fupine ; as, paveo, pavi> 
 to be afraid. 
 
 Fcrveo, to boil, to be hot, makes firtiuu So de-, ef-, 
 in-, per-, re-ferveo. 
 
 Conmveo, to wink, has conmvi and connix'u 
 
 Exc. 7. The following verbs want both preterite and 
 fupine : Lacleo, to fuck milk, Uveo,, to be black and 
 )lue ; fcateo, to abound ; randeo, to mine ; mxreo, to 
 :>e forrowful ; aveo, to defire ; polleo, to be able 5 7^0, 
 o be yellow ;. denfeo, to grow thick ; glabreo, to be fmooth 
 
 |>r bare. To thefe add calveo, to be bald ; ceveo, to wag 
 he tail, as dogs do when they fawn on one ; hcbeo, to 
 K dull 3 uveo, to be moift ; and fome others. 
 
H2 Preterites and Supines. Conjug- 
 
 7 bird Conjugation. 
 /Verbs of the third conjugation form their preterite and 
 fupine varioufly, according to the termination of the prc- 
 fent. | 
 
 10. 
 
 1. Fac'io, fee), factum, to do, to make. So the com- 
 pounds which retain a : lucri- 9 magtu-, arc-, cale-, made- 9 
 tepe-, bene-, malt-, sdtis-facio, &c. But thofe which 
 change a into / have edium ; as, ajficio, affect, affectum. 
 So, con-, de-, ef-, in-, inter-y of-, per-, pra-, pro-, re-, fuf- 
 
 ficio. Note ; Facio, compounded with a noun, verb, or 
 adverb, retains a ; but when compounded with a prepofl- 
 tion, it changes a into /'. 
 
 Some compounds of facto are of the firft. conjugation ; 
 as, Amptiflcof facrifico, terrijico, magn/ffco ; grattflcor, to 
 gratify, or do a good turn, to give up : ludtfcor, to mock. 
 
 Jacio, jeci, jaclum, to throw. So ab-, ad-, arcum-, 
 con-, de-, dij-, e- 9 in-, inter-, ob-, pro-, re-, Jul-, fuper- 9 
 fuperin-, tra-ficio ; in the fupine -ttium. 
 
 The compounds of fpecio and Jacio, which thcmfelves 
 are not ufed, have exi, and ectum ; a*, afpicio, afpexi, a- 
 fpeclum, to behold. So circum-, con-, de-, d'f-, in-, infro~ 9 
 f>er- 9 pro-, re-, retro-, fu-fplcio. 
 
 jilhcio, allexi, allectum, to allure. So ?/-, pel-Ucio ; 
 but eticlo, to draw out, has eTtcui, elnltum. 
 
 2. F'jdio, fodi, fojfum, to dig, to delve. So ad-, circum- 9 
 con-, ef-, in-, inter-, per-, pra-, re-, fuf-, tranf-fodio. 
 
 Fugio, fug'i, fugitinn, to fly. So au-, (for ab-,) con- % 
 de- 9 dtf-, ef-,per-, pro-, re-, fuf-, fubter-, tranf-fugio. 
 
 3. Capio, C€pi 9 captum, to take. So ac-, con-, de-, ex- 9 
 hi-, inter- 9 oc-, per-, pra- 9 re- 9 fufc/pio, (in the fupine 
 -ccptum ;) and anie-capio. 
 
 Rapio, rapid, raptuni, to pull or fnatch. So ab-, ar- 9 
 :or- 9 de-, di-, e-, pro:-, pro-, fur-npio-, -ripui, -reptum. 
 
 Sapio, sapui, to favour, to be wife. So consl^io 
 
 to be well in one's wits ; dcsipio 9 to be fooliih ; resipio 
 to come to one's wits. 
 
 Cupio, cufivi,.cupllum, to defire. So co?i-, dif, per-cupio 
 
 4. Park, peperi, parltum, or parium, to bring forth^ a . 
 child, to set. Its compounds are of the fourth conju- 
 gation. Quaito, 
 
Conuig. 3 l * Preterites and Su pines. 
 
 ir 
 
 3 
 
 Quarto, q iia Jfh quajjum, to (hake ; but qvajfi is hardly 
 ufed. Its compounds have cufji, cujfum, as, concutfo, ecu- 
 cufli concuj/um.. So de- % dif-, ex-, in-, per-, re-, reper-, 
 fuc-cutto, 
 
 UO has vi, utum ; as, 
 
 Arguo; argui, argutum, to mew, to prove, or argue* 
 to reprove. So co-, red-arguo, to confute. — So, 
 
 Xcuo, Exacno, to JBarfen. StatCLOj to fit or place, to ordain. 
 
 Batuo, i<el battuo, to beat, to fight, Con-, de-, in-, prx-, pro-, re-, 
 
 fub-ftltuo. 
 
 fterilUO, to fieeze. 
 
 Suo, U-Jekv'Ot Jl'i:o, to tach toge- 
 ther : Af-, circum-, con-, dif-,, 
 in-, pne-, re-, fuo. 
 Tribno, to givt x to divide : At-, 
 con-, dif-, re-tribuo. 
 
 to fen a iv'ltb foil:. 
 Induo, to put on cloatbsi 
 Exuo, to put of deaths, 
 fmbuo, to wet or imbrue, to feafo.i 
 
 or infru?:. 
 Minuo, U leffen : Com-, de-, d*i-, 
 
 im-minuo. 
 Spuo, tofpit: Con-, de-, ex- ,in-fpuc 
 
 Exc. I. Fluz, jluxi, Jiuxuih, to llovv. So af-, circum-, 
 con-, de-, dif-, ef-, in-, inter-, per-, prater-, pro-, re-,, 
 fulicr-, fuper-, tranf-fiuo r 
 
 Struo, firii-xi,- jlruJu;:!; to put in order, to build. So- 
 at!-, circum-, con-, de-, ex-, in-j oh-, pr*z-, fub-, . fuper- 
 firuo. 
 
 Exc. 2. Luc, lui, hiitum, to pay> to wafli away, to 
 fafter puniiliment. Its com])ounds have utum ; as, abluo, 
 -ui, -utum, to wain, away, to purify. So al-, circum-,. 
 col-, de-, di-, e- y . inter-, per-, pol-, pro-, [uh-Iuo. 
 
 Ruo, rui, riiitum, to rum, to falK Its compounds hare 
 utum ; as diruo, dirui, diruttim, to overthrow. So B-, 
 ob-, pro-,, fub-ruo. Ccrruo, and irruo, want the fupine ; 
 as like wife do mctuo, to fear ; phic, to rain ; ingruo, to af- 
 fail ; congruo, to' agree ; refpuo, to reject, to flight ; annuo, 
 to affent ; and the other compounds of the obfolete verb 
 nuo ; abnuo,. to refufe ; innuo, to nod or beckon with the 
 head ; renuo,. to deny : all which have ui in the preterite- 
 
 BO has hi, iiium ; as, 
 
 Bibo, Inhi, hilitum, to drink. So ad-, conl-, e-, zm-, 
 per-, pvec-uibo* 
 
 Exc. I. Scrlbo, fcripfi, fcriptum, to write. So ad-,, 
 circum-, con-, de-, ex-, in-, inter-,, per-, poft-, pr<e-, pro-, 
 
 re-, fub-, fuper-, fupra-, ininf-fcnlo. 
 
 NuUOy 
 
*i4 Priteritls and Supines. Conjug. 3. 
 
 Nubo, nupft, nuptum, to veil, to be married. So de-, e- } 
 in-, ob-nubo. Inflead of nupft, we often find nupta funu 
 
 Exc. 2. The compounds of cuba in this conjugation in- 
 fert an m before the lad fyllable ; as, accumbo, accubul, 
 accubitum, to recline at table* So con-, de-, dif-, in-, 
 oc~, pro-, re-, fuc-, fuperin-cumlo, -cubui, -cuUttum. 
 
 Thtfe two verbs want the fupine ;. feabo, feabi, to 
 fcratch ;. lambo, lambi y to lick. So ad-, circum-, de-, pre* 
 kimbo. 
 
 Glubo and deglubo, to ftrip, to flay, want both pret. & fup. 
 
 CO. 
 
 1. Dlco, dixl, dlclum, to fay. So ab-, ad-, con-, contra-, 
 *-, in-, inter-, pra-, pro-dlco. 
 
 Duco, duxiy duclum, to lead.- So ab-, ad-, circum-) 
 con-, dc-, d\-, e-, in-, intro-, ob-, per-, pr&-, pro-, re-, 
 fs-, fub-, tra-, or tranf-duco. 
 
 2. Vinco, Wt, vicium^ to overcome.. So con-, de-, e- 9 
 per-, re-vinco. 
 
 Parco, peperei, parfutn, feldom parjl, parsttum, to fpane* 
 So comparco, or comperco, which is feldom ufed. 
 
 Ico, id, iclum, to ftrike. 
 
 SCO has tffj turn ; as, 
 
 Nofco, novi, noium, to know ; tut. part, nofciturus.. So 
 Dignol'co, to difiingusfii ignofco, Quiefco, -evr, -etum, to rejl ; Ac-, 
 
 to pardon ; alfo inter-, per-, prse- con-, inter-, re-quiefco. 
 
 rofco. Scifco, -Ivi, -itum, to ordain ; ad-, 
 
 CrefcO, -cvi,-itum, to grotv : Con- or afcifco, to take, to ajfociate ; 
 
 de-, ex-, re-, and •without the fa- concifco, to vote, to commit ; cift 
 
 pine, ao, in-, per-, pro-, fuc-, pne-, re-cifco ; defcifco, to revolt. 
 
 fuper-crefco. Suefco, to be accujitmtd : At-, c«n- 
 
 de-, in-fuefco, -evi, -etum. 
 
 Exc. r. Agnofco, ctgnovi, agmtum, to own ; ccgnofco, 
 tognovi, cogrittum, to know. So recognofco, to review. 
 
 Pj/co, pavi, pnjlum, to feed. So com-, de-p.ifco. 
 Exc. 2- The following verbs want the fupine. 
 
 D'-fco, didtct, to learn. So ad-, con-, de-, e-, per-, 
 prx-difco, didtci. 
 
 P<jJco, popofci, to demand. So cp-, d$-, ex-, re-pofco. 
 
 Compefco, compefevi, to flop, to reftrain. So difpefco, 
 difpefcui, to feparate. 
 
 Exc. 3, Clifco, to grow ; fattfeo, to b« weary ; and 
 
 likewife 
 
Cdfjjug. 3- TkLriKitiLS and' Suvts'tti- 1%$Z 
 
 like wife inceptive veils, want' boch preterit _• and fupine ;* 
 as areffOy to become* dry. But tlrefe \erbs borrow the- 
 j and fupine: irom' their primitives \'> as anJefco>> 
 to g\o\v hot, arj], arfu.m, from ardeox* 
 
 DO has */.'. ./!.vj ; ' as, ■ 
 Scando, fcandi, J*anfunt±. to ck-.nb : cV< ; S5, .?fu:n, Xd eat.- 
 So, 
 
 Afcendo,-J GudeyJd lajp-yp Maiii :''■•.?-*.• Fras,-- 
 
 Cendo, /e er c&hi : F.X-, 2 n - j re-iiUir'do. 
 
 Con-, c-, tx-, 121—5 per-, pro*, rocfido. PicIjcikIu, t-> tale hell ■ 
 
 tran-fcendo Dtfcn&r, to defghtL* of: Ap-, com-ydt*- 
 
 Accendo, »& A;'/-:i.> : O-fciido, ij yvvic- <z~ prehendu. 
 
 In-, fuc-cendo-. guinjijotjft?*!, tcfatd, 
 
 Exc. 1. Dtvtdo) dlvij}) iLvifui-h, t o divide. • 
 
 liiido, r3fi 9 rafntn} to iliave. • So ab-, e'reum-,- ecr->* 
 ie-, e-, inter-, prz, jpb-rihh±> 
 
 Clcudo, clavjf 9 claufum\ to dole* So circvvi- 7 .con- 7 --dif- 9 -* 
 ex-, in-, inter-, pr*-, r:-, ft-cliido. 
 
 Pluudo, plaitj:, plintftim\ to ciap* hands for joy. 00 ap-> 
 thrum-plaudo 7 alfo cem-y: di/},- ex-,, fup-plodo, -p^jiy -phfirm, 
 
 Lud'j, iujl, lufum, t© piny. So au-, ah, , ccl-,-. de-, e- 9 ± 
 f/«. inters, :,h-. prxr-* - tiro-. n-lvA?. 
 
 jTrmlOf irufr^ trufum, to thrufti 80 ohf-,- con-, de- y * 
 % x-, in- 9 go-, p/'(M, rc-irZdo 
 
 £kdo 3 Ity, iff am- to hurt. V>c : -al-,coI-, e-, il-Udo, -llfij -Ufum* 
 
 Rodo, ixji, rvfum,.- to gnaw. So ah*-, . or-, c'weum-y cor>\ 
 ie-, e-, ol> , per-, pr<?-rit!o. / 
 
 Vado, to go, wants both pfetcrite and in pi n e : but its 
 pounds .have fi,. jum ; aa invado, bfifajt, invafur.i, to 
 nvade, or fail upon. So circum*, e -\ fuper-vado, 
 
 Cedo, cejp, cejfiwi, to yield* So vhf-, ac-yantc-, con-, de- y 
 
 -v ex-,. ir: L , inter-, pr#- r pro-, re-, retro-, fe-> fttc-ccdo. 
 
 Exc. 2. Pandoy pandi, poff'tw, and feme tiroes panfunt f 
 open, to fpread. So d'/f-, ex-, cp-, prw-, rc-pardo,- 
 
 Comedo, comedi, come furs, or cbi.ic'lum, U> eat. But 
 do itfeif and the reft o£ its compounds have -always efum ; 
 s, ad-, and-, ex-, per-, fub~j fi/ptr-cdo-, -edi, -efuir.* 
 
 Fundo, fudi,. fafum, to poa forth. So af-, circum-, 
 on-, de-, dff-,. ef-, in-, iftttr~y of-, pn--* pro-, re-, fyf-j* 
 ,J Per-, fuper'w-y tj-qnf-fundo, 
 
 Scitidcy 
 
tv6 Preterites and" Supines. Conjug. 5. 
 
 Scindo, feu!':, fciffum, to cut. So of-, circurn-, con-, 
 &x-, inter-, j-er-, pr&-, pro-, rt- y t ran- f:\ndo. • 
 
 Findo, f^di, Ji/fi-?n, to cleave. So con-, dip-, in-findo. 
 
 Exc. 3. Tundoy tutudi, tunjum, and fometimes tufum, 
 to beat. The compounds have iudi, tufum ; as, coniun- 
 do, coniudi, contufum,, to bruife. So ex-, . ob-, per-, re~ 
 tundo. 
 
 Cad:, cccuEj ?, to- fill. The compounds want- 
 
 the lupine ;- as, ac-y con-, de- 9 ex-, inter-, p>'o-, fuc- 
 
 $tdo, -cidl, : except', incido, inculi, it ■ 1, to tall in ; 
 
 tcctdo, recXd'i, recafum, to fall back ; and cccido, occtdi, cc- 
 cafum, to fail down, 
 
 Czdo, c&cidt, ccefiirn, to cut, to Kill. The compounds 
 change ^ into i long ; as, accido, accldi, acclfum, to cut 
 about. So abf-, con-, circum-, de-, ex-, it:-, inter-, oc- y 
 per-, pro'-, re*, fu:-c'ido. 
 
 Tendo, tetendi, ienfum, or tentum, to ftretch out. So at-, 
 ton-, de-, dif-, ex-, ob-, pne-, pro-tetido, -tuidi, -tenfum or 
 -tentum. But the compounds have rather tentum, except of- 
 tendo, to fhew ; which has commonly cftenfum. 
 
 Pedo, pQpedi, pediium, to break wind backwards. So 
 
 &~ *- - ... ... , 
 
 Pendo, ptpendi, penfum, to weigh. So ap-, de-, dif- y . 
 
 §x-, im-, per-, re-, fuf-pendo, -pendi, -penfum, 
 
 Exc. 4. The compounds of do have dlidi, and ditum ; 
 as, abdo, cbdidi, abdiiim, to hide. So ad-, con-, de- 9 > 
 dl-, e-, cb-, per-, pro-, red-, fub-, irado : alfo deccn-, 
 recon-do : and ccad-, fupperad-do ; and deper-, di/per-do. 
 To thefe add credo, credidi, credxdum, to believe ; vendo, 
 vendidi, vendxlum, tc fell. Abfcondo,. to hide, has abffon-A 
 di, alfconditum, rarely alfcondidi. 
 
 Exc. 5. Thtfe three want the fupine : Jlrldo,J}rldi, to* | 
 creak ; rudo,. rUdi, to bray like an afs ; and sldo, sldi, 
 to fink down. r J he compounds of sldo borrow the prete- 
 rite and fupine from scdeo ; as, consldo, conscdi,- confeffum, 
 to fit down. So af r , circum-, de-, in-, ob-,. per-, re-, 
 Jub-sldo. 
 
 Note, Several compounds of verbs in do and dco, in- 
 fome refpecls refemble one another, and therefore mould 
 be carefully diftinguifhed ; as, conculo, . comedo, concldo ;» 
 tonsldo and consuko ; confc'indo, confeendo, &c. 
 
 GO, 
 
 
ConjUg. 3. PrETEPxITES KTld SUPINES. II? 
 
 GO, GUO, has xi> clum ; at, 
 
 Pcgo, rest, reclum, to rule, to govern ; dingo, -exi, 
 *eclum, to direct ; arrigo, bf erigo, -exi, -eclum, to raife 
 up : corrigo, to correct ; porrigo, to ilretch out ; fubrigo, 
 to raife up. So 
 
 Cingo, cinxi, cinctum, to gird, to Emungo, to wipe, to cheat, 
 
 ftirround.: Ac-, dif-, circura-, Plango, to beat, to lament. 
 
 in-, prae-, re-, fuc-cingo. Stingo, or Stinguo, to Jajh out, * 
 PligO, to dajh or beat vpen : Af-, extinguijh : Di-, ex-, in-, inter-, 
 
 con-, in-fligo : alfo ^rofligo, prae-, re-ftinguo 
 
 to rout, of the firfh conj. Tego, to ewer : Circum-, con-, 
 Jungo, to join; abjungo, to fe- de-, in-, ob-, per-, prae-, pro-, 
 
 parate : Ad-, con-, de-, dif-, re-, fub-, fuper-tego. 
 
 in-, inter-, £e-, fub-jungo. Tingo, or Tinguo, to dip or dye 1 
 Lingo, to lick : de-, e-lingo ; & Con-, in-tingo. 
 
 polling©, to anoint a dead body. -TJngo, or Unguo, to anoint ; CL- 9 
 Mungo, to ivipe or clean the nofe. in-, per-, iuper-ungo. 
 
 Exc. I. Surgo, to rife, has furrexi, furreclum.. So af- 9 
 iircum-, cor:-, de- y ex-, in-, re-furgo* 
 
 Pergo, perrexi, perreclum, to go forward. 
 
 Stringb, flrinxi, flriQum, to bind, to ftrain, to lop. So 
 41 d-, con-, de-, dif-, ob-, per-, prce-, re-, fubfiringo, 
 
 jFingo, Jinxl, fclam, to feign. So af, con-, ef-, re-Jingo, 
 
 Pingo, pinxi, plclum, to paint. So ap- 3 de-pingo. 
 
 Exc. 2. Frango, frzgi, fraflum, to break. So con-, d*- % 
 dif-, eft in-, per-, pr<z~, re-, Juf fringe t ~frzgi, -fraclum. 
 
 Ago, cgi, adwn, to do, to drive. So ab-, ad-, ex- f 
 red-, ftb-, tranf-, tranfad-igo ; and circum-, per-ago : 
 cbgo, for coago, coegi, coaclttm, to bring together, to force. 
 
 Thefe three compounds of ago want the fupine : Jatago 9 
 Jattgi, to be bufy about a thing % prodxgo, prodtgi, to la- 
 vifh, or fpend riotoufly ; dzgo, for deago ; degi, to live or 
 .dwell. Amb\go, to doubt, to difpute, alfo wants the pre- 
 terite. 
 
 Lego, legi, leclum, to gather, to read. So al- y per- % 
 pra-, re-, fub-lhgo : alfo col-, de-, e-, rccol-, fe-ftgo, whicli 
 change e into L 
 
 Dltigo, to love, has dilexi, dilctlwn. So ficgligo, to 
 negled: ; and intdligo, to underftand ; but, mgllgo has 
 fometimes negltgi, Sail. Jug. 40. 
 
 Exc. 3. Tango, t&igi, taclum, to touch. So at-, con-^ 
 eh- % per4wgo ; Uius^ attingo % (Ut\gi y atiacJum, &c. 
 
 Pungo 
 
 * 
 
tiS 'Preterites and Supines. Conju£. 3, 
 
 Ptttigo, pupLgi,.punclum, to prick or- fling. The compounds 
 [have punxi ; .as, compungo, compunxi, compunSum. So dif-, 
 ex-, inter -pungo : but repzingo has repunxi, or repupug'u 
 
 Pangc, panxi, paclum y to fix, to drive in, to compofe.: 
 -or fSplgif which comes from the •obfokte -verb pago y to 
 
 • bargain, for which we ufe pacifcor. The compounds of 
 pango, have pUgi ; •as,,cowpingo, compegi, compadum, to 
 
 put together.. So im-, ob- y 'fup pingo. 
 
 Exc. 4. Spargo, fporfh fparjum y to fpread. So ad- A 
 eircum-y con-, di-, in-, inter-, per-, pro-, re-fpergo. 
 
 Mergo, vicrfi, merfum, to xiip, or plunge. So de-, e^ 
 im-, fub-mergo. 
 
 Tergo, terfi, terfum, to wipe, or clean. So abf-, de-^ 
 ex-, per -tergo. 
 
 Figc, Jixi, Jixum, to fix or falter). So of-, con-, de-^ 
 in- y of-, per-, pre-, re-, fuf- y tranfrflgo. 
 
 jFr/go, frlxi, fr'ixum, or jYiaum, to fry. 
 
 Exc. 5. Thefe three want the fupine .• clango y chnx\ 
 to found a trumpet ; n'tngo, or ninguo, ninxi, to inow; an- 
 go<, >anxl y to vex. Vergo, to incline, or lie towards* wants 
 
 • both preterite and fupine. So e-, Ae-, in-vergo. 
 
 HO, JCL 
 
 1. Trnho, trax'i, tratlum, to draw. So al f-, at-, circum-,, 
 con-, de-, d/J-, c'.v-, per-, pro-, re-, <fuh-trabo. 
 
 Veho, r vexi y veclum, to carry. So a^ y ad-, cirrum-y 
 coti-, di-, e~, in-, per-, pre-, prater^, pro-, re^ y fub-, fuper-, 
 tranf-vcho, 
 
 2. Mejo* or m'wgo,, minxi, niiclum, to make water, o© 
 immeja. 
 
 LO. 
 
 1. Colo, colul, ralfum, to adorn, to inhabit, to honour, 
 to till. So cc-, c'ircnm- y ex^, in-, prr-, pra-, re-cblo : 
 and likewife occulo, oecului, occultum^ to hide. 
 
 Consul?, confuhd, cor.fultum, to advife cr confult. 
 
 A/0, alui, allium, or contracted ahum, to nourifh. 
 
 Molo, molut, molitum, to grind, S j am-, c-, per-m$h. 
 The compounds of cello, which itfclr is not \n ufe, want 
 the fjpine ; a^, ante-, ex-, prc-cello, -cAlu'i, to excel. Per* 
 cello, to (hike, to aflonifh, has pirculi, pcrcu'fuau 
 
 Velio, 
 
Corijtig, 3. Pre*ekites and Sutines. * t ^ 
 
 Peflo, pfyuli, pulfum, to thru ft. So */-, */"-, &}&?, A- r 
 mT-i ll e&i im-, per-, pro-, re-pelh ; appuli, appulfum, Sec. ' 
 
 .£*//<?, •/?/>///, JM6m> to deceive. But ^M&j rr/W7/ f 
 ♦0 confute, wants the fupine. 
 
 3. /^f/fe, veH;, or *fc#ir, imlfum, to pull <?r pinch. So 
 *-, con-, r-, rW/-- ; // •<*-, re-velh. But «fti,* &-j ^r. 
 wZfe, have rather r*7:V. 
 
 &Zb, foffi, falfum, to Hilt, ^fflr, pfaHi, — — to play 
 en a mufical inftrument* wants the lupine* 
 
 Tollc, to lift up, to take away, in a manner peculiar CO 
 itfelf, m&ss fujUli, and fxb/atum ; Extoilo, extuli, datum / 
 but tf/frZfo, to take up, has neither preterite nor fupine. 
 
 MO has wi, #«« ; as, 
 % Gem*, gemui, gemiium, to groan. So ^-, or **-, 
 mrcum-, con-, in-, re-gemo. 
 
 Fremo, fremiti, fremitum, to rage or roar, to make a great 
 •oife. So #/"-, circum-, con-, in-, per-fremo. 
 
 f^cmo, evomo, -ui, -hum, to vomit or fpew, to cafl up* 
 Exc. I. Demo, dempji, demptum y to take away. 
 Promo, prompfi, promptum, to bring out. So de-> ex- 
 Promo. 
 
 t &»w, /i/wjj/f, fumptum, to take. So *#-, */!, ^., ^ 
 *;;-, pra-, re-, tran-fumo. 
 
 Como, compft, comptum, to deck or drefs. 
 
 Thefe verbs are alfo ufed without the * ; as demft 
 demtum ; fumfi, fumtum, Sec. J 9 
 
 Exc. 2. tmo, emi, emptum, or emtum to buy. So ad-, dir- 
 tx-, inter-, per-, red-mo and co-emo, -emi, -emptum or -emtum 
 . ^f^, preffi y pvfum, to prefs. So */-, ««., <£., * 
 */??-, op-, per-, re-, fup-pntno. 
 
 Tremo, tremui, to tremble, to quake for fear, wants 
 ihe lupine. So at-, circum-, con-, in-trcmo. 
 
 NO. 
 . 1. Potio, pofui, posltum, to put or place. So a p-, ante- 
 ctxeum-, com-, de-, &fa ex -, im-, inter-, ob-, poj}-, p. J 
 tro-,^ re-, Je-, fup-, juper-, fuperim-, tranf-pono. 
 
 Gigno, genui,. gentium," to beget/ So con-, e-> in-, 
 
 Vr-, pro-, re-gigno. x 
 
 Cano, cecuii, cantum, to fing. But the compounds have 
 
 1 and centum ; as, accmo, accinui, accentum, to far 
 
 in 
 
*i;© Preterites acd^SupiKE?. Conjug. 3. 
 
 in concert. So eon-, in-, pra-, fuc-ctw ; tc-nno, and oc~ 
 cano r rc-cuio and rc-cano. liut oceanui, rreanui, are not in uijb. 
 
 Tcmno, to defpife, wants both preterite and fupine : but 
 its compound Contemno, to defpife, to fcorn, has eoniempji, 
 contemptum ; or whithout -the p, f eonitmft, conttmium. 
 
 2, Sperno, fprevi, /prelum, to difdain or flight- So defpernf. 
 
 SternOi Jlravi, Jtratum, to Jay fiat, to ftrow. So ad-, 
 eon-, in*, pre:-, pro-, fub-fierno. 
 
 Stno, sjvi, or Jli, sitiim to permit. So dulno, deslyi, 
 ©ftener defii, deutum, to leave off, 
 
 jA'no, VrSi, or lev?, litum, to anoint or daub* So cil-, 
 ilrcum-, col-, de-, //-,, inter-, ob-, per-, pr/s-, re-, fub*, 
 Jubter-, fuper-, fuperil-hno. 
 
 Cerno, erevi, ieldom cretum, to fee,* to decree, to enter 
 upon an inheritance. So de-, djf-, ex-, in*, Jc'-eenw, 
 
 PO, $U0. 
 Verbs in po have pfi and pium ; as, Carpo, carpfi, carp- 
 
 i'lm, to pluck or pull, to crop, to blame. So con-, de-, 
 
 dif-, ex-, prt-cerpo, -cerpfi, -ccrpium. 
 
 CltpO, -pfl, -ptum, tcjisal. Scalpo, to fcraich or cn^rsi '. « f O 
 JRepo, tc creep : Ad-, v. ar-, cor-, circuni-, cx-fcalpo. 
 
 de-, di-, e-, ir-, intro-, ob-, Sculpo, to grave QT eqrve. Po ex-, 
 
 per-, pro-, fub-repo, -pfi, ir. fculpb. 
 
 -ptum. frerpo, to cr:,p a .- / 
 
 Exc. ). Sfrfyo,' Jlrepvt, ftrtpltum,' to. make n noi< 00 
 #J-, drcum-, in-, inter-, cl-, per-Jh,\po. 
 
 Exc» 2. Rumpo, rupi, ruptum\ to break . So rd>-, ctr-, 
 mi-, e-, inter-, intro-, ir-, ob-, per-, pr<e-, pro-rr:? 
 
 There are only two fimple verbs ending in t^JJO, rvs, 
 
 Coquo, ccx:, coaum, to boih So cor-, dc-, r/V-. cx- 9 
 in-, per-, rc-coquo. 
 
 Linjuo, tiqin, - — -, to leave. The compounds [ have 
 hclum ; as, rchnquo, rclhj'i', Ttiicluni, to "forfitk.e. 
 de-, and dcre-linquo. 
 
 RO. 
 
 I. Qjitrc makes qvaeslv'i, qr/jts/n/m, to 1 1 ae-* 
 
 $r.-* con-, dis-, ex-, in-, per*, rc-yuiro, -quisiin, -qursltum. 
 
 Tcri, trivi, trltum, to war, to bwjiie. So at-, eon-, 
 de-, dif-, ex-, in-, ob- 9 per-* pro-, fuJH&ro* 
 
 J rrr'r, vcrfum, to fwfeep, bruin, or m clean. 
 
 de-, e-f pr 
 
ConjUg. 3. Pill Tt RITE 3 Ifrd S U P I N E 5 . 121 ' 
 
 fVo, 7/^7 --tylum, -tro* burn. So .>./-, fltoi-J coml-, dc-, * 
 .-, /Vz-, />:V-, fub-uro. 
 Gere, "gcjfii £tjii:!;i, to carry. So ^-, c£/*-, '*//-, //A, 
 //6-, /•<?-, pig-gePo. 
 
 2. Curro, cucurri, curfum, to run. So ac-> con*, dc~, 
 dif-y ex- 9 in -j oc-y p?r-y pr<£'y pro-curroy which fome- 
 tinies double' the fir ft -fy liable, and fometimes not; as, ac* 
 curri, ■•iururri.y &<?, Circum-f re-, f'tc- y t r an f -curro, 
 lurdl / e i . er 1 l double the- fii it fvllabk. 
 
 3. Ser&y-rcvs 'satmtis t( > l° w * The compounds which 
 fig airy pfamiufc l br JbfO&gi have s&vij sluum ; as, constra 
 consev/y consitttm, to plant together-- So #/-, circum-, 
 dc-y drf-y in-, tnhr-, ou~y pro-, re-, fub-, trans tro* 
 
 ,Svro, — to knit, had anciently scruty- fertum, which its 
 
 equips ftiil retain.;, a?., af^cro, . ajjltut, ajferium, to 
 
 claim. So con-y circum-, dc-, dlf-y edif- y ex-, in-, inter-sero. 
 Eurcy to be. mad, . wants .boihcpreterite.and fupine. 
 
 SO has slvt- sjtum j as> - 
 
 ttte/jfo^arilfipi^ *^JJ&um r i r m<xdi4* fend for. So ck- 
 pejb, to take; facejfb t to do, to go away; ticejfo, to 
 r>rovoke 
 
 ► • . 
 
 •Exc. 1. v Vlfoy-i'ify to go to fee, to v-£t. So in-, 
 
 rer// Incejfb, ince/ft, ^ to attack, to fcize. . 
 
 Exc- 2. Depfo y (kh&L ...:%&•/.•?, to knead. So rw*-. 
 
 per-dipjg. 
 
 Pinfn, ■ phfu h or /////*, /;«/*;/?, $#&g or plnnlum, 
 to bake. 
 
 • - ra 
 
 r. % FIe8d, Yi&%\ 4 jlexi, Jfexnm, to how. So itreum- % de-, 
 i/i-y re-y rtiro-ftt'cto. 
 
 PLchy phx:, j.nd plcxidy pkxum'f to. plait. So impkclo. 
 
 Ntcioy r?cx : , and nexut, nexum,to tie or knit. So ad-, 
 vd an-, on-, circum-, in-, fub-necfo, 
 
 Pzclo, pext, and pexui, prxum f to drefs or comb. So 
 
 1 i.v-, re-p/r7r. 
 
 2, Mito, mefipt rnejfum. to reap, mow, or cut dowr. 
 So dc- r e-, pra-meto. 
 
 3. Pticy^peuviy pefiiiimy to feek, to purfuc. So ap^ 
 com-, ex-) hn-y op-, re- 9 fnp~jfao\ 
 
 MUiOy vnfy .nijfuw, to fend. So a-* ad-> com*, arcutn-, 
 
 ae-, 
 
122 Pketjrites and Svpines. 
 
 J 9 f? *'' Itn '* lnter "> *" tro "> o-, per^pra-, prefer-, pro-, 
 r*- f flub-, fluper-, iranfl-mitio. 
 
 Verto, verti, verflwn, to turn. So a-, ad-, anhnad-, 
 ante-, circum-, con-, de-, £. % e -, in-, inter-, ob-, per-, pra-, 
 prater-, re-, flub-, tra?ifl-verto. 
 
 Sterto, Jlertui, to fnore. So defllerto. 
 
 4. $ijh, an active verb, to ftop> frap jt$, Jlatum : but 
 fifto, ^ neuter verb, to ftand . ftill,. has pti, Jlatum, like 
 jk. The compounds have fiti, and [>:tum : as, ajflijlo, 
 afaii, ajfttum, to iknd by. So ph-, circum-, con-, d<-, 
 exa m-, inter-, ob-, per-, re-, flub-fiflla. But the com- 
 pounds are ieldoin ufed in the fupme. 
 
 VQ, X& 
 
 There are three v.erbs in vo, which at* thus conjugated : 
 t. F?vo, iixi, nndum, to live. So ad-, <;ch-, per-, pro-, 
 re^ fluper-vlvo. 
 
 So/vo, flolin, solutum, to loofe. So dbflolvo, to acquit, dif^ 
 
 nc-i per-. re- r ol<vc. 
 
 » ■ * j - ■ 
 
 Volvo, volvi, vaSSluffit to roll. So ad-, circum-, con-, dS-, 
 e-, in-, ob-,per-, pro , re-, flub -vol vo. 
 
 2. Texo, to weave, (the only verb of this conjugatioa 
 ending in xo), has texui, textum. So at-, circum-, con-, de-, 
 in-, inter-, ob-, per- 9 pnz-, pro-, re-, fub-ttKQ. 
 
 Fourth Conjugation. 
 
 t Verbs of the fourth conjugation make the preterite in Ivi, 
 and the fupine in ttum ;) as, 
 
 Munio, munliii, muriitum, to fortify. So, 
 
 Balbutio, to flammer, Giutio, to flee all oxc. Mugio, t% bc'Lz* 
 
 to If p., to flutter. Grunnio, ti grunt. Mutio, to mutter. 
 
 Bullio, to boil or bubble. Hinnio, to neigh. NUtri6^l» noier 
 
 Condio, tjfe.ifon. ImpJdio, to entangle, Obedio. to olty. 
 
 Crccio, to cro.ii. to Jjind.fr. Pavio, to be. 
 
 Cuflodio, to keep. !n*a&0, to be m.~J. PJpio, to feef *".'• * 
 
 Dormio, to fleet). Irrerio, to etfuare. chicken. 
 
 EfTutio, te babble or Lalcjvio, to be wanton. Polio, i*? polijh. 
 
 blab out. Lcnio, to cafe or ?n:ti- Prurio, U . 
 
 £rGdio, to ihlfruci. rnte. Pfinio, 10 pvnrflu 
 
 £xpedio, to difentangle % Ligurio, to eat drli- Rcdinvo, tc llvd. 
 
 4o free. cwufljy to fl.u'ber -if>. Rugio, ; - V&l Wr« 
 
 Gannio, to yelp y or Lippio, to U di lion. 
 
 xubine. flighted. S#evio, fv ■ gs 
 
 €»arrio a to fratt, IVIolii© ; tofofu i 
 
Cpnjug. 4^ r&BTEPaTE-s and Supines. 123 
 
 Sfigic, pra;sagio, to -Sc-rvio, toferve. T'nriiO, to iink!?, 
 
 Itio, to tbhfi. Tuilio, to cough, 
 
 Sarrio, to used, io rake. S'pio, to lull aJUef. Vaglo, to cry or fqucal 
 s:lo,ic I'lozv. Stsbilio, to tjlabl^ as a child.' 
 
 Ndcio; not to i'io-v. Superbio, to k/>« Vcilio, to cloth** 
 
 i;urio, toj r. SuiHa, to pArfume. 
 
 Exc. |» S':nguhio,fr^:dUi)i 1 JvgiL.uv", to fob. 
 
 3 ^ r /7 ? , ^ r/, fpiiltu m y to bury. 
 
 Ven'io % venf t ventum, to com°. So 'irf-, attft^ c'tr:um- % 
 con-, contra-^ dc-, e-, /.?-, Int.r-, Intro-, lb-* per-, pojl-y pr*- 9 
 re-, fub-,fuper-venli* * 
 
 ■Vensoy vcni'i, — ■ — to be (old. 
 
 Sa/io, salttr, and sa'n, falium, to leap. The compounds 
 
 have commonly *i!ui% fometimcs fil':t, or smVt 3 and fuU 
 
 turn ; as, frar.sllh, tr.L.rJui, transiliiy and traniilivt, Iran- 
 
 n, to leap over* So ab-, af, cir:um- y ccr-, de-, dif-, 
 
 MC«1 »*-, n-> jab-, fuper-sitlo* 
 
 Exc. 2. Airiic'io, has aTritcui, ai #, feldom amixi, Jto 
 cover or clothe. 
 
 Vinch) %dnxi 9 vtnSum% to tie. So err cum-, de-, £-, 
 
 -iincio* 
 . Sancio, fmx't, fanelnm ; and fattctvU fanatupf, to eftabliih 
 ar ratify. 
 
 vC 3. r Camb'to, campfr, campfitm, tc change money. 
 
 $epi*ifegfiy fcptum, to hedge or incLfe. So circum-, dif 9 
 Inter-, ob-* pne~s?pio. 
 
 H:i. hciujt, haujlurn, rarely haufum, to draw out, to 
 
 empty, to drink. * Sir A-, ex-lwu/io. 
 
 Sent to, fii-fty fnfum, to feel, to rer;eive, to think. Sa 
 42/'-, «w-, <;'//-; /*/"-, prs-,fulft.i':o. . 
 
 Rauc':0, rauji, raufum, to be hoarie. 
 
 Exc. .4. Sarcio, firfi, farti::vy to mend or repair. So 
 /*-, refarclo, 
 
 Farao, fa-fi, fartum, to cram. So con-ferclo 7 ef-Jtrcloy 
 or ef-farcio ; \n-frcio, or in-far cw ; re-ferc'10. 
 
 Ful:h,fuljt, ful turn, to prop or uphold. So cert-, ef, /«-, 
 per-,fuf-fulcio. 
 
 Exc. 5. The compounds of par to, have phm^ perium ; 
 as, aper'io, ape rut, operium y to open, ifo (pet w, tc.fhut, 
 to eover. But cempeno, has camper), C07ffpertt.m i tc know a 
 ;r certain. 7C jj 2 to find* 
 
 M 2 Exc* 
 
iz\ Preterites and ou?intl&. Cpnjug. 4. 
 
 Exc. 6. The' following verbs want the fupine. Ca~ 
 *utio, c&cuftvty to be dim-iighted. Gef!io % ge/iivu to fhew 
 one's joy by the gefture of his body. G!acio> glocvdi t to 
 cluck or keckle as a hen, Dementzo, dementivi, jlo be mad.. 
 Inepth, ineptivit to play the fool. Prcsti'tOy proiijiv* to 
 leap forth. Fcrocio^ferZcivly to be fierce. 
 
 Fhrio, to ftrike, v/ai:ts both preterite and iv.pine. St 
 referio, to iirike again* 
 
 ( Disponent and Common Verbs. 
 
 / A deponent verb is that which, under a paffire form, 
 has an active or neuter fignincation ; as, Loquor, I fpeak ; 
 morior, I die. J 
 
 [A. common verb, under a paffive form, has either an 
 aaive or pailive Ganificatton ; as, Criminor, I accufe ; or 
 1 am aceuied* I 
 
 6 fell deponent verbs of old were the fame with com- 
 mon verbs. They are called Dspo?ient y becaufe they hav? 
 Ludafide the p^ffivg fenfe.f . 
 
 I .Deponent and common verbs form the participle per* 
 feet in the fame manner as if they had the aclive voice ; 
 thus, Lator> Utdius% Islatl*, to rejoice f\~vereor 3 veritus^ 
 vher'i, to fear ; fun$or, functus > fun^i,^ to difcharge an 
 office ; pQtioi\ potltus, poilri } to enjoy, to be mafterof.j 
 
 Thi learner fhould be taught to go through ail the parts of depo- 
 nent and common verbs, by proper examples in the feveral conju- 
 gations ; thus, Ltor, of the firft conjugation, like amor ; 
 
 , Indicative J\dode, 
 
 X>ref. Lcetor y I rejoice ; Uteris, vel -ate, thou rejoice ft, &V. 
 Imp. Lziabtr, I rejoiced, or did iejoice ; Utabaris, tfc. 
 Perf. Letatusfui.1 vel////,* I have rejoiced, &c. 
 Piu-perf. Lctatus ermn \c\fuerapt, I had rejoiced, t£fe. 
 Fut. LaUbor % 1 ihail or will rejoice ; Utabais, or -nbere, tfrV. 
 
 LtUiuruzfumy I ani about to rejoice, or I am to rejoice, Uc. 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 fref. Lafcr, I may rejoice ; Uteris, or -ere, Izfc. 
 Cmp. Latarer, I might rejoice ; L?tdreri Si or -rcre, Ifc. 
 Perf. L<£tatusjwi lt\futri* x I may have rejoiced, Isfc. 
 Piu-perf. Latotus rjfem yt\fuijfttn, I might have rejoiced, &c. 
 Tut. Leiatusfuero, I mail have rejoiced, fcrV. 
 
 Imperative 
 
 a fuifuiranh &c. are feldom joined to the participles of 'deponent 
 fcAi; and not fo often to thofc cf paflitc-verbs ^%fum > eram, &c. 
 
Csnjug.; i. Depcnikt artd Common' Vsjibs, 
 
 
 pref. L<ziart, rel -£7or, rejoice thou ; latator, let him rejoice, b~\* 
 
 Infinitive. 
 Pref. Z.xtari, to rejoice. 
 
 Pcriv Lxtatus ejfe vel /*#* to have rejoiced. ( ' 
 
 r t ir.. L&aturvs ejfe-, to be about to rejoice. 
 
 Lcetaturus fqj/Jki to have been about to rejoice. 
 
 Prcf. L^aiu, rejoicing. 
 Perf. Lxtatvs, having rejoiced. 
 1'ut. Lataturus, about to rejoice 
 L<etandus, to be rejoiced a:. 
 
 In like manner conjugate, in the Firfl Conjugation, 
 
 run&ue. 
 
 o 
 
 Conflidtor, ioflruggle. 
 
 ^"»minor, to abhor. 
 Aclulor, to flatter. 
 JEmulor, to vis tviihs 
 
 to envy. 
 Altercor, to diffute, to 
 
 male a repartee. 
 Apricor, to bafe in the Conor, to tudeavcur. 
 
 Can. 
 
 Arbitror, to think. 
 Afpernor,. to de/pif?, 
 Averior, to dtjlike. 
 Audicnor, tc feU by 
 
 aviiion. 
 Aucupor, & -©, to 
 
 hknt after* 
 Ar.guror, & -o, to 
 
 Commentor, to medi- Inficior, to deny. 
 
 Sate on, or tvriie Infect or, to purfue, 
 •what one is to fay. 
 ConciOnor, to ba- 
 
 invcigb agatrtfl. 
 
 Insidior, to lie in^ivait. 
 Inter pre tor, to explain* 
 Jaculoi, to dart. 
 Jocor, to hfi. 
 
 ConTptcor, tofpy, to fee. Lamentor, to heivail. 
 
 Concemp!or,i*c view. Lucror, to gain. 
 
 Convlvor, to feafl. Luctor, to ivreflle. 
 
 Comicor, "/• chatter Machinor, to contrive. 
 
 lllx a croiu. 
 Cn minor, to blame. 
 Cuncior, to delay. 
 Deteftor, to abhor. 
 Dominor, to rule- 
 
 forebode, or prejage Fpiilor, to feafl. 
 
 by aug 
 
 ur 
 
 J' 
 
 Exfecror, to curfe. 
 
 Mediccr, to cure. 
 Mecluor, to mufe or 
 
 <£onder. 
 .Mercor, topurchafe. 
 Metor, to meafure. 
 Minor, io t threaten. 
 Miror, to ivonder. 
 
 Aufptcor, to take an Famulor, io ferve. 
 
 M 
 
 lseror, 
 
 to pity 
 
 o;r.en. to oe<rin. 
 
 Ferior, to keep holy-day* ■ Moderor, to rule. 
 
 Auxilior, to^fffl. Fruftror, io d/J appoint. lAf>fci[-or,toplayatune, 
 
 Bacchor, to s^ige, to FQror, tojteaf. Morigerpr, to humour. 
 
 revjl, to riot. Glorior, to boajt. ' Morpr, to delay. 
 
 Calumnior, to accufe Gratulor, to rejoice, to Muntror, to prefent. 
 
 'falfcly. iv :Jh exe joy. JVIutUOi*, to borroiv. 
 
 Gaviilor, to feoff. Gravor, to grudge. Kugor, to trifle. 
 
 Cauponor, to buclfler, Hari .dor, to conjecture. Otteftor, tobsfeecb* .. 
 
 Helluo, to guttle or Odcror, to fmell. 
 
 gormandize, to tvafle. Opcror, to.ivork. 
 
 Hortor, to encourage. Opmor, to think. 
 
 Circiilor, to meet in Haliiicmor, to fpeak at Opitulor, to help, 
 
 companies, to flrcll, random, to err. Gfculor, to hifs. 
 
 to tali. Tm a gin or, to conceive. Otior, to be at leiftre. 
 
 Comcffqr, to revel. Imitor, to imitate. Falor, to flrollotflrag" 
 
 Coniltor, to accompany. Indignor, to difdain, gle % 
 
 Palpor, 
 
 to retail. 
 Caufor, to plead in ex- 
 t cufe, to blame. 
 
* .6 iHvoxrsr Yi.pj;v Ojnjug. z-.Sl*. 
 
 v i'.por, •< -o, tnftroke Preeor, to % pfjyi ft jm-ichor, /<; a<r fm 
 
 or/art?:*. - Dc'prccor, to entreat, £?Uavii>r, to Jkft. 
 
 'atroc^nor, to patt*- to pray againfit SufFragur, to vste J$r 
 
 r.'.fe. I*focor, to ojh, to ivoo. o;it y to f_ 
 
 Pcrcoat'or, /» inquire. Recorder, .*> r.w.w- Sufpljor, 1^'fiA^f. 
 P5r-egriltor, io go *« oer. I frrgftrc il'or, to bo^a!< 9 
 
 oroaJ. . Rclivigor, >c be t 7u? -J. to put' off. 
 
 ;' ric!lt.>-, to he in Rlxnor, H.fidri&l Teiior, to iviim/s. 
 
 iir.*zi\ ICnor, t'/LcU or hra-ul* 'J utor, to d ftnd. 
 
 Pigncror, tc pledge. Rufticor, -t$ diudl in Va<lor, U glvt tail, tm 
 
 :cor, to. Jyb. tin coUmtry. firti h give i a.'.'. 
 
 Populoc, 3c -o, to lay Scrutor, to fiapcb\ Vfigor, h v 
 
 ■u-ajlc. .. S v >lpr, to Lonifort. .Vaticmor, jr t. c 
 
 Prxdor, to plumL. . Sp^tior, to ivuik abroad. Velitor, tofki., -..,.. 
 
 *;reuor, to fight* »Sp.. : Coior s io view, £p Vuijiror, /o ivorjhlp. 
 
 Px-Kltoior, toiviifjlr. fpy. \ l\10i: y to hunt. 
 
 Vjfryfjjfcot % 4ogff notify StipCiior, foj(?£ •'-/: or Verier, /a & employe^ 
 
 td y i ■ ' or / Vv cifcior, & ^w-a-/ fc 
 
 In the Second Conjugation, 
 .\lereor, tnerltus, ti defer**. Polliceor,.pollicitu*, to promifi* 
 
 Ttteor, fcttltut, or tutus-, to defi.,2. Liceer, Iftfttus, tt bid at an Mutfii,** 
 
 In the Third Conjugation, 
 
 Vnpkclor, arnpk.\u> ; j/.=J ccinpk&or, complexes, to ctnbra.c. 
 Reverter, rtveifus, tt return. 
 
 In the Fourth Conjugation, 
 BLndior, f* /ctfl:e t to f.atip-. Partior, to divide. 
 
 JVIcntior, U fc'ra Sortior, to draiv or cajhla * 
 
 Mclior, h attempt fojxctiing dijf.cuH, Larmier, to -give liberally. 
 
 • •X, perf. I:liiidUvs % men tit ft, ttteflrtii*, partitas, /otitis, largltv** 
 
 There arc no exceptions in the Flrjl Conjugation* 
 
 EXCEPTIONS in the ttcvvd Conjugation 
 Rtor, Villus % to think. 
 Mhzreor, mtfirftts, or not ccntnafud mifcntuf, to pity. 
 
 Fattor, fdJfaSy to confefs. TIjC compounds of jatwr 
 '■- ve fdf us 5 ;l3 » profiteer, profeffus, to profefs. So con- 
 f*rrcr> to confefs, to ov/n or acknowledge. 
 
 EXCEPTIONS in ihr TLJnl Conjugation. 
 Labor, hpfitS) to Aide. vSo a/-, col-, dc- y di-> <>-, //-> inttr-, 
 per-y przter-, pro- y re-, fitb-, fuller-, ft.'pcr-, t ran: -labor* 
 Ulcifcor, villus > to revenge. 
 v(ar i9 ufitS) to uf:. So ah- % d:-utcr. 
 
 Loqnor } 
 
Deposit Verbs. 127 
 
 V 
 
 LooUor % I ■; t, to fpeak. So ^A, rp/-, cireum- p 
 
 c-, inter-, oh-, prx^ pro- ir. 
 
 Szquor, iZquuiusy or jefi//of| to follow. So af-, con-y ex- 9 
 
 gusrorj qucjlusy to complain. So r^H-r, inter-, pra-quz* 
 
 rh\ 
 
 Nttor f tpjuff or nixus, to endeavour, to Jean upon. So 
 
 '- vel fl/y-, f0«-, <f-,* in-, oh-*, re-, fnb-iutor : but the com* 
 pounds-have oftecei rix: s. * 
 
 Paeifcor^ puduj) \\ 'gain. So de-pecifcor. 
 
 Grtidior, grcffiu % to go. So ^~, ante-, circum-, ccn-y. 
 de-. di-, e-, in-, intro-y pr^- a t r t<?ttr-, pro-, re, retro-, fug-y 
 fuper-y trait f-gredj'jy. 
 
 Proftcifcor y prof id us^ io t go a journey. 
 
 Nai&ifcQr % iia&us x %q get, 
 
 Pdt'iorypaffliSy to fu^Ter. ^oper-phtior. 
 
 *fifcor % apt us, to. get. So adipijcor, adeptns-y and i«* 
 dip] f cor y in deft us. 
 
 Cotnminifcory commentttSy to devifb or invent. 
 
 Frnory fruitusy orfrutfus, to enjoy* So psr-fruor. 
 
 Obllvifsor, obiltusy to forget. 
 
 Expergifcor, expcrreQwy to awake. 
 
 Moricry mortuusy to die. So £0^-, ^-, c-, htz*, inter-^ 
 prje-morior. 
 
 Nafcory nliiusy to be torn. So ad-y circim-, de- y e*> in-) 
 
 inter- , rs-y pih-naju r. 
 
 orior, ort-usy enri, to rife. So ab- y ad- y co-, ex- y cb-, fub» 
 ■ 
 trior. 
 
 ;ve three tail form the future participle in Xturus ; thus 
 
 'rjSy nqjcltjirusy oritur us. 
 
 EXCEPTIONS in tbt Fourth Conjugation. 
 
 /etior. nunfusy to meafare. So ad-y ccm~, di-y e- 9 pr,z- 9 
 .tior< 
 
 or y orfitsy to begir. So ex-y rtd-ordior^ 
 ILxphriar^txpertuSy to trv. 
 
 feriery oppertus, to' wait or tarry for one. 
 
 The following verbs want the participle perfect : 
 Vei'cor, vrfci, -'. Mcdeor, mederi, to beat. 
 
 Liquor, liqui, to melt or be &p> Reixnnifcor, reminifci, /• remember* 
 J*. raicor, irafci, U le angry. 
 
 Ringo?, 
 
/ 
 
 12 Irregular. Veres. 
 
 Ring or, i'l > grin like a ' Dl/crtor, diverti, to t:irn *Jide, to 
 
 PraeTcrtor, pis&verti, to get btf^re % take lodcri*g\ 
 
 ) oi.tr at. Defetilodr, i lc y>eaYy t 
 
 DifFiteor, diffltcri, to deny. er 
 
 1Y, j v;rbs Which do not fa!! uader any of the foregom^ 
 rules are called Irrevular* 
 
 I Irregular Verb. . 
 
 » 
 
 The irregular vrb. are commonly reckoned eighty 
 :, c'o, qitiC) ^ih) tt&ItrS n&lo* j'~ l( > and .jlv y v/lth their 
 compounds, j 
 
 5ji j-re u?e o-::iy lie ; nvlo ami 01*2/0 being compel litis of 
 
 P0/9. 
 
 SUM ilready been coiijugatecL After the fame manner are 
 
 formed its compouscls^ arf-\ u^-, &-, inter-, pr&~, ol>-, fuh-, f. . ;r y 
 
 and infum 9 which wants the preterite ; thus, adfum> bdf«i y ad'jft, £fV. 
 
 PRQSUMm to do fT ooi, has" a -i wht re /awr bez^ns with ft. 
 
 irV. Pr5-Turnr, prod-e:, prod eft ; pro-?'im^:', & 
 /,?«. Prod erarn, prod-era?, prod-erat; prod-^hrhus/c?^ 
 3. /;;.'. Prod-efierrr, prod-edls, protj-eflet ; prod- ius',&fr. 
 [ taper at. Prod-ifto, prod-efte. Infinit. Pre/* 'Prrfd-riTc J 
 
 / In the other pacts it is liktjumt Pro-fim^ ~fis> ::;. Pro- 
 fai, fuerami Sec J 
 I POSSUM'** compounded afp3tis~ 9 <-h:c ? v.ndfuri ; ar.d is 
 . . ; c 3 '■] :;..ted : f 
 
 Poflurn, potui, poffe, ^Fo&3&!?* 
 
 Indicative JfcJe. I 
 
 Pr. PoHum, potes, potefr ; pofsurmis, pot , poflunt, 
 nu Pot-eram, -era, -eiat ; iSj \h, -eraiik 
 
 iT. rot u:, -uiitu -uit ; -annus, -uittis, 
 
 -uere a 
 
 /7;/. Pot-ueram, -uera°, %nfcrat .; -uciamu^ -tieratir, -uerant. 
 
 Fid. P-jt ero,. -er ; r, -erit ; -.tiimur, -cr:t;% -erupt. 
 
 Svbjunftinc Mode. 
 
 Pr. Puf-ijrn, -6~, -lit; ~s7mu?, -sltis, ■ -ant. 
 
 /;/?. Pof-fenv, -ft.?, -fet; -Minus, -let':-, -fen:. 
 
 /Vr.Pot-uerim, -uer ?,- -uerit ; -ucrimus, *ueriti$j -nciint. 
 
 iV./.PotuijTcni, -uiii r e>v -uifivt ; -uiftinuF, -u ;, -ruflent. 
 
 -F/y/.Pot-tieiO, -ucri , -uerit' ; -ueiimui, -ueiitis, -ucrint. ) 
 
 In 
 Pre/1 Fvil:. JV. Prjtuiflc. The i ft anting. 
 
Irrsohlar Verbs, rig 
 
 / EO, >vi, ::um, Ire, To £?* 
 
 IncUslUx Mode. 
 TV. Ec, is ; it ; Imus, Jtis, runt. 
 /-. Ibam, . ibas, ibat ; ibamv.s, ibatis> ibant. 
 
 I si, ivifti, ivit : ivimus, iviflis, iverunt, lvcrc. 
 
 Plu. Iverani, iveras. ivcrat ; iveramys, iveratis, iverant. 
 Fui. Ibo, ibis, . ibit ; ibimus, ibitis, ibunt/§ 
 
 1 Suljuntlrji Mode. 
 
 Pr.[ Earn, eas, rat ; ramus, eatis^ rant. 
 
 /m. ^ Irera, ires, iret ; iremus, iretis, irent.- 
 
 Per. ivcrim, iveris, iverit ; Tverimuf, iveritis, iverinr. 
 
 Ph. IvifTem, iwffes, ivifTet ; ivuTemus, iviffetis, irhfent. 
 
 put. Ivero, iv-eris, iverit : iverimus, iveritis, iverint J 
 
 I Imperative. • Infinite. 
 
 Prsf.tl, \ Cite, ' Pre/. Ire. 
 
 "5 t*~ n lto 9 "{ • eunio. ~ -^ T .„ 
 
 FuU ElTe i t a r us . ?> , urn . 
 Euiffe iturus. 
 Participles. Gerunds. Supines, 
 
 Pr. lens, Gen. eurttis. Eundum. 1. Ituni. 
 
 /V. Iturus, -a, -urn. Eundi. 2. Itu. J \ 
 
 Eundo, See. / 
 
 . prld-tfj : only in the pc 
 from it, they ?-re ufually contracted ; thus, sfdeo, adit, feldom 
 Gaivi, adituw, ad/re, tc go to ; pcrf. A4&+ adujl't or adlft't. ls\ :. 
 
 .(idierayi, adur'i?n> <J?c. So likewife rfyro, venii, to be 
 
 .fold, (compounded iXvcnum and ec But sImbio, -Ivi, Atum, 
 'Trtf to furround, is a regular verb of the fourth conjugation, 
 £e, like other neuter verbs, is, often rendered in Eagiifh under a 
 paflive form : thus, if, he i^ going ; Ti/V, he is gene 
 
 :e ; iv:ris, he may be £one, er fhall be r-one. So «:• mt x } 
 
 criming: ; V^r/, he" was come; &c. la the paf- 
 
 ■five voice the fe verbs for the moft pait ?re only ufed imperfonaliy ; 
 
 he 16 gpiflg ? ^ '//«, they ere co;r,e. We 
 
 find fome of the compounds of ro y however, uTed personally : as, pc- 
 
 niur, are undergone. Cic. Libri Jlh* \ were look- 
 
 f d into, I.iv. / pedilu: tranfirt p»ty (iihzartur. Cic. 
 
 $>UEO. I can,, and NK&UEO. I canhc rd -the fame 
 
 . - imperative ajtd ; and ttje 
 
 YOLO, 
 
130 
 
 Irregular V*,rbs. 
 
 I 
 
 /, 
 
 V0L0, tolui, relle, To will, or to he willing. 
 
 Indicative Mode. 
 
 Pr. Vol-o, vis, vult ; volumus, ruins, volunt. 
 
 Jm. Vol-ebam, -ebas, -ebat ; -ebarrius, -ebatis,-ebant. 
 
 /Vr.Vol-ui, -uifti, fltil ; -uimus, -uifHs, -uert:nt ; -\ierc. 
 
 PL Vdl-ueram, -uera*, -uerat;-ueramus,-ueratis, -utraut. 
 
 Fu. Vol-am, -er>, -et ; -emus, -etis, -ent» 
 
 Suhjuntlive Mode. S 
 
 reiis, velit ; velimus, velltis, Teiint. 
 
 vellejnuF, velletis, Yci!cnt< 
 -uerimus, -ueritis, -uerint. 
 
 Pr. Velim, 
 
 Im. Vellem, velles, veilet ; 
 
 Per. Vol-uerim, -ueris, -uerit ; 
 
 Plu. Vol-uifTem, -uifies, -uifTet ; -uiffemus, -uuTetis, -uifTent 
 
 Fut. Vol-uero, -uerjs, -uerit ; -uerimus, -ueritis, -uerint 
 
 hifiniti've* 
 
 Pre/. Velle. 
 
 ( 
 
 Per/. Veluifle. 
 
 The rejl not ufcd. 
 
 Participle. 
 Pref. Vol en a. 
 
 ) 
 
 NOLO, nolui, nolle, Tb be unwilling. 
 
 ' Indicative Mode. 
 Pr. N5lo, non-vis, non-vult; noliimus, non-vultis,noluiU, 
 
 Im. Nol-ebam, -ebas, -ebat ; 
 
 Per. Nol-ui, -uifti, -uit ; 
 
 Plu. Nol-ueram,-ucras, -uerat ; 
 
 Fut. Nolam, noles, nolet ; 
 
 -ebamus, -ebatis, 
 -uiflis, 
 
 -uimus. 
 
 -ueramus, -ueratis, 
 nokmus, noletis, 
 
 Pr. Nolim, 
 Im. Nollem, 
 
 -ebant. 
 
 -uerunt. 
 
 -ucre. 
 
 -uerant, 
 
 noleiu. 
 
 Subjtwclivc Mode. 
 
 noli?, riolit ; nolTmus, nolTtis, nolint. 
 
 nolles, nollet ; nollemus, hoaetis, nollem. 
 
 Per. Nol-uciim, -ueris, -uerit; -ueiimu'3, -ueritis, .-uerinf. 
 
 Plu. Nol-uiilem, -trifles* -uiffet ; uiffemus, -uiiTetis, 
 
 Fut. Nol-uero, -ueris, -uerit ; -uerimus, 
 
 Imperative. Lifnitii 
 
 2. o/\ 2. Pun'. 
 f Noli, vel f oolite, tv/ Pr. Nclle'.'^ 
 ^Nollto ; ^noiitote. P r. N< Ths rcjl wanting. ' 
 
 MALO 
 
 Pr. 
 
 -ueritis, -uerint. 
 I\ 
 
 ion?. 
 
Irregular Verbs. i^i 
 
 f MALO, raalui, malle, To be more willing. 
 
 Indicative Mode. 
 Pr. Mal-o, mavis, mavult ; malumus, mavultis, raalunt. 
 Im. Mal-ebam, -ebas, -ebat ; -ebamus, -ebatis, -ebant. 
 
 Per. Mal-ui, -nidi, -uit ; -uimus, -uiftis, 
 
 -uere. 
 
 Plu. Mal-ueram,-ueras, -uerat ; -ueramus, -ueratis, -uerant. 
 
 Fut. Mal-am, -es, -et : &c. This is fcarcely in vfe. 
 
 J Subjunclive Mode, 
 
 Pr. Malim, malis, malit ; mallmus, malitis, malint. 
 
 Im. Mallem, malles, mallet ; mallemus, malletis, mallent* 
 
 P<?r.MaI-uerim, -ueris, -uerit ; -uerimus, -ueritis, -uerint* 
 
 P/ar.Mal-uiflem, -uiffes, r uiffet j -uiffemus, -uirTetis, -uiffent. 
 
 Jj^..Mal-uero, -ueris, -uerit ; -uerimus, -ueritis, -uerint. 
 
 f Infinitive Modem I 
 
 $ref. Malle. Per/. MaluifTe. Tie reft not ufed. 
 
 ERO, tuli, latum, ferre, To carry », to bring or fiiffer. 
 
 ActiveVoice. j 
 
 Indicative Mode. / 
 
 Pr, Fero, fers, fert ; ferimus, fertis, ferunt. 
 
 //;/. Fer-ebam, -ebas, -ebat ; -ebamus, -ebatis, -ebant. 
 
 P^r.Tuli, tulifti, tulit ; tulimus, tuliffis, tulerunt, -ere 
 
 P/«.Tul-e ram, -eras, -erat ; -eramus, -eratis, -erant. 
 
 .FW.Feram, feres, feret ; feremus, feretis, ferent. s 
 
 ^^ Subjuncli ve Mode. """ x 
 
 Pr. Feram, feras, ferat ; feramus,^~leT5tis, ferant. 
 
 /;//. Ferrem, ferres, ferret ; ferremus, ferretis, ferrent. 
 
 Per. Tul-erim, -cvis, erit ; -erimus, -eritis, -erint. 
 
 Phi. Tul-nTem, -iffes, -Met ; -i/Temus, -iffetis, -i/Tent. 
 
 Fut. Tul~ero, -eris, -erit ; -erimus, -eritis, -erint. 
 
 Imperative. Infinitive. y* 
 
 ' D f Fer, c Cferte, r . Pr. Ferre. 
 
 Pr. < ^ fevto: |, 4 t ferunto. D ^ r/r 
 (_ Fcrto, (^rertote, Per. I ulifle. 
 
 Fut.lLfk laturus, a, um. 
 
 Fuiffe laturus, a, urn. 
 
 Participles. Gerunds. Supines. 
 
 ; Pre]'. Ferens, Ferendum. i. Latum. 
 
 - turus, -a, -um. Ferendi. 2. Latu. * 
 
 Ferendo, &c. f 
 
 N Pajsiv* 
 
l$2 Irregular Verbs, 
 
 ( 
 
 Passive Voice. 
 
 Feror, latus, ferri, To be brought. 
 
 Indicative Mode. 
 
 fr. Feror, ^ ^^ fcrtur ; ferimur, fcrlmiai, fenffltur. 
 
 •chan s 
 lm. Fer-ebar, , _v* -batur ; ^eb'amur, -ebatnini, -tbttntur. 
 
 /Vr/*. Latus fum, &c. latus fui, &c. 
 * jPlu. Latus eram, &c. latus fueram, &c. 
 
 Jut. Ferar, ^ f er erc ^ eretur J feremur, fcremini, ferentur. 
 
 Subjunctive Mode. 
 
 fera*"is 
 J>r. Ferar, tc * fcratur ; feramur, fcramini, fcrantur. 
 
 vei ierare, 
 
 Jm. Ferrer, . fc rre re ^ criiet ur J ferremur, ferremini, ferrcntur. 
 
 jp^r. Latus fim, &c. latus fuerira, &c. 
 
 ./>///. Latus efiem, &c. latus fuiffem, &c. S ' 
 
 Fut. Latus fuero, &c. 
 
 Imperative Mode. 
 Prcf. Ferre ta7 fertor, tenor ; ferimini, fisruntor. % 
 
 Infinitive* Participles. 
 
 Pre/. Ferri. -^//. Latus, -a,\^rn. 
 
 iVr/. Eife ©^/fuifle latus, -a, -urn. Fut. Ferendus, -a, -nm, 
 i^f. Latum iri. / 
 
 In like manner are conjugated the compounds of ferp ; as, aft re, 
 
 efttuli, allatutn ; a'fero, abjtuli, ablatutri ; difcro, cor- 
 
 fero, cor.luli, collatvtp ; infero, ', turn; f>Jjtro, oktiili, cblatum ; 
 
 ejjho, . elattiM- So -, per-, tranf-, de-, pro-, ante, P r *Z£ 
 
 fero. In fo r.c . .ivrkers wr**rrn.. r$> adtuii. a$atum t cor latum, inla 
 
 turn ; cbfrro, Sic. for ajfdro, & G. 
 
 Obf. t, Moit part of the above verbs are made irregular by c 
 tracti' Thl idled for non vofo ; malo, for magi* vet* ; 
 
 fero > fert, fert, l5?c for ferhi fe> it, IT. . ferar, J rrjs i v. ferre, fr- 
 iar, for fereris, L r V. 
 
 Obf. 2. The imperatives of <&#, ofoo, a: 
 (J . fafue manner with fert thus we fay, die, d . of dice, 
 
 dues, fa.?. But thefe often occur likcwifc in th< .:n. 
 
 ( I 10, fa&us, fieri, To be mad? or 
 
 Indicative Mot 
 Pr. Ffo, £s, Gt ; ni fiu 
 
 7/77. Fieb^tt, fiebas, fiebat ; f 
 
 . Fa&us fum, us, fai 
 
 Flu. Fa&ui cram, eke. faJ 
 jFwtn Fiam, lies, fieri , f . . .1 
 
Detective Veres. 133 
 
 / Subjunctive Ml 
 
 /v. Fiam, fias, fiat ; fiainus, fiatis, iant. 
 
 Im, Fierem, fieres, fieret ; fiererims, feretis, fierent. 
 Per. Fa&us f:m, &c. laclus ruerim, £cc. 
 Pi'.-. Faitus eficm, &c. facias fuiffens, &c, 
 JFut. Fact us fuerc, &.,:. 
 
 Imperative. Lmnttlvc. \ 
 
 P/% JFitc, fltc> : {te, fiunt0 *?M Effew/fiiifrefa^tis,a,wn. 
 
 jFirf. FadTuin iri. 
 P^r. J-. Supine. 
 
 Per. Factus, -a, -i.m. Fadhi. y 
 
 /*/. Faciendus, -a, -urn. ' 
 
 'I he compounds of facta which retain a, have alfojfo in the pafTive, 
 
 and /crc in the imperative aclive ; , to warm, calefio, talc 
 
 f.ic : but ihofe which change a into r, form the pallive regularly, 
 
 . c fid in the imperative ; as, cc-ipcio, ccnfice \ conficior, confec- 
 
 /„j, cenfict. We find, however, conjit, it is done, and ccr ;.t, 
 
 is wanting ; info, he begins. 
 
 irregular verbs may properly be fubjdined what are commonly 
 
 called Neuter Passive Verbs, which, like fi, form the preterite 
 
 cording to the pafilve voice, and the reft in the active. Thefe 
 
 are, soleo, ft fo/ere, to ufe ; a:..'o, aufus, a -re ; gaudeo^ 
 
 gnznf.is, 1 ;, to rejoice ; /ida, fifu , to truft : So confldo, 
 
 to truft ; and diffulc, to diftruft ; which alfo have confjal, and diffidi. 
 
 Some add us, meerere, to be fad ; but mtzf.vs is generally 
 
 itive. We like wife fay furatus ft-.m and fo**t 
 
 for jutaoi and 1 , but thefe may aifo be taken in a paiTive fenfe. 
 
 To thefe may be referred verbs, wholly active in their termina- 
 tion, an. ve in their figniScation ; as, vapuU, -c-ji, -atum, to be 
 oaten or whipped ; v?neo, to be fold ; cxulo^ to be baniihed, &c. 
 
 / 
 
 Defective Verbs. 
 
 Ve re called DefeShe, which are not ufed in certain 
 tenfes, numbers, and perfons. j 
 
 I Thefe three, odl, cctpt, and memzm, are only ufed in 
 
 preterite tenfes ; and therefore are called Preterltlvc 
 
 rbs ; though they have fometimes likewife a prefent fig- 
 
 nification : thus, / 
 
 / OJi, I hate, or have hated, oderam, oderlm, odi/fem^ 
 
 od'iffe. Participles, ofus t of urns : exo/hs, per of. is. / 
 ( ( I begin or have begun, ccsperam, -erim, "tffirn^ 
 
 Supine, cceptu. Participles, cctptus y cctfturus. j 
 
 Memin'h 
 
'34 
 
 Defective Verbs. 
 
 / Mhnjni, I remember, or have remembered, mcmlner*m> 
 -ertm, -iffem, -cro, -iffe ; Imperative, memento, mementote. J 
 
 Inflead ofWi, we fometimes fay, ofusfum ; and always exofus, perofus 
 fum,arn\ not exodi y perodi. We fay, opus capitferi, or c'aptum eft. 
 
 To thefe fome add iww, becaufe it frequently has the fignification 
 of the prefent. I iuozu, as well as, I have knoivn y though it comes 
 *-om /isfcOj which is complete. 
 
 / Faro, to be mad, dor, to be given, and for, to fpeak, 
 ' as alfo, cler and fer, are not ufed in the firft peifon fingu- 
 lar ; thus, we fay, dans, datur ; but never dor. J 
 
 I Of verbs which want many of their chief parts, the fol- 
 lowing mod frequently occur : Aio, I fay, inquam, I fay,. 
 forem, I mould be ; aufna, contracted for aufus fun, I dare ; 
 faxhn, FU fee to it, or I will do it ; ave and fahe, fave 
 you, hail, good-morrow ; ccdo, tell thou, or give me j 
 quafo, I pray. / 
 
 Ind. Pr. Aio, 
 
 Tm. Aicbam, 
 p er , 
 
 Sub. Per. ■ ■ - 
 
 ais, 
 
 ►cbas, 
 
 aiili, 
 
 aias, 
 
 ait : 
 -ebat : 
 
 aiat v 
 
 -cbanvus, -ebatis, 
 
 aiunt. 
 -ebant. 
 
 aiatis, 
 
 aiant 
 
 •J 
 
 ►quit : 
 inquiebat 
 
 Itr.perat. Ai. 
 
 Ind. Pr. Inquam, -quis, 
 
 Im. 
 
 Per. inquifii, 
 
 Put. inquies, inquiet : 
 
 Impcrat. Inque, inquito. 
 
 Sub. Im. ? r-« r r 
 
 „. 5- Forem, tores, roret : 
 
 Tnf. Fore, to be hereafter, or to be about to be, the fame with ejfte f.turus. 
 Sub. Pr. Aufim, aiiiis, aufit i 
 
 PartW'p. Prtf. Aiens. 
 -quimus, -quitis, -quiunt. 
 inquiebant. 
 
 Part/rip. Pr Inquiens. 
 forernus, foretis, forent. 
 
 Per. Faxim, fax is, faxit : 
 put. Faxo, faxis, faxit : 
 
 fax\tis, 
 
 faxint* 
 
 fax int. 
 
 Note. Faxhji and faxo are ufed inflead of fecrrim and fecero. 
 Im*yer. Ave vel avcto ; plur. avcte vA avetote. f. avcre. 
 
 _ Salve v. falveto ; — falvuc v. falvetote. — £aiverc. 
 
 Indie. Put. Salvebis. 
 
 Imlierat.fccon.l perf.fnig. Ccdo, plur. cedke. 
 
 Indie. Prcf.frf perf.fng. Qusefo, plur. quaesumus. 7 
 
 Mod of the other Defective verbs are but fingle words, and rarefy 
 to be found, but among tbe pects ; as, in/it, he begins ; deft, it ic 
 T/anting. Some are compounded of a verb and the conjunction ft ; 
 as, fts, for // vis, if thou wilt ; frltis, for ft with ; fader, for ft 
 equivalent to auf 0) I pray ; ccpfts, for captfi vis. 
 
 Impersonal 
 
Impersonal Verbs. 
 
 135 
 
 Impersonal Verbs. 
 
 / A verb is called Imperfonal y which has only the termU 
 ;ons of the third perfon lingular, but docs not admit 
 znyfcrjbn or nominative before it./ 
 
 [^ Imperfonal verbs in Englifh, have before them the neu- 
 ter pronoun //, which is not coniidered as a perfon ; thus, 
 dcldttat, it delights ; decet % it becomes ; conthigli^ it happens ; 
 evenit, it happens J 
 
 I/? Conj. 
 Ind. Pr. Dele&at, 
 J?n. Delectabat, 
 Per. Deledavit, 
 Plu. Deleetaverat, 
 F.a. Dele&abit. 
 
 Sub. Pr. Dele&et, 
 
 Im. Deketaret, 
 Per. Dele&averit, 
 -P/ir.DeleaaviiTet, 
 put. Dtlecfcavcrit. 
 
 id Con). 
 
 Decet, 
 
 Decebat, 
 Decuit, 
 Decuerat, 
 Decebit. 
 
 D^ceat, 
 peceret, 
 
 ■uerit, 
 DecuiiTct, 
 Decuerit. 
 
 I) c cere, 
 DecuifTe. 
 
 2/1 Co/.j. 
 Contingrit, 
 Contin<rebat, 
 Conttgit, 
 Contigerat, 
 Continget. 
 
 Contingat, 
 Coining- ret, 
 Contigerit, 
 ContigifTet, 
 
 Contigerit. 
 
 Gontingere, 
 Contigiffe. 
 
 ^ih Conj. 
 
 Evenit, 
 
 Eveniebat, 
 
 Evenit, 
 
 Evenerat, 
 
 Eveniet. 
 
 Eveniat, 
 
 Eveniret, 
 Evenerit, 
 Eveniffet, 
 Evenerit. 
 
 E venire, 
 Evenifle. 
 
 Inf. Pr. Delegare, 
 Per. DelectaviiTe. 
 
 Moil Latin verbs may be ufed imperfonally in the 
 pailive voice, especially Neuter and Intranfitive verbs which 
 othcrwife have no paflive ; a c , j. ir, JavS/ur t curriiur, 
 
 veriitur ; from pugno, to fight; 1 _, to favour; curra, 
 
 to run ; 7 . :o come : 
 
 lad. Pr. Pugnatur, Favetur, 
 
 .-. Pugr.abatur, Favebatur, 
 
 Per. Pugnatum eil, Fautum eft, 
 
 Plu. Pugr.atum erat, Fautum erat:, 
 
 Fuf, Pugnabitur. Favebitur. 
 
 Sub. Pr. Pugnetur, * Faveatur, 
 
 In Pugnaretur, Faveretur, 
 
 Curritur, YeuUur, 
 
 Currebatur, ^ r, 
 
 Curfura eft, Ventum eft, 
 
 Curfum erat, Ventum erat, 
 
 Curretur. Yenieiur. 
 
 Curratur, Veniatur, 
 
 •rcretur, Veniretur, 
 
 Curfum fit, Vt. fir, 
 
 Per. Pugnatum Q:, Fautum fit. 
 
 :atum effet, Fautum diet, Curfum efTefc, Ventura effet. 
 
 Curium Lie- Yentum fue> 
 
 F«i. Pugnatum fue- Fautum fue- 
 
 rit. rit. 
 
 Pugnari, -.-i, 
 
 Per. Pugnatum eiTe, Fautum 
 
 ini iri. Fautum iri. 
 
 nt. r;t. 
 
 Curri, VenTri, 
 
 Curfum effe, Ventum efie, 
 . 1 :. Yentum iri. 
 
 Obf. r. Imperfonal verbs are fcarccly ufed in t iperative, but 
 
 tad of it wc take the fafejun&ivc ; as, ... clet t let it deiight, &c ; 
 
 : fupines, participles, or gel pt ;. kv. mi- 
 
136 Impersonal Verbs. 
 
 tens y ~d*m y -duj y &c. Induct ad pudendum et pigendu>:i y Cic. In the 
 preterite tenfes of the paffive voice, the participle perfect is always 
 put in the neuter gender. 
 
 Obf. 2. Grammarians reckon only ten real imperfona] verbs, and 
 all in the fecond conjugation ; iecet, it becomes ; peenMet, it repents ; 
 •portet, it behoves ; miseret, it pities ; fiiget, it irketh ; piidct, it fhamcth ; 
 fleet, it is lawful ; iUet or lubet, it pleaieth ; Udet, it wearieth ; l\qu c t y 
 it appears. Of which the following have a double preterite ; mifer 
 me/erHtt, or m-firtum ejl \ figet, piguit y or pigihtm ejl ; pudet y puduit, or 
 puditum ejl ; licet, litfttt, or 1'icHum eft ; tibct y libuit, or libitum ejt ; Met, 
 tjeduit, UtfujH ejl, ohewer psrtjfum eft. But many other verbs are ufed 
 imperfonally in all the conjugations : 
 
 In the firft, Juvat,JPe8at, vacat t Jiat, tonjiat, praftat, reftmt, life. 
 
 In the fecond, Apparet, att\nd y pertimet, debet, dotet, nocet, laiet, fif*et, 
 f atet y placet y difpl\cet y sedet, sclet y t5V. 
 
 In the third, AecitSt, incipit, desinlt y Jufficit , J5V, 
 
 In the fourth, Convenit, expedite isfc. 
 
 Alfo Irregular verbs, Efl, objl, prldjl y pottft, interefl, ; Jit, 
 
 preetiirity nequit y and nequjt::.-- y fubit y conjeri, refert, IZfc. 
 
 Obf. 3. Under imperfonal verbs may be comprehended thofe which 
 exprefs the operations or appearances of nature ; as, / it,Julm\nat y 
 
 tO.'iat, grandinut, gclat y pluit y ningit, face/bit, adve/pcru/lit, I 
 
 Obf 4. Imperfonal verbs are applied to any pcrfon or number, by 
 putting that which ftands before other verbs, after the imperfonals, 
 in the cafes which they govern ; as, placet tnibi, tibi y itti, it pleafes me, 
 thee, him ; or I pleafe, thou pleafcft, &c. pugnatut a me, a te, ab illo y 
 I fight, thou fighteft, he fighteth, &c. So Curritur y ktcmtMr a me y a 
 te, f*fc, I run, thou runneft, &c. Frnvetpr tibi a me y Thou art favoured 
 by me, or I favour thee, &c. 
 
 Obf- 5. Verbs are ufed personally or imperfonally, according to 
 the particular meaning which they exprefs, or the different import of 
 the words with which they are joined r Thus we can fay, ego plaao 
 tibi, I pleafe you ; but we cannot fay, Jl placet audire, if you pleafe to 
 hear, but Ji placet tibi audire. So, we can fay, wtulta hom'un continguni ', 
 many things happen to a man : but inftead of ego cont\gi ejfe domi y we 
 imifl either fay, me contigit ejfe domi y or mill coni'.git efje domi y I happened 
 to be at home. The proper and elegant ufe of Imperfonal verbs can 
 •nly be acquired by practice. 
 
 Redundant V e a r s. 
 Thofe are called Redundant Verbs y which have different forms to ex- 
 prefs the fame fenfe : thus, ajfentio and ajfentior, to agree ; fabric* and 
 fabric**, to frame ; mcreo and mereor y to deferve, &c. Thefe verbs, 
 kowever, under the paflive form have likewife a pafiive fjgnifi cation. 
 
 Several verbs are ufed in different conjugation?. 
 
 1. Some are ufually of the firft conjugation, and rarely of the third; 
 is, hvo, Icvas, Unite J and lavo, Iwois, l.i"S~:re y to warn. 
 
 2. Some are ufually cf the fecond, and rarely of the third ; a?, 
 Ferveo, ferves, and fervo, fervis, to loll. 
 Fulgeo, fulgc«, and fu!go, fulgi*, to/tine, 
 
 eo t 
 
Redundant Verbs. 
 
 x 37 
 
 Sirldeo, flridjs, and frrido, ftridiSj to make a kijfng ncife, to creak. 
 Tueor, tueris, and tuor, tueris, to defend: 
 
 To thefe add tergeo, tergis ; and terga t tergss s to wipe, which arc 
 equally common. 
 
 3. Som?. are commonly of the third conjugation, and rarely of the 
 fourth ; as, 
 
 Fodio, fodis, fodere'j and fodio, fodis, fodire, to dg. 
 Sallo, falHs, faliere, and kiWio-, fallis, ialllre, tojalt* 
 ArceiTb, -is, arceffere, oin/arceflioj arcjefsire, to fend for. 
 Morior, moreri?, mori, a.id morior, moriris, moriri, to die. 
 So Orior, oi^ris, and orior, orlri.-;, orTri, to rife\ 
 Potior, pater is* and potior,. potlris, potlri, t > enjoy. 
 
 There is likewife a verb, which is ufually o£ the fecond conjuga- 
 tion, and more rarely of the fourth, namely, cieo^cies, ciere ; and 
 do, ch, cire, to roufe ; whence decirx and accitus. 
 
 To thefe we may add the verb EDO, to. eat,, which though regu- 
 larly formed, alio agrees in feve^al of its parts wixhfum ; thus, 
 
 Ind. Pref. Edo. edit or es, edit ^T efl ;- ■ < ■ edltis or eftis 
 
 Sub. Imperf. Ederem or efm, cderss oreffes t \&'c. 
 
 Imp. Ede or es, ediio or ef.o \ edits or efe ; cfitotc or ' foie. 
 
 Inf. Pref. fdWv or «$?. 
 
 Paflive Ind. Pref. Editor or ^7-r. 
 
 Tt may not he improper here to iVnjoih a lift or tliofe verbs which' 
 rcfemble one another in fome of" their party, though they differ in. 
 fiofnification. Of thefe fome agree in the prefent, fome in the pre— 
 irr'te, and othei'3 in the fupine*. 
 
 r. The following agree in the prefent, but are differently 
 conjugated r 
 
 Aggero, -as, to heap up. 
 Appello, -as, to call. 
 Oompello, -as, to addrefs. 
 CoiligO, -as, to bind. 
 Conflerno, -as, to afonifi. 
 EfTero, -as, to enrage. 
 Fundo, -as, to found. 
 
 .ndo, -as, to command* 
 O'^soro, -as, t) lock. 
 Volo, -as, iofy. 
 
 Aggero, -is, to bring together. 
 Appello, -is, to drive to, to arrive, 
 Compello, -is, to drive together , 
 Colli £0, -is, to gather together. 
 Conflerno, -is, toftciv. 
 Effrro, -fers, to. bring cut, 
 Fundo, -ir., to .pour out. 
 IVIando, -is, to clef'. 
 Obsero,.-is, to heft. 
 Volo, viS) to ivill. 
 
 Of this clafs fome have a different quantity ; as,. 
 
 Colo, -as, to f rain. 
 Dico, -as, to dedicate. 
 Td ico, -as, to train up. 
 fjCgO, -as, to fend on an cmhafy. 
 Vado ; -as, to -.-eads. 
 
 Culo, -is, to till. 
 DTco, -is, to fay. 
 FducO, -is, to lead forth. 
 Lego, -is, to read. 
 Vado, -is, to go. 
 
 a. The 
 
13^ Obsolete Conjugation. 
 
 :. The following verbs agree in the pr - : 
 
 be four* Acuo, aCui, to far pen. 
 
 vi, to ; Cerno, crevi, to fee. 
 o, frb , .' go, frixi, /^ y 
 
 :, /./> Vulcio, fu.fi, to prop. 
 
 Luceo, luxij JLugeo, Iuxi, to mourn* 
 
 Pavt >, pavi, . Palco, pavi, to feed. 
 
 Pendco, pependi, to Pendo, pependi, /c i 
 
 3. The following agree in the famine : 
 
 Crefco, cretuni, to* gun*, rno, cretuni; to behold. 
 
 Mancn, manlum, to (lay. Macdo, manfum, fe . 
 
 Sto, ft at urn, tafand. Sifto, flatum, to fop. 
 
 !- uccenfeo, cerium, /s> /^ angry, Succendo, -cenfum, /y kindle. 
 
 Tcnco, tentum, /^ / T.ndo, tenium, to firetch out. 
 
 Verro, vermin,, tofiveep. Wito, vcrfum, to tutu. 
 
 Vineo, vi&um, to overcome* "Vivo, vi&um, to live. 
 
 '1 ho Ottsolele Co n juG.vnox. 
 This chiefly czcM'.t in eld writers, and only in particular conjuga- 
 tion and tenfes. 
 
 1. The ancient I. : ; s made the imperfect of the indicative active 
 of the fourth conjugation in IB AM, without the e ; as, audlbaot, fci- 
 bam\ foi audiebam,fcieiam. 
 
 2. In the fi i :ativc of the fourth conjugation, they 
 ■fed ISO in the ac"Hv in the paflive. voice": as, dcrmli-.y, 
 d*rmJhor. for dormiarriy tic: 
 
 \. The prefi : the fubjun<5tive anciently ended in IM : as, ea\ 
 f^r £-..'. for i 
 
 4. The perfect of the fubjuB&ive a&ive fbrnetimes occurs in SSI AT, 
 and the future in SSO ; as, /. 5 v, leva/ft, for levaverim, lev 
 
 \pltm y capfi t toT ceperlm ttpero : Hence the future of the infinitive 
 was foimed hi ERE ; as., levaffere for levat fe. 
 
 5. In the fetond perfon of the prefent of the imperative paflive, we 
 fini in the fmgnlaf , and 'minor in the plural; zsfamino, for 
 
 ■; and progrcdi minor for ffro i 
 
 6. The fylk.ble ER Was f ' added to tliC prefent of the in- 
 finitive paPuve; a:, / ier for did. 
 
 7. The participles of, the future time active, and perfect paflive, 
 when joined with the verb effe*, were fometimci uied as indeclinable : 
 
 • w, for di&uros, Cic. Cohort?* ad me miffum 
 facias, for , Cic. ad Attic, viii. 12. 
 
 Derivation and Composition of Vriw 
 I. V • Lyed cither from nouns or from other verbs. 
 
 Verbs derived from nouns arc called Denominate to 
 
 ftp ; Uudo, to praife : frau'do, to defraud ; L-. \ to threw floncs ; 
 ror, to w r ork ; ftnmentor, to forage ; Hgr.or, to gather fuel, &c. 
 frcia ana, kus ', j 'raus, &x. But when they exprefs imitation or r 
 
 icmblari. 
 
Derivation and Composition of Verbs,. 135 
 
 femblance, they are called Imrfathe ; as, Patrijfo, Grzcor, bubu/o, cor~ 
 nicor, life. I imitate or referable my father, a Grecian, a crow, &c. 
 from paier^ Gracus, comix. 
 
 Of thofe derived from other verbs, the following chiefly deferve at- 
 tention ; namely, Frequentatives, Inceptives, and Dtftderatives. 
 
 I. FREQUENT ATIVES expreis frequency of action, and are all 
 ef the firft conjugation. They are formed from the laft fupine, by 
 changing aim i*tto Tto, in verbs of the firft conjugation ; and by chang- 
 ing u into 0, in verbs of the ocher three conjugations ; as, clamo, to cry, 
 ilanntto, to cry frequently : terreo, terrtio j i>erto, iierfo ; dormio, dormxio. 
 
 In like manner, Deponent verba form Fr-eqaentatives- in or ; as, 
 m':nor y to threaten ;. mintlor, to threaten. frequently. 
 
 /.He are formed in an irregular manner ; as, nato from/?-?/ nofciio 
 
 tro^^nofee ; fit tor, or rather fcifcttor y from fih ; pavfto, from pavso ; 
 
 Jlfijr, from feqitor, ioquttor, from hqttor. Si> quxnto, fundito, agilo, 
 
 fiu'uO, iS'c. 
 
 From Frequentative verbs are adfo formed ether Frequentatives; as, 
 •urro> cur/vy curfito ; pcllc, pulfe* pu's'io.. or by contraction pulto j 
 tofioi cable, capiUo ; oijm, canto, cant lib ; defends, defenfo, dejenjito ; 
 d;cQy ditto, diSHto ; gcro, gcjlc, geftitv ; jacio, jatio, jaciiio ; i-snio, ientitc ; 
 mwlie, muffb, (for mutitoj mufsYio, \2&. 
 
 Verbs of this kind do not always exprefs frequency of action. Ma- 
 ny of them have much, the fame feme with, their primitives, or ex- 
 prefs the meaning more ftrongly. 
 
 z. INCEPTIVE- Verbs mark the Beginning or continued increafe of 
 any thing, They are formed from the fecond perfon fing. of the pre- 
 ient of the indicative, by adding co : as, caleo,. to be hot, calss, calefco % 
 to grow hoc So in the other conjugations, labafco, from lubo : tremifco, 
 from tremo ; oLJcrviifco, from obdonnio. J-lif<o y from bio, is contracted 
 for biafco. Inceptives are kkewife formed from lubftantives and ad- 
 
 Siivcsj 25, pverajco, from .pit r ; du'cfco, from d d>:'is ; juwuefia 9 from 
 ■ 
 
 All Inceptives are Neater verbs, and of the third conjugation. They 
 wam both the preterite and fupine ; unlefs very rarely, when they 
 row them from their primitives 
 
 3. DESIDESATIVK Verbs fignify a defire or intention of doing 
 a tiling. They are formed from the latter fupine. by adding rio, and 
 fiiortenicg the u ; as, , I defire to fup, from cenatu* They 
 
 are all of the fourth conjugation ; and want bet hi preterite and fupine* 
 riree, t -7w, -Uutn 7 to defire :c eit ; pnrlurh, -FW,, 
 
 1 — , to be in travail ; nupturio % -evi-, — , to defire fried. 
 
 There are a few verbs in LLO, which are call ;d fiimir.uii>ve ; as,. 
 * wtilloyforbzHo, -are, I fing, I fup a little :: To thefe fome add alblco 
 and ce.ndico, +are, to be cr to grow whitilB ; alfc nigrico, fotficd, and 
 
 . Ico. Some verbs in SSO are called Intenjive ; as Capejb t fi*tf*i 
 
 or pit'£a y I take, I do, i leefc earuefdy. 
 
 s are compounded with nouns, with other verb-,, with adverb?, 
 
 and chiefly with prepofitions. Many of thefe fimplc verbs are not in 
 
 «fc; as, fiitoy fendo y fierio, grtto r Sic. The component parts lljR 
 
 remain 
 
14° Participles. 
 
 remain, Sometimes a fetter is added ; as proJjo, for j>ro-c$ : 
 
 9r taken away ; as, aJport9 3 omlito, traJo, ■ ,",?#, 
 
 &c. for <?/■/ -itio % i . , perjuro^ perreg :bcu> &c. 
 
 , f..-MOy cf i'c' f pro y fub % and . • hich anciently iigni- 
 
 fied *, or /o takeaway. Often the vowel or diphthong of the 
 
 fimplt >, and the laft co; t of the prepoiltion, is changed : 
 
 a?, da vm^ corner ■ ; r< . ■ I.tc'o, . .Jio, obcdlo^ &c. 
 
 Af[* r0 * a Hf*K?J c ■' :c i & c * ^ or l f c ' ro i conlaudoy in' 
 
 / 
 
 P A R T I C I P L E. 
 
 A. P pie is a kind of adyeclive formed from a verb, 
 
 Which in its signification implies time. / 
 
 It i:. fo c ?caufe it partakes both of an adjective and of a 
 
 ■. and declcnfion from the one, time and 
 uification t the other, and number . from both. Participles in 
 
 I of no v n. 
 
 Par: : tipl. i in Latin are declined hire adjectives ; and their fignifi- 
 tion 1$ ya ;eardjr.g to \ture of the verbs from which 
 
 they come ; oi rticlples in dui are always paflive, and import not 
 
 lb : Future time, -- o gation or n 
 
 / Latin verbs h:;ve four Participles, the prefent and fu- 
 ive ; as, Amans^ loving ; a as> about to love ; 
 
 and the perfect and I - paflive ; as, amatus, loved, a- 
 mdvs f to be loved. / 
 
 The Latins have not :ole perfect in the active, nor a parti- 
 
 ch Tent in the pa0ive voice ; which defet .: be fupplied by 
 
 a circ ;tion. Thus, to expreis the perfect participle active in 
 
 jEngHfh, we i.ic a conjunction, and the plu-perfet the fubjun&ive 
 
 Latin, or feme other tenfe, :o its connection with the 
 
 I ..er v.ords cf a lentcnce ; aj, he having loved, qiium at. ., &c. 
 
 / Neuter rerbs hav* commonly but two Participles ; as, 
 urus ; flans\ J? a turns. / 
 
 ;»m fomc I are formed Participles of the per fed 
 
 tCnfe J as, £rratus, atus, j. lahorahis^ i ', ccjfatus , fuda- 
 
 j - '•■•..- 
 
 c<z. and alfq of the future in dut ; a?, *Jnrandus t 
 . | dormiaiduiy crul .<•, occ. Neuter pal* 
 
 U] v .:'■ / > hat no participle: Pido, only 
 
 '/■;. and •vapulatu- 
 
 , gan • - iiufusy 
 
 „j. Aufh ed both in ah active and pai feafe ; 
 
 fas-i au/iai Virg. JEn. vi. 624. 
 
 Deponent and Common rerbs have commonly four Par- 
 ♦ pies j x 
 
 I 
 
Gerunds and Supines. 141 
 
 Ltqutns, fpeaking ; locuturus, about to fpeak ; locates, having fpokenX 
 hqucndus, to be fpoken : Dignans, vouchfafing ; dignaturus, about to 
 vouchfafe ; dignatus, having vouchfafed, being vouchfafed^ or having 
 vouchfafed ; dignandus, to be vouchfafed. Many participles of 
 the perfect tenfe from Deponent verbs have both an active and pai- 
 £ve feilfe ; as, Abominatus , conatus, confejfus, adorius, amphxvs, blandltits, 
 largJfi's. meniltuii oblllt.s, tcjiatus, veneratas, &c. 
 
 There are feveral Participles compounded with in fignifying not, 
 the verbs of which do not admit of fuch competition : as, Infciens. 
 infpePhns, indlcens, for, non dicens, inoplnans, and necopraans, imtnerens ; 
 Ma-Jus, impranfus, ? covfultus, inciifitditus, fixpietatus, impicnxtus, impa- 
 ratus, incomitatus, incomptus, indemnatits, indotatus, ircorrubtus, inUrrtivs\ 
 and imperterritus, intejlatus, inaufus, inopinrdus, inultus, ince'ifus, for 
 non cenfus, not regiftered ; infcc?us> for ncn faclus, hvoifus, for non "vi/ls^ 
 irJiclus, for ncn di&vs, &c. There is a different inctnjus from incenio ,• 
 infeBus, from i/:Jii.ie ; ttfoifus from invideo ; indiaus from indlco, &ic. 
 
 ( If from the fignification of a Participle we take away 
 time, it becomes an adjective, and admits the degrees of 
 comparison ; as, . 
 
 Amans, loving, arnanticr, amani'-JJlmus ; I doclus, learned, drtlior, JoillJJi- 
 tnvs : or a fubflantive ; as, Prafedlus, a commander or governor ; £%nf*- 
 nans, f. fc. litem, a confonant ; continent, f. fc. terra, a continent ; co?i- 
 Jfuens, m. a place where two rivers run together ; oriens, m. ic.fol, the 
 eaft ; Occident, m. the weft ; didum, a faying ; fcriptum, &c. 
 
 There are manv words in ATUS, ITUS, and UTUS, which although 
 refembling participles are reckoned adje&ivea, becaufe they come from 
 nouns, and not from verbs ; as, status, barbatus, cotdatus, cdwidtus\ 
 tfijlatits, r, pellltus, iurrltus ; cfkV.tus, cornntvs, nafuti.s, tkd wing- 
 
 ed, bearded, difcreet, &c. But auraUts 9 aratus, argentaius, ferratus 9 
 plumbaius, gypfatus, calcetlus, clypeatus, galcatas, tun'uatus, lawatvs, 
 p. lliatas, lympl atus, purpurstus, prat xictas, &c. covered with gold, 
 brafs, filver, &c. are accounted participles becaufe they are fuppo- 
 fed to come from obfolete verbs. Sa perhaps cnlnr.ijlratiis, frizzled, 
 crifped or curlec, crin'iius, having long hair, prrltus, (killed, ckz. 
 There are a kind of Verbal adjectives in BUNDUS, formed from the 
 ••perfect of the indicative, which very much refemble Participles in 
 their fignification, but general \j oprcft the meaning of the verb 
 more fully, or denote an abundance or gr-. at deal of the action ; as, 
 mtahundus, the fame with valdc -vitans, avoiding much ; Sail. Jug. 60. 
 and 10 1.; Lit. XXV. 13. So errabur.dus, ludibur.Jus, populabundi's % 
 Wtibutidus, &C 
 
 GERUNDS and SUPINES. 
 
 / GERUNDS are participial words, which bear the fignhScatibn of 
 the verb from which they are formed ; and are declined like a neuter 
 noun of the fecond declenfiom through all the cafes of the fingurar 
 number, except the vocative. / 
 
 There are, both in Latip and E»gH:fc t CuU ra derived from 
 
 thr 
 
142 
 
 Advsrb. 
 
 tfie verb, which fo much refembic the Gerund in their fignificatiou, 
 that frequently they may be fubfHtutcd in its place. They are ge- 
 nerally ufed, however, in a more undetermined fenfe than the Ge- 
 rund, and in Englilh have the article always prefixed to them. Thus* 
 with the gerund, DeU&ar legendo Ciceronem, I am delighted with read- 
 ing Cicero. But with the fubflantive, Dtieclcr leSHone CiceronU, I 
 am delighted with the reading of Cicero. 
 
 The Gerund and Future Participle of verbs in /<>> and fome others, 
 .often take u inftead of e ; as, faciundum, di, do, dns ; cxperlundutrs, po» 
 ih:vJuin y gcrundut.i^ petu;;i'.»t y dicundum, &c. for faciifidum^ &c. 
 
 (SUPINES have much the fame fignificarion with Gerunds ; and may 
 e indifferently applied to any perfon or number. They agree in 
 termination with nouns of the fourth decler.fion, having only the ac- 
 cufative and ablative cafes. J 
 
 I The former Supine is commonly ufed in an a&ive, and the latter in a 
 pafiive fenfe, but iometimes the contrary A as, (o&um non vapulatvm, du* 
 4tvm ctnduElvs fui y i. e. ut lupularem, v. verherarer, to be beaten, Plaut. 
 
 A D V E R B. 
 
 J An adverb is an indeclinable part of fpeech, added to a 
 *verb, adjective, or other adverb, to exprefs fome circum- 
 stance, quality, or manner of their fignin" cation. J 
 / All adverbs may be divided into two claffesj namely, thofe 
 which denote Circumjlance .; and thofe which denote Qua- 
 lity, Manner, \iffc. 
 
 I. (Adverbs denoting Circumstance are chieBy thofe 0: 
 Place, Time, and Order, f 
 
 1. 1 Adverbs of Place, are fivefold, namely, fach as figniiy, 
 
 I. Motion or refl in a [lice. 
 
 Ubi ?j 
 
 Hie/ 
 Illic, 
 Ifthic, 
 Ibi, 
 
 Intus, 
 
 Fens, 
 
 tjbique, 
 
 Nufquam, 
 
 Alicubi, 
 
 AHbi, 
 
 "Obi vis, 
 
 Ibidem, 
 
 Where? 
 Hers. 
 
 \ 
 
 Th 
 
 'j ere. 
 
 Hue, 
 Jlluc, 
 Ifthue, 
 Intro, 
 ras, 
 E6, 
 Xli6, 
 A liqu^, 
 EGdem, 
 
 j 
 
 Within, 
 
 Without. 
 
 JUvcrv where. 
 
 No -where. 
 
 Some where. 
 
 Elfc where. 
 
 Any where* 
 
 In t/xe fame plc-ce. Ulorfum, 
 
 _- . . Surfuni, 
 
 2. IwcttcM to a place. ,. r 
 
 Quo ? Whether ' Antrorium* 
 
 Hither. 
 
 Thither. 
 
 Iu 
 
 Out. 
 
 To thai pL 
 
 T» another place. 
 
 To feme place. 
 
 To the firm pi 
 
 3. Motion towards a pi 
 
 Quorfum ? 
 
 Verfus, 
 
 Horfum, 
 
 Whitherward ? 
 
 Towards. 
 
 Hitbcrward. 
 
 Thi/hcrwarJ. 
 
 Upnvard. 
 
 Downward. 
 
 J'orwcrJ. 
 
 etror&M| 
 
 I 
 
Adverb. 
 
 H3 
 
 Retrorfum, Bach-ward. 
 Pextrorfum, Towards tb 
 Siniftrorfum, To-war ds the left. 
 4. Motion from a place* 
 
 i?ht. 
 
 Unde ? 
 Hinc, 
 Illinc, 
 Iflhinc, 
 
 Inde, 
 Lidldem, 
 Aliunde, 
 Alicunde, 
 
 \ 
 
 Whence ? 
 H.rue. 
 
 Thence. 
 
 Sicunde, If '/rem any pUce. 
 
 Utrinque, On both fides. 
 
 Superne, From above. 
 
 In feme, From belo-w. 
 
 Coelitus, From t. 
 
 Funditus, From (he ground. 
 
 5. tgh or by a p 
 
 Which -way ? 
 Tors -cj 
 
 I 
 
 Qua? 
 
 Hae, 
 From the fame place. Iliac, 
 From elfe ivhere. Iilhac, 
 
 From fome place. Alia, 
 
 2. Adverbs of Time are threefold, namely, fuch as fig- 
 nify, 
 
 I. Some particular time, either pre Nunquam, Never* 
 
 toy. 
 
 Thai -tay. 
 Another «a 
 
 feat, pajl, future, or indefinite. 
 
 Nunc, 
 
 Hodie, 
 
 Tune, 
 
 Turn, 
 
 Heri, 
 
 Dudum, 
 
 Prldem, 
 
 Pridie, 
 
 AW. 
 To day. 
 
 Then. 
 
 Yeferday. 
 y Heretofo 
 
 The dav before. 
 
 'ore. 
 
 Nudius tertius, Three days ago. 
 
 Nuper, 
 
 Jam jam, 
 
 Mox, 
 
 Statim, 
 
 Protinus, 
 
 lllico, 
 
 Cras, 
 
 Poftridie, 
 
 Perendie, 
 
 Nondum, 
 
 Quando ? 
 
 Aliquando, 
 
 Nonnunquam, 
 
 Interdum, 
 
 Semper, 
 
 Inde, 
 
 inde, 
 Dehinc, 
 Porro, 
 Deinccps, 
 Donuo, 
 
 Lat. 
 Prefeni 
 
 Irr.rncc 
 Bv end 
 Irflantly. 
 Straightivay. 
 To-morro-w. 
 The day after. 
 Ttvo days hence. 
 Not yet. 
 
 Interim, In the mtan time. 
 
 Quotidie, D... 
 
 2. Continuance of time. 
 Di'u, Lmig. 
 
 Quamdi'u t How long ? 
 
 Tamdiu, So long. 
 
 Jamdiu, 
 Jamdudum, 
 Jampridem, 
 
 3. Vicifptude or repetition of time . 
 
 Lon* a 
 
 Quoties ? 
 Sxpe, 
 Raro, 
 Totie.s, 
 
 Kquotidfc, 
 VIciflhn, 
 AJernatim, 
 Rurfus, 
 Itcrum, 
 Subindc, 
 Identldem, 
 Sernel, 
 Bis, 
 Ter, 
 
 I 
 
 way 
 
 s. 
 
 Ho-w often ? 
 Often. 
 
 :,m. 
 S* often. 
 For fveral times. 
 
 By turns. 
 
 Again. 
 
 E-j-r and anon, notv 
 
 mttd (hen. 
 Once. 
 T-wice. 
 Thr: 
 Four tines, \&c 
 
 Quater, 
 3. Adverbs of Order. 
 
 Then. Denlque, Finally. 
 
 After (l Poiiremd, Lafly. 
 
 Henceforth. Prim6, -um, Firfi. 
 
 t Merwer. Secundo, -um, Secondly. 
 
 Si fori Tenia, -um, Thirdly. 
 
 Of ne-w. Quarto, -um, Fourthly, bV. 
 
 O II. Adverts 
 
144 Adverb. 
 
 II. Adverts denoting QUALITY," MANNER, &c. are either 
 jihfoluie or Comparative. 
 
 Thofe called Alfnlute denote, 
 
 1. QUALITY, (imply ; &b, ten;, well ; mill-, ill - fcriYter, bravely ; 
 and innumerable others that come frum adjective nouns or participle 
 
 ft. CERTAIN T'Y ; as, profcQo, certt, sant, plane, nw, utique, tta, 
 eiiam, truly, verily, yes ; quidni, why not ? omr.'ino, certainly. 
 
 3. CONTINGENCY ; as, forts, for/an, Jortajis, fors, haply, p'-i- 
 haps, by chance, peradventure. 
 
 4. NEGATION ; as, non baud, not ; ncquaquam, not at all ; n;u~ 
 iiquam, by no means; mTnime^ nothing lefs. 
 
 5. PROHIBITION ; as ne, not. 
 
 6. SWEARING ; a% bench, pol, edepol, m'cajlor, by Hercules, by 
 Pollux, &c. 
 
 7. EXPLAINING ; as, u1poie i vUtfcet, fiilisct, n~unln.pt, mmpe, to 
 wit, namely. 
 
 8. SEPARATION ; a~, feorfum, apart ; separutim, feparately ; 
 sYoiilatim, one by ore ; vtrilim, man by man ; oppidatim, town by 
 town, &c, 
 
 9. JOINING TOGETHER ; as, simul, un}., pariter, together : 
 general iter, generally ; ur.i-jerjaliter, univerfally ; plerumqae, for the 
 mod part. 
 
 10. INDICATION or POINTING out ; as, «,**?, lo, behold. 
 
 11. IN'l ERRCJGATION ; as, cur, quart, quamobrtrn, why, where- 
 fore ? nwm, an, whether? quomodo, qui, how ? To which add, Vli, 
 qub, quorfum, uv.de, ^tta, ayandi, quamdiu, qutt'us. 
 
 Thofe Adverbi which are called Comparative denote, 
 I. EXCESS ; a-3, Valif, maxim), m rrrrpfre, max'irr.'.pere, fumm^perf , 
 a.-br.odum, oppUo, pcrqu-zm, longe, greatly, very much, exceedingly ; nimi. , 
 ttimrum, too much; frorfms^ p.n^us, ornnlno, altogether, wholly ; magis % 
 more ; melius, better ; ptjus, \\ orfe ; fortius, more biavely : and o/>« 
 time, bell ; prjfatt t WoriV ; fortiflime, mofl biavely ; and innumerable 
 Others of the comparative and fitperlfttire degn 
 
 2. DEFECT ; as, F^rmr, fer} % prip-mod^m, f>t»e % almofl ; par. 
 l'ttle : panto, pa></'j/u."r, very littl 
 
 3. PREFERENCE : a-. . ?«/*, r; ihef ; pot.JJimutn, pr.ectpue^ 
 ft sf'rtnK. chiefly, efpecially ; es, nay, nay rather. 
 
 4. LIKENESS or EQUALITY ; as, fo t Jic, adeb, U- ; ut, uti $ 
 Jicui) Ji.uli, i : 'ut y veliiti, ecu, ianuuam, q^aj-,, as, as if: qu.madmoduTr, j 
 even as ; set-;, enough ; , in like manner ; jurta, alike, equcd- 
 
 S UNL1KENE3S or UNI* QUALITY; as, dTur, /**,, otherwife; 
 alioqui or alio qui ? ; n?duw y much more or much lei's 
 
 6. ABATEMENT ; as. fenfim, faulitim, ntlm, by degrees, 
 piecemeal ; vftc f icarcely ; *gr , h;irdly, with difficulty. 
 
 7. EXCLUSION ; a?, tdntum t solum, mod . dt.ntax 
 dhnum, only. 
 
Adverb. 145 
 
 ■■ ovation, Comparison*, and Comi-osi tion of ADVERDS. 
 
 Adverbs are derived, I. from Subftaritives, arid end commonly ill 
 TIM cr TUS" ; as, Parflm, parfi'y, by parts ; nominaiim, by name; 
 Jim, by kinds, generally ; Jpeciedimr, vicatlm, gregirtim ; radicit.ts, 
 from the root, &C 2. Ff»m Adjectives :' and tftefe are by far the 
 moil: numerous. Such as come from Adjectives of the firft and fc-* 
 cond declenfion ufually end in E ; as, liberi, freely ; pUne, fully : 
 
 me in O, UM, and TER ; as, falsv, tantvm, gravitet : A few in A, 
 FTUS, and 1M ; as, redd., antiqir.tvr, friDathn. Some are ufed two or 
 *;.ree ways, as, primumf, v. -o ; ^wrP, -f/W" ; certe^ -0 ; can), -t'nn ; hu- 
 mane, -ii.-r y -\tus ; pullice 9 - publicities, &c. Adverbs from Adje&ivea 
 01 the third clecl'enfion commonly end in T£R, feldom in E ; as, 
 tutpiter, feliciter, acriter', pariter ; facile, r-.pente : one in O, omnino. 
 The neuter of Adjectives is fometimes taken Adverbially; as, recent 
 not us, for recenter ; perf\dum ridens, for perfdi, Kor. mult a tcluftans % 
 for wtultum or valde, Virg. So in Lnglifh we lay, to /peak loud, high y 
 &c. for loudly, highly, &c. In many cafes a Substantive is underftood ; 
 as, primo, fc. loco, optath c.dvenis. f~. tempore ; bduc, ic- ina, &c 
 
 3. FromS:ach of the pronominal adjectives, ill'e, if, Lie, is, idem, 
 <§cc. are formed adverbs, which expre^ all the circumftances of place ; 
 it from Me, Mi;., Mac, illerjuvty Mine, and Mac. So from quis, i:bi, quo, 
 quorfum, untie., and qua.. Alio 01 ixtXXt : thus, quendo, quamdiu, iffc. 
 
 4. From verbs and participles ; a', c.efm, with the edge : punctim, 
 with the point ; f/idim, clofcly ; from- co-do, pvn$ro, frin^o : amantcr, 
 p? -o 'per. inter , d:.h'tanter ; dijlincie, emendate ', merit a, incpinato, &C. Eu": 
 thefe lad are thought to Be in the ablative, having ex undtrflood, 
 which is alfo fometimes cxprefTed. 
 
 5. From prepofitions ; as, intus, Intro, from in; clancularx, from 
 dim ; fuitus, from fib, &c. 
 
 /Adverbs derived from adjectives are commonly compared 
 like their primitives- The poju'roe generally ends in e, or 
 
 r ,* as, durcy facile y mcr'tter : The comparative , in ius ; as, 
 durius f faciliuSy acr'ius : The fuper!atlve y in une ; as, durif- 
 ft me, facillhne y acerrimc, I 
 
 I: the comparifon of the adjective be irregular or defective, the 
 comparifon of the adverb is fo too : as, bene, ?nelijs, optimh ; male 9 
 pejus , pcfjimh ; par urn, minus, minime, & -iim ; multum, plus, plurimum ; 
 op'e, propius, gr-sxime ; pejus-, ocyjpme ; prius, prima, -urn ; nuper, nu- 
 perrimh ; nwo$, oC novittr, novijjivth ; mgriib, mrritijpmo ; &c. Thof«i 
 adverbs alfo are compared whofe primitives are obfolete ; as, /ape, 
 Jlepius, fxpijjimh ; p truths, penitilis^ penitijjime. y f^tis, fatihs ; fccus,fccihs : 
 M'agis-, maxitne ; and potius, potijflmhm, want the pofitive. 
 Adverbs in Englifh are not varied by companion, except feme few 
 of them, particularly irregulars-;, as, often, often er, of.encj ; iiell, bet- 
 ter, heft ; muck, more, moft, &.C. 
 
 Adverbs are variouily compounded with all the different parts of 
 ipeech ; thus, pofiridie, mavv.optre, maximipere, fummopcre, tantoperef 
 
 multirr.odis, 
 
i±6 Adverb. 
 
 tnnliimodis,OTnnimoJi3 y quo/no lo % quarc ; of pofero die; magna opere, &C. ffi» 
 
 , fc/Ticei, videlicet t of ire, fcire y videre, licet ; ;7/uo, of m /otc : ywor- 
 
 y?vw, of quo -verftm ; comm\nus, hand to hand, of r////z or ccn and manus ; 
 
 eminusy at a diftance, of <r and manus ; qaorfum, of ^«<? verfum ; denuo, 
 
 anew, of dr «c«: o ; f«i* 9 why not, but, of qui ne ; cur y of CM rei ; pcdc~ 
 
 P;ntim, flcp by ftep, as it were pedem tendendu ; perendie, for perempto 
 
 d'u ; nhxlrutn, of «*« i. e. ;/or: and msrtm ; antra, pafiea, prsttrca, &c. of 
 
 a/i/<? and **, &c. Ubiv's, quoins, *ndelV>ct % qucifjur, ficut, fcuti, velut, 
 
 .'<///, defuprr, i;/jlper y quav:obt cm, &C. of i/Ai, and j/w, <XC. nudr.if.jr- 
 
 tius, of ««fl£ cVVj tertius ; i.hntxdem, of i/f«i <?/ ft/un ; itr.prafcntiai urn , i. e. 
 
 ;/; tempore rcrum prafeiit'wm, &C. 
 
 Obf. I. The Adverb is not an effential part of i'peech. It only ferves 
 to esprefs fhcrtly, in one word, what mufl othcrwifc have required 
 two or more ; as, fap'renttr, wifely, for cum JapienSfa ; hie, for in hoc 
 Una ; frmpcr, for in otnni tempore ; femel, for una vice ; bis, for duabus 
 vicibus ; Ivlehercule, for Hercules m: jwvtt, Iffc. 
 
 Obf. i. Some adverbs of time, place, and order, are frequently ufed 
 the one for the other : as, ubj, where or when ; hide, from that place, 
 from that time, after that, next ; hsttcnus, hitherto, thus far, with 
 refpect to place, time, or order, &c. 
 
 Obf. 3. Some adverbs of time are either p.if, prefsnt or fii.it e ; as, 
 -, already, nov/, by and by ; olim, long ago, fome time, hereafter. 
 Seme adverbs of place are equally various ; thus, efje peregrh, to be a- 
 bxoad ; ire peregrt^ to go ahroad; ndire ptregrh, to return from abroad. 
 Obf. 4. Interrogative adverbs of time and place doubled, or com- 
 pounded with cujufve, ar.fwtr to the Englifh adjeclion fo ever ; as, :.bi- 
 ul>i, or ub;cunq:e, when Foever ; quoquo, quocunque, whitherfoever, &c. 
 The fame holds alfo in other interrogative words; as, quotquoi, or quot- 
 cunquty how many foever ; quantufquantus, or quant, fcun que, how great 
 foever ; utut or utcttnqve, hov/ever or howfoever, &c. In Englifh, 
 the adverbs here, there, and ivie're, when joined to certain participles 
 or prepofitions, as, to, of, b\, iiitb, in, &c. have the fignification of 
 pronouns ; as, hereof, the fame with of this ; thereof the fame with 
 of that ; whereof of 'which, iffc. 
 
 PREPOSITION. 
 
 / A Prepofition is an indeclinable word which fhews the 
 relation of one thing to another. 
 
 There are twenty-eight Prepofitions in Latin, which 
 govern the accusative ; that is, have an accusative after 
 
 them. I 
 
 Ad, To. CU, 
 
 v \pud, 
 
 ~ ' 1 On ibisfde 
 
 At. Litra, S 
 
 1 
 
 About. 
 
 Ante, Before. Circa, 
 
 Advcrfus, 1 a a j Circum, S 
 
 , , r y Again I, toivards. , ~* rr t 
 
 Adverfum, $ J Erga, Toiemrdt. 
 
 Contra, Slgaitfl. Extra, Without* 
 
 lotef, 
 
Preposition. 
 
 '47 
 
 Jntcj^ 
 
 Betiieen, 
 
 ameny. 
 
 Penes, 
 
 In the i>oiuer of. 
 
 Intra, 
 
 Within. 
 
 
 Poit, 
 
 After. 
 
 Infra, 
 
 Beneath. 
 
 
 Pone, 
 
 Behind. 
 
 f-UXU, 
 
 Nigh to. 
 
 
 St: ens, 
 
 By, along. 
 
 bb, 
 
 For. 
 
 
 Secundum, 
 
 . ' cording to. 
 
 Propter, 
 
 For y hard 
 
 by. 
 
 Supra, 
 
 Above. 
 
 P-r, 
 
 By, through. 
 
 Trans, 
 
 On the farther fid;. 
 
 Prater, 
 
 Be/id.'s, txcett. 
 
 Ultra, 
 
 Bc\snd. 
 
 / The Pcepoiitions which govern the ablative are fifteen ; 
 namely, 
 
 A/ 
 
 Ab, 
 Abs, 
 .Abfque, 
 Gum, 
 
 Clam, 
 
 From , or $y. 
 
 Without. 
 With. 
 
 De, 
 E r 
 
 £::, 
 
 Pro, 
 
 Prx, 
 
 Of concerning. 
 X Of Out of 
 
 For. 
 
 Before. 
 
 With the knowledge of 
 
 Wi bout. 
 
 Up to , as far as. 
 
 J Without iheknw Palam, 
 \ ledge of. Sine, 
 
 C6ra.m, l '**»,*•*> t*- '«nu.,. 
 
 C fence of. 
 
 / Thefe four govern fometimes the accusative, and fome- 
 times the ablative r 
 
 In, /«, into, Sub, Under. Super* Above. SuBter, Beneath. J 
 
 Obf. I. Prepofitions are fo called, Secanfe they are generally placed 
 before the word with which they «re joined. Some, however, are 
 put after ; as, cum, when joined with me, te, fe, and fometimes with 
 quo, qui, and quibus : thus, mecum, tecum, C<c. Tcnus is always placed 
 after ; as, ment-o, tenus, up to the chin. So likewi e are -verfus and 
 ufqvc ; and ward, in Englifh ; as, toward, rajiivard, <Scc. 
 
 Obi*. 2. Prepofitions, both in Englifh and Latin, are often com* 
 pounded with other parts of f} tech, particularly with verbs ; as, 
 fubire, to 1 undergo. In Englifh they ar-e frequently put after verbs ; 
 as, to era in, to zo out, to look to. &C 
 
 Prepofitions are alfo fometimes compounded together ; as, Ex ad- 
 xerfus cum locum y Cic. Ex adverfum Atker.as, C. Nep. In ante diem 
 fuartum Kaler.darum Deeembris difiulit, i. e. ufque in eum diem, Cic. 
 Supplicatio ir.dida eft ex ante diem quint urn idus Otiob. i. e. ab eo die, Liv. 
 Ex ante priifie Idus Stptembris, Piin. But prepofitions compounded 
 together commonly becsme adverbs or conjunctions ; as, propaLm^ 
 prot'zr.us, infuper, &C. 
 
 Obf. 3. Prepofitions in compofition ufually retain their primitive 
 fcgnmcation : as, cdeo r to go to : prgpono, to place before. But 
 from this there are feveral exceptions. I. IN joined with adjectives 
 generally denotes privation ; as, ufldus, unfaithful : but when join-* 
 «d with verbs, increafes their iignincation ; as, induro, to harden 
 greatlj. In fome words in has two contrary fenfes ; as, invccatus 9 
 <aued upon, or net cal'ed upon. So infrenatjs, immutatus, infveius^ 
 imfenfus) inbumatus, inteniatu^ &C, 2. ?Lft cpBUHQOlj increases the 
 9 O a fi unification ; 
 
I48 iNTtRJECTION. 
 
 fignification ; as, Percarus, f>er£cler, pereomis, pcrctttiofjt, perdijficiliss 
 pen!. j gans, psrgratus, per gravis, ptrbofpltzlis, perUIujlrlj, pcrLvtus, &.C 
 very dear, very fwiff, &c. 3. Pra ; fometimes incrcali-s ; as, Pr<z- 
 cfcrus, pr ., pradulcis, pradurus, prapinguis, pr.evaildus ; ^nevaUo, 
 
 prczpolLo ; and alfo Ex ; as, Excl^mo, rro, exaugec, cxcalefac 
 
 extern:,), exhilaro ; bat ex fometimes denotes privation, as, Exfitnguh, 
 bloodlefs, pule: excorr, cxjmwUy -mo, &c. 4. Sun often dunmiihes ; 
 as, Subalbiaus, fubabfurdus, fubamiirus, fubdulcls, fubn andls, fubgrmi 
 fubniger ; &x. a little white or whitilh, &c. De often fignifie* dov. 
 ward ; as, Decide, deeurro, degravo, dejpicio, delator : fometimes in- 
 creafes ; as, Deot/to. demiror ; and fometimes exprefles privation ;. as, 
 Dement, decoLr, deformit, &c. 
 
 Obf. 4. There are five or fix fyllables, namely, am, d't 
 or dif, re, fe, con, which are commonly called, Infepu- 
 rabk P repetitions, becaufe they are only to be found in 
 compound words : however they generally add iomething 
 to the fignificatioQ of the words with which they are com- 
 pounded 5 thus, 
 
 Am, round about. ~] f Amb'lO, to fur round. 
 
 Di, 1 J J DIvello, to pull afumi 
 
 Dis, \ a J"' li d ' I Diicraho, to draiv jfunder. 
 
 R.e, ac:://i. f a f> J Rciego, to read agalrt. 
 
 Se, a fid: or afar*, \ Sepono, to lay afide. 
 
 Con, Wether. J l^Concrefco, to jrro%u together* 
 
 INTERJECTION. 
 
 / An Interjection is an indeclinable word thrown in le- 
 tnveen the parts of a fentence, to exprefs fome pailion or emo- 
 tion of the mind. / 
 
 Some Interjections are natural founds, and common to all lan- 
 guages ; as, Ob ! Ab ! 
 
 Interjedions exprefs in one word a whole fentence, and thus fitly 
 reprefent the quicknefs of the paflions. 
 
 The different paflions have commonly different words to exprefs 
 them ; thus, 
 
 I. JOY ; as, evax, hey, brave, io ! 
 
 %. GRIEF ; as, ab, lei, heu, ebeu ! ah, alas, woes me ! 
 
 3. WONDER ; as, pap* ! O ft range ! vab I hah ! 
 
 4. PRAISE ; ys, eug: ! well done ! 
 
 5. AVERSION ; as, mfSge ! away, begone, avaunt, off, fy, turn ! 
 
 6. EXCLAIMING ; at* Ob, prob / O \ 
 ?. SURPRISE or FEAR ; as, atat I ha, aha ! 
 
 8. IMPRECATION : is, v* / wo, pox on't ! 
 
 9. LAUGHTER ; as, ba, ba, be f 
 xo. SILENCING ; as uu, y, pax / filence, hum, 'ft ! 
 It. CALLING ; *$, cb9 t eboditv, io. h* ! fo, ho, ho, O ! 
 
 12. DE< 
 
Conjunction- 149 
 
 12. DERISION; a*,Mi away with i 
 
 13. ATTENTION ; as, btm ! ha t 
 
 Some interjections denote feveral different pai!ior?3 : thus, Vab is 
 ufed to exprtrf.i ior, and forrow, and wonder, &c. 
 
 Acje&ives of the neuter gender are. fometiir»e? u(cd for interjec- 
 tions ; as, m ! with" a milchkf ! lafandvm ! (J ihanie ! fy, f y j 
 MUerkm* O wre:ched ! A \rlis > O die viiiany ! 
 
 c o n j v n c t i o n: 
 
 / A conjunction is an indeclinable woid, which ferves to 
 join fentences together* / 
 
 Thus, Tpt and /, and the boy, read Virgil, is one fentence made 
 up o£ thefe three, by the conjunction and twice employed ; I read 
 Virgil ; Yun read Virgil ; The bey reads Virgil. In like manner, 
 44 You and I read Virgil, but the boy reads Ovid," it one fentence, 
 made up of three, by the conjunctions ani and b 
 
 Conjunctions, according to their" different meaning,, arc divided 
 into the following cinfTes : 
 
 1. COPULATIVE ; as, *t\ ac, alque,. que, and ; stiam, quoque, 
 item, alfo ; turn, turn, both, and Alio their contraries,, nee, nequ? 9 
 ne», nc-ve, neither, nor. 
 
 2. DISJUNCTIVE ; as, aut, vr, vel,fia,frjc, either, or. 
 
 3. CONCESSIVE ; as, etft- } etiamji, t.-.nu-t/i,. licet, quanauam, quamvis, 
 though, although, albeit. 
 
 4. ADVERSATIVE; as, fiJ, verifm, autnn, at, a/I, at qui, but; 
 tamtn, altamen, venuitamen, verumenlmvevo, yet, notwithstanding, nev- 
 
 erthelefs. 
 
 5. CAUSAL; as, nam, nam^uc, enim, for ; quia, quippe, quoniam^ 
 becaufe ; quid, that, becaufe. 
 
 6. ILLATIVE or RATIONAL ; a?, ergo, idea, igit*r t idcirco, 
 itaque, therefore; quapr*pter, quocirca, wherefore ; ■ prolnde r . therefore ; 
 turn, quum, feeing, fince ; quandoqutdem, forafrnuchas. 
 
 7. FINAL or PERFECTIVE % as, ut, uti, that, to the end that. 
 
 8. CONDITIONAL ; as, //, fm, if ; dum, tnodo, dummodo, provided, 
 "upon condition that ; ftp/idem, if indeed. 
 
 9. "EXCEPTIVE or RESTRICTIVE ; as, mi, ni/l } unlels, except, 
 JO. DIMINUTIVE; as,/i//«», certe, at leaft. 
 
 ir. SUSPENSIVE or DUBITAT1VE ; as, mm % anne, num, whether ; 
 r.f, annon, whether, not; necne, or, not. 
 
 12. EXPLETIVE ; as, autem, veto, now, truly ; quldem, equ\dem } 
 indeed. 
 
 13. ORDINATIVE ; as, delude, thereafter ; denique y finally; in- 
 super, moreover ; utttrum, moreover, but, however. 
 
 14. DECLARATIVE ; as, videlicet, fcilicet, nempe^ nitr.lrum, &C« 
 to wit, namely. 
 
 Obf. 1. The fame words, as they are taken in different views, are 
 bcth adverbs an<J conjunctions. Thus, an, anne, ' &c, are either interrog- 
 ative 
 
I JO CONJUNCTION". 
 
 ati-je adverbs r as* An fcrlbH ? Does he write ? or, ffpenjlvc ftmm$ 
 ticns ; as, Nefcio an fnbat, I know Hot if he writes. 
 
 Ohf. 2. Sortie conjunctions, according to their natural order, ftand 
 firir. in a fenrence ; as, Ac, atq^c, nee, nequs, d*t\ iv/, five, at, fed, 
 vefam, nam, quandoqu'dcyn, quoc'irca, quare, fin, f:quidxm, praterquam\ 
 £cc : fome ft and in the iecond- place ; as, Autem, vcro, quoque, qui .Jem , 
 tnim : and Tome rnr.y indifferently b< j put either firft or fecond ; is £tiam i 
 efuidem, luei, quamvis, q'i inj:fun, tsvtsn, aitatnen, namque, quod, quia, qua- 
 ntum, quippe, utp6te y ut, uti, ergo, iJ.o, igitur, idcirco, itaque, prcinde, frod- 
 terea,Ji, ni, nifi, Sue. Kcncc arofe the divifion of them into P repetitive >, 
 Smbjtm&iv*, and Common. To the fubjunctive may be added th 
 que, ve\ nr, which are always joined to fome other word, and are 
 called Enclitics ) becaufe, when put after long fyllables, they make the 
 accent incline to the foregoing i'yliable ; as in the following verfe, 
 
 Ir.Joftufqu; p'dg, drfcive, ircebive, quirfcit, Horat. 
 
 But when thefe enclitic conjunctions come after a fhort vowei^ 
 they do not affect its pronunciation ; tints, 
 
 Arhufsos ffttus mGnianaquc fragc. UgebanU Ovid. 
 
 SENTENCES. 
 
Syntax or Co-n sra. uc tios of Words in Sentences. 151 
 
 SENTENCES. 
 
 A SI nry thought* of the mind e rpfefied by 
 
 two or more v. put together ; us, 7 read- The 
 
 earls /. 
 
 bat part of grammar which teaches to put wor-da rightly 
 
 gether in fentences, is called Syntax or Cc?:j:rx8ion. 
 
 Words in fentences have a twofold relation to. one ano- 
 ther ; wamefyi that 6c C ./' or Agreement ; and that of 
 Go v e rnm ent or Influence* 
 
 C ', is when one we frees with another in fome 
 
 accidents ; as, in gender, number, perfon, or cafe, 
 
 Goverr is when one word requires another to be put 
 
 in a certa; 'e, or >** de. 
 
 General Prin 'sflts of Syntax, 
 
 i». In every fentence there mud be a verb and a nomina- 
 e expreMld or underftood. 
 
 2. Every adjective mail have a. fubfiantive expreffed or 
 underftood. 
 
 3. Ah the -cafes of Latin nouns, except the nominative 
 and vocative, mull be governed bv fome other word- 
 
 4. The genitive is governed by a e noun expreff- 
 ed or underilood. 
 
 5. The da 6 governed by adjectives and verb 
 
 6. The accufative is governed by an active verb, or by a 
 prepolition ; or is :d before the infinitive. 
 
 "• The (lands by itieif, or has an interjection. 
 
 joined with 
 
 8. The ablative is g a psepei expreffed or 
 no 
 
 9. i itive is ne verb or adjective. 
 
 10. The genitive or polfeiJive cafe in Englifh always de- 
 pends on feme noun ; and the objective or accufative cafe is 
 put a&er a verb active or a prepofition. 
 
 All. 
 
t$z imple Sentences. 
 
 All Sentences are either Simple or Com- 
 pound.. 
 
 Syntax therefore may be divided into two parts, accord- 
 ing to the general divifion of fentences. 
 
 S I M PLE S E N T E N C E S. 
 A Simple Sentence is that which has but one nominative : 
 and one finite verb, that ls y a verb in the indicative, fubjunc-- 
 Uvej or imperative mod.-. 
 
 In a Ample fentenee, there is only one Subject and one- 
 Attribute* 
 
 The Subject is the word which marks the perfon or 
 thing (pokeo of. 
 
 The Attribute exprefles" what we. affirm concerning the 
 fubjecx, as, 
 
 The bey rind: his UJTom : Here, " rhe boy," is the Si.bjeci yf difcourfej 
 •t the per on fpoken of ; " reads his leflon," is the Attribute, or what 
 we aftrm concerning the fnbjecr. The diligent boy reads his lejfon care- 
 fully at keme. Here we have ftill the fame fubjedt, " the boy," mark- 
 ed by th tracker of u diligent,'' S<Aded to it ; and the fame attri- 
 hure, " reads hia icilon," with the circumftances of manner and place 
 iab'yuLtd, M carefully/* " a,t home," 
 
 C O N C O R D. 
 
 The following, words agree together in fentences-, I. A 
 fubftantive with a. fubftantive.. 2. An adjective with a fub- 
 ftantive. 3,. A verb with a nominative. 7 
 
 I. Agreement of one Sulftaniive <zulth another. 
 
 Rule I. / Substantives ilgnifying the fame 
 thing, agree in cafe ;.] as, 
 
 ro orator, Cicfro the Orator; Cicerimii oraturis, Of Cicerothe Orator. 
 Athene, The city -Athens; Urbis Atbinirum, Of the city Atrn 
 
 2. Agreement of an siujeClivt with a Sutjlaniive. 
 
 Ill An Adjective agrees with a Subitantive, life 
 gender, number, and cafe ;|as, 
 
 ■ts *v/r, a good man ; Bor.i "Art, good men. 
 
 .'•rta cafe, a chaftc woman ; F&imn.t caft<r, chaltc women. 
 Du r, a fweet apple ; DttUia jHJttm, fweet apples. 
 
 ■Vr.i fo through all the cafes and degrees of comparison. 
 
 Thi* 
 
 / 
 
 
Agreement of Words in Sentences. 153 
 
 This rule applies alfo to Adjective pronouns and participles ; a3 
 J\f?us liter, my book ; ager culendus, a held to be tilled: Plur/ik/ei 
 Irbri, agri, colendi, &.C. 
 
 [ >bf. i- [The fubftantive is frequently underftood, or its 
 :; fupphed by, an infinitive ; and then the adje.ctive is 
 put in the neuter gender ; yas, trifle, fc. negotium, a fad 
 tiling, Virg. ; Tuum fare, 'the fame with tua fdentia, thy 
 knowledge, Perf. We fumetimes however tind the fubftan- 
 tive underftood in the feminine ; as, Nan pojlerlures feram^ 
 fup. partes, Ter. 
 
 Obf. 2. An adjective often fupplies the place of a fub- 
 ftantive ; as, Gertus amicus, a fure friend : Bona Jerina^ 
 Good venifon ; Summum bonurn, The chief good : Homo 
 being underftood to amicus, caro to ferlna, and negotium 
 to bomtm. A fubftantive is fometimes ufed as an adjec- 
 tive ; as, incola turba vacant y the inhabitants, Ovid Fajh 
 
 Obf. 3. Thefe adjectives, primus, niedius, uliimus, ex- 
 tremus, infinus, imus, fummus, Jiipremus, reliauus, cetera, 
 ufually fignify the Jirji pari, the middle part, Sec, of any 
 thing ; as, Media nox, the middle part of the night ; Summa 
 arbor, the high ell part of a tree.. 
 
 Obi". 4. In linglifh, the adjective generally goes before the noun ; 
 ?s y a zL-ft man, a good horfe ; unlefs fomcthing depend upon the ad- 
 jective ; as, fcod convenient for me ; or the adjective be empnatical ; as, 
 Alexander the Great. And the article goes before the Adjective : ex- 
 cept the adjectives all, fuch, and many, and others iubjoined to the 
 adverbs Jo, as, and koiu ; .as, all the men ; many a mam, fo good a man / 
 as good j man ; bozu beautiful a profpetf ! or when there are two or more 
 adjectives joined to the noun ; as, a man learned and religious. 
 
 Obf. 5. Whether tn.z adjective or fubftantive ought to be placed 
 £rft in Latin, no certain rule can be given. Only if the fubftantive 
 be a monofyllable, and the adjective a polyfyliable, the fubilantive is 
 elegantly put Erft ; as, vir cl^snfp.mus, res prajlantijpma y tzfe. 
 
 Obf. 6. A fubftantive in Englilh, fometimes fupplies the place of 
 SI) adjective ; as, Jea-%v*ier, lani-joial, forest-trees, a Rone-arch, &c 
 and even when no hyphen is marked ; as, the London Chronicle, the 
 I-.iinvurgh Alagazine. 
 
 Obf. 7. Nouns of -meafure, number, ai>d weight, are fometunes 
 
 joined in the lingular with Numeral xAdjectives p'ural j as, fifty foot ; 
 
 fix fcore ; ten ihoujand fathom ; a hundred bead ; an hundred iv eight. We 
 
 lay, by this means, by that m . ans ; for, by tbefe means, by tbofc means ; 
 
 * r , by this mean, by tint mean, as it was ufed anciently : So, This for- 
 
154 Agreement of Words in Sentenc r 
 
 t 
 
 ty years , for theje ; thefe and theft kind rf things, for this and that. Each, 
 $very, either, are always joined with the lingular number, unlefs the 
 plural noun convey a collective idea ; as, every twelve years. 
 
 3. Agreement of a Verb iviih a Nominative. 
 
 III. J A Verb agrees with Its Nominative in 
 number and perfon ;j as, 
 
 £go lego, I read ; 3Vw legtmus, "We *ead. 
 
 Yufcribisy Thou writcit or you write; Vos Jcribitis, Ye or you writ 
 Preceptor docet, the mailer teaches ; PmcepUres docer.t, .Mafters teach 
 
 And fo through all the .modes, tenfes, and numbers. 
 
 / Obf. 1. Ego and nos are of the firlT: perfon ; tu and ves 
 of the fecond perfon ; tile and all other words, of the thirdJ 
 The nominative of the iirft and fecond perfon in Latin 13 fef 
 dom expreiTed, unlefs for the lake of emphafis or <liftinctk>n ; 
 as, Tu cs pair onus, tu pater, Ter. Tu legis*, egojeribo. 
 
 Obf. 2. / An infinitive, or iome part of a fentence, often 
 fupplies the place of a nominative ;] as, Mentiri ejl turfm, to 
 lie is bale ; Din non perlitatum tenuit aidatorem ; The facrifice 
 not being attended wih favourable omens detained the dic- 
 tator for a long time, Lrv. 7. 8. Sometimes the neuter 
 pronoun id or illud is added, to exprefs the meaning mo 
 flrongly ; as, Facere qu& libef, id ejl ejje regem, -Sal In it. 
 
 Obf. 3. The infinitive mode often fupplies the place of 
 the third perfon of the imperfect, of the indicative ; as, 
 Militcs fugere y the foldiers lied, for fugiebant or fugere cape- 
 runt. Iiroidt-re omnes mihi, for invidebant. 
 
 Obf. 4. I A collective noun may be joined with a verb 
 cither of the lingular or of the plural number ; as, Multitt 
 flat, or Jlant ;\ The multitude (lands, or (rand. 
 
 A collective noun, when joined with a verb lingular, eipreffes 
 many confidered as one whole ; but when joined with 1 verb plural, 
 figmfies many fcparately, or a.-> individuals. Hence, if an adje&ivc 
 or participle be fubjoined to the verb, when of the fmgv.hr number, 
 they will agree both in gender and number with the collective noun ; 
 but if the verb l>e plural, the S ive or participle will be plural 
 
 alfo, and of the {une gender with the individuals of which the collec- 
 tive noun is cninpoled ; M| Purs e~ar<; Pa r s olr.-xe tn iV. 
 formic*, Virg. /En. iv. ; Vfafna Jars raf>U ¥ {c. % Lnr. i. 
 
r 
 
 Agp.ee men t of Words in Sentences. 155 
 
 Sometimes, however, though more rarely, the adje&ive u thus 
 afrd in the lingular ; as, Pars arduus, Virg. JEn. vii. 624. 
 
 Obf. J. The neuter pronoun r/ in Englilh, is often the nominative 
 to the veib when we fpeak either of paribus or tilings ; as, It 3 / ; 
 
 u he ; ?'/ w<« & appears ; in Latin, 2?gw fum, ills ef, &c. It is 
 
 fometimes underftocd ; as, maj Be for, it may be ; as follows, for, as 
 it follows ; as is thought, for, as it is thong 
 
 Obf. 6. We often fay in Englilh, 2^;/ owx^, inilead of Ton ivere \ 
 which is a great inaccuracy in grammar ; but fo frequently ufed, par- 
 ticularly in common converfation, that it feems to be in a manner 
 eftabiifiied by cult cm. So there s tiro or three of us, for there are ; 
 There ivas more Sophfls, for ivere ; great pains has been taken, for have, 
 
 Accufative before the Infinitive. 
 
 ^[ IV. 'The infinitive mode has an accufative 
 before it -J as, 
 
 Gaudeo te vale re, I am glad that you aret*well. 
 
 Obf. 1. The participle ihat in Englifh, is the fign of the 
 accufative before the infinitive in Latin, when it comes 
 between two verbs, without exprefiing intention or defign. 
 Sometimes the participle is omitted ; as, Aiunt regem ad- 
 ventare, They fay the king is coming, thai being under- 
 ftood. 
 
 Obf. 2. The accufative before the infinitive always depends upoa 
 fome other verb, commonly on a neuter or fubftantive verb ; but 
 feldom on a verb taken in an active fenfe. 
 
 Obf. 3. The infinitive, with the accufative before it, feems feme- 
 times to fupply the place of a nominative ; as, Turpe eft tnililem fugere, 
 That a foldier ihould fly is a fhameful thing. 
 
 Obf. 4. The infinitive effe or fuiffe, muir. frequently be fupplied, 
 efpecially after participles ; as, Hoftium txercitum cafum fafumque ct r- 
 novi, Cic. Sometimes both the accufative and infinitive are under- 
 ftood ; as, Polluitus fufcepturutn, fell, me eJJs, Ter. 
 
 Obf. 5. The infinitive may frequently be otherwife rendered by 
 the conjunctions, quod, ut, ne, or quia ; as, Gaudeo te va/ere, i. e. 
 vahas, cr propter tuam bondm vaietudinem : jfubeo vos bene fperare, or id 
 bene fperetis ; Frohilxo eum exite, or ne exeat : ron dulito eum fe&ffc, or 
 much better, quin fecerit. Scio auoJ flius amet, Plaut. for /ilium anr e 
 Jidircr, ft potuit, for eum potuijfe, Cic. Ne??:o duliiat, ut populus Romonus 
 omnes <virtute fuperarit, for populum Romanum fuperajje, Nep. Ex animi 
 fententia juro, ut ego rempv.blicam ncn deferam, for me non deferturum 
 'egc, Liv. xxii. 53. 
 
 P The 
 
156 Agreement of Words in Sentences. 
 
 The fame Caft after a Vtrb as before it. 
 
 if V. lAny Verb may have the fame cafe after 
 it as before it ; when both words refer to the fame 
 thing ;] as, 
 
 Ego fum difeipuLis, I am a fcholar. 
 
 Tu oceans Joannes, You are named "John. 
 
 Ilia inced'it regina, She walks as a queen, 
 
 S:ic ilium habtri fapientem, I know that he is cfteemed wife, 
 
 S::o voj tjfe difdpulos, I know that you are fcholars. 
 
 So Rede* trains, jaceo fupplex ; Evadent digni, they will become wor- 
 v ; Rtmpuhlieam defend* adoUfcau ; nolo tJJ'e lengus, I am unwilling to be 
 
 tedious; Malim vidcri thnidus, quant par urn prudens. Cic. N on licet miki 
 
 ejfe negligent, Cic. Nuiura dedit omnibus ejfe be.itis, Claud. Cupio me ejft 
 mentem ; cupio n«n putari v:endacem ; Vult ejfe medium, fc. fe, He wifhes 
 
 10 be neuter, Cic- Difce ejfe pater ; Hoc eft ejft patrcm ? fc. cum, Ter. 
 
 Id ef, do.m.'nut.ij n$n wtperqtcran ejfe ; Salluft. 
 
 Obf. i . This rule implies nothing elfe but the agree- 
 ment of an adjective with a fubftantive, or of one fubftan- 
 tive with another ; for thofe words in a fentence which re- 
 fer to the fame object, muft always agree together, how 
 much foever disjoined. 
 
 -Obf. 2. The verbs which moft frequently have the fame 
 cafe after them as before them, are, 
 
 1. Subftantive and neuter verbs ; as, Sum, fo, forem % 
 and exiflo ; eo, ve7iio,flo, fedeo, evado, jaceo, fugio, &c. 
 
 2. The paffive of verbs of naming, judging, &c. as, 
 D'icor, appellor, <vocor, normnor, nuncupor, to which add, 
 videor, ex'iflimor, creor, conflituor, falutor, de/ignor, &c, 
 
 Thefe and other like verbs, admit after them only the nomina- 
 tive, aceufative, or dative. When they have before them the geni- 
 tive, they have alter them an accufative ; as, Intcreft omnium ejfe bouos, 
 fcW.fe; It is the intereft of all to be good. In fome cafes we can 
 ufe either the nom. or ace. promifcuoufly ; as, Cupio, did doclus or 
 dofli'm, fc. m; diet ; Cupio ejfe clemens, no n putari mendax ; iiult ejft medivs. 
 
 Obf. 3. When any of the above verbs are placed between two nom- 
 inatives of different numbers, they commonly agree in number wirli 
 the former ; as, Dos eft decern talenta, Her dowry is ten talents, Ter. 
 Q?nni* pontus erant, Ovid. But fometimes with the latter ; as, A- 
 trantium irce amoris integritio cjl, The quarrels of lovers is a renewal 
 of love, Ovid. So when an adjective is applied to two fubftantives 
 of different genders, it commonly agrees in gender with that fub- 
 ftantive 
 
 
(GOVERNMENT Or SUBSTANTIVES. l>7 
 
 flantive which is moft the ftibjed of difcourfe ; as, C m ejl app& 
 ia, Plim Sometimes, however, the adjective agrees with 
 the nearer fubftantive : as, Ivon omnis error Jlultitia efi a . Cic. 
 
 UjL 4, When the infinitive of any verb, particularly the fubftan- 
 tive verb ejfe, has the dative before it, governed by an Impel fonal 
 ▼erb, or any other word, it may have after it either the dative or 
 the accusative ; as, Ueet mihi ejfi beata, I may be happy : ^or licet 
 nil turn, me being underftood ; thus, licet mihi (me) ejfi bettum. 
 
 The dative before ejfe is often to be fupplied ; as, Licet ejfe beatom, 
 One may be happy, fcil, alicui or bomimi, 
 
 Obf 5. The poets ufe certain forms of exprefho^^vhich sre not 
 to be imitated in profe ; as, Reitulit Ajax jovis ejfe Jphr^'pts, for S* 
 
 pronepci'M, Ovid. ?vlct. xii. 141 . Cum vpiens emendatuffue <vo~ 
 
 *, for ie <vc^ri J . Horat. -£p. I . I 6 30. r-jfero 
 
 vt weens j Ovid. Tutumque ptstav Je foier ; Lacan, 
 
 Obf. 6. The verb to be in Engliib, has always a noil) c cafe 
 
 after it ; as, It wm I : unlefs it be of the infinitive mode ; as.. / took 
 
 it to be him. We often ufe however this impropriety in common con- 
 
 :ion, It is r,ie, It cant be me, It ivas hivi y for> It is I, It cannot 
 
 be I, It ivas be, 
 
 G O V E R N M E N T. 
 I. The Government of Substantives, 
 
 VI. / One Subftantive governs another in the 
 genitive, (when the latter Subftantive jignifie* 
 a different thing from the former) ;/ as, 
 
 Amor Dei, the love of God. Lex nature, The law of nature. 
 
 Domus Ccesaris, The houfe of Caefar, or Casfar's houfe. 
 
 Obf. I. When one fubftantive is governed by another in the geni- 
 tive, it expreffes in general the relation of property or poiTeffion, and 
 therefore is often elegantly turned into a poffemve adjective ; as, 1 
 tnus patris, or paterna, a father's houfe ; Filias beri or herilis, a matter's 
 fon : and among the poets, Labor Herculess> for Herculis ; Enjh £- 
 vandrius, for E^j;idri. 
 
 Obf. 2. When the fubftantive noun in the genitive Cgnines a per- 
 son, it may be taken either in an active or a paflive fenfe ; thus, 
 Amor Dei, The love of God, either means the love of God towards 
 u% or our love towards him : So cjr : t:;s patris, fignifies either, the 
 affection of a father to his children, or theirs to him. But often the 
 fubftantive can only be taken either in an active or in a paffive fenfe ; 
 thus, Timor Dei, always implies Devs timetur ; and Providentia D. ', 
 Deus providet. So Garttas ipftus foli, affection to the very foil, JLiv. ii. 1 . 
 
 Obf. 3. Both the former and latter fubftantive are fometimes to be 
 underftood; as, Hecloris Andromache, fcil uxor ; Ventum ejl ad Vc r 
 fed. a i.m or templum ; Vt 7 tria mi ilia, fcil. pajfu.im, three miles. 
 
 Obi. 4, We find the dative often ufed after a verb for the geniti 
 
 par Ay 
 
J 5$ Government of Substantives. 
 
 particularly among the poets ; as, Si corfn porrigitur 9 His Ml u 
 
 exten L>d ; Vi 1. vi. 596. 
 
 Obf. j. Some fubftantives are joined with certain prcpofrtion* ; as, 
 
 ' . ' .- Amor in 9 Ve\erga 9 a ; Gjk- 
 
 ^.uct de re ; Cura it aliquo ; M nt'io i//hs, vcl <fc ;7/o ; £v;Vi a£ ; Fu- 
 
 s ex ;'.-. ; Predator exfoci'u] for fociorum, Salluft, &c. 
 
 Obf, 6. The genitive in Latin is often rendered in Englifli by fev- 
 e$al ojthef particles befidesy; as, Defcenfus Aver**, the defcent /• 
 Avernus ; iVad ..,-, £k:ill >'« the lav/. 
 
 /SUBSTANTIVE PRONOUNS are governed in the 
 genitive like iubilantive nouns ; as, pars mc't^ a part of me.j 
 
 So ve pronouns when ufed as fubflantives, or ^ a 
 
 r.oun unde. ; as, Liber ejus ,////«&, ; Sec, The book of him, 
 
 or his boo::, fc. hi .• The book of her, or her book, f^c. •&. 
 
 L:bri e*rum, v. bcok6 ; Citjus liber , the book cf n, 
 
 or whofe book ; Sacrum 1 vhofe books, &c. But we always fay, 
 
 me't: I ber, IK r uofter, not >. - 1. '■ ; /'.". \jus 9 Tictfui. 
 
 n a paflive fenfe is exprened, we Ufe «*/, *-7. //, tftf/?ri, ve/fri 9 
 rnftrvm, veftrvm , but we ufe their poiTemves, when an active fenfe 
 is exprened ; as, Amor met. The love of me, that is, The love 
 wherewith I am loved : Amor /v. . , \\y love, that is, the love where- 
 witH I \\\ find flives fometimes ufed pailive- 
 
 ]y, and their primiti aken actively ; as, Odium tuum> Hatred of 
 iheej Ter. Phorrtt. v. 3. 27. Labor mei t My Labour, Plaut. 
 
 r l he pofl '«-, i>ejier i have fometimes nouns, 
 
 pronouns, and part. ":er them in the genitive ; as, Pectus tuuin 
 
 lm -. ;•, Ci:. Phil, ii, 43. Nofitr duorumei>etit*s 9 kiv. Tuum 
 
 *, Cic. Af<r.* fcripta iimenth{ \dc. Hor. Soliu* meum j 
 
 rrigi r.cn pottfti Cic. Id maxime quemque decet, quod eji cujvfqmt 
 
 fuu:, 1 . Id. 
 
 ie reciprocals S£/7and 5UUS are ufed, when the action of the 
 rb is y . It were, upon its no:r. e : as. Cu/e interfesit Je\ 
 
 m : Did fe fcript* We find however 
 
 fometij example^ of this kind ; as, Deum agnofcm 
 
 ex operibu* eju Sy Cic. iV^- Rauracis y ut "sia cum iis proficijeam 
 
 for ui. 9, Ccef. 
 
 VII. /if the latter Subftantive have an Adjective 
 of praife or dlipraife joined with it, I may be 
 put in the genitive or ablative ;| as, 
 
 Vlr fumm* prud t ma prude ..', A man of wifdpm. 
 
 Piter prubec indulis, or pr>, de, A boy of a good difpofition. 
 
 Obf. I. The ablative here is not properly governed by the forego- 
 ing fubftantive, blit by fome prepofition underftood ; ex 9 
 i,i°\Z?c. Thus, Vlr fumma frudetttia, is the fame with v;*/ a :ma 
 
 1 Obf. 
 
Government of Substantives. 159 
 
 Obf. 2. In fome phrafes the genitive is only ufed ; as, Magtu for- 
 mica laboris, The laborious ant ; Vir irmi fubfellii, homo minimi fretii, a 
 pcrfon of the lowed rank. Homo nullius Jlipendii, a man of no experi- 
 ence in war ; SallufL Non multi cibi bofpitem accipies, fed muiti 
 joci, Cic. Ager triu m jugerum. In others only the ablative ; as, Es 
 bono animo, Be of good courage. Mira fum alacritaie ad llti ga ,uh:?n , 
 Cic. Capite aperto eft, His head is bare ; cbvoluto, covered. Capite 
 et fupercilio femper eft rafts, Id. Mulier magna natu, Liv. Sometimes 
 both are ufed in the fame fentence ; as, Addtfctns eximia fpe, fumm<e 
 virtutis, Cic The ablative more frequently occurs in profe than the 
 genitive. 
 
 Obf. 3. Sometimes the adje&ive agrees in cafe with the former 
 fubftantive, and then the latter fubftantive is put in the ablative : 
 thus, we fay, either, Vir prajlant'u ingenii, or prizftanti ingenio ; or Vir 
 praftans ingenio, and fometimes praftans ingenii. f Among the poets the 
 latter fubftantive is frequently put in the accusative by a Greek con- 
 ftru&ion, fecundum, or qacd ad being underflood by the figure com- 
 monly called Synecdoche A^S, Utiles /radios membra, i. e. fracius fecun- 
 dum or quod ad membra, or habeas membra fraclu, Horat. Qs bumerofi--n 
 ieofimilis, Virg, 
 
 AJjeEilves taien as Subflantlvss \ 
 
 VIII. / An Adjective in the neuter gender 
 without a fubftantive governs the genitive ;/as, 
 
 Multum pecuiii*, Much money. ^uid rei eft ? What is the matter ? 
 
 Obf. 1. This manner of exprefiion is more (elegant than Multa 
 Pecunia, and therefore is much ufed by the belt writers ; as, Plus eio- 
 juentJa?) 7?iinus fapient'ue, tan fum jidei, id negofii ; quictjuid erat pairum^ 
 reos dicer es, Liv Id foci ; Ad hoc atatis, SaUuft. 
 
 Obf. 2. The adjectives which thus govern the genitive like fub- 
 ftantives, generally fignify quantity ; as, bwIshm, plus, plurimupr, 
 tantupn, quantum, minus, minimum, \5c. To which add, koc> illvd, 
 jftud y id, quid, aliquid, quidvis, quiddam, &C. Pius and quid almoft al- 
 ways govern the genitive,, and therefore by ibmt are thought to be 
 fubftantives- 
 
 Obf. 3. Nihil,, and thefe neuter pronouns quid, aiiquid, \5?c. eJc- 
 gantly govern neuter adjectives o£ the firft and fecond declenfion in 
 the genitive ; as, nihil Jinceru, no iincerity ;- but feldom govern in this 
 manner adjectives of the third declenfion, partbukily thofe which 
 end in is and e ; as, N-equid hcfliU timerent, not boftt'lii ■: we find how- 
 ever quicquid civilis, JLiv. V. 3. 
 
 Obf. 4. Plural adjeclives of the neuter gender alio govern the gen- 
 itive, commonly the genitive plural ; as, Angufia via rum, dpa:a 
 Lcorum, Telluris rperta, loci being understood. So Asmara cmrarumi 
 acuta belli, fc. negotia, Korat. An adjective indeed of any gender 
 may have a genitive after it. with a fubftantive underitood ; as, Ami~ 
 'us Cafaris, P atria Ulyffcs, ^V, 
 
 P 2 £/ 
 
i6o Covers ment of Substantives. 
 
 •* 
 
 Opus and Ufus. 
 
 IX / Opus and Ufus^ lignifying need^ require 
 the ablative ;/ as, 
 
 £jl opus pccunia, There is need of money ; U/hs virions. Need of ftrength. 
 
 Obf. i. Opus and itfus are fubftantive nouns, and do not govern the 
 ablative of themfelves, but by fome prepoiition, as pro or the like, 
 nnderilood. f They fometimes a fo, although more rarely, govern the 
 
 Opera ufus eft, JLiv. 
 an indeclinable adjective ; 
 C:c. Dices nummos mihi opus 
 eftfe, Id. Nobis t \ Id.* 
 
 Obf. 3. Opus is elec joined with the perfect participle ; as, 
 
 Op 0, Need ofNhafte ; Opus canfulto, Need of deliberation ; 
 
 <?):ud fafto ufus eft ? Ter. The participle has fometimes a fubftantive 
 joined with it ; a?, Mibi cpus fuit Hirtio convenio, It behoved me to 
 meet with Hirtius, Cic. 
 
 Obf. 4. Opus is fometimes joined with the infinitive, or th\. /..« 
 junclive with ut, as, Siquid forie fit, qua! opus jit fciri, Cic. Nunc i 
 cpus g/f, 1 ut tt ., Plaut. nperitare equ/s t 
 
 Hor«t. It is often placed abfolutdjy i. e. without depending on any 
 other * ; as, J.c oj us ef. ; ft 9 , &c. 
 
 II. 'Government of Adjectives. 
 
 1 . AdjeB'i'ves governing the Gen in \ 
 
 X # . Verbal adjectives, or fuch as fignify an af- 
 fection of the mind, govern the genitive ;/ as, 
 
 A-vidus gloria, Defirous of glory. , Ignorant of fraud. 
 
 Memor benejuiofum, Mindful of favours. 
 
 / fo this rule belong, I. Verbal adjectives in AX ;/ as, 
 capax, edoM, ferax, tenax, pertlnax, &c.{and certain p 
 ticipial adjectives in NS and TUS | as, amans, appetens, 
 cupiens, insolens, Jciens ; c r mfulius y docirs, expertus, in- 
 
 fuetus, ihfolitus, &c. Il.f Adjeftives exprelTing various af- 
 fections of the mind ; f i./Defire ;) as, avarus, cvpjd .•/, 
 
 JhuEefus, Sec. 2./ Knowledge, ignorance and doubting); 
 as, eallidus, dr. >, confeius, griarus, • pe 
 
 pmdctis, &c. IgnaruS) ineertus, infcii/s, imprudent* im- 
 
 peritus, imtnemor, nulls ; dmbiguus, dubius % fufpcuj 
 &€. 3.^ Care and diligence, and the contrary ;/ J 
 anxlus, curwfusy joliciluss providus, diligtos ; incurioj 
 
 sfecuruit negligent^ Jcc. \\ Fear and confidence ; I as, J 
 
 fbsj favidut) timidur, trepidus ; impavidus, tferrir 
 
 '■■ 
 
 
Government of Adjectives. it : i 
 
 t USl is, 5./ Guilt and innocence ;/as, ncx/us, reus, 
 
 Jujj , comperfus ; inndxius, innoccns, info fit. 
 
 » theie add many adjeclives of various hgnihcations ; as, ager 
 animi ; aniens, audax, fruerfus, di-verfas, egregius, erecius, falfus, ftlix, 
 ftjfus, furens, ingens, «*, Utus, prajlans animi ; modicus i>oti ; in: - 
 
 ger vitcs ; feri Jluditrum, Hor. But we fay agar pedibus, ardens in eupi- 
 ditatibus, prajlar.s doBrina, modlcus culiu ; Latus negotio, de re, or prop" 
 ter rem, &LC. and never ager pedum, &c. 
 
 Obf. 1. 1 Verbals in NS are ufed both as adjectives and 
 participles ;l thus, / oris, able to bear cold ; and 
 
 pattens algorem, a&ualiy bearing cold. So amans virtutis^ 
 and amans virtutem : doctus grammatical fkilled in grammar ; 
 dodtus grammaticam, one who has learned it. 
 
 Obf. 2. Many of thefe adjectives vary their conftruciion, as, ami* 
 ius in pecuniis, CiC. Avidior ad rem, Ter. Jure confultus & peritus, or 
 juris, Cic. Rudis liierarum, in jure ci-vili, Cic, Rudis arte, ad mala, 
 Ovid. Dctflus Latin), Latinis Uteris* Gic. AJfuetus labor e, in o:nnia, Liv. 
 meitfa herili, Virg. Infuetus ?xorib;.s Romanis, in the dat. JLiv. Laboris, 
 ad onera portanda, Csef. Defuetus beilo, & triumpbis, in the dat. or abl, 
 rather the dat. Virg. Anxius, folicitus, fecurus, de re aliqua ; dlligens, 
 in, ad, de, Cic. ISlegligens in altquem, in or de re : Reus de w, criminii 
 Cic. Ceftior faftus de re, rather than rei, Cic. 
 
 Obf. 3. The genitive Sifter the] tives is thought to be gov- 
 
 erned by caufa, in re, or in 0, or fome fnch word underiiood ; 
 
 as, Ctipidus laudis, i. e. caufa cr in re laudis % defirous ot praife, that is, 
 on account of, or in the matter fe. But in 1 ecti 
 
 -Mnfeives may be fuppofed to contain in their c ;ion the 
 
 force of a fubftantive ; thus; fiudiej , fond of money, is Che 
 
 lame with habeas jludhun j :, having a foiidnefs for money. 
 
 XI.i Partitives, and words placed partitive! y, 
 comparatives, fuperlatives, interrogatives, and 
 fome numerals, govern the genitive plural ;) as, 
 
 Aliquis p horum, Some one of thi philofbphers. 
 
 ficnior fratrum, The elder of the brothers. 
 
 JDoBiJJimus Romanorum, The moft learned of the Romans, 
 
 J^. n ? Which of us ? 
 
 Una mufarum, One of the mufes. 
 
 it fapientum, ie eighth of the wife men. 
 
 /Adjectives are called Partitives, or are faid to be pla- 
 ced , when they fjgnify a part of any numbei of 
 perfoas or things, having after tl in Englifn, of or 
 7 ;l as, alius, nullus, fdus, cvV, quis aiui qui, with 
 their compounds : alfo Conrparatives, Sir. s, and 
 
 fo 
 
i6i Government of Adjectives. 
 
 feme Numerals ; as, unus, duo, tres ; primus, fecundus, Sec, 
 To thefe add multi, pauci, plerique, viedius. 
 
 Obf. i. Partitives, (b'c. agree in gender with the fubftantive which 
 they have after them in the genitive ; but when there are two iub- 
 ftantives of different, genders, the partitive, \sfc. rather agrees with 
 the former ; as, Indus jluminam maximus, Cic. Rarely with the lat- 
 ter ; a^, Delphlnus animalium tjelocijjimum , Plijl- The genitive here is 
 governed by ex numero, or by the fame fubllantive underftood in the 
 lingular number ; as, Nulla for or um, fcil for or, or ex mtmero fbrorum. 
 
 Obf. 2. Partitives, bV. are often otherwife conftrued with the pre- 
 pofitions de, e, ex, or m ; as, Unas de fratribus ; or by the poets, with 
 ante or inter ; as, Fulcherrimus ante omnes, for omnium , Virg. Primus 
 inter omnes, Id. 
 
 Obf. 3. Partitives, Iffc. govern collective nouns in the genitive 
 lingular, and are of the -fame gender with the individuals of which 
 the collective noun is compofed ; as, Vir fortijjlmus nojlra civitatis. 
 Cic. Maxi;?>us flirpis, Liv. VUin.os crbis Britannos. Horat. od. i. 35. 29. 
 
 Obf. 4. Comparatives are ufed, when we fpeak of two ; Superla- 
 tives when we fpeak of more than two ; as, Major Frairum, The el- 
 der of the brothers, meaning ttvo ; Maximus fratrum, The elded of 
 the brothers, meaning more th^n tivo. In like manner, uter, alter, 
 neuter, are appKed with regard to two- ; quis, unus, alius, nullus, with, 
 regard to three or more ; as, Uter vijlrwn, Whether or which of you 
 iivo ; G>uis vefirum, Which of you three : but thtfe are fometimes 
 taken promifcuoufly the one for the other. 
 
 2. Adjectives governing the Dati 
 
 XII. /Adjectives fignifying profit or difprofit s 
 
 likeneis or unlikeneis, &c. govern the dative ;/as,. 
 
 Uttlis bello, Profitable for War. 
 
 Femicilfts reipubliae, Hurtful to the commonwealth. 
 
 SimUis patri, Like to his father. 
 
 Or thus, Any adjective may govern the dative in Latin, 
 which has the Jigns TO or FOR after it in Engtijlo.J 
 /To this rule belong J 
 
 1 •/Adjectives of profit or difprofit j as, Benignus bonus, commodus,. 
 felix, fruStuofus, proft>er, faluber,-~—~Calamitofis, damnofus, dirus, ex:- 
 tiofus* funefus, incommodiis, malus, noxiur, perniciofus, pcjilfcr. 
 
 2 J Of pleafure or pain f a?, Autptus, dulcis, grdtus, gratiofus, jucun- 
 
 dus, fetus, fuwvis. Acer bin, amarus, irfucvis, iujuctindui, ingrains, 
 
 moUftut, triflis. 
 
 3I Of friendship or hatred ) as, Addiclus, aquus, amicus, benevolus, 
 
 hlanaus, carus, deditus, fdus, fidtlis, lenis, mitis, propitius. AJ*verfus y 
 
 amulus, afper, crudelis, contraries, infenfus, infefius, infdus, immitis\ in- 
 imieus, iniquus, int'fus, invidus, iratus, odiofus, ftfpcftus, trux. 
 
 4.I Of clearnefs or obfeurity -| as, Apertas, cerius, eompertus, confpicuus, 
 
 manifeflus, 
 
 ... 
 
 / 
 
Gqteksment of Adjectites. 163 
 
 ma ' , nsius, ptrfpicuus. Amb'.guus, dubins, ignotus, ineerius, &k- 
 
 fcurtis. 
 
 5I Of nearnef? J as, Finrtirrius, propter, proximus, propinquus, fucius, 
 ■ 
 
 6/Oi fitnefs or unfitnefs >Ja8, Aptus, -, halills, 
 
 idoneus . >L's. Ineptus, ml 
 
 7/ Of eafe or difficulty | as, Facilis ; levisj ohvt . 
 
 Dr, latoriufus, thefe add 
 
 fuch as 1 ty or reac ; as, Primus, f. 
 
 pre, - .„. 
 
 o/or equality or. inequality J as, JE [ raw, par, compar, 
 
 • ■. / - e ^ s or un " 
 
 I as, imllts, , gemlnvt. ■ ■ ■ < ■ . ali*QUt % 
 
 9.#Sev€ral pounded with C02"J/ a*, Cr.gr.at;. fcr t 
 
 foncttrs, , to/j/5 f/V/z/, 
 
 \tiguus, ., contiguous: as, l\flari air continent eji^ 
 Cic. 
 
 /To theft add many other Adj s of various fignifications J as, 
 
 Gunoxius, , credziut) ab Us, deform::, pr^/to f 
 indecl. at hand, jeemdus, 6cc. — particularly. 
 
 (Verbals in bilis and dus govern the dative y as, 
 Amanda • vel amabtlis otnnibus, To ^e loved by all men. 
 
 So Ivlvrs eji terribiUs mails ; Qptabitis emnijus pax ; Alhibenda ejl nobis 
 mligentia, Cic. St?. canda ejl <via icit.i, Kor. Alio iome 
 
 participles of the perfect tenfe ; as, Bdla mairibus detcluia, hated by, 
 Hor. 
 
 Verbals in dus are often conitrued with the prep. a-, as, Deis ejl 
 venerandus Izf cojtndus a nobis, Cic. Perfect participles are ufually fo ; 
 as, Mors Crafli eji a ;. , rather than, multls defieia, Cic. A 
 
 te inyitatusj ; , proditus, &c. hardly ever tibu 
 
 Obf. I. The dative is properly not governed by adjec- 
 tives, nor by any other part of fpeech ; but put after them, 
 to- exprefs the object to which their fighificatibn refers. 
 
 The particle to in Engliih is often to be fnpplied ; as, 
 Similis jjiiirl, .Like his father^ to being underftood.. 
 
 Gbf. 2. Substantives have likewiie fonietimes a dative 
 after them ; as, Ilk ejl pater- c/ux, vel ndhi t rle is 
 
 father, leader, or fon to me : fo, Prafid'mm reis, deem ami- 
 eis, &c. Kor. . Exiium ftecori, Virg. Vt us bdftis 3 Cic. 
 
 Obf. 3. /The following adjectives have fometimes the 
 
 dative after them, and fometimes the genitive ; Affinity 
 
 r, 1 con j, £c*r, propr'nts, fintfimtis, Jul us, conter- 
 
 ms, feperjles, fcius, aquails, contrarius y and ad* 
 
 verfus j 
 
164 Government of Adjectives. 
 
 Vtrfus ; as, SimiJis tibi, or tut ; Superjies patrl or patris ; 
 Confcius fachiori or facinorh* Confcius and fome others 
 frequently govern both the genitive and dative ; as, Ml 
 Jill conjila reeli. We fay, Similes, dtffimiks f pans, dif pares, 
 aquales, communes, inter fe : Par Sc communis cum aliquo. 
 C'tvitas fecum ipfa difcors ; difcordes ad alia, Liv. 
 
 Obf. 4. /Adjectives figfnfying ufefulnefs, or fitnefs, and 
 the contrary, have after them the dative or the accusative 
 "with a proportion 5/ as, 
 
 Utiiisy inlttitis, aptu<, ineptus, actommodsJus y idoneOs, babilrs, inhabilii) 
 opportune, ti ens, 1st ft rci, or ad aliq* y c.th 
 
 Stives governing the dative are likewife conrtrued with prepoiitioi 
 
 as, AttmtUi quxfitis, Kor. Attcntus ad ren, Ter. 
 
 Obf. 5. Of adje&ives which denote friendship or hatred, cr an- 
 other affe&ion of the mind towards any one. I. Some are ufualiy 
 conftrued with the dative only ; as; Affabilis, arrogant, cjper, camr, 
 dijjiciiis, jideiis, invifasy trains, offeufus, fcfpeelus, ALICU1. II. Some 
 with the prepofition in and the accufative; as, Acerbus, ana ■>:- 
 
 nepcits, gratiofus, injur icfus, liber alls, mendax, mijericors, opficiofus, pi"*, 
 impius. firo!ix»s, feverus, fcrdidus, torvus, vekemens, IN ALIOJUI M. III. 
 Some either with the dative, or with the accuf. and the prepofition 
 in, erga, or adversus g°i n g before ; as, Contamax, criminofits, a'u 
 tkttiabilis, gravis, bofpitalis, implacakilis, (and perhaps alfo inexorabilii 
 tfJ* intokra&ilis,} inicjuus, faints, AL1CUI or in aliquf.m. Bnu 
 ber.ignus, ts, alicui or EfcQA ali^uem. Mith tonus ; JN, or 
 
 EPOA ALiqiJFM, and ALICUI. Pew'uax ADVERSUS ALIQUKM. CrU~ 
 delis IN ali^ueM ; feldom ALICUI. Amicus, semulus, infeufus, infejfus 
 alicui, feldom in ali^uem. Gratus alicui, or in, frga, ad 
 yersus aliqjuem. We fay alicnus alicui or alicujus ; but oftener a 
 aliquo, and fomstimes aliquo without the prepofition. 
 
 AUDIENS is coaftrued with two datives ; as, Regi dido aud 
 erat. he was obedient to the king ; not regis ; Diflo audiens fuit j 
 niagiflratuum, Nep. Nobis dido aiidicnies fint, not diclis, Cic. 
 
 Obf. 6. Adjectives fignifying motion or tendency to 
 thing, have ufualiy after them the accufative with the pre- 
 pofition ad or in, feldom the dative ; as, 
 
 Pronus, propenfus, procliv's, ccfer, tardus , pigcr, t!?c. ad iram, or in iiiim> 
 
 Obf. 7. \Propior and proximtn, in imitation of their pri- 
 mitive prope, often govern the accufative | a?, Propior mon~ 
 tew, fcil. ad, Sail. Proximus finem, Liv. 
 
 Obf. 3. 77)J7.1f fometi mes has the dative, chiefly in the poctv ; as, 
 Invitum qui forvaS, idem facii nti, Hor. .w, Vil 
 
 t\ disi 
 
 i 
 
Government of Adjectives. 165 
 
 Sadi-m Mis tenfemv, Cic. But in profe we commonly find, idem qui, 
 et, ac, clique, and alfo ut, cum ; as, Peripatetici quondam iidem erant qui 
 Academici, Cic. EJl animus erga te, idem ac fuit, Ter. Dianam & Lu~ 
 m ejfe pvtint, Cic. Idem faciunt. ut, \zfc. In eodem loco mecum, 
 Cic. But it would be improper to fay of the fame perfon or thing 
 under different names, idem cu?n ; as, Luna eadem eft cum Diana. 
 
 We likcwife fay, alius ac, atque or et ; and fo fometimes^w/V/V &par. 
 
 3 . Adjefiives governing the Ablative, 
 
 XIII. /Thefe adjectives, dignus, indigmts, con- 
 tent us, praditus, capitis, and fretus ; alio natus, 
 fatus, ortus, editus, and the like, govern the 
 ablative ;^ as, 
 
 Dignus hcnere, Worthy of honour. Captus oculis, Blind. [ftrength. 
 Contenius parvo, Content with little. Fretus viribus, Trufting to his 
 Prxditus virtute, Endued with virtue. Ortus regibus, Defcended of kings. 
 
 80 generates , ere at us, c ret us, prognatits, oriundus, procreatus regibus, 
 
 Obf. I. The ablative after thefe adjectives is governed by fomc 
 prepofition underftood ; as, Contentus par<vo, fcil. cum ; Fretus viribus, 
 firil. in, l*fc Sometimes the prepofition is cxpreifed ; as, Ortus ex 
 concubine, Salluft. Ediius de nympba, Ovid. 
 
 Obf. 2. \Dignus, indignus, and contentus, have fometimes the genitive 
 after them^ as, dignu s avvrum, Virg. So Maile cjlo, or viatli ejiote wr» 
 tutis or wrfmte, Increafe in virtue, or Go on and profper ; Juberem 
 ma&c virtute ejfe, iz> te, Liv. ii. 12. In the laft example macle feems t® 
 be ufed adverbially. 
 
 4. Adjeftives governing the Genitive or Ablative, 
 
 XIV. 1 Adjectives of plenty or want govern 
 the genitive or ablative ;/ as, 
 
 Plenus ira or ira, Full of anger. Jnops rationis or ratione, Void of reafon. 
 
 So Mon inopes temporis, fed prodigi fumus, Sen. Leuiulus non verbis 
 */Xr, Cic. Dei plena funt omnia, Cic. NLixima quaqut' domvi feri>is eft 
 a fu per bis, Juv. JRes iji foliciti plena fun or is amor, Ovid. Amor fcjf . 
 tnelle & felle ejl fcecundiJp'KUs, Plaut. Facunda virorum puupertas fugitur, )Lj 
 JLucan. Omnium conjiliorum ejus particeps, Curt. Kvmo ratione parti" ■ ) 
 ceps, Cic. Nihil injtdiis vacuum, Id. P r acuas cadis habeU manus, Ovid, 
 Some of thefe adjectives are conftrued, 1. with the gen ; :ive only ; 
 as, Benignus, exfors, impes, impotens, irritus, liberalise munif.gus, pralargus* 
 
 2. With the ablative only : Beatus, d'-jjettus, frugifer, muUlus, ten' 
 tus, dijicntus, tumidus, ttirgidns. 
 
 3. With the genitive more frequently : Compos, confers * rvenus, ex- 
 Dares, exfers, fertility indi^us, partus, pauper, prod'gus, jlefitii* 
 
 4. With 
 
I 66 GoYfcRNMFNT of VlFRBS. 
 
 4. With the ablative more frequently : Abundant y cajfiu, extortis, 
 ***' /' nt*, ii&er, Lcuples, nudus, oneYatus, 
 
 muftuty < -, trm S, and cdptus. 
 
 5. With both promifcuoufly : . . r> ferae*, im- 
 
 mttnis, maws, inops, largus, mod'tcus, im i nW, opulentus, plenus, 
 pot ens, 1 
 
 6. With a prepofition ; as, C rmus, paratus, imparatus,in 
 
 iua ; tor ad rsm : aitinet, in, or with refpe& 
 
 to any ' . ExtoYYts abfoio patrio, bauimed J Orba ab optimatibus cen- 
 
 iioy Liv. So r, tenuity j s, mod'uus, parcus in Ye aliqua. Im- 
 
 m * i nudus, folutus, vacuus a re aliqua.. Potent ad r*m, 
 
 & in Ye. 
 
 Government of Verbs. 
 § 1. Verbs governing only one Cafe. 
 
 1. J r erbs which govern thi Genitive. 
 
 XV.i Sum, when it fignifies poffeffion, proper- 
 ty, or duty, governs the genitive J as, 
 
 £f regis. It belongs to the king ; It is the part or property of a kins:. 
 
 So Inftpientis eft d-ret'e, n<~>n putdrum, It is J;he part or property of a 
 fcol, &c. jAfjfitum ejl'l '; par-re, It is the part or duty of foldiers, 
 
 &C. LaudaYe Je vani ; *vitupeYaYe Jiulti e[}, Sen. Hotn'mis eft err are ; 
 Arr'oganiis ef negirgcYe av.id Je fe qui [que fentiat, Cic. Pscus ejl Mclibcei, 
 Virg. H<zc Junt bominis ; Ter. Pauperis ejl numerate pecus, Ovid. 
 TemeYitas eft fuj rent); eviatis, pjudentia fencciutis, Cic 
 
 «[ Meutn, ., fuum, n oft rum 9 veftrum, are excepted ; as, 
 Tttum eft, It is your duty. Scio tuum ejfe, I know that it is your duty. 
 
 Obf. j. Thefe poffeffive pronouns are ufed in the neuter 
 gender irftead of their fubftantives, met, tut, fia, nojlt ; , 
 veftri. Other pofTeHives .are alfo conftrued in this manner ; 
 fis, Eft r , ejl huntanum, the fame with ejl regis % ejl 
 
 /:, . faccre et parti forila, Romanum eft* Liv. ii. 12. 
 
 Obf. 2. Here fome fubftantive mufl be u 
 mimvs, Yes. nea . opus, tsfc. which are famed fed ; as, 
 
 Af.tnus ejl principum \ Tuum ejl hoc menus. Cic. A m li- 
 
 lefi ffft puto, Ter. In for/ prec< fubftantive 
 
 may be repeated ; as, Hie libcY ef (liber) fratris. > In 1: nner, 
 
 fome fubfl ivc mufb be fupplied in fuch Tiions ns thefe ; La 
 
 funt we:/# gfr.riofa, ne lli, fcil. eaufa or faff a, Sail. .A 7 
 
 dim aquatuL: libzrtatis <f y for ad aquar.-ixm . 1 peYtinet, Liv. 
 
 Obf. 
 
GOTERKMEN'T of VERBS. iS'f 
 
 Obf. 3. We fay, Hoc efl tuuin mums, cr tut mitnerls : 
 
 So tnos ejt vel fuit, or mcrh, or m more, Cic. 
 
 « 
 
 XVI. iM'uerar^mifercfco^ zn\faiago> govefh 
 the genitive ; as,/ 
 
 ftliferert chvium tuorum> Pity your countrymen. 
 
 ' . _ X He has his hands full at home,, or has 
 
 feftpl ;vr«-r /«*«,*r, j encngh tQ do ?bQUt ^ Qwn ^ ffair5# 
 
 Obf. iySeveral other verbs amoi^ the poets govern the genitive 
 by a Greek conftruction, partieularly^ueh as fignifjr fame affection of 
 the mind J as, slngo, decipior, dtfibh, difri'chr, excrlldo, /alio & fallor, 
 jfi'fidio, innideo, later, triror, penden, fud§o, vereor ; P5, J\> angas te 
 ariwi, Plant. Lalorum decibiiur, Hor. Difcrueior ammr, Ter. Perr* 
 dtt mihi animus, per.des animi vel anima ; but we always fay, Pcndemut 
 enir??i' y not Mmimorum, are in fufpence, Cic. yujliti<e frius miter, Virg. 
 In like manner, Abjlineo, d^ino, defjlo, fuiefco, regno : like wife, adi- 
 pifcer, condico, credo, frujhor, furo, laudo, litero, lev*, fiarticipc, prolibeo : 
 
 au 
 
 J&ngor, dejlpio, difefacior, fallor, atiino. Hoc anJ;.vuvf rnetim excrxciat. 
 Fajlidio, miror, vereo'r, aliquem Vel al'tuiAi. Ltrtor^aHi'if. re. Some of 
 
 them are joined with the infinitive ; or with ftiai, vt 9 ne, and the 
 fubjunctive. 
 
 In like manner we tifually fay, IXcfint aliptU, & ab oliquo, ro give 
 over; Deftfte incepto, ds neg9tio, oh ilia minte\ &viefco a I.ibcre : Regpare 
 in equiiibus, tpp'rdis, fc. in, Cic. Per uri%, Virg. Adififi id; Fruj\ari 
 in re ; Pur ere de aliquo, Cic. 
 
 Obf. 2. The genitive after verbs, in the fume manner as after ad- 
 jectives, is governed by fame fubftantive understood. This fubftan- 
 tivc is different according to the different meaning of the verbs : thus r 
 Afrfctcjr ftatris, fcil. causa., A n gar animi t foil, do/art, OT c. dictate. 
 
 2. VERBS governing the Dative, 
 
 XVII. (Any verb may govern the dative in 
 Latin, which has the figns TO or FOR after it 
 in Englifh ; Ais, 
 
 Finis vent ■•/•, An end is com? to the empire, I-iv. 
 
 Animus rtdit hcjlibus, Courage returns Co the enemy, Id. 
 
 Tibi fen's, tibi metis, You fow for yourfelf, you reap for yourfelf, PIaut« 
 
 So, Non nub 91 nati fumus, Cic. Multa mat ;iuni lotib % I<k 
 
 lot lucci etiam feeler atis, Sen. Hczret lateri Uihalis cru-Jo, Virg. 
 
 But as the dative after verbs in JLatiml* not always ren.der<4 is 
 
i6S~ CovrRKMExx of Verbs. 
 
 Englifh l«y to or for ; not are thtfc particles always the fign of the 
 dative in Latin, it will be necefiary to he more particular. 
 
 h*Sum, and its compounds govern thq dative ; 
 (except pGJTuui) J as, V 
 
 Prdpfvi: sxtrch'L'j, He corrirr.nnclcd the army. 
 
 Adfuit frcc&iUi He was prefont at prayers. 
 
 ^fEST taken for Habec, to have z governs 
 the dative of a perfon ^as, 
 
 Ejl mlhi /r!\-r, A book is to me, that is, I have a book. 
 
 S*nt mi hi libri. Books are to me, i. e. I have books. 
 
 Dice libros ejft mili, I lay that I have books. 
 
 This is more frequently ufed than hahco lihrupi ; ha 
 libros* In Kkq manner dm: st inftcad of careo ; as Ljker 
 dsefi 7?ii/:j y I want a book ; Libri defunt mitt; Sih //brcs 
 decjfe mihiy &c. 
 
 II.4 Verbs compounded with satis, best, and male, 
 govern die dative J as, 
 
 III^Many verbs compounded with thefe nine prc£ 
 fitions, Ad, ante, con, in-, inter, or», pk.t., sui^. 
 supsk, govern the dative J as, 
 
 1. /liCrJjj acr.fic, accuvihn^ acfu'fft 9, a/fro, ad::ata y enfrau/to, adl ■ 
 m< 1 flo,aij1;pii!')r- athntv9r t aff*lgelt i alia " i , ulL.u.ro^ar.nuo^ apparto, . io y 
 0fflrtpi*quo t atridc:,,afp'iro, ajfcniior. afflJeo y ajpfa, t*jfuejc9i jj r ufj9. 
 
 2. Antcctl'.Oy ontcco, an'rfiOj ar.tev/ta. 
 
 3. CoUu(f» % covcito, confhmo, cowvi'cc 
 
 4. Incur) bo, rmif$rmh, in.iubJt , inbi9 % txg*trt[f:i r >*\ 
 ttif-Oy iriftfloy i/ifidc, 'wfuUo, itr. illacr no, itliuie, imtmh ■ :- > 
 ttnv.crir, iat fen 
 
 5. Irt^ri'cr.io, rnt rn i.o> intrrce ' , fwUtxido. mi rja 
 
 6. OLr-.p-). eMu£?9r, ohtrech^ o/^r^o, obviurtruro, 0. • *»*■- f 
 
 curfi, 9 ! l]p°-> °&' Vt i* - \ 
 
 7. Pru:cd>; y prx.urro^ f>rj>co, pr.fjso, prtrlucjo. prfriLo, pr./.i. pr t* 
 
 t?jA.'0, prJtverto. 
 
 9 Stferwnh fypet.:.rro, //>«■#, But uofl vin- HXTirKMinacd 
 v. ith tu:'::ii g o vern the accufntive. 
 
 I\ r /\\]hs govern the dative, which fignifjr,! 
 
 ■£ I'fVo profit or hurt ;^as, 
 
 Pr r -.**i 
 
GOTLRNMENT o£ VERBS. l6$ 
 
 Tr/icio, prof urn, flacec, lorrtnodo, /r^/iw, caveo, melu*, ilmet, xonfuU^ 
 for trcfpuio. Ukcwife, Koccc, officii,, i.n.omtKcc/c, difplUco, injtd'ur* 
 
 2 J To favour cr aGift, and the contrary 1 as, 
 
 Faveo, graiulor, g/atif cor, grater, ignefco, indulged, parco, auulcr, platdi, 
 Hardier, hnociucr, palpor, affciitot , fui y . >. , <icr. Likewife, Auxiliary ad- 
 minieyUr, fubiitnio. fuccurro, patrocinor, wcl.ci -, nadicor, cpit»lor. Likewife, 
 Derogo t Jctraho, iniideo, amulet. 
 
 3 J To command and obey, to fejve and refill:^ as, 
 
 lmpcro, pracipio, mando, moderor, for ?nodum, adhibso. Likewife Pa- 
 re, aufuhe, oledio, olfequor, obtemptro, meriTH^cro, m% r, oifdcundo. 
 
 Like wife, Fa/nu!cr,frvio, fajervio, viinlf.ru.. ancilUr. Likewife^ Repugn^ 
 3or t rentier, rffo, rf/agor, udverjhr* 
 
 4-/To threaten and to be angry f as, 
 
 nor, cctr.minor, iniernar.or, ir>f:or^ 'a, 
 
 5/ To trufl: ;f as, Fido, ccrfTdo, credo, dip-lb. 
 
 /To thefe add Xubo, exullol/jareo, fupplico, cede, defpero, operir frOh 
 ftzlcr. prciui nor, r^ipio, to promife ; rer.UKcio ; rfpor.dso, io ui.wtrar 
 fatisfy ; tc7r.pero,fii/Jec, vaco, to Apply ; • »*• 
 
 Exc. Juheoi juvoi Ixdoi and offendo, govern & e accu- 
 fative. 
 
 Obf. !. Verbs governing the dative only are either neu- 
 ter verbs, or cf a neuter fignification. Active verbs govern- 
 ing the dative have alfe an accufative exprc or under- 
 ftood. 
 
 Obf. 2. Mo(t v.^rb- governing the dative ObTy, have been enurr.:- 
 rated, becauie there are a great many verbs core pounded with prep- 
 oiitions, which do not govern the dative, but are othcrwife con* 
 ftrued ; and fliil more fignifying advantage or diiadvantage, &.c. 
 which gcvern the accufative; as, Levo, eri r o, alo, nuliio t umo 1 diligy, 
 mexo t cr .:io, aver/or, SiC. aliquem, not aiicui. 
 
 Obf. 3. Many cf thefe verbs are varioufly cor.flrued ; particular!/ 
 fuch as are compounded with a prepoiition ; as, 
 Anteire, antecedere, antceellere, praccdere, prajcurrere, pr^Jre, &c. 
 
 aiicui, cr aliquem, to go leferc, to excel. 
 Acquieiccre, rei, re, ». in re. Adequitare, portje ; Syracufas. 
 Adjacere, man', i>. mare, to lie near. 
 Adnare navibus, naves, ad naves, to fiiim to. 
 Advcrf t .ri ei, rarely eum, to eppofe. 
 
 Advolvi genibus, genua, ad genua, to fall at one's Lues. 
 Advolare ei, ad eum ; rofrra, to jh up to. , 
 
 Adflare rei <v. homini ; rem v. hominem ; aliquid aiicui, toforei>fL> upe.t. 
 Adulari ei ; v. cum, tcju\cr. Allabi oris j aure? c^ut, Virg ad cxta,Liv. 
 
 A p par ere 
 
 v 
 
*?70 GoTEaNMfcXT Cf VeR&L. 
 
 \Apparere confuli, to attend % ad folium Jovis ^Rcs apparct mihi,r//*. 
 Appropinquarc Britannia, portam, ad portam, to approach. 
 Dominari cunOtjs oris, Virg. in caetera animalia, to rule rvtr % Ovid. 
 Congru^e alicut, cum re aliqua, inter fe, to agree. 
 Tidere, coafidcre alicui rei, aliqua re, in re, to tn.fr to or in. 
 Ignofcere nuhi, culpa: mtae, mihi culpam, to pardon me or my f u u.t. 
 Impende.e alicui, aliquem, in aliquem, to hang ov^r. 
 "inccllit cjra, cupido, timor ti, eum, v. in cum, fenced. 
 Incumber* tcro ; gUdium, in gladium, to fall upon ; labori, ad lafidcm, 
 
 ad ftudia\, in irudiuin, cuVara, cogitationtm, &:c. to j;/ 'y to. 
 Indulgere alicui, id ei ; nimio, veftitu, to indulge in. Ttr. 
 Inhiare auro, bona ejus, /• gape <ftet. Innafci agris, in agris, to grva /,/♦ 
 Inniti I ei, re, in re ; in aliquem, to depend on. 
 Jniultare rei & homini, v. hominem; fores; patitntiam ejus, in ml- 
 
 feriam ejus ; bonus, to \ifuL ever. 
 Latct res mini, v. me, is un\ o 77.C. Mederi ei ; cupiditates,?e cure. 
 
 Mini \ii are ei, to J . arma 1 i t+fiu njk. 
 
 Moderari auimo, gtntibus ; navim, omnia, to n l \ 
 
 Nocere ei, rarely eum, to hurt, Plant. 
 
 Nubere alicui; in familiam ; nupta ei Sk cum eo, to marry, Cic. 
 Obrepere ei & eum, to cieep upon ; in animos; ad honorts. 
 Obftrepere auribus £: aures. Obtre&are ei \Audih\is,eju6,todetrafifrbh. 
 ObumLrat fibi vinca ; ioiem nubes, (hades. Palpari alicui & aliquem. 
 Pafcifci aHcui, cum aliquo ; vitam ab eo, Sail, vitam pro lauc.c, Firg. 
 Pra:ftolari alicui <x aliquem, to wait upon. 
 Pf re terr^e ; genifarus ejus, Ovid, ad genua, Liv. ad pedes, to fall. 
 
 To thefe may be added verbs, whith, chie.1 y among the poets, gov- 
 ern the dative, but in profe are ufuall f conilrucd with a prcpoiition ; 
 as, I. Confendo, Ctrto, Idlo, pugno, C;F^uiro, soeo, alicui, for cum aliquo ; 
 %. Difiar0 y dijpniire,difcrepar^ dijidirt, dijfirre rei alicui, for a re aliqua. 
 We alio fay, Contend* at t pugnant, dijianty &c. inter ft s and contendere, 
 tiugnart contra & a&vcrfus aliquem, 
 
 Obf. 4. Many verbs vary both their fignification and con ft ruction ; 
 as, Thneo, metuo, fermido, huteo tibi, de ie, & pro te, I am afraid for 
 you, or for your fafety ; but timcc, horrct ie, v. a te, I fear or drtad 
 you as an e^emy : So Ctnfalo, profpicio, caveo ti'. i, I confult or provide 
 for your lafety ; but confulo te, I aik your advice ; profpicio hoc, I forefee 
 this; Stud re aliquid, to defirc ; alicui, to favour; alicui rei, rim, & 
 ii re, to apply to a thing, So, JEmuhr t.'bi, I envy; te, I imitat 
 Aufculto tibi, I obey or liften to ; te, I hear ; Cufu tibi, I favour, n r, 
 I delire ; F*ntro, iff -or ti'bi, I lend you on intereft ; abs te, I borrow ; 
 Metnifii, ne worn I rarct; 'lho'ild not reruin with inttreft, 
 
 cr bring ufury, Ttr. Aad thus many other verbs, -whfch will be 
 afterwards explain* 
 
 Gbf. 5 J Verb, ing Motion or T, . El thing 
 
 arc . r » rued with . p^epolltion aJ'JzS) 
 
Government of Verbs. 171 
 
 Eo.vado, curro, prefer o. Ml no, j*rg* fugiii •'-' ■■"'-.• ver Z°* *"** ^ C * 
 odloum, rem, v. bomioem. £ Sometimes however in the poets they Are 
 coultrued with the dative Jas, li clamoi calo, .or ad t* - irg. 
 
 3. Verbs -gi ting tie A we* 
 
 XVIII.lA Verb fignifying a&ively governs the 
 accufative Jas, 
 
 Jma Dcum> Love Gcd Severere parent*** P^verence your parents. 
 
 Obf. 1 J Neuter verbs alio govern the accufative, when 
 the noun after them has a ilgniiicauon hmilar to their 
 own 1 as, 
 
 Ir.' iter or viam ; Pugnara pugmam or prdeUu-m : Qurrtt am ; Comet i 
 
 camtineiam ; Vvucrt vitam ; Z. i Jl&am : Sffmxiart Joae 
 
 niutMj &c. or when they are taken in a metaphorical iciife ; as, C 
 ardibat Alexin, fciL propter, i. c. i '^/ i , Virg. t iv 
 
 .:,/-, fcil. /^r, Id. £0, Carp?:; a Kti .r: ..-.-, ior. Saltarc 
 
 Cy.iopa m ohi i ; Suites ci vineta crej. -a, Hor. 7" .7/ 
 
 .?/ .* jSwjuTc mella, Virg. Si Xtrxes He 
 J off, maria ombuLtviJJet, terramqoe ma-vigafftty ic fsr, Cic. Or when 
 they have a kind of active ienfe ; as, Claman ........ n Virg. 
 
 Caller* jura; M&rcrc m : H mart, Hor. 
 
 Sometimes inftead of the acci-fa; ve neuter verbs hd\^ an ablative ; 
 as, In it:nete\ delere dolcre, vicemt tjvr ; gaudere gondii] mori V. §Ure 
 mtrii ~ Vtvere vita ; ardtt virgire, Htrat Ludete eleam,Y. c. : marian^, 
 fitter e, rormre, Jtillare, fudare, aiiauid vel clique. ILrubefcere Jmr* s Yir^. 
 §ri^ine. Tacit, fynv va&ij Curt. 
 
 Obf. 2. Several verbs are u&d both In an aclive and 
 neuter fenfe ; as, 
 
 Abhorrere famam, /o dread in/*- ITer.enci»reammes, fr-aw/tv* : pu 
 
 wj', Liv. a litibus ; abuxore du- tri, todegemeratefmm > a viitvite 
 
 cenda, /o £<r averfe /ram : Id. major um. 
 
 a meis moribus abhoiret, u i/j- Duraxc adpJefcent« libore, £>/../* - 
 
 I'nfijlent toitb, Cic. i; Res Jurat ad breve tempos, 
 
 Abolere monurnenta Yiri y to abolifc toiurct; In aedihus Jar are ce« 
 
 Virg. Vis Cladis Caudinaj qoh- fi^eo, yftary or remain^ Plaut. 
 
 4um memoria aboleverat, w*j Inciinarc culpam in aliqucm, to 
 
 n%t effaced ftom^ thty bud not for- lay ; Hos lit fequar ioclioat art- 
 
 g tten, Liv. ir.i us, iueUuee ; acits inciinat, vet 
 
 Adolere penates, u burn, to facfi- inciinarur,^;^ -j am* 
 
 to, Virg. Laborare arma, —e; morbe, 
 
 ^tas adolevit ; adolevit ad acta- a dolore, e reoibus, /c he UL\ jde 
 
 tern, PUut. re ahqua, . d. 
 
 Dcclinare iclam, to avoid \ loco; Moritli iter, to Jlvp ; L* urbe, /^> 
 
 a "men alie^ao. re remove. J- 
 
17 2 Government of Verbs. 
 
 fay ; Hoc nihil nuror, I da mt Si.ppeditare copiam diceiidi, I » ' 
 
 mini' fumrfi ; Sumptus illi, vel illi 
 
 Properare pecuniam 1 xrcdl, H-.r. fuittptibus, Tertnt. fuppcditat 
 
 tnoxbem ; ad unamfedem, Ot ei ratio, is ajflrdtd; Manubiae 
 
 <^iadrareacervum,/?/^rv, Her. in fundamenta vix fuppedita- 
 
 alhuiid ad normaa ; abcui, in runt, iicn fi,Liv. 
 aiiouem, ad multa, to Jit, 
 
 Obi. 3. Thefe accufatives, hoc, id, qi-id, aliquid, q\JcjuiJ, nili r , idem, 
 il'ud, tantumy quantum, multa, pauca, &.c. are- often jomed with, neuttr 
 verbs, having the prepohtions circa or prater under ftood ; as, /«//a- 
 truKiaty Id 'fictenfcti Tcr. 
 
 Gbf. 4. accusative is often undcrftood. Tm prora az>6rt, : t,£c. 
 
 fe, Virg. A.. / .j . ', fc. fe, Id. ^uoeunque ;'. raM ic. /*, 
 
 turned or directed himfeif, SalluJI. 0:iit,[c. mortem, Ttr. Cu\facia.vt 
 *uituia, £c;Jacra 3 Virg. Or its place fupplied by an infinitive or pare 
 of a fentence ; as, dulce Ioqmi, reddes rid. re deccrum ; for duktm 
 
 Jlrmo/um, dcrtruM r/i. •;, Her. 
 
 1LVA.% Recorder, mcidvii, reminifcor, and ohlU 
 mfcor^ govern the accufatlve or genitive ;|as, 
 
 wh or kflion* , I remember the IcfTon. 
 
 Olihif*. r i tj-ri* cr . . bsi, I forget an injury. 
 
 Obi". 1. Thefe verbs are oft< n conftrued with the infinitive or fome 
 part of a fentence ; as, J&Lemini vidcTe vSrgiitemj 1'er. Qblitas Ji, qui J 
 pauij ante p Jitijfetf CiC. 
 
 Obi. 2. Meminiy when it fignifles to male mention , is joined with 
 the genitive, or the ablative with the prepofitzon de ; as, Mcir.ir.i ali- 
 t . -us, vel de aliquo. So rtcordur x when it Signifies to recollect; as, fV» 
 lim J.- . -id de te fecordere^ Cic. 
 
 4. F£RBS governing the Ablative. 
 
 XX. I Verbs of plenty and fcarcenefs for the 
 meft part govern the ablative :) as 
 
 .j, He abounds in riches. 
 
 Caret uiK.ii culpa. He has no fault. 
 
 Verbs of plenty are, Abundo* afjluo^ ncubcro^ redundv y 
 fv te, fcateo> Sec. ; of want; Carte, egco, i >, mv^ 
 tttfiaor, defiituory &c. 
 
 Obf. 1. %w and //rr'/^o frequently govern the genitive ; as, i 
 ttlu. He needs m . llor. i 1 ftjtfii indigent, qucm Liboris, Cic. 
 
 :. The ablative afar thefe verbs is governed by feme prcpo- 
 fiticoi under ftutxf; and fomttimes we find it exprv£*ed; as, Vaca* m 
 ru ~W» Uttltj 
 
 XL 
 
•Government of Ver*s. 175. 
 
 XXL I Ufcr, abutor, frucr^ fungor, fomr^ 
 vefcor, govern the ablative ;/as, 1 
 
 Utitur frauky He ufes deceit. AhuVttur llbrisy He abufe3 books. 
 
 [ 1% thefe add, gaudeiXcreor, rnfcir % fido> vivo, v/cl7to y cvnjfo^ 
 labor o, for male me Liveo, to be ill ; pafcor, ep:dor y nitar 9 
 
 Obf. 1. \potior often governs the genitive I as, Patiri 
 urbis. Sail. And we always fay Patiri rerun? > to poffefs 
 the chief command ; never rebus, imperio being underftood. 
 
 Obf. 2. Potior, fungor y vcfjor, epuloYy and pa/cor, fometimes have 
 an accufative ; as, Potiri urbemy Cic. Ojjicia fungiyTcv. I i .lunarafungr. i , 
 •Tacit. Pafcuntur filvas, Virg. And in ancient writers utor, abu!or> 
 and fruor; as, Uti covjlUu?n i Plaut. Operam ofatitur, Ter. DepafuQ 
 and de^afcor always take an accufative ; as, DtpajYiiur artus. Virj 
 
 
 $ 2. Verbs governing, two Cafes. 
 
 1. Verbs governing tnvo Datives* 
 
 XXII. [Stf/// taken for affero (to bring) governs 
 two datives, the one of a perfon, and the other 
 of a thing ;las, 
 
 Ejl mihi voluptatiy It is, cr brings a pleafure to me, 
 
 J Two datives are alfo put after habeo, do y vertc, relinquoj 
 tribuoy fore, c/uco, and fome others ;|as, 
 
 Dutkur hemri tibi>lt is reckoned an honour to you. Id vertitur mili 
 vitioy I am blamed for that. So, Mifit mihi muneri\ Dedit mihi dono\ 
 Habet ftii /audi j Fcuirey occumre auxiiie alicui, Lav. 
 
 Obf. 1. Inftead of the dative, we often ufe the nominative, or the 
 accufative ; as, Ejl exit'.uhi ptsoriy for exi:.io ; Bars a/iqi.id alicui dtnum y 
 or dona ; Dare fdiam ei nuptam, or f/upfui. When dare and other active 
 verbs have two datives after them, they likewife govern an accufa- 
 tive either expreiTed or underAood ; as, Bare crimini ct, fc. id. 
 
 Obf. 2. The dative of the perfon is often to be fuppiied ; as, Ejl 
 
 cxer?p!oy indicio^ pr<zjidio y ufuiy life, fcil, mihi, alicui , Lomi:nbusy or feme 
 fuch word. So, pjfiere, ojponere pigaoriyic. aVcuiy to pledse. Qau'eTa. 
 Yeceptiiiy fc.fuis miUtibitSy to found a retreat ; Habere curayfyHrpiiiy ouioy 
 vo/uptaiiy rdigioniyjiud'tOy ludilrio, defphaluiy &C fc. fibi. 
 
 Obf. 3./ Tc this rule belong forms of naming; /as, Ejl mihi nomen 
 Alsxandroy my name is Alexander ; or with the rtominative, Ejl mihi 
 nomen Alexander \ or more rarely with the genitive, EJt mihi nomen 
 Alexandria 
 
 2. VERBS 
 
^74- Government of VtRss, 
 
 2. VERLS governing the Accufallve and thAGmifht* 
 
 XXIILfVerbs o^ accufing, condemning, ac* 
 quitting, and admoniihing, govern the accufa- 
 live of a perion with the genitive of a thing J a§, 
 
 Arguit wr f.irti y He accu& me o: theft. 
 
 Afeipfum inertia contttrnm> % X condemn myfelf of tazinefs. 
 
 7//«/a bornkidii a&fo!vuat $ They acquit him of nianfiaughter- 
 
 Alj'id nrts^bit, lie adftonifhes me of njy duty- 
 
 Verbs of accufmg are, AccZfb, ago, appello, arcejjo, an- 
 qu'roy arguo, defcro, injiniidoy poftvb, alfigpy aftrlngo ; of 
 condemning, Dainnoy condemnor infamoy nclo ; of acquitting, 
 Abfohoy libero> purgo ; of admoniining, Moneoy admoneo^ 
 vnonefUcio* 
 
 Obf. i. Verbs of accusing and admoni thing, in (lead of the genf- 
 ! ; re, A frequently have after them an ablative, with the prepoiition, 
 a*. ; as ; Alotute. ali^ttetn officii t or de officio ; Accufure a'. . furti^ at 
 dejuffc. Dt ii condettmati fi/nty Cic. 
 
 Obf. i. Crimen and xcput arc put either in the genitive or ablative ; 
 but in the ablative u hi ally without a prepoiition ; as, Damnare , pofiw- 
 Lire, ulj ,iii.rt turn emimptis, V. capitis y &. tritnine* V. cut tic * 9 alfo Abfol* 
 %o me peccafa, Uv. And we always fay, Fleciercy pun.re aliquem capite r 
 and not capitis, to pnnifh one capitally, or with death. 
 
 Obf. 3. Many verbs of accufmg, &c. arc not lonftrued with the 
 acc. of a perjjon, and the gen. of a thing, but the contrary ; thus we 
 fay, Culpo, rtptehthdo, taxG, traduco, *vitupero\ calumnior y criminery ex-* 
 sufoy &c. avariiiazxi alicujusy and not aliquim Mveriti*. We fonfc&tinies. 
 alio find acevfe, incufoy &c.#conit,rued in this manner ; as, Acc-fare l«- 
 ertiam adolefccntiuMy for addefentes inertia, Cic. Culpatn ar^uo, Liv. 
 v?e fay, Agere cum a'Ljuo furtiy rather than aliquem, to accufe one of 
 theft, Cic° 
 
 Obf. 4. Verbs of acctifing and admoniining fometimes govern two* 
 
 accufatives, when joined with hoc. Mud, iftud, id, unum, muJta, iTr- 
 
 "as Moneoy accufo te Mud. We feldcm however find, Errorem te monco y 
 
 but crrerrsy or de errote ; except in old writers ; as, Plautus. 
 
 X XI Vi Verbs of valuing, with the accusative, 
 govern fuch genitives as thefe, magni^ parvi % 
 as, 
 
 JEftim^ te ■*£«/, I value you much. 
 
 Verbs of valuing are, JEJliniOy exifiimcy ducOy facioy haltc* 
 fenfa puto % taxo. \ They govern feveral ©thee genitives ; 
 
 V sis* 
 
 
 nihili & 
 
Government of Verbs- lj$ 
 
 as, tarttij qucmti, pluris, majoris, ?ninoris> minimi > flurimi^J 
 viaximiy nauci, pili, affisj nihiliy Uriincii% bujus. 
 
 Obf. I. JjEJlimo fometimes governs the ablative ;las, JEjtwtoU mag- 
 no, permagno, parvo, fell, pretio : and alfo nibih. f We likewife fay, 
 Pto hibiio hale j, puto, dt.co. 
 
 Obf. 2. \JEqui and boni are put in the genitive after facto and con- 
 fulo ;)zs, Hoc to/tfuh boat, dtqul bomqve facto, I take this in good part. 
 
 Obf. 3. The genitive after all thefe verbs is governed by fome fub- 
 
 ftantive understood ; as> Arguere ahnuern firi,^ fciL de Ciimini furti ; 
 
 JEJlimjtt rem tnagni, fcil. pretii, or pro. re magw* pr\iii; Confute bom, i.e. 
 
 Jiatuo or cenfo ejfe factum , or Htwnus boni viri, or ; Jtfoneri altauem 
 
 officii, i. e. o^rt/'i causa, or <ft r* or txgotio officii. 
 
 3. VERBS governing the Actitfative and the Dative. 
 
 f XXV. Verbs of comparing, giving, declaring, 
 and taking away, govern the accufetive and da* 
 tive ; as,/ 
 
 Comparo Virgitium Kcmcro, I compare Virgil to Homer. 
 
 Sum cuique tribuiio\ Give every one bis own. 
 
 Narras fabulam furdo, Yotl tell a ftory to a deaf mau> 
 
 JLripuit me motii, He rtfeued inc iron death. 
 
 • Or rather, — Any active veiib may govern the ac- 
 cusative and the dative, [huben together with the objeft 
 •fths a£lion % nve exptefs the 'perfon tr ,-> relation to- 
 
 which it is exerted) :f as, 
 
 liigam Itcliotiem tibi, 1 will read the IciTon to you. EtnH !z : >rum mih'ty 
 lie bought a book for me. Sis vos ncn vobh ferfh arc it a foves, Virg. 
 Futtpertas farpe fuadet mala bomtnibus, advifes men to do ba4 things, 
 Piant. Impcrare pecuniary, frirmeniLm\ nates-, urmtK aliaurbur, to order 
 them to furniili, Cajf. 
 
 Obf. 1. Verbs of comparing and taking awry, together with fome 
 others, are often conftrued with a prepoution ; as, Co».parate unam 
 rem cum alia, & ad aliam, or co?nparare res inter fe : JLripuit me maiil, 
 tnortc, a or ex morte : JVIiiitre epiftolam alicui, Or ad altjue'm : Tnfendere 
 teium alicui, or in afipeem : Incidere ari, in as, or in are: and fo in 
 many others. I 
 
 Obf. %. Several verbs governing the dative and accusative, are 
 conftrued different' y ; as, 
 
 C'rcumdare mxaia eppido, or eppidum mcer.ibns y to furround a city with, 
 walls. I 
 
 Intercludire covw eatum alicui, or aihfvtm comtfseatd, to interccnt one's 
 provitions. 
 
 Donee* e, prohibcre rem alicui, or ali'[iu;:i re, to give One a piUtnt, to 
 kinder ovk from a thing. I 
 
 MaclaA hojliam Deo, or Deum l>oJt/a } to faciiUce. 
 
 Ir.petiif e 
 
* 7*> G0V££NiM£N T Of VlR^U 
 
 ImjHrtlrt fclaicm uikui, or nliqvem folate? to fahite one. 
 Inter J'xit Galium Jtemomh, or lUmsmes GjJ/jJ, he debarred the R<>- 
 mans frjm Gaul. 
 
 lniueriy exueri Affirm Jibi, or ft ^jls, to put on, to put ofF< nc's doaths» 
 Levare i<A6,£KitlUit.iti -, dthrcm mlieuj** i aliqujm dolor*, to cafe one^s 
 
 QiltTCLS, 
 
 ATimort afijuid alitui ', or : o:?:ctiines 4///V/-7 a/Jjuo, Cij to threaten on 
 *ith any thing; Ctfori gladb, Sail. 
 
 GVtffi &o/i /„-./., /y.c /v, r*, pre, & <& £<k ;<•, J congratulate v^u 
 
 •Q this. Mst fa j 2*j , //.; . ; , b j la gra i*!at*r,L\ v. 
 
 famUxUni, or a/ifucm fanitati % to rettore to health. 
 AffMtgcti cut or ali^uem Lit, to put an affront on one; a/tf; 
 
 /. m/m. Lhart Lcum fac; is , & /><;/•* i></, to facrifice. 
 Excufire ft aLcut & apud dl quern , de re ; vatetudinem ei, 
 Fj:foroi . ;. vtt'tutn ei V. in eo, to upbraid. 
 Qt-upare fWiunietm alicai, & apud aliqucm , i. e. becuniam funcri locu\e y 
 to phtci at rntereda Cfc. 
 
 - (M? txorlem, Tlcr.uiuiui^ id *i } Is 3 ad .turn, to tell. 
 
 Obf, 3. Verbs fignifying motion or tendency Vo a ti 
 inftead of die dative, have an accusative after them, with 
 the prcpoiiticn ad ; as, 
 
 I'vrto^ Jtrc, L?&, as, pree^ipitn^ tcllo, i.aho, ducd, verio, iiutfo, fuf» 
 eito ; alfo hoi tor, and invito. «•/ ro, prcvoco, atihvo, jtimuio, ct.ifv?1fc>y 
 La-. >J: ; thus, Ad lender* tnilites hortatur j Ad pretorem hcrninzm trax9t t 
 Cic. But alter ievcial of thtfe! verbs, we alfo find the dative ; a*, 
 J.'if.ne Dcos Latic, for in L~ V' r g« Invitart eliqtau hvfpiiio, 0* 
 
 in bofgiliutti) Cic. 1 
 
 Obf 4. The accafarUe is fornetimes underwood ; as, K'uhcre *tk*i % 
 Weil) Jit i L:d re clicii, feiL Lcum ; Detrah:re elkui, feiL laudtm ; Ig**&. 
 urt ~!'.lu : , jfcil. cuipem. And in Englifh the particle to is often omit- 
 ted : as, Dedit tnihi liltuv;, He gave me a book, far to inc. 
 
 4. VERBS governing tnvo Accufatives. 
 
 XXVI. I Verbs of afking and teaching govern 
 two accufatives, the one of a perfon, and the 
 
 other of a thing | as, 
 
 fofiimus te pacem % Wc beg peace of thee 
 
 JDoLttii me gr&mnuktkami He UugLt Dit grammar. 
 
 i.f Verbs of afking which govern two accufatives are, 
 RogoAcro, exorv, obfecro y precor, pojco, repofco 9 flagito% 5cc. 
 Oi teachjug, Doceo, tdocco, dedoceo, crudlo. 
 
 Obf. 1. 1 Ceh likewife governs two accuiatives J^is, QeU- 
 
GoTERNMEKT Or VERBS, l^j 
 
 toft me hanc rem, He concealed this mater from me ; or 
 Ctherwife, celavit hanc rem villi, or celavit ?ne de hac re. 
 
 Obf. 2. Verbs of a/king and teaching are often conrfrrued with a 
 prepofition ; a?. Rogare rein nb a'iquo ; Dntere aliavevt dc 't. to inform ; 
 but we do not fav, decere a r [ '* grammatua, but gr team, to 
 
 teacli. And we always fay, with a prepofition, P t'go a v. ab.t 
 
 te ; Percenter, Jciior, fafcitor, ex or ^ /^. or te without the prepofition.; 
 Jnterrcro, roitfilicizdere, Ut facias te chjixro i Exorct paum , for 
 
 divos, Virg. Injfruo, h/l/ino, jorjf), inform* aliqu?m a in the 
 
 abl. without a pr^p. hn'iio ew^ arfious, in v. tzi- ari'ius. Alio in'lruo 
 a 1 ram, V. i« r*j igm*rarrtj*m7 ali:ujus. Erudite adtauem ut$ei,4e v. M /*■*, 
 ad rem. Fctrz.ire ad Jfvdmm, mznttm jtudiis, Jludia ejus< 
 
 Obf. 3. The pecufative cf the thing is not properly governed by 
 the verb, but by quod ad or feuuidtsm under itood. 
 
 5. P T ERBS governing tie Accufillve and the Ablative. 
 
 XX VII./ Verbs of loading, binding, cloathing, 
 depriving,, and fome others, govern the accufa- • 
 tive and the ablative I as, 
 
 Oaerai naves avro, He loads the (hips with gold. 
 
 Verbs cf loading are, OsterA, cu^-^ln, prtmo, appri.no, obruc : Or" un- 
 loading, tewo, exonero, &c. Of binding, aj - do, 
 impedio, irrllo, illaqvev, &c. Of loofing fohao, ex/doo, UKro, lax*, 
 edio, &c. Of depriving, pri~-o, nwdo, cr(>o, fpolio, franiEr, rrri/rgo : 
 Of cloat hi rig, V^?/<S a?nici-), itfiuo, U*WO % t*g*\ ^ch, co1\;:q, Si. calc.o : Of 
 nncloathing, ext/c, di/lingo, S-'.c. 
 
 Obf. 1. The prepofition, bv which the ablative is governed after 
 thefe verbs, is fom^times cxpreiTed ; as, divert alieptetn ex cafenis, Cic. 
 Sometimes the ablative is to be fuppli(d ; as, Complet rta^cs, fc. virLs, 
 mans the fliips, Virg. 
 
 Obf. 2. Several of rlufe verbs likewife govern the genitive;; a?, 
 And»lefctntcvt f\ r'lzis implct, l.W. And alio vary tluir ecnihuc- 
 
 tion ; as, Induh, exuit ft vcftiLus, 01 ve/ia ft. 
 
 The Construction of Passive Verbs. 
 
 XXVIIL 'When a verb \\\ the active voice go- 
 verns two cafes, in the paffive it retains the latter 
 cafe ;|as, 
 
 Aceuf<.r fvrt: % I am apcuftd of tTvft. 
 
 V rntut Hitref*, Virgil is compared to Homer. 
 
 D>,c*i.r grammatical* ^ I ?m taught grammar, 
 
 fiayis on:rz tr rare, The (hip is loadei wkn gpli 
 
 &Q Scio htmin-s oc: «/ r turn irlfurtl; Mm epftvsrr iti mcril wrt- s 
 
 vd 
 
j*jq -Construction of Passive Verbs. 
 
 vp! ex mt vie ; puer um iri ^ramtnatham ; rem eel alum iri 
 
 ?nibi vcl me ; nu cslatum iri de re, &c. 
 
 Sometimes the active Kai three crfes, and then the paffive has the 
 two lufc cafes ; as, lhldur tudihric iis. 
 
 Obf. 1. Pafiiye veins are commonly conftrued with the 
 ablative and the prcpofition a ; as, 
 
 Ts Uvdarh o m\ which is equivalent to, Ego fcndo te. Virtrn dill* 
 g'iir a jm£m ■ . . - rmui \irttt-m. Guadeo me»m fa£um prol iri a te, 
 
 or te j r- ' :<■ met mfk Hum: And fo almofr all active verbs. Neuter 
 and deponent verbs alio admit this prepofition ; as, Mart afole coltu- 
 cct, Cic. Pbaleti tcis tKteriit%\<&. So Cadere *b lofe ; Ceffare 
 
 npreltui Mori ab enfe j Pati,furari,alifuid ah c'ljuo. &c. Alfo Veni re 
 
 ab hofitbus, to be fold ; Vapvlare ab aliquo, ExulcYe ab urbe. Thus 
 likewise many active verbs ; as, &*mere l />etcre i tollcre, pcllcre, eypecla- 
 ft, emere, &C. ab alhno. 
 
 The prep, is fometimes tinder Hood after pafuve verbs ; as, Dcfir^r 
 COnjvge, Ovid. Dcfrtus fits, fe. <r, Tacit. Tabula difingvitur unda, 
 qui hanigaj, fc. ab vr.da, is kept from the water by a pWik, fwvetial. 
 
 The preposition PER is alfo uf< d in the fame fenie wirh A ; as, Per 
 r:e defenfa ef refphblica, or o iv.r ; Per me refitutus ; Per me\. a me fac- 
 tum ef, Cic. But PER commonly marls the instrument, and A the 
 principal efficient caufe; zs, Ret agitur\er creditores a rege, fc. a re«e 
 Tel a legatOfrjt/Sy Cic. Fam. i. i. 
 
 Obf. 2. /Paffive verbs fom etimes govern the dative, e« 
 fpecially among the poets y as, 
 
 Keqve crrint-i-r ;-///, for ab utlo r \"irg, T';x audi or ujli, Ovid. Sett- 
 leris Vario, for a vario, Kor. Tlo fa bonis viru aurruntur, for a 
 viritj Cic. Videor, to fcem, always governs the dative; as, Vide- 
 r'ts mihi, Von feern to me : But we commonly fay, Vidtris a me, You 
 are feen by me ; although not always ; as, Nulla 1 'varum audita milt, 
 ncgue iifa foremm, for a me, Virg. 
 
 Obf. 3. jr.cuor , amic'ior, tir t gor,'aceingor, alfo exuor and difi.^gor, 
 are often conftrued with the accufatrve, particularly among the poets, 
 though v.e do not find them governing two accufatives in the acCtive 
 voice; as, Indaitur veftem, or 1 : ' 
 
 Obf. 4. Netftei verbs aVe for the moil part only ufed imperfonally 
 in the paflivc voice ; onlefs when tliey are joined with a noun of a 
 fimilar bonification to their own ; as. P*gn# pvgttata ff, Cic. Bellum 
 militalitvr, Horat. Paffive iir-perfonal verbs are mo| commonly ap- 
 plied either to a multitude, or to an individual taken ^definitely ; as, 
 Statur^f-rivr, enrrhur* vivify r, vtnitvr, Zsfe. a nobis, ab i'l. ; s, IsrV. We 
 are Handing, weeping, life. Bet H ofai a me, ve! at a'i/i-fa I or 
 any perfon n\ay live well. Prdvift vi eft nobis opt i me a Jho ; \lecla- 
 ftiatam ef ab on: \Hut, a*.l cried out agamft it, Cic. 
 
 They alfo govefn the fame cafe*, as \sbep ufed perfonally ; as, < r ? 
 majoribus nfdu a]furgQtur % utff/p/i "m mifvatur, Cic. Except the ^c- 
 cufative : For in thtfc phrafes, JtufjitL na $ pugftatum ?f biduvm } dor- 
 mitur is: am no clem, the accusative is not governed by the verb, but by 
 
 the 
 
Construction of Impersonal Verbs. 175 
 
 1 
 
 the prcpcfitions ad and per understood. We find, however, Tota 
 nibi d :s i No&ej vigifantur amar.e ] Oceanus raris ab orbe 
 
 nnjlro navibus aditur, 1 acit. 
 
 The Construction of Impersonal Verbs. 
 
 XXIX. 'An hnperfonal verb governs the da- 
 tive ; /as, 
 
 Expcdit r el publico!, J It is profitable for the ftatc. 
 
 Verbs which in the active voice govern only the dative, 
 .are.ufed imperfonally in the paffive, and likewife govern- 
 the dative ; as, 
 
 Favetur mi hi, 1 am favoured, and not Ego favsor. So Nocetur mibi, 
 imperatur mihi, life. We find however, Hiec ego procurare imperor ; 
 Ego cur hivideor, for imperatur , iirvideiur mihi, Hor. 
 
 Obf. I. Thefe verbs, Poteft> cap'iy lnclpit % definit. debet > 
 and fo/ety are ufed imperfonally, when joined with imper- 
 fonai verbs ; as, 
 
 Non pvttft credi iibi, You cannot.be believed ; Mihi non potejt jio.eri^ 
 
 I cannot be hurt ; Negat jucunde pcjfe viwjine virtute, Cic. Per virtu* 
 
 tern poteji iri ad ajira. Alio i um laudi <jf gloria: i/ruideri folet, The praifs 
 
 and glory of others ufe to be envied, Id. Neque a fort'JJimis infrmif- 
 
 jimo generl rejtfii pojfe, Salluft. 
 
 Obf. a. Various verbs are ufed both perfonaily and jmperfonally ; 
 as, Venit in mentem mihi bcec res, vel de hue re, vel btrju* rei, fcil me* 
 nioria ; This thing came into my mind. Eft cunt m:bi hoc res vel fife 
 bac re. Doleo vel dolei mihi ', "id fact 
 
 Obf. 3. The neuter pronoun it is always joined with imperfonal 
 verbs in En glim ; as, It rains, it /tines, Isfc. And in Latin an infi- 
 nitive is commonly lubjoined to imperfonal verbs, or the fubjuncxive 
 with ut, forming a part of a fentence which may befuppefed to fupply 
 the place of a nominative ; as, j up* Ucet jteccare, the fame \Yith pec* 
 
 catum ; Omnibus bonis expcdit rem am ejfc Jdlii:it,i, i. e. Salus reibublica 
 
 edit omnibus bonis, Cic. Accidit, evtnit, cor.tigit, v.t ibi eftetnus, Thefe 
 nominatives, hoc, i/lud, id, ide&, quod, &c. are fometirues joined to 
 hnperfonal verbs ; as, idem mi \ Cic. Eadem licent, Catull. 
 
 Obf. 4. The dative is often undei flood; as, Faciat cvod libit, fc« 
 fibi, Ter. Stai cafus renbvare omnes, ic. mihi, I am refoivtd, Virg*. 
 
 EXC. I. f RE FERT and INTEREST reqwrc the gen- 
 itive ;/jps, 
 Refertpatris, It concerns my father. Interejl omnium, It is die in ter eft of all. 
 
 ■ff But mecty tun, fuel, ncfira, wfira, are put in the ac- 
 cufative plural neuter ; as, 
 
 Non mea refert\ It dozs not concern me. 
 
 t\ R Ol 
 
;o Construction of" Imfersonal Verbs. 
 
 Cbf. i. Some think mra, tua, fua, &c. to be in the 
 fiblut. ling. fern. We fay either cujus tntcrefl, and quorum 
 interejl ; or cuja Intercjl, from cujus, -a, -urn* 
 
 Obf. 2. Refcrt and mtereft are often joined with thefe nominatives, 
 14, hoc, Mud, quid, quod, nihil, &c. alfo with common nouns ; and 
 v.th thcit genitives, Tanti, quant i, tnagnt, pe^iragni, parvi, fluris ; 
 ;'5, Hoc pawr referl ; IUud ?nea magni mterej}, Cic. Ufque at/to magni 
 t f rt fiu.ii 'it;?, l„uci'Ct. Inc-ffus in gravida refert, Plin. 
 
 They are frequently conftrued wkh thefe adverbs, Yantum, quantum, 
 trmltum, //vj, plurimum, infinitum, par urn, tnaxitne , itehemctzter , minim* % 
 t<c. ftSj Factum, quod maxim: reipuilicee intereffe jvdicalo, Cic. Some- 
 times inftead of the genit. they take the accufative with the prep, ad ; 
 as, <&uid id ad mt\ cut ad mcam rem refert, Perfee quid return gerant / 
 Of What importance is it, ike. Plant. Magni ad bonorcm mflrum intc- 
 rsfi, C:c. rarely the dative ; as, Die quid rcferat intra naturee fnes vi- 
 vtnii, Zkc- Hor. Sometimes they are placed abfolutely ; as, Mag- 
 ir.tereft opprimi Dolobcllam, it is of great importance, Cic. Per- 
 rr.hltum interefi, qua/is pritmu adit us Jit, Id. Adeone eft fundata levitsr 
 fidfs, ut ubi j;m, quam qui ftm, magis refer at, Liv. Plurimum cnim inter - 
 eti", quit-as aTtibuS) out quit us hunc tu moribus injlituas, Juv. 
 
 Obf. 3. The genitive afrer refert and interejl is governed hy fome 
 fubflantive underflood, with which The pofTeffives mea, turn, f.a, Xsfc. 
 
 . swifc agree ; as, Inlet eft Ciceroni*, i. e. ejl inter negctia Ciceronis : Rc- 
 f.rt patrii) i. e. fefert fc lie res ad negotia patris t So intercf mea, ejl 
 
 ' -r re yr >ti.i fz.'ti. 
 
 EXC. II./Thefe five, MISERET, POENITET, PU- I 
 LET, TjEDET, and PIGET, govern the accufative of 
 a perfon, with the genitive of a thing ;yas, 
 Miferet me tut, I pity you. Tadet me vita, I am weary of life. 
 
 Pxmtct me peccati, 1 repent of my Pudet me culpa, I am afhamed of 
 
 fin. my fault. 
 
 Obf. I. The genitive here is properly governed either by negoHtm 
 underftood, or by fome other fuhftanrive of a fignification fimilar to 
 that of the verb with which it is joined ; as, Miferet me tui, that is, 
 rtegothem or nif -ratio tut miferet me. 
 
 'obf. 2. An infinitive or fome part of a fentence may fupply the 
 place of the genitive ; as, Peenttet me pecceffe, or quod pecca<v:rim. The 
 aeeufativC is frequently undei flood ; as, Sceler^r^ ft bene panitet, fcih 
 nes, Horat. t 
 
 Obf. 3. Miferet, fenitet, &c. are fometimes ufed personally, efpe- 
 cially when joined with thefe nominatives, hoc, id, qun<f, &c. as, Ipfe 
 fui i.feret, Lucr. ; Konne ba-c te pudet.tr, Ter. Nihil, quod panitere pof- 
 Jit, fac'uis, for cujus te panitere pzjft, Cic. 
 
 We fometimes f;nd miferet joined with two accufative? ; as, Mcne< 
 demi licem I ' me, fcil. fxindum or quod ad, Ter. 
 
 ObC a- The preterites of miferet t pudrt, udet, and p%ct, when ufe4 
 
 in 
 
CONSTRUCTIOM of I.MPI ■ 13 0NAL Vt:RBb*. I 5 J 
 
 in the pafSve form, govern the fame cafes with the aJ) ; a*, i!£££- 
 ri/m* ^? w<? tuarum fortunarum t Ter. We likewife find ct 
 
 wtiferctuf uled imperfonally ; as, A&ifereftH me t f; Ter, ; 7H .^r f- j 
 
 fratrum ; JVeque ms tuiy ntque tucru/n liberon.ni mfer'tri ptfejfy Ci:. 
 
 EXC. III./ DECETy DELECT JT> JJJVJ1\ aid 
 OPORTETy govern the accufative of a ptifon, vith |&3 
 infinitive ;/as, 
 
 BelcBai m*Jfvdere\ Tt ■ its me to ihuly. 
 
 AW <&«* ft rixar;, It does not ie ) <;-u to ft old, 
 
 Obf. I. Thefe verbs art forrctnvts ttfed pericnsily ; as, Pmtvum 
 Marva decent, Hor. i:,? al:ci>i.1, qusd r.on cpsrresty ettatnu ticeafy Cic. 
 Hitc fscla ab ill§ oportebanty Ter. 
 
 Obi", z. Ave* if ibmetimes cou&f&ed wish the dative ; as, //j «<-£«• 
 dhvf, Ter. » 
 
 Obf. 3. / Oportet is elegantly joined wkh the fubjunvftive 
 mode, ut being underftood y as,. 
 
 »5:'£i quifque eonful.it cportet, Cic. Or with the perfect participle, 
 rjfe or fuijfe being underftood ; as, Ctrnmunicatu?* oportult ; tn.infum 
 cportait ; Adolcfeenti tnoran geflum oportuit y The young man (houM Jiaye 
 been humoured, Ter. 
 
 Obf. 4. FulUt, fugit, praterlt, latet, when uled imperfonally, alfo-' 
 govern the accufative with the infinitive ; as, in lege nulla ejfe ejufmtJi 
 inputs non ts fallit ; De Dionylj f' u git m * a <' t* 2ite2 fcrtberty C:c. 
 
 Note, Attinet, pert/net , & fpetlat, are conftnicd with aJ ; A4 rem- 
 publicam pertinct, me confervariy Cic. And fo personally, IIU aJ m* 
 •ninety belongs, Ter. Ret ad arma fpeclut> looks, points, Cic. 
 
 The Construction of the Infinitive. 
 
 XXX. 'One verb governs another in the infc 
 nitive j /as 5 * 
 
 Cupio diferty I deiire to learn. 
 
 Obf. 1. 1 The infinitive is often governed by adjeCtiresA 
 as, Horatlns ejl dignus leg't^ Quin&il. {And |ometimes de- 
 pends on a fabftan\ive ; J as, Tcmbus equum fumantia Jblvcre 
 coltdy Virg. 
 
 Obf. 2. The word governing the infinitive is fometimes underftood; 
 as, Mens incepto defjlcre viciam, fell, decet, or par e(i y Virg. Videre ejty 
 one may fee. DiceTe non */?, fciL cophy or fecuttasy Horat. ^?nd 
 fometimes the infinitive itfelf is to be fupplicd ; as, Sacratem JiSbut 
 docuity fcil. cancre, Cic. So Difctrey fcire fdibus, 
 
 Obf. 3, 'i he infinitive was not improperly called by the ancients 
 Nomen yerbiy The name or noun of the verb ; becaufe it is both joined 
 with an adjective like a fubftantive ; as, Vdle fuum cuijue eft. Every 
 one has a will of his own ; and Ukewife fur plies the place of a noun. 
 
 Bet 
 
l§2 Construction of the Infinitive, 
 
 not only in the nominative, but alfo in all the oblique pafei ; as, I. 
 the nominative, Latrocinari\ fraudare^ tmpt <//, Cic. 1 liter 
 
 metes emd'Ati meres, Ovid. 2. In the g :ntare,tot ,//', 
 
 or cantos, V;r^\ In the dative, Paratus fcrvire, for Sail. 
 
 4. In the accusative, Da mihi ' fuller e y iotartem falUnd(\ Horat. J^ 
 faciam f r amare, nihil, t)vfd. 5. In the vocative, vivers 
 
 noj it nott fen'tientU ' For vita noflrm. 6. In the ablative, 
 
 Dignits ami ri 9 lor atnore, or y*i amttur, Virg. 
 
 Obf. 4. Icftead of the infinitive, a different ccrftruclion is oft.en ufed 
 after verbs of doubting, willing, t r, feat big, hoping ; in fhoit, 
 
 after any vcib which has a r ..to futurity ; s 
 
 or more freeruci tly, en tium, or nn 
 
 Jaeeret necne ; JV« duulto quin fe\ Vis me facerc, or fai £ 
 
 ATetuit Uuigi, or /?£ tangatuf- Spero ie vent arum effe, or for; ut vtnias.* 
 J'funquam puicvi fere vt ad te fuppiex venirem, Cic. labant fuiurum 
 
 fuiffe ut tpp'dum am'Uereiv.r, Caef. 
 
 Obf 5. To, which in Ergliih is the fign of the infinitive, is omit- 
 ted after hid, dire, need, make, fee, hear, fed, and fome others ; as, 
 / bid him do it : and in Latin may often be rendered othcrwife than 
 by the infinitive ; as, I am fent to co n, Mittcr q.ef.i-m, or ut 
 
 cuerar, feV. Ready to heir, Promptus <• fcndum ; Time to read, 
 
 T uh ; Fit to fwim, Aptus natando ; Eafy to fay, Facile diclu ; 
 
 I am to write, Scriy fum ; A houfe to let, or more jrcperly, to be 
 
 let, Bom. s locanda ; He was left to guard the city, Reliclus eji ut tue~ 
 Tciur urhein. 
 
 To in i "1 is often taken- abfolntely 5 as, ¥§ confefs the trut 
 To proceed i To conclude ; that is, That J may co.ifefs the truth, *C 
 
 The Construction of Participles, Ge- 
 runds, and Supines. 
 
 XXXI. / Participles, Gerunds, and Supines 
 govern the caie of their own verbs -Jas, 
 
 \ Amans virti'iem, Lovir g \ irtue. Car ens fraude, Wanting guil 
 
 Obf. i. J??lTiv$pamc ; p!es often goveni the dative, panic- 
 \ilar3y when they we ufed as adjetthes ya ? > 
 
 lus mihi, Su 1 by me ; & ores regibut, S. Invfus 
 
 tnihi'; he ted by me, or h to me : In- vijior, OccultM 
 
 t t mu % iuviju folum , fed etiom < i, ur.ieen, Cic. 
 
 fjSXGSt/S, PKR03US, and n alfa PERTjESUS, govern tiJ 
 
 IK ,\ ;las, T«dat extfi j. ' mmsn hciM 
 
 .us quam return perofa erat, Liv. Pert >iam fuata ; femet / 
 
 dj I with, Suet 1 f of, Juftin. A ic 
 
 1 Vcr: UNDUS : Q the cafe of their own verbs J as, Grm 
 
 ia l ft: / -t;^: i, Liv. So (om 
 
 aUb nouns; as, J.fiitiu 'J osiemferatio fit , Cic. 
 
 ■ 
 
Construction of Gerunds. n*3 
 
 con/al}, Sail. Bomum reditionis fpe fibUtJ, Caif. Speclatio UAf* Pl«*, 
 Obf. ?.. Thefe verbs, <&, r*£/», volo, euro, fachy habeo, camper h, 
 with the perfect participle, from a periphraiis iimihr to what we 
 ufe in Engiim ; as, Compertum babeo> for ccn/peri, I have found, Sail. 
 EffcBum daboy for rfficiam ; Invention tibi cuVabo, et udiuQum ttnint Par.t- 
 philum y i. e. iwjemam et adducam^ Ter. Sometimes the gerund is uftd 
 with ad ; as, Traders ei gentes diripi-ndasy or ad diripd'nndu.Vy C :C. 
 Rcgo, acetyl*! do aliquid uiendum ; cr c</ utendum ; Ntifi mibi I, brum U- 
 genduniy or tf^/ legendum, 3c c. 
 
 Obf. 3. Thefe verbs, c^r^, habeo, mendo, loco, conduct, do, tribute, m«/f», 
 &c. are elegantly conftrued with tbe participle in dtu inftead of the 
 infinitive; as, Funus faciendum cvravi, for jf*«j or i.t Jie ret : Columu.s 
 xdijicatidas locavit, ClC- 
 
 The Construction of Gerunds. 
 
 XXXII.. 'Gerunds are conftrued like iubftan- 
 tive nouns ;)as r 
 
 Studcndum eft rrAhi, I mull itudy. Apius Jrudendo, Fit for (Hldying; 
 Tempusjiudcn r > y Time of ftudy. Scicftudendum ejfe m/bi, i know trtet 
 
 1 muft ftc 
 
 , But more particularly ;' 
 
 I.fThe Gerund in DUM with the verb eft governs the 
 
 dative das, 
 
 Legendum eft miot, I muft read. JM'/riendum eft nn.-nihv;, AH muft C 
 So Seio legendum cjje mibi ; morier.dum effk cmuikus, &C. 
 
 Obf. I. This gerund always imports obligation or necemty ; and 
 may be refolved into oportet, necejfe eft y or the like, and the infinitive 
 or the fubjun&ive, with the conjunction ut ; as, Omnibus ejl piorien- 
 d.im, or Omnibus necejfe ejl mori, or ut moriantrr ; or, Necejfe ejl ut omms 
 moviantur. Confulendum eft tibi a me, I muft confult for your good ; for 
 Oportjt ut confulam tibij Cic. 
 
 Obf. %. The dative is often underftcod ; as, Orandum eft, utfrt mer.s 
 ma in ccrpore fano, fc. tibi, Juv. Hie vincendum, cut mor'nndum, 
 Utesy eft, fc. vobis, I.iv. Deliberandum eft diu t quod JtatuenduM ffl Jcmel 
 fc. tibi vel alicuiy P. Syr. 
 
 II. /The gerund in DI is governed by fubftantiyes or 
 adjeclives J as, 
 
 Tcmpus legend!, Time of reading. Cupidus dijeenaf, Deilrous of leaniing- 
 Obf. r ] his gerund is fometimes conftrued with the genitive plural ; 
 Itas agrerum ctmdonandi r for agros, Cic. G*pj a fi ''"•-*- 
 
 rum y t-jr comadiet, Ter. Buc chiefly with prom as, Li erf: a- 
 
 venerunt fui purgandi causa, C:ef. Ffri adhortandi caufa, iAv. L; :s 
 'us, fc. fsminXy Ter. The gerund here is fuppofed to gcv- 
 n tbe genicive 1 ke 4 fubftantivc n 
 
 R 2 HI. 
 
1^4 Construction of Gerunds. 
 
 III./The gerund in DO of the dative cafe is gore 
 by adjectives figinfying ufcfulnefs or fitnefs ;/as, 
 
 Cbarta utiHs fcr.lendo, Paper v.feful for writing. 
 
 Obf. I. Sometimes tlic adjedtire is underftood; as, Non el fo'i>r;/d+ 7 
 Ail- par, or li* % He is not able to pay. Is f.nis cenfendoj 
 
 Liv. 
 
 Obf. a. This gerund is fometimes governed alio by verbs ; as, AJ- 
 ejfe fcribiiido, Cic. Aptat habendo en/ewt, for wearing ; Virg. 
 
 IV. /The gerund in DUAT of the accusative cafe is gov- 
 erned by the prepofitions ad or inter 9 as, 
 
 Prcmptus ad audi end r 7.-?, Ready to hear. 
 
 Atttntus inter docendkti> Attentive in time or teaching. 
 
 Obf. This gerund is alfo governed by fome other prepofitions ; as> 
 Ante domandum, Virg. Ob :ndum, Cie. Circa movendum, Quinctil. 
 
 Or it depends on fome verb going before, and then with the verb . 
 governs the dative cafe ; a% Scio moriendum ejft omnibus, I know that 
 all muft die. EJfe is often underitood. 
 
 V. JThe gerund in DO of the ablative cafe is governed 
 by the prepofitions, a 9 ab> de$ e y ex, or in y)as, 
 
 Poena a pcccamlo alj.rtet, PuDiihment frightens from finning, 
 
 */Or without a prcpofition, as the ablative of man:, 
 or caufe ;) as, 
 
 Jilemoria exe&ado augetur, The memory is improved by exercifing it- 
 Defdjus Jum ambtttandQ, I am wearied with walking. 
 
 Obf. The gerund in its nature very much refcmbles the infinitive. 
 Hence the one is frequently put for the other ; as, EJl temj>us Lgendi, 
 or legere : only the gerund is never joined with an adje&ive, and is- 
 fometimes taken in a paifive [anfe ; as, Cum Tiftdium toocmrctur ad im 
 perandum, i.e. ut ipji impera , to receive OJ Sail. Nunc 
 
 ad imperandiim, n>ei ad parendum pcfrvs, Sic enim antiqui loquebantur, Cic 
 i. e. ut tibi impcretur. Writ i , i. e. du;x v \ 'irg. 
 
 The gerund in English becomes a fubftantive, by prefixing the ar- 
 »'cle to it, and then it is always to be conflrued with the prepofit 
 #/; as, He is err ployed in writing Idlers, or, in i '//ȣ of letters : 
 
 tut it is improper to fiy, writing Uttei 
 
 Gt 
 
rioN of Gerunds. iS£ 
 
 Gerunds turned into pi bles in dus» 
 
 XXXYI./berunds governing the accusative are 
 elegantly turned into participles in dusj which, 
 like adjectives, agree with their fabftantives in 
 ender, number, and cafe 5) as, 
 
 
 By the Gerund. By the Participle or Gerundive. 
 
 P< tendi m eft mibi pacem 9 ~\ u ~ C P ax e ft petenda ?nibi. 
 
 Temp us petendi pacem, / 3 g jtfempus petenda pads. 
 
 Ad potehdi-m pacem 9 t G §-• J Ad petendam pacetiu 
 
 A petendo pacem, J o J2 K*A petenda pace, 
 
 Obf. i.j Iii changing gerunds into participles in duf, the 
 participle and the fubftantive are always to be put in the 
 fame cafe in which the gerund was ;)as, 
 
 Genitive; Inita funt conftlta urbis delena\z 9 civium trucidandcrum 9 «o- 
 tninis Romani extinguaidi, Cic. 
 
 Dat. Perpetiendo labori idoneu;, Colum. CapeJJendcS reipublicde habilis % 
 Tac. Area firma templis ac porticibus fuftinendisy .Liv. fieri fer. 
 e/lj fc, apt us V. babi/is, Ovid. Natus mifertis ferendis 9 Ter. LHer'is 
 dandis vtgiiare 9 Cic, Locum oppido condendo capcre 9 JLiv. 
 
 :. and abl. Ad defendendam Romam ab oppugnanda Capua duces 
 Romanos abftrahere^ Liv. Oratlonem Latinam legendis nojlris eff.cies pie- 
 niore-n, C\ 
 
 Obf 2. The gerunds of verbs which do not govern the accnfative, 
 are never changed into the participle, except thofe of medcor, utcr r 
 abutor t fruoTy Jungcr% and potior \ as Spe* potiundi urbe, or potiur. 
 urbis : but we always lay, Cupid.ts fulweniendiy t&i ? and never for. 
 
 The Construction of Supines. 
 
 I. The Supine in um. 
 
 XXXVII. 'The fapine in um is put after a verb 
 of motion ; /as, 
 
 Abiit deamkulatuxf, He hath gone to w.i. 
 
 £>o, Jhicert cpbortes prarfatum* Liv. Nunc venis irrifum .' •- - m? 
 $Qod in 'rem tuam- optimum fo&t -or, t: Plant". 
 
 Obf. i. The fupine in um k elegantly joined with the verb eo, to 
 :efs the figniication of any verb more itrong'y; as, /.- 
 the fame with id agit, or opef .-/, ut fi per. lot, He ii on his 
 
 QWIl 
 
iS5 
 
 Construction of Supine?. 
 
 own ujfinufllon, Xer. This fupine with iri taken irapcrfonaT p. 
 
 piics the places of the infmiti vre pafTive ; as, .i.i cnd.bas Mam fine 
 tua obdra iri urn demum f Which may be thus rcfolved. 
 
 sm e d e k u iri (a fce, met nb aliquo) d*dm£htm (i. e. ad deducendum) UU 
 s • um % \\t. 
 
 Obf, a. TIte fupine in //^r is put after other verb? befides verbs of 
 motion; as, j) J.t jiliam nnptum ; Cant&tum frtvecsmus, TcJk Jtc^oca- 
 i.is defen/nm piitr'u/n ; D', r jijit copies bie/natum 9 JSTep. 
 
 Obf. 3. r fhe meaning of this fupine may be e^prelTed by feveral 
 tther parts of the verb ; as, Venit oratum opem : or, 1. Venit ot '. 
 oia*;di causa, or epU orandce. 2* Venit ad orandum e>bem\ ojc id orand 
 • bdm. 3* Venit opi orand.?. 4. Venit epem oraturvs. 5. Venit a, /, or 
 1// o*<f,7/ enrf. 6. ftfttfi c^rw orate. Eut the third ar.J the 'aft of thefc 
 arc feldom ufed. 
 
 2. 77^ fupine In u. 
 
 XXXVIII. /The fupine in u is put after 
 unf; 
 
 Z7.J/., 
 
 a 
 
 n ad- 
 
 jective no 
 
 : 
 
 5 aS 5 
 
 .Facffe dicl.i, Eafy to tell, «• to be told. 
 
 So Nihil dttfu factum, vtfuqne h<£c limina tangat ; intra quet pinr r Q , 
 Juv. DiJfficUi* res eji invent* verus amicus ; Fas V. nejas cji diSiu ; Opus, 
 ejijlitt, Cic. 
 
 Obf. I. The lupine in u, being ufed in a. paflive fenfe, hardly ever 
 governs any cafe. It is fpmetiraes, efpecially in old writers, put after 
 verbs»of motion ; as, Nunc tu redto^ from getting provisions, Phut. 
 
 Primus cuhili firoat (villlcus.) from bed. ft us atbifum cat, CatO. 
 
 Obf. 2r. 1 his fupine may be rendered by the infinitive or gerund 
 with the prepositional/; as, D:f}i.iU cognitu, cornofciy or ad eigne f;en*> 
 darn \ Res faci.'is a J credendvnt, Cic. 
 
 Obf. 3. I he lupines being nothing elfe but verbal nouns of the 
 fourth declenfion, ufed only in the accusative and ablative fingular, 
 are governed in thefe cafes by prcpofitions understood; the fupine in., 
 um by the proportion ad, and the fupine in a by die prepolition in. 
 
 The Construction of Indeclinable 
 
 Words. i 
 
 1. The Construction of Adverbs* 
 
 XXXIX. I Adverbs are joined to Verbs and 
 Participles, to adjectives, and to other adverbs ;)a 
 
 . .'. He writes yftXi. Fortiter puxnan Fighting br;. 
 
 o. ■■-.■ 11 egreg ;r, A Have re- Satis ten*, Weil enough, 
 
 markably faithful. 
 
 O 
 
Construction of Indeclinable Wordj. II 
 
 Obf. i. Adverbs arc fometimes likewise joined to iub- 
 ftantives ; as, 
 
 llomerus plane orator ; pla/te nojler, vtr, . is, C:c. So, Hodie max 
 
 eras mane, hcri mane ; hodie wft m sxe, t.un vtfpere. 
 
 Obf. 2. The adverb for trie moil part in Latin, and- always ill 
 Englifh, is placed near to the word vvhich it modifies or affe&a. 
 
 Obf. 3. Two negatives, both in Latin and Eoglifli, are 
 equivalent to an affirmative ; as, 
 
 JSf rtr did they not perceive, i. e. El n<J 
 
 ey did perceive ; Won pcteram nan txunimayi m 
 
 however of the c ■ netimes occur ia good authors, bo 
 
 Englifh and Latin. "I bus two or three negative participle* are placed 
 before the fubjunciive mode to exprefs a itronger negation. N< 
 
 baud dicat tin n . do not fay that you were not fore- 
 warned, ¥er. 
 
 But v .fly deserves attention in Adverbs, is the cVgfee of 
 
 comparifon and the mode with which they are joined. 1. Apprlme 
 admodum, vsbementer f maxime, perqvam, valde oppidrj, &C and per 
 in compofition, are ufuaily joined to the pofitive ; a?, Utrique noflrvm 
 • ratum admoJum feceris, You will do what is very agreeable to both 
 of us, Cic. perquam puerile, very chikiifh ; dp pi do pauc'i, very few ; 
 jterfacile cft\ &c. In like manner, Parur.i, multum, nimium, tantuwr, 
 quantum, aLi quantum ; as, In rebus apcrtijjimis niviium Hngt fumux ; parum 
 Jirmus, multum bonus, Cic. Adverbs in um are fometimes alfc joined 
 to comparatives ; as, Forma viri aliquantum amplior i ., Liv. 
 
 Quam is joined to the pofitive or fuperlative in different fenfos; 
 as, $%uam diffitile .7? / How difficult it is ! Sguam crudclis^ 01 Ul crude' 
 lis eji ! How cru-..i he is ! PUm quam fqmtliariter x very familiarly, Per. 
 
 So quam fd<v?re, very feverely, Cic. '^uam lath, very ./, CaX 
 
 Tarn mu ta, quam, c>:c, as many things as, &c. Quam : jl 
 
 topias armat, as great as poffiblo, Sail, ^uam maximal gratias agit 9 
 quam primum, quam fxpijjiutc, Cic. 9uam quiff ue pefiime fdiii, lam 
 maxime tutus ejl, Sail. 
 
 Facile, for Laud dnbie, undoubtedly, clearly, is joined to fupcrla- 
 tives or words cf a Omilar meaning ; as, FacilH dt facile prin- 
 
 teps, v. , jus. Long:-:, to comparatives or fuperlatives, rarely 
 
 to the pofitive ; as, Longe tloquentijjimus Pluto, Cic. Pcdibus hngc me- 
 lior Ly*us, Vi 
 
 1. Cum, when, is conftrued with the indicative or fubiu native, 
 oftener with the latter; Dum, whilft, or how long, with the indi- 
 cative ; as, JJum h-ic aguntur ; JEgroin, dum anima e(l, j r, 
 Cic. I 0, Ovid. 1)um and do.ec, 
 I, Sometimes with the indicative and fometimes with 
 IC iubjum • ar<, Opericr^ dum rjSa '«, Cic. Hand m y 
 
i83 Construction of Indeclinable Words. 
 
 donee f>rrjeecr*i Ter. So quoad, for quamdiu y quanta/ as 
 
 long-, as much, as far as; thus, Quoad Cutilina fuit in urbe \ Quoad 
 • vidtbitur ; quoad poffem Ijf liceret ; quoad ^rogredi botuerit amen- 
 to, Cic But quoad, until, oftener with the £u i.c; as, T&/^ 
 
 falon'/ca cjfe jlatusi-jjn, quoad cliquid ad me fcr':vttes y Cic. but Lot alway 
 Ntfrn faciaen ft randi, quoad nuncialum erit te fccijfi, Cic. Th 
 
 noun /y//j, with facer* or '.^irri is elegantly added to quoad; a«, .. 
 ejt-s fucere potiris \ <%uoad ejtii fieri pofit, Cic. /T".r is thought folic 
 here governed by aliqutd or feme lu> h word understood. <^. 
 corpus, quoad animam, for fecundum\ or quod attinct ad c vel animam x 
 
 as to the body or foul, is efteemed by the bell grammarians not to 
 be £Ood Latin. 
 
 : 
 
 .L PtWTOUAM or Posteaojjam; after. Is uftally joined with tW 
 Indie. Antlqcam, PiiiusQUAM, before; o'imul, simulac, simul 
 atque, simul ui, as fboa as ; Ubi, when, foinctur.es with the 
 Jnd. and fometinies' with the Subj. as, Auteqwm duo or Hcavt, Cic. 
 Simulac perfinfit, Virg. Simul w$ vidcto Curitmem, Cic. Hec ubi dii:x 
 dedft, -Liv. Ubi femei qu-s pejefaveriS^ ei eredi pefUa non ofortet, C :. 
 So n.-e, truly; as, Nui ^o homo fain in/eiix t Ter. Ne t» 9 ft id feeiffer^ 
 tic Has fama eowfuJuijJes y Cic But me, not, with the imperative, or 
 more elegantly with the fubjunclive ; as, Ne jura y Plaut. Ni / 
 tonferas adpa?n in me t Ter. A r <r tat t ann»JTWm fluiiatem in vnius bo 
 icder'n d'jcrtme.t, JLiv. 
 
 4. Quasi, Ceu, Tanqjjam, Perinpe, when they denote re- 
 Semblance, are joined with the Indicative;. Fuit a/im 3 q i! 'ft ego fern, 
 
 fenex % Plait. Advcrft rapto ecu quondam turbine venti tomfltgnnfy Virg. 
 Hue omnia perinde J**t, ut aguntur. Eut when nfed ironically, th 
 have the fubiuncrive : as, de verbo. non de re labor etur, Cic. 
 
 5. Utinam, o si, ut for utinam, I with, take the Subjunctive; 
 as, Vtinam ea res ei voluJ>tati ni y Cic. mihi prate* itos YefcTat Jt fu 
 Ur cnr.iSy Virg. Ul ilium dii dc*qUc pi rdant, Tcr. 
 
 6. Ut, when or after, takes the indicative ; a.s, Ut difcefpty veniti 
 &c. <[ Alfo for qu.un or quomodo, how ! as, Ut valet ! Ut falfus a 
 mi e/f/ Ut \ f-tmmi ingemia in occulto latent / Plaut. •[ Or when it 
 fimply d J n (emblance ; as, Ut tute es, ita omnrs cenfes eje, Plaut. 
 ^ In this fertfe it foinctiines has the iubjui.ctive ; as., Ut femenUm fc..' 
 ris, ita metes, Cic. 
 
 7. Qui\ T for cur Nov, takes the Indie, as, <Ji ntinetis voccm 
 irdicjm jiultitiu: v jlr* ? Cic. \ For Imo, nay or but, the Indie, or 
 Imperat. as, y^^i: rft paratum argentum; ouin tu l •.- audi, Ter. «[ I 
 Ur Nov, qui, ojj."E, <^uod s o\, or quo minus, the Subjunc 
 
 as, Nulla tarn facilis, r<\f, quln difficMs jiet quum invitut fecirs, Ter. 
 Nemo aft, quln ma/it ; Facett non popjum, quin ad te n .t. m, I cannot help 
 leading ; Nil-il abej^qu'mjtm mijlrrimus, Cic. 
 
 1 
 
OOYERKMEKT of A.DVERB3. 1 8p 
 
 The Government of Adverbs. 
 
 XL./ Some Adverbs of time, place, and quan- 
 tity, govern the genitive ; /as, 
 
 Pr'idie ej ts diet, The day before that day. 
 
 Uhupte geatiuw^ Kvery where. 
 
 Satis eft wrbotumi There is enough of words. 
 
 I. Adverbs of time governing the genit. are, Interea, foftea y ind& 
 tunc ; as, Interna loci, in the mean time ; JPc/ic-j foci, afterwards : hde t 
 Itxiy then ; tunc Umpires 3 at that time. 2. Of place, Uoj and quo, with 
 their compounds, uliquc, ubitunquc, ubl-v'is, vblubi, &c. Alfo Eo, Luc, 
 huccine, umde y ifquam, nufquam t itnge, ibidem : as, Ubi, que, quoiis, £cc, 
 ilfo v/quam, nujqttam, unde^ terrar rn, vei o:;:iium ; lenge g&ttivm ; ibt» 
 itn? loci, co a^dacia, *occcrd:a, rr. : J;riarum, &c. to that pitch of bold- 
 ncf«, raadnefs, mifery, &c. 3. Of quantity, Ahundj, ajfatin, largj* 
 Ur , Mi *opz, minim} \ as, Abund} g/ori.e, ajfiitim divimarvm^ 
 
 'argiter auri, Jaiis loqujnti;t, fapicnt'ue par urn ej} illi vcl babe% % He has 
 jgh of j^lory, riches, tkc Minhne gentium, by ao means. 
 
 Some add ^r^-c and /«^a r ; as, ■£>*<> virtutis, for the fake of virtue, 
 Cic. Injiar mentis, like a mountain, Virg.: But thefe are properly 
 nouns 
 
 Obf. 1. Thefe adverbs are thought to govern the genitive, becaufe 
 they in; ly in thcmfelves the force of a fubftantive ; as, Potenti* gio- 
 riaqvc abuadh adeptus, the fame with abvudaietiam gloria : or Tes % locus t 
 or negotivm and a prepoiition, may be underftood ; as, Inter-to. loci, i. e. 
 inter ea n^ggtia loci ; Ubi terrarum, for in qua loco Urrarum. 
 
 Obf. 1. We tlfually fay, pridis, pojtridie ejus did, feldom diem ; but 
 priditj pcf; las, Almas, Idas, ludos Apollinares, natalem ejus t 
 
 sbfoliiticnen: ejus, &c. rarely KaUndarum , &c. 
 
 Obf. 3. lEn and ecce are condrued either with the nom- 
 inative or accusative ;J as, 
 
 En hof.is, or Icjlem \ Ecce miferum lomiaem, Cic Sometimes a da" 
 tive is added ; as, Ecce tibi Strato, Ter. Ecce duos (fcil. aras.) tibz* 
 Dapiti, Virg. In like manner is cor.f:rued htm put for ecce ; a3, Hem 
 tibi Da-jum, Ter. But in ail thcie examples fome verb muil be vn- 
 dcrftood. 
 
 XLI. 'Some derivative adverbs govern the 
 cafe of their primitives J\ as, 
 
 Omnium cptimk loquitur \ He fpeaks the befc of all. 
 
 Co ftter roturer, Agreeably to nature. 
 
 Vtnit 9bviam ei % He came to meet him 
 
 Proximo cajlr'u or ueflra, NcKt the can p. 
 
190 
 
 / 
 
 Construction cf Prepositions. 
 
 The Construction cf Prepositions. 
 
 PREPOSITIONS governing the Accufative.) 
 
 1. 
 
 f\ r .i aftraJ/o th.-fars ; religari »d 
 afterem, U be bound to a plan^j 
 ad diem veniain, folvam, &c. 
 ct or on ; ad portam , oitium, 
 fores, at. before ; ad urban, Ti- 
 hc rim, near, at ; ad tcmpla fup- 
 plicatio, in ; ad fummum, c/ 
 wc^, or /o *Z><7 /c/> ; ad fummam, 
 en the whole ; Cic ; ad ulti- 
 mum extremum, at {&Jl y final- 
 ly ; ad v. in fpeciem, to appear- 
 ance ; mentis ad omnia capa- 
 cities ; annus fatalis ad inte- 
 rnum ; lcnius ad fcveiitatein, 
 £or 9 with refpe& to. Cic. ; :;d 
 \ivum, fc. corpus, to the qui eh ; 
 judicem agere, before ; nihil 
 C: 1 - farem, in compatifon of; 
 numero ad duodecim, to the 
 number of: omnes ad unum, to 
 o 7n an ; ad hoc, bsjidc; ; ad Vld- 
 
 i opinionem, according to ; ho- 
 mo yJ unguem factu?, « fl &£ m 
 tpwplijhpd man ; herbre ad 'imam 
 men's, by cf Virp ad 
 
 tempus venit, at ; Ira \ revis eft 
 & ad tempus, for ; ad ten 
 consilium capiam, accordh 
 Cic. ; ad decern annos after ; 
 annos ad uaginta natus, a- 
 
 bout Cic. nebula eratad multum 
 <hci, for a great part of the diy ; 
 I/iv. : ad pedes jacere, provol- 
 vi, pr o cumber e, & ■ nua ; 
 
 ad 1 i efTe, crt : ad manus ye- 
 
 to come to a gagemeni ; 
 
 ad libellam deberi, to a fart 
 
 no lef : ad amufTim, 
 cxaftly ; ad haec vifit audita que, 
 
 upon feeing and bearing th efe th 
 
 Lit. 
 
 Ad feem* fometimes to be taken 
 adverbial! \d duo mil- 
 
 lia funt ; ad mille homi- 
 
 nu; ilium eft ; ad duce&ti 
 
 pexieruat, about, J -iv. 
 
 Apud forum, a: ; apud nfe canna- 
 bis, at my h apud fenatum, 
 ju. v. aliquem dicere, Lc 
 fore] apud majores noftros, a- 
 mong\ apud Xenopbontcm, in 
 the look of \ Eft mihi fides, <vel 
 yaleOj apud ilium, I have credit 
 with him ; facio te apud ilium 
 dcum, Ter. 
 
 Ante diem, focum, &c. before. 
 
 Adversus, v. -um ; Contra 
 hoftes, againf ; adverfus infimos 
 juftitia eft fervanda, towards ; 
 adverfum hunc loqui, to, Ter. 
 Lerina adverfum Antipolim, 
 . over agai.if, Plin. 
 
 Cis vei ci 1 ra {lumen, c:i this fide ; 
 citra ncccftitatem, without • Ede 
 citra cruditatem, hibc citra e- 
 brietatem, Senec. 
 
 Circu.yi & circa regem, about ; 
 Yarla circa hrec opinio, Plin. 
 
 Erga axnicos, towards, Extra 
 muros ; Extra jocum, periculum 
 noxiam, fortem, without ; nemo 
 extra te, btftdes ; extra ra- 
 
 ti< . Sail. 
 
 Infra udum, below th: roof 
 
 Inter fratres, among 1 inter Sz fu- 
 pcr ceei:am, during it the time ef\ 
 inter h&c parata, during theft 
 preparations ; Sail, Irtcr tot 
 annos, in ; Cic. Inter die 
 whence, int< rdiu, in the day ti-ne ; 
 inter fe atnant, they lew 
 ther : Qu aii non norimus nos in- 
 ter nos, l"er. 
 
 Intra priyatos pariete*, intra 
 
 . pauco? annos, ivithin ; intra fa- 
 mam eft, lef toan report, Quinet. 
 
 JuXTA macellum, near the fhambles. 
 
 Oh lucrum, for gain ; ob oculos, 
 'ore ; ob induftriam for do in- 
 duftria, on ftrpofr, Plaut. 
 
 Pfnks quern, or quern penes, 
 
 im 
 
Construction of Prepositions. 
 
 191 
 
 in the power of ; Penes te es ? 
 Ay e you i.t your fenfes ? Her, 
 
 Per agros, through ; per vim, per 
 fcehis, by ; per anni tempus, per 
 setatem licet, for, hy recfon of, 
 
 Po N E C8 put, behind. 
 
 Post hoc tempus, after ; poft ter- 
 gum, behind ; poll homines na- 
 tos, poll hominum memoriam, 
 fnce the world began. 
 
 Prater te nemo, no ledy be/Ices, 
 •r except ; praeter cafam fugere, 
 beyond; prseter legem, morem, 
 xquum & bonum, fpem, opi- 
 nionem, &c. contrary to, again/?, 
 beyond ; praster cazteros excel- 
 lere, lamentari, above; prater 
 ripam ire, along, near ; prpeter 
 oculos, before, Cic. 
 
 Propter virtutem,ycr, on account 
 of; propter aquae rivum, near, 
 hard by, Virg. 
 Secunlum fa&a & virtutes tuas, 
 according to ; Ter. fecundum lit- 
 tus, fecundum aurem vulnera- 
 
 tus eft, near to ; in a£ione fe- 
 cundum vocem, vultus plurL- 
 mvm valet ; fecundum patrem 
 es proximus, after, next to ; 
 Prsztor fecundum me decrevit, 
 fententiam dedit.yir, in my fa- 
 vour, Cic. 
 
 Secus viam, by, ci: 
 
 Supra terram, above. 
 
 Trans mare, over, bey one/. 
 
 Ultra oceanum, beyond. 
 
 To prepofitions governing the ac- 
 cufative are commonly added 
 
 ClRCTTER, PR OPE, USQUE & 
 
 versus ; as Circiter meridiem, 
 about mid-day ; prcpe muros, 
 rear the walls ; ufque Puteolos, 
 I harfum ufque, as far as ; Ori- 
 cntem verfus, towards the eaft. 
 But in thefe ad is underftood ; 
 which we find fometimes ex« 
 prefTed ; as, Prope ad annum, 
 Nep. Ab ovo ufque ad mala, 
 Hor. Ad oceanum verfus, Caef. 
 In Italiam verfus, Cic. 
 
 /PREPOSITIONS governing the Ablative. ) 
 
 . patre,Jab omnibus, abs te, by 
 or from ; a puero, vel pueris, a 
 pueritia, incunabulis, tcneris 
 unguibus, Szc.from a child, ever 
 [nice childhood ; ab ovo ufque ad 
 mala, from the i. <r to the 
 
 end of f upper ; a rnanu, /c. ftr- 
 vus, an amanuenfis or clerk ; ad 
 maftum, a ran ; are- 
 
 dibus, a footman ; a latere prin- 
 ciple a iccre- 
 tis, rationibus, conf.iiis, cya- 
 this, &c a Jeeretary, a it, 
 a r.obi% for ncilr.-u. 
 Injuria ab illo, for illius, Ter. 
 a ccena, after ; Secundus, tertius 
 Romulo ; id us ab latere, o;i 
 • r in ; a fenatu tlare.yor, in de- 
 fvee of-, ab oculi« doleo, Plaut. 
 ab ingenio inoprobtrs, a pecunia 
 & militibus imparatus, as to, 
 
 s 
 
 with refpecl to, Cic. Eft calor 
 a fole ; omiftiores ab re, too 
 carelefs about money ; a villa mer- 
 cenarium vidi, Ter. 
 
 Absque caufa, without ; abfque te 
 eflet, re&e ego mihi vidifTem, 
 i. e. ft tu ncn effes, nift tu effes, 
 but for you, had iP not been for 
 you, Ter. Abfque is chief y ufed 
 by comic writers ; line, by orators. 
 
 Clissi patre & patrem, without 
 the kr.owlidge of. 
 
 Coram omnibus, before, inpre/ence 
 
 Cum exercitu, with ; teftis me- 
 cum eft annulus, in my poffef- 
 Jion, Ter. cum prima luce, at 
 break of day ; cum imperio effe, 
 in , cum primis, in primis, in the 
 frf place: cummetudicere, cum 
 laetitia vivere, cum cura* &c. 
 
 Cic. 
 
*9 2 
 
 Construction of Prepositions. 
 
 Cic. We fay, mecum, tecum, 
 fee urn, nobifcum, vobifcum ; 
 rarely cum me, cum te, &c. 
 end quocum or cum quo, qui- 
 bufcum or cum quibus. 
 De lana caprina rixantur, about, 
 concerning ; De tanto patrimonio 
 nihil relictum eft, of; de loco 
 fuperiore,/™;? ; de die, by day ; 
 de nodte, by night ; de integro, 
 anew, afrejh ; de v. ex impro- 
 Vifo, unexpectedly ; de y. ex in- 
 duftria, on purpofs ; de meo, at 
 my expenfe ; Id de lucro putatO 
 efle, clear gain ; Ter. de v. ex 
 compa&o agere, by agreement ; de 
 tranfverfo, crofs-zvife, athwart; 
 de v. ex ejus fententia, confilio, 
 according to ; qua v. hac de caufa, 
 for ; homo de plebe ; templum 
 de marmore, of; de.fcripto di- 
 cere, to read a fpecch ; de Filio 
 emit, from, Cic. De fervis fi- 
 deliflimus ; de ipfius cxercitu 
 non amplius hominium mille ce- 
 cidit, Nep. Robur de cxercitu, 
 JLiv. # Adolefcens de fummo loco, 
 Plau*. De procul afpicere, Id. 
 E foro, Ex sedibus, from, out of; 
 e contrario, v. contraria parte, 
 en the contrary, e regione, over 
 agabfl ; e republica, e re ali- 
 cujus, for the good of ; ftatim e 
 ( fomno, ex fuga, ex tanta pro- 
 jperantia, aliud ex alio malum, 
 from, after ; e veftigio, out of 
 ', immediately ; poculum ex 
 auro ; ex equo pugnare,©/; horfe- 
 bath ; facere pugnam ex com- 
 ruodo, on advantageous ground, 
 Sail, ditm ex die expecxare, 
 from day to d.iy, day after day ; 
 cx ordine, in order ; magna ox 
 parte,/*: r the mof part; ex fuper- 
 vacuo, J J pcrfuoufly ; ex tua dig- 
 nitate j. virtute, ex decreto fena- 
 tiis, c natura, according to;fo vul- 
 gus ex veritate pauca, ex opini- 
 on* multa scftimat \ e.\ 9. de mo- 
 
 
 re, ad v. in morem alicujus : £x 
 animo, from the heart ; Infolentia 
 ex profperis rebus, e via lan- 
 guere, ex doclrina nobilis, on 
 account of; ex ufu eft tibi, of 
 advantage ; ex eo die, fince, tX 
 amicis certis certiflimus, of or 
 among; ex pedibus laborare, to b 
 ill of the gout, Cic. E re nata, cs 
 the matter fiends, Ter. Commen- 
 ta mater eft, efle ex alio viro, 
 nefcioquo,puerum.natum,£y. Id. 
 Pro gloria certare, for ; Rati 
 noctem pro fe, favourable to 
 tiem ; Sail. Hoc eft pro me, 
 Cic. pro tcmplo, tribunali, con- 
 done, roftris, caftris, foribus, 
 before ; pro fua dignitate, fa- 
 pientia, &c. pro poteftate co- 
 gere, pro tempore, re, loco, 
 fuo jure, according to ; eft pro 
 practore, pro te molam, comes 
 facundus pro vehiculo eft, for, 
 infiead of ; pro viribus, pro parte 
 virili, pro fua quifque parte v. 
 facultate, to one's ability or power \ 
 Parum tibi pro eo, emod a te 
 habeo, .reddidi, in \ompartfon. 
 of, confide ring, Cic. pro' lit, pro 
 
 eo ac, 
 
 pro 
 
 eo ut mereor, as 
 
 deferve \ pro fe quifque, uterque, 
 Sec. for his oivn part ; pro rata 
 parte, pro portione, in propor- 
 
 tion ; pro crve fe 
 
 gent 
 
 agere 
 
 © 
 
 pro vicloribus ; pro fuo uti ; pro 
 rupto faidus habet, for, as ; fo 
 pro certo, infec?io, comperto, 
 nihilo, conceiTo, &c. habeo, du- 
 co. Pro occifc, reli&us eft, Cic. 
 
 Prje fe pugionem tulit, before ; 
 fpeciem pne it boni viri fert, 
 pretends to be, Ter. pras lacry-- 
 mis non poffum fcribere, / 
 becaufe of; ilium prx me con- 
 Xa mpfi, in comparifon of : So the 
 adv. praeut ; as, praut hujus 
 rabies quae dabit, IVr. 
 
 P. \ i.am yepulo, omnibus, before* 
 ivith the hurwledgt of. 
 
 Si nt 
 
Construction of Prepositions. 
 
 193 
 
 Sine labore, without ; fine ulla 
 caufa, pompa, moleftia, quere- 
 la, impenfa, &c. ; homo fine re- 
 fide, fpe, fortunis, fede, &c. 
 Cic. 
 
 Capulo TENU3, up to the hilt, 
 Tenus is conflrued with the ge- 
 'nitive plural, when the word 
 Wants the fing. ; as, Cumarum 
 tenus, as far as Cuma : or when 
 we fpeak of things, of which we 
 have by nature only two ; J as, 
 Geulorum, curium, narium, -la- 
 
 brorum, lumborum, crurum te- 
 nus, up to. IV e alfo find Corcy- 
 rse tenus, & oftiis tenus, Liv. 
 Colchis tenus, Flor, Peftori- 
 bus tenus, O /id. 
 To prepofitions governing the abl. 
 is commonly added Procul ;• 
 as, Procul domoy far from home ; 
 but here a is underftood, which 
 is alfo often exprelfed ; as, Pro- 
 cul a pairia, Virg. Prccul ab 
 ojtentatront. QuincT:. Culpa ejl 
 procul a me, Ftf . 
 
 2.1 PREPOSITIONS govirhing the Accuf. and Abl J 
 
 XLIV. [The prepofitions in, fub, fupsr, and 
 fubter, govern the accufative, when motion to a 
 place is fignified ; but when motion or reft in a 
 place is fignified, in zndifub govern the ablative ; 
 fuper and footer either the accufative or abla- 
 tive. I 
 
 c j 
 
 when 
 
 IN when it fignifies' into, governs the accufative 
 
 it fignifies in or among, it governs the ablative ;las, 
 
 In urbem ire, into \ amdr in pa- happen fame time after, Ter. In* 
 
 ducise in duos merifes datx, in 
 
 triam, in te benignus, towards ; 
 in lucem, until day ; in eanr 
 fenCfentiam, to thai purpofe, on 
 .it head ; in rem tuam eft, for 
 your advantage ; in utramque 
 partem difputare, on both Jules ^ 
 for and againfi ; litura in nomen, 
 en, Cic. poteftas in filium, ever; 
 in aliquem dicere, againfi ; mi- 
 rum in mod um, after ; in pe- 
 des flare, in aurem dormire, 
 on ; in os laudare, to, before ; 
 in v. inter patres lectus, into the 
 number of ; in vulgus probari, 
 fpargere, 8<c. among ; crefcit in 
 dies in fingulos dies, omnes in 
 dies, every day ; in diem pofte- 
 rum, proximum, decimum, a- 
 gainjl ; in diem vivere, to live 
 from hand to mouth, r.ot to think 
 
 oftB-mvrroiv ; Eft id diem, « 
 
 nunc diem, annum, &c. fir ; 
 Tern is affibus in pedem, v. in 
 fingulos pedes, tranfegit, Hebar- 
 gained for three (hillings a foot, or 
 for every foot ; So in jugerum, 
 militem, capita, naves, &c. In 
 mediitina fnguia, H. S. quir.05 
 denos dcclifti, Cic. 
 In portu navigo, in tempore, in ; 
 cfTe in poteftate, v. in poteila- 
 tem, honore vel honorem, men- 
 te v. mentem : in manu v ma- 
 nibus effe ; habere, tenere, ir 
 one* * p<rwer, on Land \ in amicis^ 
 among ; in oculis ; I fore ; Oc- 
 rifus eft in provinchun, for in 
 prcvincia, Sail. In puer: 
 adolefccntia, fene&ute, abfc 
 tia, fi - v " rt r rr 1 1 a 
 
i94 
 
 Construction of Prepositions. 
 
 boy or boys % &c. Hoc in tem- 
 pore, Nep. In loco fratris - 
 
 % er e> for v.: fratfem, Ter. 
 
 Sub terras ibit imagno, fub afpec- 
 tum cadit, under ; fub iplum 
 funus, near, jujl before. Hor. 
 
 > fub lucem, ortum lucis, novitem, 
 vcfperam, brumam, i. e, inci- 
 piente luce, Sec. at the daxvn of 
 day, fjfe. ; fub idem tempus, 
 about ; fub eas literas recitutse 
 font tuse, fub feftos dies, after > 
 Cic. 
 
 der ; fub urbe, near, Ter. : 
 conditione, w, -em o«or «,-.-. 
 Supsr Numidiam, above, i 
 fuper rip as, «/>o/z ; fuper i 
 ter morbum etiam fimj 
 fixic. befides, Liv. fuper arbore, 
 fronde fuper viridi, , fuper 
 
 hac re fcribere, his accenia fu- 
 per, concerning ; alii fuper alio 
 trucidantur, Liv. Super coenara 
 fuper vinura cc epula3,/or inter 
 during, Curt Nee fuper ipfe fu.i 
 molitur laud reaij/ir, Virg 
 
 
 Sub rnuro, rege, pedibus, &c. «*- Subter terrain vel terra, mm&j-. 
 
 Obf. I. Prepofitions in Englifh have always after thei 
 the accufative or objective cafe. And when prepofitions 
 in Englifh or Latin do not govern a cafe, they are reckon- 
 ed adverbs. 
 
 Such arc Ante, circa, clam, coram, contra, infra, intra, juxta, . 
 lam, pwe, pof, prefer, /ecus, falter, fuper, J ultra. But in moft 
 
 of thefe the cafe feems to be implied in the fenfe ; as, Longo pcfl tern- 
 pore vetiit, fc. pcfl id temp>.s. Adverf us, juxta, propter, .77, 
 
 ID* clam, are by fome thought to be always adverbs, having a prepo- 
 fition underftood when they govern a cafe. So other adverbs alfo are 
 conftrued with the ace. or abl. as, Intus cellam, for intra, Liv. Iitus 
 femplo divum, fc. //;, Virg. Simul hie, fc. cum, Hor. 
 
 Obf. 2. A and e are only put before confonants ; ab 
 and ex, ufually before vowels, and fometiraes alfo before 
 confonants ; as, 
 
 A pat re, e regione : ab initio, ab rege ; ex ?.?".';% ex fart? : abs before 
 q and t ; as, abs te, abs quivis bomine, Ter. Some phrafes are ufe.l 
 only with e ; as, e long'mquo, c region:, e vef.igio, e re mta ef, &c- Some 
 only with ex ; as, E\ compaBo i ex tempore, magna ex parte, &c. 
 
 Obf. 3. Prepofitions are often underftood ; as, Devenere locos, fcil. 
 ad\ It portis, fc. ex, Virg. Nunc id prodeo, fcil. ob vel propter, Ter 
 Maria afpera jat'o, fcil. per, Virg. Ut fe loco mover. poffent, fcil 
 
 t vel de, Cx,(. Vina promens doiio, fcil. ex. Her. Quid Hit facia: 
 Quid me fei, fc. de, Ter. And fo in Englifh, Sbeiv me the booh ; Get 
 me feme paper, that is. to me, for me. V/e fometimes find the word 
 to which the prepofition refers, fuppreffed ; as, Circuit Coney fc. 
 
 adem, Sail, Round St Paul's, namely, church ; Campum Stella'. iftt 
 
 extra fortem ad vtginti fnillibus t'foium, i. e. ciitium millibus ad "jiginti 
 millia, Suet. But this is moft frequently the cafe after prepofitioi 
 in compofition ; thus, Emitters > fervum, fcil. ma.\.i, Plaut. fjon., 
 \'irus, fcil. ore* C:'r. Edvee r, fcil, cqflrh} Cref. 
 
Construction of Interjections. 195 
 
 XLV/ A prepofition in composition often gov- 
 erns the fame cafe, as when it ftands by itfelf ;/as ? 
 
 Adeamus fcholam, . Let US go to the fchool. 
 
 Exeamus fcbcla, Let us go out of the fchool. 
 
 Obf. I. The prepofition with which the verb is compounded, is^ 
 often repeated ; as, Adire ad fcbolam ; Exir; e fchola ; Adgredi aliquidW 
 OX ad aliquid\ ingredi orationem vel in orationem ; inducer e animum y ly 
 in auimum ; evade re undis isf ex undis / decedsre de fuo jure, decedere via 
 vel de via ; expellere, ejicere, exterminate, ext ruder e, exiurbare utbe, \Z? 
 ex urbe. Some do not repeat the prepofition ; as, Ajfari, alloqui, al- 
 latrare ali quern, not ad ali quern. So All u ere urbem ; accolere ftutnen ; cir- 
 cumvenire aliquem ; pr^eferire injuriam ; abdicate fc jmtgijzratit, (alio abdi- 
 care magiftratum) ; tranfducere exerciium Jluvium, *7xc. Others are only 
 conftrued with the prepofition ; as, Accttrrene ad aliqvem, adborfari ad 
 aliquid, incidere in morbum, avocare a Jludiis, avsrtere ab^incepto, &c. 
 
 Some admit other prepofitions ; as, Abite, demigrat^e loco ; & a, de y 
 ex loco; abji rah ere aliquem a, de, vel e confpeclu ; Dejijlere J^ntentia, a vel 
 de fenientia, Excidere manibus, de vel e manibus, &c. 
 
 Obf. 2. Some verbs compounded with.<? or ex govern ei- 
 ther the ablative or accusative ; as, 
 
 EgreJi urbe ox urbem, fc. extra; egredi extra vallum, Nep. Evader e 
 tnjtdiis or injldies. Patrios excedere mures, Lucan. ■ Sceleraia»excedere ter=>^ 
 ra, Virg. ELibi ex manibus ; pugnam, vincula, Tac. 
 
 Obf. 3. This rule does not take place, unlefs when the prepofltioB 
 may be disjoined from the verb, and put before the noun by itsfelf ; 
 IS, Alloquor pattern, or loquor ad pat rem, 
 
 3.fThe Construction of Interjections^ 
 
 XLVL , The interjections 0, heuj and P'fofi, 
 are conftrued with the nominative, ^accuiative, 
 or vocative ; as ; J 
 
 vir bonus or bone ! O good man! Heu me mlfervm I Ah wretched me ! 
 
 So, vir fariis atque amicus ! Ter. Heu vaniias lumana ! Plin. Hen 
 miferande piter I Virg. pr cedar um cujlodem ovium (ut aiunt) lupuml Cic, 
 
 XLVIL Hei and va. govern the dative jias, 
 
 Hc'i mibi I Ah me ! Vce voiis ! Wo to you ! 
 
 Obf. I. Ileus and ohe are joined only with the vocative ; as, Ileus 
 Syre, Ter. Ohe iibclle ! Martial, Prob or pro, ah, vah, bem, h> 
 generally either the accufative or vocative ; as, P? 
 Ter. Prob Sancle Jupiter ! Cic. ; Hem afiutias ! Ter. 
 
 Obf. i. Interjections cannot properly have either concord or gov* 
 •rnment. They are only mere founds excited by paffion, and h. 
 10 jufl conncdlion with any ether part of a fent :r t, Whatever c 
 
 »S2 
 
'-tion of Circumstances. 
 
 * j -. -vi ft depend on fome other word un- 
 
 djftq|vd, except the \ ire, which is always placed abfolutely : 
 
 tilM9 > vf ' frauds for 2fc« / quam me miferum fentio ! Hei 
 
 tnibi ! for He* ! / p r <jh dolor / for Prob ! quant us cf. do- 
 
 lor ! and fo in other example i 
 
 Y The Construction of Circumstances. 
 
 The circumftances, which in Latin are expreffed in dif- 
 ferent cafes, are, i. The Price of a thing, 2. The Cau/e t 
 Manner, and Injlrumcnt. 3. Place. 4. Meafure and Dif- 
 
 i. Price. 
 
 XL VIII. 'The price cf a thing is put in the 
 ablative ; /as, 
 
 E?ni librum duebus of. bus, I bought a book f jr two findings. 
 
 Conjlitit talento, It cofl a talent. 
 
 So AJfe car urn eft ; vile vtgwti minis ; cniro venule, &C. Nocei 
 dolor e voluntas, Hor. Spem prttio non emem, r l cr. Pluri tint 
 
 benores, Ovid. 
 
 ^[(Thefe genitives tanll, quant l^ pluris, minoru t are ex« 
 cepted ;ras, 
 
 Quanti conjlitit, How much coft it ? AJfe et pluris, A {hilling and tnoi 
 K)bf. 1. When the fubftantive is added, they are put in the ablative ; 
 
 as, farvo pretio, impenfo pretio 'vendere, Cic 
 
 Obf. 2. Magna, permagno, parvo, paululo, minimo, plurimo, are often 
 
 ufed without the fubftantive ; as, Pl rmarna conjlitit, fcil. pretio, Cic. 
 
 Heu quanto regnis nox Jletit una tuts ? Ovid. Faft, ii. 8 1 2. We alfo 
 
 iay, E mi care, carius, carijjlme ; bive, melius, optima; male, pejus, -Alius, 
 
 vilijfime ; Valde cars cefimas : £,rr.it domum prope dimidio carius, qu 
 
 afimabai, Cic, 
 
 Obf. 3. The ablative of price is properly governed by the prepofi- 
 
 tion pro underftood, which is likewifs fometimes expr^pffed ; as, V 
 
 pro argenteis decern aureus unus valel'et, Liv. 
 
 2. Manner and Cause. 
 
 XLIX. ( The caufe, manner, and inftrument 
 are put in the ablative jl^as, 
 
 Palleo metu, I am pale for fear. 
 
 Fecit Juo more, He did it after his own way. 
 
 Scribo calami, 1 write with a pen 
 
GONSTRUCTiO-N Cf ClRCUMSTAXCSS. >} 
 
 So Ardtt dolors ; pallefar? cuha ; cjluare dubltattone \ gej\ 
 vel w •* Gimfe ■ ; affe&us bsneficiis, graiijjimo fippli.io ; 
 
 ; Pietuis fill us t ccnfiliis fiater, amors •fra* 
 ace Jt.v /\: gratia. JRari: < bello y Nep. • Pi*oceclergJfcn 
 
 grad.t ; yfav to apparatu : Nu!h fjno convertitur <?■•■• Juv. 
 
 ^jjot valid tacfto curve Jenscla pede, Gv:c, PeTcuisrs fecuri y defender* 
 
 :is, conjigere j- . &c. 
 
 Obf. I. The ablative is here governed by fome prepofition tmd 
 flood. Before the manner and caufe, the prepoiition is fometi 
 exprefTed ; a?, Dj mors matrmm locuia £,r, \irg. no cum metu\ H 
 
 ds caufa : Pra mzrore, /brmhfine, Isfc. But hardly ever before the ia- 
 ftrument ; as, Vulnerare a'.iquem gfadio, not cytn gladfo ; unlefs among 
 the poets, who fometimes add a or ab ; as, 7V.7 5 ah srfc, Ovid. 
 
 Obf. 2. When any thing is faid to be in company with another* 
 it is called the ablative of concomitance, and has the prepofition 
 
 . ufually add id ; as, Oofedit. curiam cum < ; LtgreJJkt eft c. 
 
 Cic. 
 ,f. 3. Undei rule are corapreherj feVeral other circuni- 
 
 nces, as the matter of which any id what is call- 
 
 by grammarian Adjunct* that is, a noun in the ablative joined 
 
 to a verb or adjective, to exprels the character or quality of the per- 
 fon or thing fpokeri of ; as, Cap n fuxo quadrais conjlruHum y Liv, 
 
 Fiona t acu.nln: ingsmi^ Cic Pallsi <■_ valet 
 
 fama nob'dis, &c. JEger pedihtu. When we exprels the matter 
 which any thing is made, the prepofition is ufually added ; a^ Tt • 
 re, feldom. marmotis % Fc auro JacJt/m, Cic. 
 
 * 
 
 3. P L a ■ c >:. • 
 
 The circumftances of place may be reduced to . four par- 
 ilars, 1. The place where, or i,i which. 2. The 
 
 whither, or to which. 3. The place whence*, or from <w 
 
 4. The place by or through which. *JL» 
 
 / At or In a place is put in the genitive ; unlefs the noun 
 be of the third declenfion, or of the plural number, and 
 then it is exprefTed in the ablative. / 
 
 / TO a place is put in the accufative ; From or bv a 
 place, in the ablative. f 
 
 J But thefe cafes will be more exactly afcertained by re- 
 ducing the circumftances of place to particular queftions. J 
 
 1. The Place Where. , 
 
 L. ' When the queftion is made by Ubi ? 
 Where ? the name of a town is put in the geni- 
 r e \ as,) 
 
 ~ix:t 
 
19$ Construction of Circumstances. 
 
 Vix'it Rcmxi He lived at Rome. 
 
 JVIcrtuuj ejl Londini, He died at London. 
 
 ffl But if the name of a town be of the third declenfioa 
 or plural number, it is exprefTed in the ablative f as, 
 
 Habitat Caribagine, He dwells at Carthage. 
 
 Sruduit Parifi'n, He ftudied at Paris. . 
 
 Obf. t. When a thing is faid to be done, not in the 
 place itfelfj but in its neighbourhood or near it, we always 
 ufe the prepofition ad or apud ; . as, , Ad or apud. Troja 
 At or near Troy. 
 
 Obf. 2. The name of a town, when put in the ablative, is here 
 governed by the prepofition in underftood ; but if it be in the geni- 
 tive, we muit fupply in urbe, or in oppido. Hence, when the name 
 of a town is joined with an adjective or common noun, the prepofi- 
 tion is generally expreffed ; thus, we do not fay, Natus ejl Rome? urbis 
 
 :bris : but either Romw in celebri urbe y or in Roma eelebri urbs, or in 
 Roma celebri urbe> or fometimes Rome celebri urbe. In like manner, we 
 ufually fay, Habitat in mbe Gartbagine, with the prepofition. We 
 like wile find, Habiizt Caitbagini, which is fometimes the termination 
 of the ablative, when the queilion is made by ubi ? 
 
 2. The Place Whither.. 
 
 LI. I When the queilion is made by ^uo%j 
 Whither : the name of a town is put in the ac-^ 
 cufative ; as, J 
 
 Venit Rcmam, mX< ^ e caHlc to Rome. 
 
 Prcfetlus ejl Atber. He went to Athens. • 
 
 Obf. I. We find the dative alfo ufed among the poets, but more- 
 feldom ; as, Garibagini nuncioymittam^ Horat. 
 
 Obf. 2. Names of towns ^re fometimes put in the accufative, after* 
 verbs of telling and giving, where motion f to a place is implied ; as,^ 
 Romam trot nunciaiuv. The report was carried to Rome, Liv. Hac 
 nunciant domuvi Albaii, Id. Mejfqnam Uteres dedit, Ci:. * 
 
 3. The Place Whence. 
 
 LII. I When the queftion is made by Vhids ? 
 Whence ? or S$ua ? By or through what place ? 
 the name of a town is put in the ablative j las, 
 
Construction of Circumstances. 199 
 
 D- , He departed from Gorinth. 
 
 Xu iter faciei He wei.t through Iiaodicea. 
 
 When motion by or through a place is fignifled, the p.'epofition f 
 is commonly u. >, Per Toeb^* Iter Nep. 
 
 D and it^jv 
 
 L1IL iDomus and r;/j are conftrued the fame 
 way as names of towns ;/ as, 
 
 Manet demi, He ftays at horn;. 
 
 Bov.ujn reverihtri, He re( tome. 
 
 Z>#arc arceffitus fum, 1 am called from home. 
 
 yiwit rure, or more frequently run, He lives in the country. 
 
 . rure t tic is returned from the country. 
 
 lit rui, He is gone to the -y. 
 
 Obf. i./ Hum.) rrdhtiiZ) and fc/fij are likewife conftrued 
 in the genitive, as names of towns ; I thus, 
 
 Domi et tniltiie, QZ*bdli ) At home and abrcad. Jacet humi t He lies 
 
 en the ground. , 
 
 Obf. 7. When Donats is joined with an adjective, we commonly 
 ufe a prepofition ; as, In domo pater.ia, not don.i paterna ; So, Ad do- 
 paternavi : Ex dj?r.o paternc. Uniefs when it is joined with thefe 
 poffeliives, Afeus, tuus, /vw, nojler., .-, and alienus ; as, Do- 
 
 mi jne£ vixit, Cic. Regiam iomum cowporta/??, Sail. 
 
 Obf 3. When domus has another ful 1; mtive in the genitive auer 
 it, the prepofition is fometimes afed and fometimes not ; as, Depre- 
 benfus ejl do;K ., or in do.no Cajaris* 
 
 LIV./To names of countries, provinces, and 
 all other places, except towns, the prepofition 
 is commonly added y) as, 
 
 When the cjueiticn h made by 
 
 Uui ? j\ r ut.<s in Italia f in L.itio, in urbe, I 
 
 Quo ? Abiit in I in Latium^ i urhem y life- 
 
 linde ? Rediit ex Italia^ e Latio, ex uric, l^f:. 
 
 Qua ? < TranJ;t per ItaliaJB, per L, r urbem y \ffc. 
 
 Obf. i. A prepefition is often added to names of town- 
 as, In Roma for Roma ; ad Romam, ex Roma, &c. 
 
 Pcto always governs the accufative as an a&ive verb, 
 
 without 
 
20Q Construction of Circumstances. 
 
 without- a prepofition ; as, Pethoh l Egypt urn, He went to 
 Egypt. 
 
 Obf. 3. Names of countries, provinces, &c. are fbmetimes ccn- 
 flrued without the prepofition like names of towns ; as, Pompeitu 
 Cypri rj'ifus if, Czef. Greta jujftt confide re Apollo, Virg. Non Lybia, for 
 in Lyb'ui ; non ante Tyro, for Tyri. Id. JSLn. iv. 36. Vcnit Sardinia 
 Cic. Roma:, Numidiaque facimrd ejus v?e?norat, SalL 
 
 4. Measure jarid Distance. ! 
 
 ; EV.J Meafure or d.ftance ft put in the accufi- 
 tive, and fometimes in the ablative ;]as, 
 
 Murus efi decern pedes alius. The wall is ten feet Sigh. 
 
 XJrbs diftat triprhta miliia* OT tri-J ,-„, . , . ., ,. n 
 
 . • J .,;.,* a. v 1 he city is thirty miles diltant 1 
 
 gifiia tniUwus pejjuum^ ^ * J 
 
 Iter, or iiincre unius dLi, One day's journey. 
 
 Obf. 1. /The aecufafive or ablative of meaftire is put af- 
 ter adjectives and verbs of dimenfion ; J as, Longus, laius, 
 crajfus, profundus, and alius : Patet, porr'igiiur, eminety 
 &c. The names of meafure are pes y cubitus, ulna, pajfus, 
 digitus, an inch ; palmus, a fpan, an hand-breadth, &Cc 
 The accusative or ablative cf diflance is ufed only after 
 verbs which exprefs morion or diflance ; as, Eo, curro, 
 €ibfum, diflo, izfe. The accufative .is governed by ad or 
 per underftood, and the ablative by a or at, 
 
 Obf. 2. When we exprefs the meafure of more things than one, 
 we commonly ufe the distributive number ; as, Muri feat denos ft 
 alii, and fometimes daman pedum, for denorum, in the genitive, ad men" 
 furam being underftood- But the genitive is only ufed to exprefs the> 
 meafure of things in the plural number. 
 
 Obf. 3. When we exprefs the diflance of a place whare any thing 
 is done, we commonly ufe the ablative ; or the accufative with the 
 prepofition ad ; as, Sex millibus pafuvm ah urbe confedit, or ad fex mil" 
 tia pajjiium, Crtf. Ad quintum milliarium v. milliare confedit, Cic. Ad 
 euintttm lapidem, Nep. 
 
 Obf. 4-\ The excefs or difference of meafure and diflance 
 is put in the ablative ;] as, 
 
 Hoc lignum excedit illud digit o. Toto Virtue fipra eft, Virg. Britan~ 
 'iia knvitudo ejus htitudinem dv.centis quadraginta milliaribus fupefai, 
 
 5. Tir 
 
Construction of Circumstances. 201 
 
 5. T I M E. 
 
 LVI, \When the queftion is made by gucuido? 
 When ? time is put in the ablative ;] as, 
 
 IVenit btratertia, He came at three o'clock. 
 
 When the queftion is made by Shjamdtu ? How long ? 
 : is put in the. accufative or ablative, but oftener in the 
 accufative ;/as, 
 
 Manfit pauccs dies, He flaid a few days. # 
 
 Sex menfibus abfuit, He was away fix months. 
 
 *]0r thus, Time when is put in the ablative, time bow 
 longhs put in the accufative. ) 
 
 Obf. 1. ( When we fpeak of any precife time, it is put in 
 the ablative ; but when continuance of tinje is expreffed, 
 it is put for the moft part in the accufative. J 
 
 Obf. 2. Ail the circumftances of time are often expreffed with a 
 prepofition ; as, In prajenth, or in prafenti* fcil. tempore ; in vel ad 
 prafens ', Per decern annos ; Surgunt de nocle ; ad boron dejlinatam ; Intra 
 annum ; Per idem tempus, ad Kalcvdas foluturos ait. Suet. The prepofi- 
 tion ad or drta is fometimes fupprciled, as in thefe expreffions, hoc, 
 Mud, id, ijlhuc % cetatis, temperis, bora, Is'e. for hac atate, hoc tempore, 
 iffc. And ante or fomc other word ; as, Annos natus unum Iff viginti, 
 fc. ante. Siculi quotannis tributa conjerunt, .fc. tct anr.is, quot vel quotquot 
 junt, Cic. Prope diem, fc. ad foon ; Oppidum paucis diebus, quibus eo 
 ventum ejl, expugnatum, fc. pojl cos dies, Caef. Ante diem tertium Kalendas 
 Maias accepftuas Hieras,iQT die teriio ante, Cic. Qui dies futurus ejfet 
 inante diem cflwjum Kalendas No r vembris,\A> Exante diem quintum KaU 
 Oclob. Liv. Lacedamonii feptingentos jam annos atnplius vnis moribus et 
 nunquam mutatis legibus waunt, fc. quam per, Cic. We find, Prijnum 
 Jlipendium meruit awiorum decern feptemque, fc. Atticus ; for feptemdecim 
 annos natus, feventeen years old, Nep. 
 
 Obf. 3. The adverb ABHINC, which is commonly ufed with re- 
 fped to paft time, is joined with the accufative or ablative without a 
 prepofition ; as, faclum ejl ablinc biennio or biennium, It was done tw& 
 years ago. So likewife are pojl and ante ; as, Paucos pojl annos : but 
 here, ea or id may be underitood. 
 
 COMPOUND SENTENCES. 
 
 A compound fentence is that which has more than one 
 nominative, or one finite verb. 
 
 A compound fentence is made up of two or more fimj^e 
 fentences oAphrafu* and is commonly called a Period* 
 
 ^ The 
 
2 02 
 
 Construction of Relatives. 
 
 The parts of which a compound fentence conflib, are 
 called Members or Claufes. 
 
 In every compound fentence there are either feveral fubjee*ts, ai 
 cne attribute, or feveral 'attributes, and one fubjecl:, or both fevera 
 fubjc&s and feveral attributes : Tbat is, there r.re either feveral n< 
 mmatives applied to the fame verb, or feveral verbs applied to th< 
 {arc r cm i native, or both. 
 
 Every verb marts a judgment or attribute, and every attribute 
 mull have a fubjeet. 1 here mud therefore be in every fentence or 
 period as many prepofitions, as there are verbs of a finite mode. 
 
 J Sentences are compounded by means of rela- 
 tives and conjunctions ; Jas, 
 
 Happy is the man who loveth YeYighn and praclifeth virtue. 
 
 The Construction of Relatives. 
 
 LVII. [The relative j£///, £>ua, S$uod, agree 
 with the antecedent in gender, number, and per- 
 fon ; and is conftraed through all the cafes, as 
 the antecedent would be in its place ; ?as 
 
 Singular* 
 
 The man "who. 
 The woman who. 
 
 •Vir qui, 
 Famina qua, 
 Negoiium quod) 
 Ego qui fcribo, 
 "Tu qui fcrrti;, 
 Vir qui fcrihit, 
 
 The thing which. 
 
 I who write. 
 
 Thou who writelt. 
 
 The man who writes. 
 JS'Iulicr qua fcr'tbliy The woman who write?. 
 Animal nxd currit. The animal which runs. 
 
 Vir quern via 
 Adulter quam c vit// i 
 Animal quod nidi, 
 'Vir cui jbaret) 
 Vir a Uhf 
 
 Vir a auo y 
 Adulter ad quam, 
 Vir cuius opus , 
 Vir qi cm V, 
 
 i reoi vel miferefcO) 
 
 :s vel to^i fcJ**« 
 
 Plural. 
 Viri qui. 
 Fcemina qua. 
 otia qua. 
 JVc; qui Jcrihimus* 
 Vos qui fcribitis. 
 Viri qui fcrihtmt. 
 JVIu litres qua fcrihunt 
 Animalia q:ta euti 
 Viri quos <vidi. 
 JMulicres quas i 
 Animal: a qua vidi. 
 
 1 he man whom I faw. 
 
 The wonrn whom I faw. 
 
 The animal which I faw. 
 
 The man whom he obeys. 
 
 The man to whom he is like. Viri quibus eft jimrfis. 
 
 The man by whom. Viri a quibtu- 
 
 The woman to whom. .res ad 
 
 Whofe work It is. Viri quorum «£::s eft 
 
 Viri qtf'ifus p 
 
 ? 
 
 5 
 
 The man wKcm I pity. 
 
 whofe intercit it \s\ &c. 
 
 I If • itnnartive come between the relative and .the 
 
 e relative will be the nominative to the veto- J 
 
 But 
 
Construction of Relatives. 20J 
 
 I But if a nominative come between the relative and the 
 verb, the relative will be of that cafe, which the verb or 
 noun following, or the prepofition going before, ufe t# 
 govern. / 
 
 Thus the conftnuftion of the relative requires an ac- 
 quaintance with moll of the foregoing rules of fyntax, and 
 mav ferve as an exercife on all of them y 
 
 * 
 
 Obf. i. The relative mtfft always have an antecedent 
 
 expreffed or underftood, and tlierefore may be confidered 
 
 as an adjective placed between two cafes of the fame fub- 
 
 ftantive, of which the one is always expreffed, generally* 
 
 the former ; as, 
 
 V\r qui (vir) legit ; vir y quem (virum) a mo : Sometimes the latter \ 
 as, ^uam quifque nor it artem> in Baa (arte) fe cxercdat', Cic. Eunuchum, 
 i dedifti , qu.is turbus dedit, Ter. fc. Eunucbus. Sometimes both 
 
 cafes are expreffed ; as, Erant omnino duo itinera, quibus itineribus dome 
 exire pojfant, Caif. Sometimes, though more rarely, both cafes are 
 omitted; as, Sunt, quos hoc genus minime juvat, for funt homines*, quos 
 famines, life. Hor. 
 
 Cbf. 2. /When the relative is placed between two fub" 
 ftantives of different genders, it may agree in gender with 
 either of them, though moft commonly with the former $ 
 as,) 
 
 Vultus qucm dixete chaos, Ovid. EJl locus in career e, quod Tulliamim 
 Cpp/l/aiiir, Sail. Animal, quem vafamus hominem, Cic. Cogito id quod 
 res e/J, Ter. If a part of a fenteace be the antecedent, the relative is 
 always put in the neuter gender ; as, Potnpeius fe affixit, qu.d mihi efl 
 fan/we dolcri, foil. Po mpeiunt fe affligcre, Cic. Sometimes the relative 
 docs not agree in gender with the antecedent, but with fome fynon- 
 imous, word f applied ; as, Scelus qui for fc^!<Jt:is y Ter. Abundantim 
 tar urn r.r:;>r. qtue moi: int, fcil. ■ . Sail. V el virtus 
 
 -ne <v?l . quod eg >, facit ut te mo- 
 
 fcil. Ter. In or.zni Africa, qui cgebant*, for in omnibus 
 
 Afr:s y Salluft. Jug. 89. Non dijjidentia futuri, quae iwperavijfet, for 
 fuod, lb. IOO. 
 
 Obf. 3. /When the relative comes after two words of 
 different perfons, it agrees with the firft or fecond perfon 
 rather than the third ;/as, Ego fum vir, qui facio, icarcely 
 r acit. In Englifh it fometimes agrees with either ; as, / 
 tm the 77ian, n.uro make, or maketh. But when once the 
 perfon of the relative is fixed, it ought to be continued 
 :hrough the reft of the fentence : thus it is proper to fay, 
 
 T "lam 
 

 204* Construction of Relatites. 
 
 " I am the man, who takes care of your intered," but if 
 I add, " at the cxpenfe of my own**' it would he improp- 
 er. It ought either to be, " his own," or " who take." 
 la like manner, we may fay, " 1 thank you, who gav 
 who did love," &c. Lut it is improper to fay, "It; 
 thee, who gave, who did love :" it fhould be, " w] 
 gaveil, who did ft love." In no part of Englilh. fyntax are 
 inaccuracies committed more frequently than in this. Be- 
 ginners are particularly apt to fall into them, in turninp- 
 Latin into Engliili. The reafon of it feems to be our ap- 
 plying f'cu or. you, thy or your, promifcuoufiy, to expr^ 
 the fecond perfon fmgular, whereas the Latins almort al- 
 ways expreifed it by tu and tints* 
 
 Obf. 4. The antecedent is often implied in a poffefllv 
 adjective ; as, 
 
 0?r.nes laudare fortunas ixeas y qui hahtrem gnatum tali ingenh pr<editum 9 
 
 Tcr. Sometimes the antecedent mud be drawn from the fenfe of the 
 
 foregoing words ; as, Came pluit, quern itnlrem aves ra. fkruntur ; 
 
 i. e. pluit imbrem eorr.c, qiem itfil rem , £sV. Liv. Si temfus ejl ullw.n 
 
 bcm ; nis rscandi, qua mult a funts fcil. tempo-ra, Cic. 
 
 Obf. 5- The relative is fometimes entirely omitted ; as, Urfa artti* 
 qua fuit : Tyrii tenuere cotyni fi fcil. quam or earn, Virg. Or if once ex- 
 pretTed, is afterwards omitted, fo that it mutt be fupplicd in a different 
 cafe ; as, Boccbus cum peditibus, quos Jilius ejus edduxerat, r.eque in pri 
 pj'?/ia adfuerant, Rorranos ir.vadunt ; lor quique in prions p-jgna nSn adfue- 
 rant, Sail. In Englifii the relative is often omitted, where in Latin 
 it mult be expreiTed ; as, Thi Liter 1 'wrote, for the Utter which Ini rote ; 
 The man I love, to wit, iihom. Put this omiiGon of the relative is 
 generally improper, particularly in Icrious difeourfe. 
 
 Obf. 6. The cafe of the relative fornctimes feems to depend on thai 
 of the antecedent ; as, Cum a! -quid agas eorum, quorum c i, for q 
 
 corfuc/li agire, or qutrum aliavid ogere conjuejli, Cic. Reflihu in quern m* 
 accepifti Ucum. for in locum, in quo, Tcr. And. iv. I. 58. Bat ftich ex- 
 amples rarely occur. 
 
 Obf. 7. The adjective pronouns ilte, ipfc, tjfe, bit, is, and idem, in 
 their ccnirri'Ction, rcfemble that of the relative qui ; as, Liber ej 
 Kis or her book ; Vita eorum, Their life, when applied t'o men ; Vit* 
 eorum, Their life, when applied to women. Byrne improper nfe of 
 thefe pr.oncur.s in EngliQi, the meaning q£ fenttnecs is often render 
 c- bleu re. 
 
 Obf. 8. The interrogative or indefinite adjeetiv 
 ptptuf, lye. are alio forot times conftrutd like relatives 5 ies e/*g 
 
 Ifefororum, Ovid. But thrfe i.ave commonly other 
 jecl. either expreffed or undcrfrood, which anfwer to them ; as, 
 
 Tar - m*J\itn *\ , quantum rr' s tap ere p'tcjl : and arc often applied t# 
 
 different fubflantivcs : js, T > talix , Cic. 
 
 Ol 
 
Construction of Conjunctions. 205 
 
 *»f. 9. The relative -who in Englifli is applied only to perfons, 
 and ivbicb to things and irrational animals ; but formerly ivbicb was 
 hkewife applied to perfons; as, Out ') art iii keawem : and 
 
 \ofofe, the genitive of iM, is alfo u fed fometimes, though perhaps 
 improperly, for of which. That is ufed indiiFen-ntly for perfons ami 
 things. IVbat, when not joined with a fubTtantive, is only applied 
 to things, and includes both the antecedent z.nd the relative, being 
 the fame with that iil-ich, or thd thii.g ivbicb ; as, This is zubat be 
 . ; that is, the thing ivbicb ke « 
 
 Obf. ic. The Latin relative often cannot be tranfia'ed literally into 
 lilh, on acc< \ the different idioms of the two languages ; as, 
 
 : r i. c . . , Wh< it was fc ; not, Which when it was i'o, 
 
 Eecaufe then there Would be two ves to she verb trar, which 
 
 i-. improper. Sometimes the accularive of the relative in Latin mud 
 \ t rendered bv the nominative in EneHlh : as, $? runt me cfTe f 
 
 Who do they lay that lam ? not wiiom. &u£m it cdvcr.tare ? 
 
 do thev fav is coming : 
 
 Obf 11. As the relative is arwafs connected with a different verb 
 from the antecedent, it is ufuailv conftrued with the fnnjun<£Hvc 
 mode, unlefs when the meaning of the verb is exprefied oofitively ; 
 as, Audirc cupio^qv<£ legerity I want to hear, what you have read; that is, 
 what perhaps oi probably you may have read : Audit e cvpU, qua legijli, 
 I want to hear, what you (atlually cr in foci) have read. 
 
 To the conltrtieiion cf the Relative may be fubjoined 
 that of the answer to a question. 
 
 The anfwer is commonly put in the fame cafe with the 
 quelticn ; as, 
 
 £>ui vocarc f G?*a, fc. voccr. Quid* quarts ? Librum, fc. euaro. ^uota. 
 vera venifi ? Scxta. Sometimes the ccnftru&ioa is varied ; as, Cujus ejl 
 liber ? - not ;.7t7. J^uatiti etnptus efl? Dtcem oJ:lus. T>atxnatufnt es 
 
 f imo alh crimine. Offtn the an fever is made bv other parts 
 of fpeech than nouns; as Quid agitur? Stair r, i'c mme \u % 
 
 QuL fecit ? Nefcio : Aiunt Pttru** fecijfe. <5i.cr,:cdc> voles I B. :',. 
 
 So c' F Scripf, it a, ciiui. imtno, &C, *in 
 
 )nrriime, dkc. Cbarea tuam vfltn: ddraxit i'li f F Ei in~ 
 
 tutus ? Fa&um. Tcr. Moft o. Rules of Syntax may thi 
 
 mplified in the form of que (lion 3 and ai.iv-.c_rs. 
 
 The Construction of Conjunctions. 
 
 LVIII. /The conjunctions et^ ac, atque^ nec> 
 -leque, aut^ ve/, and fome others, couple like 
 Safes and modes ; fas, 
 
 Hotter j pat rem et metre*, Honour father and mother. 
 
 Ka Xe^it reefer Hit, He neither reads ncr writes. 
 
 Obf. 
 
206 Construction of Conjunctions. 
 
 Obf. i. To this rule belong particularly the copulative 
 and disjunctive conjunctions ; as like wife, quam, niji, pt\t~ 
 terqua?n, an ; and alfo adverbs of likenefs, as, ecu, tan- 
 quam, qua//, ut, £sV. as, 
 
 Nullum pr&mium a i- n ,ulo, prater quam hujtu diet memoriam, Cio 
 
 Gloria virtu few tanquam umbra fequitur. Id. 
 
 Obf. 2. Thefe conjunctions properly connect the differ- 
 ent members of a fentence together, and are hard y ever 
 applied to fingle words, unlefs when fome other word rs 
 underftood. Hence if the conftruction of the fentence be 
 varied, different cafes and modes may be coupled together 
 as, 
 
 Inter eft me a et reipuhlicit ; Con/tit it ajje et plurif ; Sk 
 cs Roma, Jive in F.piro ; Dccius cum fe devoveret, et in media) 
 acie:n irruebat, Cic. Vir magni ingenii fummuque induftriu 
 Neque per vim, venue infidjis, Sail. Tecum habita, <5 norirl 
 quam Jit tibi carta fupelle*, Perf. 
 
 Obf. 3. When \st % aut, vel, five, or nee, arc joined 
 different members of the fame fentence, without connecting 
 it particularly to any former fentence, the firft et is ren- 
 dered in Englim by both or likewjife ; aut or vel, by either ; 
 the firft Jive, by whether ; and the firft nee, by neither ; as> 
 
 Et legit, et fcrihit 1 fo turn legit , turn fcrihit ; or cum legit, turn fr 
 He both reads and writes ; Sive I git, five fcrihit, Whether he reads 
 or writes : jucere qua vere, qua fa If a ; Incrcpare qua confutes ipfos, qua. 
 exetcitum, to upbraid both the confuls and the army, Li v. 
 
 LIX.j Two or more fubftantives Angular coup- 
 led by a conjun&ion, (as, et, ac 9 atque, &c.J 
 have an adjective, verb, or relative plural ;) as, 
 
 Pelrus et Joannes, qui fun t doBi, Peter and John, who are learned 
 Obf. 1. 'if the fubftantives be of different perfons, the 
 verb plural mull agree with the firft perfon rather than the 
 fecond, and with the fecond rather than the third $ as, Si 
 H et Tullia valetis, ego et Cicero valemus,* If you ar 
 Tullia are well, I and Cicero are well, Cic. In Englift 
 the perfon fpeaking ufually puts himfelf laft : thus, 2 
 and I read ; Cicero and I are well : but in Latin the pc 
 fon who fpeaks is generally put firft : thus, Ego et tu 
 
 * ObH 
 
Construction of Conjunctions. 2C7 
 
 Obf. 2. 1 If the fubftantives are of different genders, the 
 
 adjective or relative plural mult agree, with the mafculine 
 
 rather than the feminine or neuter ;/as, Pater et viater, 
 
 u'Junt tnortui : but this is only applicable to brings \ nich 
 
 may have life. The perfon is fqrhetimes implied ; as, 
 
 At he it et Cratlpph <*d qua, &c. Propter fummam 
 
 docloris aucloritatem et urbis, quorum alter 1 Sec. Cic. 1 There 
 
 Athejta & urbs are put for the learned men cf Athens. 80 
 
 in fubitantives ; as, Ad Piolemxum GleojHiiromqut re?cs . 
 
 gati niiji, i. e. the king and queen, Llv- 
 
 Obf. 3. If the fubftantives figtrify things vnthout life, 
 
 the adjective or relative plural muft be put in the neuter 
 
 gender ; as, Divit'ue % decus, gloria, In ocidis fita font. Sail. 
 
 The fame holds, if any of the fubftantives iignify a thing without 
 life ; becaufe when we apply a quality or join an adjective to ieveral 
 fubftantives of different genders, we muft reduce the fnbitantives to 
 ibme certain clafs, under which thev mav all be comprehended, that 
 is, to what is called their Genus. Now the Genus or clafs 'vhlch com- 
 prehends under it both perfons and things, is that of f&bli inces or 
 beings in general, which are neither ruafculine nor feminine. To 
 ; cxprefs this the Latin grammarians ufe the word Wegotia* 
 
 Obf. 4. The adjective or verb frequently agrees with 
 "the neareft fubftantive or nominative, and is underitood to 
 the reft ; as, 
 
 Et ego et Cicero meus flagitcbit, Cic. Seats et rege r:c?pto^ Virg. Et 
 ego in culpa fum, et tu> Both I am in the fault, and ycu ; or, Et ego ti 
 tu es in culpa, Both I and you are in the fault. Nihil bic ui/i carnina, 
 c-fur.t ; or nihil hie dceji niji carmina. Omnia, qulti.s turkari folita eras 
 :as, 4vmi dijeotdia, foris bellum exort um ; Duo mi Ilia et quadringenti t<t/t> 
 Liv. This conftructkm is moft ufuai, when the d liferent fubftan- 
 tives refemble one another in fenfe ; as, Mns, ratio, et confdium, in 
 ur ej}, Underftanding, reafon, and prudence is in old men. <9*i- 
 bus iffemctfue ante Larem f>roprium ve/lor, for vefijmur t Horat. 
 
 Obf. 5. The plural is fometimes ufed after the prepofi- 
 tion cum put foj et ; as, 
 
 Remo cum fraire ^u'rinus jura dabunt, Virg. The conjunction is 
 frequently underftood ; as, Dim *tas, metuj, magijler pro&bebant, Tcr. 
 FtPntfOCutiyVultas Jkft ->r.entiuf.t tr^ Cic. 
 
 The different examples comprehended under this rule are common- 
 ly referred to the figure SylUpfi . 
 
 LX./The conjunctions ut^ quo, licet, ne, uti* 
 nam, and dummodo, are for the mod part joined 
 to the fubjunctive mode A as, 
 
 Leg* 
 
2oS Construction of Conjunctions. 
 
 Ligo ut difam, I read that 1 may loara. 
 
 •jfyperes, I willi you were wife. 
 
 Obf. i. All interrogatives, when placed indefinitely, 
 have after them the fubjunaive mode. 
 
 "Whether they be adjectives ; as. ^uantus, qualis, qutius, quoiupJtx, 
 vttr ; Pronouns, as, quit Sc cujat ; Adverbs, as, l~: , qua, 
 
 quorjum, quannfiu, quamdudum, quarnpridem, quoties, cur, quart, quam- 
 rc rem, r.urn, utner, quonodo, qui, uf. quam, qttantoperc ; or Conjunc- 
 tions, as, nc, av, anne, annon : Thus, jguis eji ? ■ Who is it? j\"<, 
 qu:s ft ; I do not know who it is. An Venturis eft? Nefch, dubito, 
 Lnirtv.iur.isfit. Vidn ut alia jht nhe candldi-n: 8e t Hor. But tht'fe 
 
 words are fometimes joined with the indicative ; r.s, Scio quid ego, 
 Plaut. Haud fc':o an a hi at, Tcr. Vide avarhia quiet focit, Id. Videt 
 quam turpe eft^ Cic. 
 
 1 In like manner the relative QUI in a continued difcourfe ; as, 
 Kihil eft quod Deus efficere non pojjit. <*>uis eji, qui util: .it ? Cic. 
 
 Or when joined with qjjii'PE or utpote ; Ncque Ant-nius procul a 
 rat, utpote qui fequtretxr, <S:c. Sail. But thefe are fometimes, al- 
 though more rarely, Joined trkh the Indicative. So Eji qui,funt qui, 
 tj: quando v. ubi, <S:c. are joined with the indicative of fu . . e. 
 
 Note, Haiti few an rzfte dixerim, is the fame with dico, affirmo', Cic. 
 
 So in Englifh, if though, unlefs, except, whatever, wheth" 
 er, or ; alio fo, hefrc, ere, till, Sec. have after them the 
 fubj unlive mode ; as, If thou let this man go ; If thou 
 the Son of God ; Although my houfe he not fo ; Though he 
 fay me ; Though he fall, Sec. Uvlcfs he toa/h his feet ; I 
 will not let thee go except thou hlefs me ; Except it were given 
 from above ; Whether it were I or they ; Wbofoever he be ; 
 IV i. be our fate, &c. So likewife that, expreffing the 
 
 motive or end ; lef, and that annexed to a command preced- 
 ing ; and gf witH hut following it ; as, Let him that ftand- 
 cth take heed left he fall ; Beware that thou bring not my foil 
 thither ; If he do bat touch the hills, they ilia.ll fmoV 
 
 The nominative cafe following the veAJometimes fup- 
 plies the place of if, or though ; as, " Had lie done this, he 
 had efcaped,*' i. e. if he had done this : " Charm he never' 
 fo wifely, or rather, ever Co wifely, i. e. how wifely foever % 
 .for, b he charm, Sec. 
 
 Obf. 2. When any thing doubtful or contingent is f 
 HI unctions and indefinites are ufually •conftrued 
 
 with the fubjunctivc ; but when a more abfolute or deterHj 
 
 minute 
 
Construction of Conjunctions. 209 
 
 inmate fenfe is expreffed, -with the indicative mode ; as, 
 
 If he is to do it ; Although he was rich, &c. 
 
 Obf. 3. ETSI, TAMETSI, and TAMENETSI QUANQUAivf, 
 in the beginning of a fentence, have the indicative ; but elfewhere, 
 they alfo take the fubjunclive ; ETJAMSI and QUAMVIS com- 
 monly have the fubjunctive, and ut, although, always has it ; as, 
 Ut qu*ros, non rcperics, Cic. QUONIAM, QUANDO, QUANDO- 
 QUIDEM, are ufually conftrued with the indicative ; SI, SIN, NE, 
 NISI, SIQUIDEM ; QUOD, and QUIA, fometimes with the indic- 
 ative, and fometimes with the fubjunctive. DUM, for dumtnodo, 
 provided, has always the f^bjuncdve ; as, Odtrhii 4um ?netuant^ Cic. 
 And QUIPPE, for nam, always the indie. ; as, S^uippe vetcr fatis. 
 
 Obf. 4. Some conjunctions have their correfpondent con- 
 junctions belonging to them ; fo that, in the following 
 member of the fentence, the latter anfwers to the former : 
 thus, when etji, tametf, or quanivis, althougli, are ufed 
 in the former member of a fentence, tamen, yet, or never- 
 thelefs, generally anfwers to them in the latter. In like 
 manner, Tarn — quam ; Adeo or t(a 9 — ut : in Ergliih, 
 As, — at or fo ; as, Erf ft liberalis, tamen non ef ' prof f us, 
 Although he be liberal, yet he is not profufe. So prius or 
 ante, — quam. In fome of thefe, however, we find the lat- 
 ter conjunction fometimes omitted, particularly in Englifh. 
 
 Obf. 5. The conjunction ut is elegantly omitted after 
 thefe verbs, Volo, nolo, malo, rogo, precor cenfeo, fuadeo, 
 ', cportet, neceffe eft, and the like ; and Ukewife after 
 thefe imperatives, Sine, fac, or facito ; as, Ducas volo ho- 
 die uxoreiri ; Nolo mentiare ; Fac cogites, Ter. In like 
 manner ne is commonly omitted after cave ; as, Cave fa- 
 cias, Cic. Poft is alio fometimes under flood ; thus, Die 
 oclui'Cj quam creatus erat, Liv. iv. 47. fcil. pqft. And fo in 
 Engliih, See you do it ; I leg you would come to me, fc. that. 
 
 Obf. 6. Ut And <guod are thus difliingui fhed : ut denotes the final 
 caufe, and is nmonly ufed with regard to fomething future ; quod 
 marks the efL : or impuilive caufe, and is generally ufed coneern- 
 the ^\ent or thing d^n^ ; as, Lego ut d/fcam> I read that I may 
 quod legi, I am glad that cr becaufe I have read. Ut is 
 like wife ufed after thefe intenfive words, as they are called, Adea % 
 it a, Jic, ta tar.tus, tot, Iffc. 
 
 Obf. 7. After the verbs timeo, vereor, and the like, ut 
 is taken in a negative fenfe for ne non, and ne in an affir- 
 mative fenfe ; as, 
 
 fimso ne faciat, I fear he will do it ; Titnco ut facl at, I fear he will 
 
 not 
 
210 Construction* of Comparative 
 
 not do it. /:/ paves ni ducas tu I, tu cutem ut ducas, Tcf. Ut l\ 
 
 *vit(i!is> n:etuo, Hor. Titnco ut fraUt viiut, will not ; — tu fra'.:t morut 
 will. But in fomc few examples they feem to have a contrary meaning. 
 
 The Construction of Com tives. 
 
 LXI. i The comparative degree governs the ab- 
 lative ;| as, 
 
 Duhhr meVe* fwetter than honey. Praflamti r at?ro> better than golu. 
 
 Obf. I. | The fign of the ablative in Englifh is than* 
 
 The pofitive with the adverb viagis, likewife governs the 
 
 ablative ;jas, Magis dilccla luce, Virg. 
 
 The ablative is here governed by the prepohtion J t r<* underftoi d, 
 which is fometin.ts exprciTcd ; as, FirtUr pi is. We fnd the 
 
 comparative alio conftrued with other prepolltions ; as, Immanicr ante 
 tmr.cS) Virg 
 
 Obf. 2. The comparative degree may likewife be con- 
 {trued with the conjunction faat/i, and then, inflcad of the 
 ablative, the noun is to be put in whatever cafe the fenfe 
 requires ; as, 
 
 Dulcior quam mrU fell- e$% A kg te mhgU quam i'lum, I love VOli 
 more than him, that is, qvim am* i'lum* than I love A>?>c t: 
 
 megis qu.im tile, I love you more than he, i. e. quam ille atrtjt, than he 
 loves. Plus dutur a mt quam i.lo, fc. ab. 
 
 Obf. 3. The conjunction quam is often elegantly fup- 
 preffed after ampUus and plus ; as, 
 
 Vulmrantur amplius fixcenti, Cref. foil. quam. Plus qutngcntrs ccL'.phot 
 mfregit mibi, He has laid on me more than five hundred blows, Tef. 
 Cafi'ra ab urbe ban J plus quhquc mi JJuum locant, fc. quam, lAv. 
 
 Quam is fometimes elegantly placed between two com* 
 paratives ; as, 
 
 Triumpbui clarior evam gratijr, Liv. Or the prep, pro is added; as, 
 Prjelium atrici'.s. quam fir numcrt tugnaniium tdiiur, Tiv. 
 
 The comparative is fometimes joined with thefe abla- 
 tiver, opinions > fpe> a?quo>juJ}o, ditto ; as, 
 
 Credihi.t, tpinmnt major, Cic. Credihili fortior, Ovid. Fa(t. iii. 6jS. 
 C; equo, Sail. 'biJo citius, Virg. Mujcra c> tulimus, Liv, 
 
 They are often underflood; as, LiUri.is rivebat, fc.jujlo, too freely, 
 Kepos. 
 
 Nihil is fometimes elegantly ufed for nemo or null/ ; as, 
 
 vUi quiJquum alius, {or neminem, Tcr. Crajfo perf*£ii*S, 
 
 Cic. Afperlus nihil eft humili, cum fur git in ahum* So quid nobis labni- 
 
 ■ 
 
Construction of ComparatiYes. 211 
 
 juisy &C. Cic. We fay, inferior patre nulla re, or qnam pi* 
 ter. The comparative is fometimes rep rated or joined with an ad- 
 verb ; as, fi'Iu^is magifque, plus plufque, minus minufque, ceuior carter- 
 
 'dior candhJicrque, etc 
 
 O.bf. 4. In Englilh, the relative w)b& after than is al- 
 ways put in the accufative cafe ; as, He is a man, than 
 
 :m there is none better : but here if we lubititute a 
 pronoun in place of the relative, the pronoun muft be 
 put in the nominative ; as, there is none better than he 9 
 not, than him. In like manner, it is improper to fay, 
 He is better than , than m, than her, than t'.em, iifc. 
 It mould be, He is better than 7, than <we$ thahy/r, than 
 
 , £^r. the auxiliary verb being Ondcrftood to each of 
 them. 
 
 Obf. 5. The relation )f e ilfty or L • n«fs is likewife 
 expreffed in Englifh by c is ; as, Ejl tarn dcclus quam 
 
 ego, He is as learned as I. A te Idem ejl ac jutt. 
 
 Ac and at^ue are fomet'nres, though more rarely, ufed 
 after comparatives ; as, Nihil ejl magts verum atque hoc, Ter. 
 
 Ob r . 6. /The excefs or detect of meafure is put in the 
 ablative after comparatives ;Jand the l\g>. in Englifh is 
 by, expreffed or undoritood ; far more foortly, the difference 
 of meafure is put in the ablative) ;. as, 
 
 Eft decern digiri quam f rater, He is ten inches tatter than his 
 
 brother, or by ten inches. Ahero tanto major eft fraire^ i. e. duplo ma* 
 minor, a foot and a half lefs ; Alter* tanto, out jj "qui major •, as big a- 
 gain, ct a kalf bigger, Cic. Tcr tanto pejor eft ; Bis tanio amLi Jiutt 
 inter fe, quam prim -, Plaut. ^uinquies tanto ampl'ms, quam quantum ILi- 
 itim ft civitJtilus impercrvU, five times more, Cic. To tnis may be 
 added many other ablatives, which are joined v.ith the comparative, 
 to incrcafe its force; as, Tanto, qv> antn, quo, eo. box, viulto, paulo, *i«i 
 mio, izfc, thns, Quo plus balent, eo j upiuni, The more they Iiave, 
 
 the more they dcaire. <%ua*fo rnelior, tanto fetiihr, The better, the 
 happier. Quoque minor /pes eft, hoc ma lipit, Ovid. F.afl. ii. 766. 
 
 "We frequently find mulic, tanto, quantc, alio joined with fuperUtives ^ 
 AIuliG pulcherrhnam earn hater sm Us, Sail. Ivlulioque id maximum fuit, Liv. 
 
 The Ablative Absolute. 
 
 LXIL /A Subftantive and a participle are put 
 in the ablative, when their cafe depends on no 
 other word j fas, 
 
 Site 
 
^ i -i Ablai;vi Absolvi l\ 
 
 r , , s • i f The fun : tlif fu 
 
 Zoic btzenie, fnrrinnt tc*rbr<c. <. , , n ?> 
 
 * * ' (_ uarknils ilic_;> away. 
 
 „ , , f Our work being finished, or when Old 
 
 * • ' ^ work is iunihed, we will play. 
 
 So, Ihtii/nr/tie Jibit/ine t tempt rat t'w aul! us cf: Ur-^s ; "Nihil anicitia fi*~ 
 ^abitiui septa viiiutt ; Opfrtjfa liber tate ft.tr:. , Heft quid Jp 
 
 tnt/s . ,- Nolfilium n i tint- n norcs mietati iivi. uto f 
 
 CiC. J at UM&et jtlentium ft u:;i:s fui , n-c Ettujll.., 
 nam tnituris, et a re attcm Rotnanan r , at a 
 
 . en. i tile admipjfenty ex telnfo/iti ■ " / . , y : -"-', tAli Btllice^ 
 mepojuh clypt* paulifbtr et hajla^ Mart celts Ovid. rait, i I i - I. 
 
 Obf. hi This ablative is called AbfJute^ becaufe it d< 
 not depend upon any other word in the lentence. i 
 
 For if the fubft j .i tive « ith which the participle is joined, be either 
 the nominative to fume following verb, or be governed by any v. ( rd 
 going before, then this rule docs not take place : the ablative abfo- 
 Jute is never ufed, unlefs when different perfons or things are fpoken 
 of j as, Iviilh'.s, Lijlllas ret/itfutU, r l he fol diets, having con- 
 
 quered the enemy, returned. Hoftibuj vi&tu, »iay be rendered in 
 Englifli feveral different ways, according to the meaning of the fen- 
 tenet with which it 1>, joined; thus, i. The en; red, or b. 
 
 nqu:rtd ; 2 IVi.n ox after the enemy is or teas *onqua\(L: 3. By con- 
 fLtftthtg tiht enemy ; 4. Uyun the defeat cf the tncmy % iffc. 
 
 Obf. 2. /The pei feci participles of deponent verbs are 
 not ufed in the ablative abfoltlte ; /as, ( ■; hcutus hxc 
 co?:fedit> never his hatiu The participles of common 
 v^erbs may either agree in cafe with the ( LtKtve before 
 them, like the participles of deponent verbs, nr may be 
 put in the ablative abfolute, like the participl paffive 
 
 verbs ; as, Rom ant adept: libertatem Jk ; or lio- 
 
 Vianif libertaie adepta, fioruerunt* Bat as the participles 
 of common verbs are feldom taken in a p :, \vc 
 
 therefore find them rarely ufed in the ablative abfolute. 
 
 Obf. 3. / The participle exijlerite or exijlentibus is fre- 
 quently under Hood ;/as, Csjlire ducc, fcil. exijre?:ie. His 
 confulibusy fcil. exiftentibus * Invito* Mi/iervJ, fc. exijlente f 
 againft the grain ; Craja Mh/ervJ, without learning, Hor. 
 Magijh'tl ac dues ?iaturJ ; vivis fratribtts ; tc hortatore ; 
 C.tfarc ivipul/lre, t$c. Sometimes the inbd^ntive mull 
 be fupplied ; as, Nondunt cc??;pcrto> qua:n regiomm hcjlcs 
 fctijjciit) i. e. cum nondutn com per him ejfet> Li v. Turn de- 
 Am 
 
Ablative Absolute. 21* 
 
 mum pet:. ■■' \.<v?0, fc. negotio, Id. Excepio qucd non fount 
 cfott cetera Ictus, Hon Parto quod avehas, Id. In fuch 
 amples ?:egoiio nunl be underdood, or the reit of thq 
 fentence conridered as the fubitantive, which perhaps is 
 more proper. Thus we find a verb fupply the place or* a 
 iubftantive ; as, Vale ditto, having i'aid farewell, Ovid. 
 
 it refers to the fame perfon with the nominative to the 
 verb ; as, mc due? ad hunc voti finem, me milite, ieni, Ovid. 
 Amor. ii. 12. 12. Laetos fecit fe confide fajios, Lucan. v. 
 384. Populo fpeel ante fieri credam, quicquidvie cenfeio faciam, 
 Senec. de Vit. Beat. c. 20. But examples of this con- 
 ftruction rarely occur. 
 
 Obf. 5. The ablative called ahfohtte is governed by 
 fome prepofition underitood ; as, a, ab, cum* fub % or /»/. 
 We find the prepofition fometimes expreiTed ; as, Cam diis 
 
 antibus, Li v. The nominative like wife feems fometiines 
 to be ufed abfolutely ; as, Pernlciof.i libidine paulifper ufus 9 
 infinrntai naturae aceufatur % Salluit. Jug. 1. 
 
 Obf. 6. The ablative abfoiute may be rendered feveral 
 different ways ; thus, Superbo rcgnr.-itc, is the fame with 
 cum, duviy or quando Superbus regnabat* Opere peraclo y 
 is the fame with Pojl opus peraftum, or Cum opus ejl per- 
 aclum. The prefent participle, when ufed in the ablative 
 abiblute, commonly ends in e. 
 
 Obf. 7; When a fubitantive is joined with a participle 
 in E&glifli independently on the red of the fentence, it is 
 exprellcd in the nominative ; as, Iilo defcendente, He de- 
 fending. But this manner of fpeech is feldom ufed ex- 
 cept in poetry. 
 
 APPENDIX 
 
2I 4 
 
 APPENDIX to SYNTAX. 
 
 I. Various Signification and ConftrucHon of 
 
 Verbs. 
 
 [The verbs are here placed in the fame order as in Etymology.] 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION. 
 
 A 
 
 SP1RARE , ad gloriara 
 
 & 
 
 Iaudcm, to 'aim at ; ill cu- 
 riam, to dsftre to be admitted, ClC. ; 
 equls achillis, to tvifi for ; labori 
 ejus, to favu> ; amorem dicftis, 
 fe ci, to infufe, Virg. 
 
 Desperare fibi, de fe ; falu- 
 tem, faluti, de falutc, r. - of. 
 
 LEGARE aliquem ad alium, 
 to f end Us an a>, r : aliquem 
 
 fibi, to make his lieutenant j pecu- 
 niam alicui, /. e. tcftamento re- 
 linquere. N. B. Publice lega 
 homines; qui inde dicuntur: 
 
 privatim allegat unde altcgati. 
 
 Delegare aes alienum Tratri, 
 to Lave bra: to pay ; lahorem ab 
 to lay u-'jh ; aliquid ad aliquem, 
 i. c. in cum transferee, Cic. 
 
 LEV ARE met urn ejus & ei, 
 eum metu. to cafe. 
 
 MUTARE locum, fdluro, to 
 
 Re nun ci A* i aliquid, de re f 
 alicui, ad aliquem, to tell ; confu- 
 lem, to declare^ to name\ v:tae. a- 
 micitiam ei, to give up ; muneri, 
 hofpitio, to refufe ; repudium ei, 
 to divorce. 
 
 OCCUPARE aliquem, to feizc ; 
 fc in aliquo negotio, to be employ- 
 ed ; fe ad ntgotium, Plaut. pe- 
 cunium alicui v. apud aliquem 
 grand i fcenore, to give at inter eft, 
 Cic. occupat faccre bcllum, tran- 
 ftre in agrum hoftium, begins frjl t 
 . Liv. 
 
 Pr-eoccul'are faltum, porta* 
 C i 1 i C i re v to feixe beforehand^ Nip. 
 
 PR^JUDICARE aliquem, /• 
 condemn o; ' m the prj^j^nt oj a 
 former fe; I r trials CiC 
 
 ROGARE aliquem id, & de 
 ea le; id si- 10; falutem, & pro 
 falute, Cic. legem, to propofe ; 
 
 In banijbed\ aliquid aliqua re ; bcl- hence, in rogas, dicere, t^pafs it ; 
 luro prepuce • ■ ; veuero, mi litem facrameato, to adm'v r 
 
 i. t fordidam togam induere. Liv, 
 veftem cum aliquo, 'Per. fidem, 
 to break. 
 
 OliNUNCIARF comitiis vel 
 concilio, i. e. comitia aufpiciis im- 
 
 r.iry oath \ h quis ? if 
 
 t-efbou-d ajk. Comitia rogan- 
 dis confulibus,ybr elccling, Liv. 
 
 v»gare legem, //Jaw \tgi,to 
 difatintl'- a laic, to repeal \ or to change 
 
 pedire, to hinder^ by telling bad in part ; multum, to tale off a fne \ 
 omens, and repealing thefe words imperilim ci, to take fr 
 
 alio Die ; Confuli v. magi it 
 tur ; i. c ptohibtrenc cum popu- 
 U> agat, Cic. 
 
 Phonunctare pecuniam pro 
 reo, to promifc ; aliquid <_ die to, to 
 order; fententias, to fum up the 
 opinions of the fenators t Cic. 
 
 Abrooare id fibi, to claim. 
 
 Derogare aliquid legi, v. de 
 
 lege, to repeal or take aivay fame 
 
 fa Lzv ; lei dcrogattir, Cic. 
 
 em ci, i'- de tide ejus, to hurt 
 
 ; ex c-equitate; ftbi, ali- 
 
 cui| U 9i* or take/rim* 
 
 ErO' 
 
Various Signification & Conftructiort oi Verbs. I ft Con/. 215 
 
 Erogare pecuniam in claffem, gemitus, lacrymas. amplexus, can- 
 in veftes, to hyout tnoney on. tus, ruinam, (idem, jusjurandum. 
 IRROGARE multam ei, to impofe. &c to groan, weep, embrace, fr.g, 
 Obrogare legi, to etiacl a new fall, life, cognitorcs honeftos, to 
 law contrary to an old. give good vouchers fr one's char.- tier. 
 Prorogare imperium, provin- Cic. aliquid mutuum, v utendum, 
 Lm alicui, to prolong; diem ei ad to lend \ pecuniam fcenori, & col- 
 folvendum,/©/^/ off. locare, to place at interefi ; fe alicui 
 Subrogake aliquem in locum ad docendutn, Cic- multum fuo 
 terius, to fubjlitute ; legi, to add ingenio, to think much of; fe ad 
 .7 new claufe, or to put cue in place of aliquid, to apply to ; fe au&oritati 
 another. ft n at us, to yield ; fab u' am, fcrip- 
 SPECTARE orientem, ad ori- ta foras, to publifo > Cic. effeftum, 
 entem, to look towards \ aliquem to perform ; fenatum, to give a 
 ex cenfu, aninikm alicujus ex fuo, bearing of the fenate ; actionem, to 
 to judge of. grant leave to profecuie ; prxcipi- 
 SUPERARJE hoitcS, to ever- tun, to turxl/le headlong; aliquid 
 come ; montes, to pafs ; fuperat pars paternum, to acl like ore's father ; 
 cx-pl'ufc. operis, remains ; Captae lectos faciendos, to lef peak : Ter. 
 fuperavimus.urbi, furvived, Virg. Gtem fectmdum aliquem, to deter- 
 Temper ARE iras, ventos, to mine a laiu-fuit in favour of one ; 
 moderate; orbem, to rule; mihi aliquem exitio, morti, neci, le- 
 fibi, to refrain , to forbear ; alicui, tho, rarely lethum alicui, to hill ; 
 to/pare; credibus, a lacrymis, to aliquid alicui dono, w. moneri, /• 
 etbfain from, make a prtfent ; crimini, vitio, lau- 
 VACARE cura, culpa, morbo, di, to accuf, blame, praife ; pcenas, 
 munere militia?, &c. a labore, to to f-ffer ; nomep milij&c, v. in 
 be free from ; animo,/;. in, to be at militiam, to lift one* s felf to be a fd- 
 eafe ; philofophise, in v. ad rem, to dier ; fe alicui. tu be frar with, 
 apply to; vacat locus, is empty ; li va- Ter. Da te mihi hodie, -he direcl- 
 cas, v. vacat tibi, if you are at lei] We. ed by me, Id. aures, to lift en \ obli- 
 VINDICARrL mortem ejus, to vioni, io forget ; ci vita tern ei, to 
 revenge; ab interitu, exercitum ?t:ake one free of the city ; dicta, /• 
 fame, io free ; id fibi, & ad fe, to fpeak, verba alicui, to impofe on, 
 claim; bbcrtatem ejus, to defend ; to cheat \ fe in viam, to enter on a 
 fe in libertatcm, to ft at liberty, journey; viam ei, to give place ; ju* 
 DARE animam, to die; arti- ? ratis ' to, faerifce jujlicc h interef - t 
 mos,^ encourage; manus, > ■ eld; fc tur P lter > io male afcabby appear- 
 Ihanumei, to /hake hands ; Plant. a,lce ; fuRdl m V* comum alicui, 
 jura, topref <*vs\ literas ali- mancipW, U convey the property of 
 cui ad aliquem. tog e a letter U ™ arrant tu-c title to ; Vitaquc 
 ry to another ;tcxg*, i\ v. manc T 10 nnlli datur, omnibus 
 feinfugam, m pedes, /*//; hofles vilu Lucr ' fc>rvos in quacftionem, 
 in fngam, u put i^ fii tit ; * operara, '• &*JP A* ' w *' *r*"Ws pri- 
 f« >vr; ! n philofophix, mas > fecullda S &c. (fc partes) 
 literis. paliilr;-^, /« ; crpe- *& lo *i» t->fribe every thing to Je- 
 ram henoribus, to fcckl Nep. ve- ^«ry ; Cic. Dat ei bibere, Ten 
 niam ei; to grant his ; Ter. cim ^ difinndere vencis, to let then 
 
 flow loop, Vn-5. Da mihi v. nobis, 
 
 fc ? 
 
z 16 Various Signification & Conftrudrion of Vfrbs. 2d Con} 
 
 ut, Cic. Ut res dant fe, as 
 matters gg ; folertem dabp, 7"// 
 
 , Tcr, 
 
 Satisdare judication (blvi, to 
 ify that what the judge has 
 ill be pail, Cic. 
 
 STARE' contra aliquem ; ah, 
 cum, f. pro aliquo, tufi.le ivitb, to 
 he of the fame party ; jiuiicio ejus, 
 to fill oiv \ in ientontia ; pa&o, 
 conditionibus, coir.. ;, to Ji 
 to, to male good ay nt ; re 
 
 judicata, to keep to tuba! has been de- 
 termintd\ ftare, v. conftr.r^ aninio, 
 to be in bitfenfes : . Non flat per me 
 quo minus pecunia fulvatur, It it 
 rof ozrirr to me that. 
 rum fan^uine ea Paepisvi&ona fte- 
 tit, cof, Liv. Mi hi flat ajer 
 bum deilner:, / - ; , N^p. 
 
 Ad star; mei 
 ad menfam, in qouip .c'ru. 
 
 Con stare ex - rebus, 
 
 ammo et corpore, to coy I - 
 
 .cum, to be conjlf.e?. , Cic. li- 
 
 ber confutit v. ftetit mihi duo- 
 bus aflibus, cofl we ; non c ci 
 eoler, bit colour t .d goes ; au- 
 ri ratio conftur, the jr. ngfy- 
 Conftat, impetf. L . r- 
 fain, or agreed of? ; r; . tcr 
 nes, de hac re. 
 
 F XT ARE aquis, to 
 ad memoiiam polleritatis, to re- 
 main, Cic. fejpiilchra extant, J J v. 
 
 In ST a a k viel'is,'/-? pre/* 
 V av an'; feed \ rech-un 1 
 
 SECON 1) C 
 
 Verbs in 
 
 HABERE ?ycn, % I 
 •m, bonum eifcitum, terapus, cqn»- 
 iuetudinem, ^olunt 
 
 .: manil - us, 
 
 to have ; gratia m & ;. <--' 
 
 a grateful feafi: of a 
 
 -m, to hold n trial \ I 
 to honour \ in o 
 Trr. ; fidem llicui, H *rufl 1 i-- 
 
 currum Marti, fe 
 «<*i ' g. ; inftat fac- 
 
 tum, i/i/fli that it ivas done, Tcr. 
 Oc STARE ei, to bipdi > . 
 
 Pi<JESTARE multa, to perform J 
 
 alicui, i'. aliquem virtu^e, U 
 
 • m t i, » ; auxilium. 
 
 grant, Juv. impenfas, /o ^f a j '> 
 :i, ft> procure ; fe incolu- 
 iriem., /o fc viium, i. ir. 
 
 re, e>>; ; am , . ■ 
 
 bei^ j i , /& /ccTt- ; ce.J- 
 
 pam, •:>. damnum, /. e. in fe tranf- 
 fcrre, to take on onesfelf; pr;:fta- 
 bo de me ; euin fa n, / . 
 
 be anpuuerai In iis rebu 
 
 mancipi funt, i. pcri- 
 l i c 1 i pnsftare debet, qui 
 fe nevti 
 or in an a 
 
 re tfansfi 
 t to t 
 
 j B. J hofe 
 things were called, Res n.. 
 ( contrasted for mancipii, i. c. oua> 
 emptor manu ca: rpp* 
 
 0/ 11 bicb r. fght i ri i 
 
 ■n to q 
 
 , lords - 
 
 V\?.{ at, imp erf. i. e. i 
 ft : Praefto .ire alicui, adv. to be 
 Libri proitant ve- 
 ■ 
 ACC.UBARE alicui in convf? 
 vio, - ■ • •' -i apud aliqu 
 
 i e o v 
 f;rar^. fc fuper lirata. 
 1 
 
 [VG ATION; 
 E Q, 
 
 :». pro CO 
 
 • • , ali- 
 
 lu 
 
 I , /•• f , • rclig 1 ni, J 
 
 Atft 
 
Various Signification and ConftrucKon of Verbs. 217 
 
 lavs a fcruple about it : So, habere think you P Si tibi videtur, if you 
 
 aliquid quxftui, honori, prasdae, pUafe ; videtur fecuTe, guilty, Sec, 
 
 voluptati, &c./r. fibi; fc bene & Invid r:: nbnorem el, v. ho- 
 
 giaviter, ta ^ wAl or ill ; fe pajrcS nori ejiiS ; ei w/ eum, /b «wy : 
 
 & duriter, ic Ter. afiqui : d Provideee fc profpicere id, /© 
 
 compertum, cognitum, peripec- firefie \ c\,io ■ 'efipr ; in pofte- 
 
 tnin, exploratum, ctrtum v. pro- nihV; rfcrlraiifentarix,rem y.dere. 
 
 rto, te kn'tnofir leftab ; aiiquem SEDERE ad doxtram ejus ; in 
 
 ritemptni, defpit^ui, -lim, v. in e<}itQ,' fo Irfe/c ; toga bene fedet,jftj ; 
 
 lam, /: ■: ; excufatum, Sedet' hoe animo, it fixed, Virg. 
 
 -,ue, to front, AssincREei; Adterbalem, to 
 
 liab'et, /;^, « ; /' *>'i Sal Affidct huano, « ««r 
 
 rebus ita fe habentibus, ?/i ibis fate or //if to, Hor. 
 
 of affairs \ Hxc habeo, tr'. haboi Dissidere cum alicmo, to aif- 
 
 dicere de, &r. Non habeo ne- agree, 
 
 cefTe fcribere, quid fim fa&urus, Ixsidere equo, & in- equo, to 
 
 Cic. Kabetibi tuas res, aVZirai /' ; locum, Liv. in animo, 
 
 • * 1 r 1 
 
 Au sibere ditfge.ntiani ; cele- 
 
 :em, vim, feveritatem in ali- 
 
 ' ; in cnr.vivium v. 
 
 coniiliurn, to admit \ rcmedium vul- 
 
 neri. curationem morbo, to apply ? 
 
 vinum sgrotis, •- ; aures ver- 
 
 memoria, to be fixed. 
 
 Pu.tskjere nrbi, intperlo, to 
 eotoMand, Cic. exercitum, ItaUani, 
 Tacit. 
 
 Supersedere labcre, litibns ; 
 pugns, loqf^ to fiord cur, to give 
 
 us, to t . ; cultum & 
 
 Cic. Ex] 
 iujl t> cuble 
 
 ic 
 
 PENDERE promiffis, ab v. ex 
 5 diis, to offer, Cic. Exhibcre aliquo, to depend; ce, ex, ab & in 
 ttroleftiam aKcui, to qdufc t> cuble. arbore ; Opera pendent interrupta,. 
 
 Vk ^ . 
 
 Impendet malum nobis, nos, 
 v. in TiOSytbfe 
 
 SPONDERE &l cefpondere fi- 
 liam alicui, to betrcth. 
 
 De spondei^e domum alicujus 
 fibi, to be f, Cic. animo & 
 
 -is, to promife, to frope ; animum 
 cc -09, to dtfpair : Pi v. 
 
 Respond ere ei, Uteris ejus, 
 his, ad h.TC, ad noraen, to anfiver ; 
 votis ejus, to fitisfiy his ivijhes ; 
 ad fpem. 
 
 SUADERE ei pacem, v. de 
 p?.ce ; legem, io f peak in favour of. 
 
 DOLERE cafum ejus; de, ab, 
 ex, in, pro re ; dolet mihi cor, v. 
 hoc dolet cordi meo ; caput dc 
 
 j ' t> — ' ' :- j 
 
 p.zfs • regem, to cbufe ; aliquem 
 
 .ere, to iv-fb one health ; efTe 
 bono animo, &c. Uzoferri fua? res 
 fib! habere jumt, d* I, Cic, 
 
 DOCEO te banc rem, & de 
 hac re. Do&ub, adj. ntriufque lin- 
 gua ; Lctinis & Grsecis Uteris ; 
 Latine & Gritce ; ad militiam, 
 
 •ISCERE aliquid alicui, cum 
 aliquo, ad aliquid ; vinum aqua, 
 1. cunda fanguine, Tacit, fa- 
 cia profanis, Pier, huaiana divi- 
 nis, Piv. 
 
 VIDERE rem v. de re ; fibi, de 
 ifthoc, to take care of, Ter. plus, 
 
 be ?nore ivife, Cic. De hoc tU 
 Tideris, confider, be anfrverahie for, 
 
 Cic. Videor videre, methjuks I a fole. 
 
 ; vifu* firm audire, igbt I VALERE gratia apud aliquem, 
 
 h.ard ; mihi vifus eft dicere, he tc be in favour tuitions, lex valet, 
 
 famed ; Quid tibi videtur ? What is in force \ quid verbum valear, 
 
 non. 
 
2 18 Vario iificatioo and Conftruclion of Ve - 
 
 l let d ccbi A1ANERE spud aliqueni ; in 
 
 ntis, is worth ', caflri;, ; adurb;.m; in urbe ; pro- 
 
 t , or iron- pofito, fentcntU, in fen t CM if, ita- 
 
 • - tu fuo. etc. ad vent um hoftium, to 
 
 '<E aliqua re li- cxpett, Liv. promiflis, to f and to % 
 
 inter omnes ; fuper catte- . J c/ keep, Virg. Omnes una nianet 
 
 iv. fupcr utrumque. Hor. no*, t r, Horat. Man en t 
 
 ►* be cm ... ; • i . .. ,id, •:> genia f n.odo perm.. 
 
 i . _■ ,.-.!.-, re & ./;. . . : udium & indnftria, Cic. Rlu- 
 
 Imi re alicui, . >', to n. -.is cert a manent, Virg. 
 
 i:i oc titio ali- MERERE I ne, male 
 
 eujus, to J •;;-. clj allqui Lipendia, equo, pedi- 
 
 Tum ; fe domi, ;», y^-. fr; fullua- 
 
 o, caftris, j . ; lium 
 
 an, to m, HiSRKR£ iatiri ; tergis ^. in 
 
 cli&a, le (51 ion em, to underpaid, U hoftium, Liv. curru, Virg. 
 
 remember ; 1 >m, /';. r ratf uiam, alicui in vifceribuf, Cic. Haerct 
 
 filentkiai, fc in Glentio, to be ft eat \ mihi aqua, / <;/« /* </c.vZ/ ; Vide, 
 
 ora, /s /* t /> //^ lountiti 'x<.i\ ne ha; re as, /ejl you be ct a /cfs, Cic. 
 
 im imperii, /, & adhserefcere ju- 
 
 '■ ■ . . ./ 7 :n Cic. can- ftitia: ; ad turrim ; in me. Irhux- 
 
 • . * rere rti, 6c in ie. 
 
 d tc •'- r f\ terrain, MOVERE caftra, to .•> ; 
 
 tam, r: . y to it.:d> ; be!!a, to raife \ aliquun trluu, to 
 
 am, lachrymal, to rcRrain ; ie remove a Roman citizen from a more 
 
 ab accufanuo, q;.:n ace Cic. honorable to a Ifs honorable tribe ; 
 
 Ventui tenet, ; i ; teneri le^i- e fenatu, /* r' .? fenator-, ri- 
 
 bua jurejufando, &e. . turn W jocum aficui, i ,5- 
 
 ; leges tenent cum, lind\ tene- /J", ftomachum ei, /• trouble^ Cic. 
 
 ri in ma: I i furto, to be fcized\ FAVETE ore, vel Unguis, fc. 
 
 tenet fama, prevails. mihi, attend in Jtlence, or abflain 
 
 Abs'j i II l mal J, -y. a, from -words of a bad omen, 
 to abftain ; publico, /a /icv retired, Cavere aliquid, aliquem, vel 
 Tacit, animum a fc egrum ab aliquo, to guard again/!, toavot 
 a cibo, tc \ keep from ; jus belli ab alicui, to provide for, to advife as a 
 aliquo, not to treat rigor oufly, Liv. laivyer Joe, client', aliquid all- 
 id ad me, ad relrgionem, &c. per- cui, Cic. fibi ab aliquo vel per a 
 tinet, concerns me ' \ crimen ad te quern de re aliqua, to g et fe< 
 pertinet, Cic. But it is not prop- on ; mihi pradibu* & chirograph^ 
 cr to fay, Liber ad me, ad fra- caw turn eft, / ba -ty h 
 trcm pertinet, for mens, fratris ba'l and bun./ j 
 eft, I. ;; venre ad vel in om- efi'e volumus, Cic. Cave f 
 ! corporis partes pertinent, reach, f. ne, let - - nuhi i 
 
 pcrfonam ju \\\n\, -i-.l mea caiitio eft, / 
 
 nomen confulatus, U bear the .'jar- tale ca 
 
 aXer; allenfi'mem, v. fe ab at- CONNIVER] 
 
 fenfo, to •'; rem in to wmi ; in hominum lceleribua, 
 
 noc^em ; to defet to take n* net:;; of, C 
 
Various Sigriificatic i Copftru&ion of Verbs. 2i§ 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATI ON, 
 
 Verbs in 10. 
 
 FACE RE mitium, finem, pau- 
 fam, finem vitce ; pacem, amici- 
 tlani ; fceftamentum, noraen, fof- 
 fam, ponteni in flu mine, in Tibe- 
 rim, to make ; divortium cnm ux- 
 ore, Cic. bellum regi, Nop. fe 
 rem, to Jh.iv, Ter. fe divitem, 
 miferum, pauperem, to pretend, 
 Cic. aes aiienum, v. contruhere, 
 conflare, to t ; animos, 
 
 to encourage; damnum, detriment' 
 turn, jacturam, to left \ naufragi- 
 rim, tofuffer ; funiptunv, tofpend ; 
 gratum aiicui, to oblige ; gratiam 
 delicti, to pardon a fault : gratiam 
 legis, to difpenft ivith ;■ jufta vel (u- 
 nus aiicui, to perform one's funeral 
 rites ; rem, to male an efiate ; pe- 
 cuniary divitias ex me tall is ; fa> 
 dus, «, inire, icere, ferire, per- 
 ciitefe, jungere, fancire, firmaTe, 
 3cc. to make a league ; moram aiicui, 
 to delay : verba,- to f peak ; audien- 
 tiam fibi, Cic. negotium, et fa- 
 ctffere, to trouble ; aliquid miffum, 
 to pafs ever : aliquem milium, 
 to difmifs or excufe ; ad aliquid, 
 rarely aiicui,. to Is ft or ufeful ; ra- 
 tum, to ratify ; planum, to explain ; 
 palam fuis, to make kno-vn ; Nep. 
 ftipendium pedibus, v. equo, & 
 merere, teferve in the army : facra, 
 facrificium, v. rem divinam, toftt— 
 crifce ; reum, to impeach ; fabu- 
 lam, carmen, verfus, Szc. to ivriie 
 a pl~<y, ^fci. copiam confilii ei, to 
 offer advice ; copiam vet poLeftatem 
 dicendl itgatis, to grant have ; fi- 
 dem, to procure Or give credit ; pe- 
 riculllm, to mak? trial ; poteflatem 
 ' fe h'unftlf, Nep, a'iquem 
 loquentc&i, v. loqui, * or 
 
 it, Cic. pimicam, ft. re 
 to ie a'piratt ; argtntariam, medi- 
 cinam, mercaturam, &c. ti be dn 
 
 V % 
 
 vfurer, a ph\fician, &b; verfuram, 
 to contract a neiv debt to dif barge- 
 an old one, to borrozv money at great 
 interef, Cic. cum. v. ab aliquo, t& 
 fide ivith ; contra <e. ad verfus, to 
 eppeft ; nomen v. nomina, to bor- 
 row money, and alfo, to fettle ac- 
 counts, i. e. rationes acceptarum,. 
 ft. pecuniarum & expenfariun in- 
 fe conferre ; nomen in litura, 
 e it ivherc finer ling ivas before, 
 . pedem, v. pedes, to trim thefails, 
 Virg. Fac ita effe, ftppofe it is fo } 
 cbvius fieri aiicui, to meet ; ne Ion- 
 gum, v. longa faciam, ut breve 
 faciam, t:ot to be tedious ; equus 
 nor. faxit, tvill not move, Cic. Fac 
 velle, ft. me, ftppofe me to be will- 
 ing, Virg. j£n. iv. 540. 
 
 Af u cere aliquem laude, ho- 
 
 e,pr.iemio, & ignomi ilia, poena, 
 
 morte, leto, &c. to praife, honour. 
 
 iTr. U d'frrace, p-mife, crV. A f- 
 
 feihis stu:e, morbo 5 ^deakened* 
 
 CoNfic.r.RE bellum, to finifb : 
 oration es, to contpoft, Nep. cibum, 
 to cbtiv i argentum, to raifi\ to t 
 to fpevd, Cic. ; cum aliquc 
 re, to conclude a bargain ; exercitus 
 hoflium, to dfrrcy ■ aherum Cu- 
 riatium, to kill, Liv. Qui ftipen- 
 diij confedch erant, i. e. emeriti. 
 had ferved out their time, Cic. 
 
 Dzficere animo, to faint ; ab 
 aliquo, to revolt ; tempus deficit 
 mini vel me, fails : Deficj viribusj 
 r a t ' c n e . 8(X . to be dep rived of. 
 
 IxFichRE fe vitro, to "a'n : I 
 fe(5ius, part. 
 riot dons, inficior, -atus, -ari, to deny. 
 
 Off: :cui, to hinder or 
 
 /.art ; Diogcni ap'icr,nti, to fand 
 
 < ; ::t hi-.: and the f ?: ; av.ribus, 
 
 <t , Umbra ter- 
 
 rx foli dfncieiis noflem efficit, Cic. 
 
 P. n vJ!ZFICERE 
 
220 Various Signification and Conflru&ion of Verbs. 
 
 ■tncnE aliquem exercitui, 
 toft over. Proricere alicui, to pro- 
 fit, to do good ; iii philofophia, & 
 progreflus facere, U t>rogrtfi. 
 
 Re f i c r: re muros, templa, xdcs, 
 rstes, res, to >■ « animum, 
 
 , faucios, fe, junit > ra-i 
 
 Jrefb, to ri 
 
 Suffice re laborious, idibus, 
 to be able to bear : arma v. vires ali- 
 cui, to afford ; Valerius in locum 
 C ollatini fuffc&us eft, -was fubfi- 
 tutiJ, Liv. Fiiius patri Jjuffe&as, 
 Tacit. Cculos luffcfti funguine & 
 igne, fe. fecundum, batting their 
 iy$$ fed and i d, Virg. 
 
 Satisface \ alicui, in v, de 
 aliqua re, to fatisfy ; fidci, pro- 
 mi flb, to pcrfj. 
 
 JAGERK aliquem in praeceps ; 
 ccntumelias in cum, to tlrcw ; 
 fundament*, & pone re, to lay , 
 talcs, to play at due ; anchocam, 
 to t 
 
 Adjicere, to add; cvulos ali- 
 cui rei, to covet ; animuen Audiis, to 
 apply ; facerdotibu? crcandis, Liv. 
 
 Conjicere fe in pedes, v. fu- 
 gam, to fly ; csetera, to eonjeSure. 
 
 In'jicere mar us ei, to lay on : 
 fpcm, ardorem, fufpicioncm, pa- 
 vorem, abcui, to irfpire ; admira- 
 tionem fui cuivis ipfo afpe«5lu,Nep. 
 
 Ocjicere fc hoilibus, in v. ad 
 Qmnes cafus, to oppofe or expofe.: 
 crimen ei, to lay to one 's charge, 
 
 Rejicere tela in noire?, to 
 throne buck ; judices, mala, to re- 
 ject ; rem ad fenatum, Romam, 
 to refer ; rem ad Idus Febr. to de- 
 lay, Cic. 
 
 Subjicere ova gillina*, to ft 
 an hen ; fe imperio alicujws, to f li- 
 mit ; teftamenta, to forge ; tefr.es, 
 tofubom ; partes v. fpecics gene- 
 ribus, ex quiY s emanant, to put 
 or daft under ; ali quid ei, to fug* 
 gift : libellum ei, i. e. in maou* 
 
 dar? : odio civium, to .•• bo- 
 
 na Pomperii v. fortuna- haftae vel 
 voci & fub voce pneconis, to ex- 
 pofe to public fate, Cic. tub haf: 
 venire, to be fold, Liv. 
 
 Trajicere copiaa v. exerci- 
 tum, fluvium, Hellcfpontum, -jel 
 trans fluvium, to rt : Ma- 
 
 rius cum parva navicula in Afri- 
 can! traje&ui eft, pajfed or failed 
 
 r. Traje&us ferro, pierced. 
 
 CAPERE conjecturam, conii- 
 lium, do lore rn, x'ugam, fpecimen, 
 fpem, fedem, &c. to guefi, confuit, 
 grieve, fly, effay, hope, fit, Isfc. au- 
 gurium, v. aufpicium, & agere, 
 to take an omen : exemplum de aii- 
 quo : locum caltris : terram, to 
 aiigfd : infulam, fumma, /;. loca, 
 to reach : fpol a ex nobilitate, to 
 vain, Sail, de i ica nihil pr.e- 
 
 tcr gloriam, N.:p. magiitratur.!, 
 to receive or enjoy: virginem Vetkar 
 lem, to chafe : amentiam, fpiritus, 
 fuperbiam alicujus, -, to con- 
 
 aii quern, coniiiio, perfidia, 
 to catch : nee te Troja capit, Virg. 
 ^Edes vix nos capiunt, the he 
 hardly con is: Altero oculo ca- 
 
 pitur, blind of one eye : capitur lo- 
 ci s. It is deli with) \ irg. 
 
 Accipere pecuniam, vulnus, 
 cladem, injuriam ab aliquo, to re- 
 
 vt : Orbis terrarum divitias ac- 
 cipere nolo pro patriae caritate, 
 Ncp. binas literas eodem exem- 
 plo, ti:>o copies cf the fame letter, 
 Cic clamorem, de Socrate, to 
 hear : id in bonam partem, to tale 
 in good part, to under/land in a ^ocd 
 fevfe : omnia ad contbmeliam, a- 
 liter, aliorium ac, atque, Ter. 
 rudem, v. riuie donari, to be dif- 
 charged as a gladiator ; aliquem be- 
 ne v. male, to treat : eum male 
 acceptum in Mediam liiematum 
 coegit redire, roughly handled, 
 Nep. rcsgaticnem, to approve the 
 
 bill ; 
 
Various Signification and CbnfEru&ion of VTubs. &zi 
 
 ! ; nomcn, i. c. ad petendum ad- RUERE ad interitum, in fer- 
 
 mittere, to allow to Jland candidate i rum : eatteros, Ter, fpumas, to drive 
 
 omen, to cficem good; fatisfa<ftio- or.tofs, Virg. 
 
 nem <v. excufationem, Cxf. Accep- LUERE pegnas capitis* tofiffer ; 
 
 tus plebi, apud plebem, popular. ses alienum, to pay, Qurt. culpam 
 
 Concipeuje verba jurameriii, to fuaxu literlas, morte, fanguine, 
 
 trefcribe the form cf an oath ; con- to. i , /e c/s/ii cr , 
 
 ccptis verbis jurare ■ immicirjas Eluere ajiijicitias re me 
 
 cum aliquo, ic enmity in one : ufus, 
 
 aquam, /a ga$ber % to form tie. head STA'FUERE itipendium iis de 
 
 o/' .77 fcJ 9 Erontinus. publico-, to . xemplum in 
 
 Exci?erl-. cum. hofpitio, to enter- heminem, -■./ -no, to make cne a 
 
 tain ; fugientes, to catch ; extremum public example ;- aliquem capite in 
 
 fpiritum cog natorum ; fanguinem terrain, to fet qv place, Ter. 
 
 patera, *• £cy/- or o-u/vVr ; notis, & CaN»STiTUER* ecloniam, /a/-:- 
 
 .ibere, }o ivrite infiort band", m©» *& ; agihen paulifper, ;* awfe fo 
 
 tus futuros, to perceive ; Hos homi- j^ojl or halt, Sail, in digitis, *• re;//*/ 
 
 nes excipio, I except ; virtutem ex- o* me£s fillers , Cic. urbem, /o £«//</, 
 
 cipit immortalitas ; turbnlentior Ovid. Is hodie venturum ad me 
 
 annus excepit, Jmcc ceded* 3 lie exce- conftitult domum, appoint I refold- 
 
 pit regia Juno, replied, Virg. ^r^J Ter. Si utilitas amicitiamj 
 
 InCipere, occipcie, /a £rowi. cor. ilitu.it> toilet eadem makes, ccn~ 
 
 Pqrciper e fr -, r* reap. jfitutef, Cic. Corpus bene confii- 
 
 Pr-Eciperl futusa, t$ forefee \ tutum, a good. con .-, Id. 
 
 gaudia, fpem vicloiia£,/5.7;-/i.;AiZ^; D. stituere aliquem, to for -^ 
 
 pecuniam mat take before fake \ fpem, to deceive J propofiturn,. 
 
 CaeX lac, to dry up, Virg. to give over, Ovid. dear, pacta mer-> 
 
 alicui id, v.. de ea re, to order ; cede, to defraud, H'or. 
 
 artem ei, to teach*. Institukrk aliquem fecun- 
 
 Recipe re alicaid, to receive ; chin? h sued em filio, to appoint, Cic. 
 
 urbem, to.: ; eum teclis, to collegium fabnmim, facra, to itfri- 
 
 entertain ; fe v. pedem, to retreat ; tute, to found, Plin. aliquem electric 
 
 fe domuiii, to reium ; fe, mentea:, r.a, Grnecis literis,/? infrucl\ naves, 
 
 animum, to come to one s felf again* to build, Ccef, fermonem, to enter 
 
 to recover ffiriis ; in fe, to tale L-pen, Id. animum ad cogitandum, 
 
 charge ; alicui, to ptoruife ; fe ad to fettle ; antequam pro Murcena. 
 
 £rugem, to amend-, ienera ftflum, dicerc inflituo, Flegim Cic. 
 
 to give a feat to, Cic. Prjestitu^re petiton, qua 
 
 RAPf.RE vd trahere in pejor r,6tione ilium uti rporteat, to pre- 
 
 tem partem, to take a thing in the fcribe to the frofecuior ivhat form of 
 
 xoorfl in JUS, to bring before a procefs he fhould ufe, Cic. tempUS ei, 
 
 fge ; partes inter fe, tofbare, L.1V, to determine. 
 
 Sub clivum, to reveal, Horat. Restituere exulcs,; virginem 
 
 U O. fuis, to refore ; oppida vicofque, to 
 
 EXUERE veftes fibi, fe vedi- repair ; aciem inclinatam, to rally ; 
 
 bus ; jugum fi bi, fe jugo, to cafl prrclium, to rcHenv, Li v. 
 
 off\ fidem, facramentum, to break ; Substituere aliquem in locum 
 
 mentem, to change, Virg. hofteni ejus, pro altero, to jalfitute or put 
 
 cadris, to beat from. in the place cf, Cic, 
 
 STRUERE 
 
z : Virions Con !ono! > 
 
 , mendacium, to contrive] mulct am ci, to amerce or-Jine ; <fi<j 
 
 :-./ ill a i- ei, to appoint - for his trial be- 
 
 iicere, to put it 
 
 O. off\ cmi /'AW; teftimonium, 
 
 ftis manu, bene, .-.?; non idem ft*?** 
 
 v i , t . ;;cl ffljw, Cis. iacra- 
 
 ; mi- mentc, fildom (kcramentum, to 
 
 . mi- /.. - 
 
 m, <ADDicKR.r. a liquid ei, to call out 
 
 ; dcam ei, i ■ S/a», to'. Jill \ fervituti, <y. in 
 
 ; nuramos, fervitutem, /3 fentence or 
 
 ■r.- ; de rebus \ ; bona, to give up -ds 
 
 fuis . fxi£ t CIc. Decemvir o/" -creditor ; fe alicui, 
 
 . Liv. to devote bin rvJce : aves 
 
 ri: at addixerunt, *. . eront, the 
 
 bir. Is 'did .rable c n: e 
 
 pretib adcfi&ani habere fidem, to 
 
 not " partes Italiae, pe- be . , Cic. 
 
 cuniara, p ra ordinibus, to dncic^ere operam alicui, ft 
 
 . ft .'.':' ; vectigaj civi- promije a coenam alicui, f. 
 
 ilerare ; jura, i.e. ad coenam, to propoje Juppnng with 
 
 e ; cenfores bi- one loitkout v ion. 
 
 nos : : ula's cfo l , i. e. fa- F-jiccre alien?, to order ; dc- 
 
 Cic. m, to appoint a levy ; praedam 
 
 In z literas 'alicui, to rr . s, ft promije ly a'; efifa ; 
 
 reB a letiet ; librum, to entile or juftitium, diem comitiis, vel comi- 
 
 : .es merccde, to put a ticket tia confulibus creandis, ft appoint. 
 
 m one's bouje to let, Ter. In pi cere bellwn, juftitium, ft 
 
 ProscriBeRE bona alicujus, proclaim war ; legem I to appoint, 
 
 rides fuas, auctionem, ft publijb to Cic. catus in domos tribunorum, 
 
 /•/./, to fetto Jdh\ aliquem, ft to fummon, Liv ; 
 
 i-. rndi&us, an adj. n ' ; causa 
 
 Rescribere ; :s Uteris «y. indicia, 9. non cognita condcrri- 
 
 ad li i ad aliquid, ft r.z 
 
 write an an/wcr ; .'^m, to pay beard ; me indicents, Ii.tc non 
 
 n ad ecjuum, fiunt, not telling, Ter. 
 
 to Jet j uk, Czef. Intzrdicfre alicui, aliquid v. 
 
 bscribfp.k cxemplunt litera- aliqua re ; fceminis ufara purpura, 
 
 j to writ ; paufx, to join 1 d or debar Jrotn ; ei aqua & 
 
 or / '• ; Caefa* igne, v. aquam et ignem, to ianrjh\ 
 
 lis ir£, to favour, Ovid. male rem gerentibua bonis pater- 
 
 C O. nis interdici folct, Cic. irttrdici 
 
 DTCERE aliqi.id, <o. dc all qua non t focero gencr, djeharged 
 
 :>. alicui, ad v. p, 
 
 vjl\ Pr^dic ui aliquid, 
 
 ad aliquid, in at \ fenfeh- alrq I in hac re, % foretell % 
 
 an .'.. ; ad* i r j 
 
 DUCERE 
 
 - 
 
Various Signification and Conftnuftion of Verbs. 
 
 223 
 
 DUCER1L in carcerem v. yia- 
 eula, to lead \ exercitum, to com- 
 mand\ (pirrtum, animam, vitam, 
 to breathe, to live ; fouam, murum, 
 fulcum, to make or draiu ; bellum, 
 to prolong, alfo J o carry on, Virg} 
 e tat em, diem, to fpend ; uxorem, 
 to take a ivife : in jus, to Jummon 
 before a judge • uliqtiem, & vultum 
 a lieu jus, atre, ex sere, de r-uro, 
 niarmore, &c. Jj «< .■<.-■ .: jtatud • 
 genus, noroen ab -j. ,ex aliquo, 
 derive ; omnia pro nihil©, in- 
 fra fe ; id ei bndi, laudem, v. in 
 laudem, ofiener the jirj? % to rechen 
 it a praijt to him ; in confeit n- 
 :i, to Impute to a coitfeioufnefj of 
 t ; in gloria, PEn. in crimen, 
 Tacit, centefimas, fe. ufun:*, vel 
 focnus centeGmis, to compute inierefi 
 at one for til hundred a ; or 
 
 at 12 per cent, per annum \ bin 13 
 centeCmis fcenerari, to take 24 per 
 per r, Cic. ducere Ion- 
 
 voces in fletum, to draw 
 Virg. ordiaes, -'9 be a centurion, 
 
 ilia, fe pant li*~ a broken zv 
 cd 1 yrfe, Ho: . 
 
 Adducere allquem in jtuC- 
 
 ciuxn, ad azbitriiim me am, U bring 
 
 to a trial ; in fufpicionem regi y 
 
 . arcr.m, to draw in ; habenas, 
 
 tajtralten the reins. 
 
 Conduce re aliouem ex loco, 
 
 y ; navem, domum, coo-uos, 
 
 to lire • columnam facieodam, to 
 
 lain price : 
 Gdnducit hoc tuae laudi, in 1/. ad 
 rem, is of adya 
 
 Dkducere naves, to launch ; 
 1 in prselium, to bring, 1' 
 equites, to male to alight, Li v. 1 
 Ciomum, to accompany, to car: y borne ; 
 de fmt'entia, Cic- colonbun, to Uanf- 
 / ant ; Iacum, to drain. 
 
 ILducere gladium e vagina, fa 
 draw ; florem Italian, to lead out ; 
 copks in aeiern, Cic filinm, to e- 
 di.cate, oftene r educate \ v 
 
 • -/, Hor. c«lo, Virg. 
 
 Ixducere tenebras clariflimis- 
 rebus, to hring on, Cic. animum, 
 v. in animnm, to perfuade bitafelf; 
 fcuia pellibus, to cover, Csef. loleas 
 pedibus, v* in pe les, to put on ; 
 colorem pichirac, to varnijb, Plin. 
 nomina, to cancel or ra/e % ta rub out. 
 
 Obducere. exercitum, .-5 lead 
 againfi ;. cajlum doiori, ta blunt it ' y 
 h.rum fentibus, to cover. 
 
 R :^t all q mem in memo* 
 
 >iaro aiicujus, vol alicui aiiquid in 
 :r..:r. Driam, to brinvbati, to one's re- 
 membrance ; in gratiam cum aliquo^ 
 to reconcile ; Vallis reducra, rcUrci 
 or low. 
 
 P-OiiUv^RF teiles, 3 hring out ; 
 fun us, /<? attend \ £imonem in noc- 
 tern, to prolong, to continue ; rem ill- 
 hiemem, to defer ; fervos venden* 
 
 dOS, to br'niT to /narket. 
 
 Subducere fe a cuflodibus, to 
 fieal aioay ; naves, to draw up on 
 fhore ; cibum ei oc deduccre, to tale 
 from ; firm mam, rationes, to reckon y 
 
 t'j caf ui) accounts. 
 
 PARGERE fibi,labore, tofpare y 
 i<c. a caedibus, to forbear ; aurunx 
 natis, Virg. 
 
 ASSUESCERE rei aiicui, v. re 
 a]; qua, in v. ad hoc, to be accuf- 
 tomcd\ mentem plucibus <& zK\ie- 
 facere, Hor. Auimis bella, "Virg. 
 to accufian*. So infuefco rei v. re .3 
 infuevit hoe rae pater, ?Ior. 
 
 SCfSCERE legem, to ^cie, tm 
 decree : bonce plebifcitum* 
 
 A^ciscER^ regium nomen, to 
 affuwe ; focios atem 
 
 icelerisj - . ate ; vhus peregri- 
 nes, tc a 
 
 C »cerjb mortem v. r.e- 
 
 cem fibu to Uil one's Jelf\ fug am 
 fii*:. Liv. 
 
 DISCERE aliquid ab aiiciuo, v* 
 apud aliquem, ex aliqua re, or 
 •without ex: Dedifccre, to forget 
 
 at he zatned\ Edifcere, to 
 
 get By heat i. 
 
 Descenders 
 
?:± Various nificatian and Conitruaion of Verbs, 
 
 Descendfrt htio, prse- 
 
 o, xdibus ; in forum, curiam, 
 campum ; ad accufandum, a J om- 
 nia, aS" recourj 
 Cic. 
 
 d a. 
 
 LUDERE alei, v. -am, to pfay 
 
 at d impar, jt even and e 
 
 operam, /c /<.£ w'j l^bon-. 
 
 leludf.re alictti, aliqueni: 
 Oolludere ei, cl!:u eo : illudere ei, 
 euin, in i. 
 
 EVADERE infuliar, -ii j, vel ex, 
 
 »o efcape ; in mure, /<? mcia.t ; llxc 
 
 quorfun evadant, nefcio, to i< hat 
 
 trey null turn cut : Clarus Cvaflt, 
 
 - ame. 
 
 CEDKRK multa ittuliis 3k fuo 
 jure, Cic. Bona creditoribu^, to 
 yield, whence ctiTio bonorum ; ali- 
 rui loco, de, a, e:c loco, v. locum, 
 io g ]r vt place \ vita, c vita decedere, 
 to die ; foro, tr, turn bankrupt ; H;e- 
 reditas cedit mihi, ■■ to ; Cedk 
 in prcvcibium, leiomss* 
 
 AcckdsrE oppidam, -do, ad 
 «». in oppidam, to approach ; ad 
 ditiones. to ajr'se to : Ciceroni, 
 feritentise, v. ad Feriteutiaro ejus, 
 to agr:e with ; ad Ciceronem, to 
 go to ; ad rempubUcam, to bear 
 the queforjhip, or the frj? public of- 
 ; ad' amicitiam Philippi, to 
 gain the friend/hip c/\ Nfip. Ad hate 
 
 [a hoc mihi acced't etiaxn, idea*, 
 Ter. Robur accelTit a^rati, Cic. 
 Animi acceffpre holli, Liv. Ad 
 corporis fl r m i * a tt m pi u ra a nlmi 
 ia ac. p ' ccedit 
 
 yt'io ; hue, co, accc- 
 dit quod, / aided. 
 
 Anteci.d tiRi: alicui rei ; ali- 
 quem, rarely alicui, to excel* 
 
 Con c ED b e ( i aliquid & vie ali- 
 quo : paullum d * fur jure ; Rmpus 
 ad rem, to vrat b o:ulis, ad 
 
 :tram, i • • .nu, i: 
 
 to ' 
 
 into one s meafures ; in conditioncSj 
 
 tree tc, L 
 
 Disorder i riom, &" la- 
 
 tum unguem, -j. digitum a re, to 
 
 .ii t in the L-f. 
 
 he legi s to give a 
 
 itfae agQivjfy to oppofe a law ; 
 
 pecuniam pro aliquo, to 
 
 ty : lr.tercedit io.i!. i anii- 
 
 •v ; . 'jfc. 
 
 i i, in iocum ejus, 
 
 to'fiicce h\ muro, v. mururn ; ad 
 
 urban ; fub primam aciem ; in 
 
 pugnam, to come up to. 
 
 CADERE aite, ab alto, in ter- 
 rain, to fall ; causa, formula, in 
 judicio, ck litem perderei to lofe 
 c-t3 7 s Cittfr, •« hi czp ; in v 
 fenium, oculos, potei'latem, «3cc. 
 in inorburri, &: incidcre', C^c. Non 
 cadit in virum bonum mentifi. u 
 incapable of, Cio. Homini lachry- 
 ma3 eadunt, quafi putro, gaudio, 
 Ter. 
 
 Acc;dere genibu$, v. ad genua, 
 to- fall at ; auribus tf. ad aures, to 
 come *o ; alicui, cafu, prater opi- 
 nionem, to happen ; a - in te 
 iilud verbum, applies, Ter. 
 
 TENDERE vela, fr ; in- 
 
 fidias, retia, plagas, &c. to lay 
 /hares; arcum, i .' : iter, cur- 
 
 ium, to direel ; ad ahiora, in cce- 
 lum, ti aim at \ extra vallum,^. 
 tabernaculum, to pitch a tint : ?.la- 
 nibus tendit div nodos, tries, 
 
 Virg. 
 
 r ten no te, Cic. tibi, Plin. de 
 
 hac re, ad banc rem, to ed \ 
 
 animum ad rem ; res hoftium, Sail. 
 
 C ndere riervos, 0!U!iibu3 
 
 vis, to cxc*'t one*sfei ,uid ab 
 
 aliquo, to ajh earnejlly ; inter fe : 
 
 | I. for cum amore 
 
 • .ijfas, fc. inter fe, lo h/k- 
 
 pnrc, Cic. Aliquid ad aliquid, 
 
 cun 'A, & alicui. 
 
 naturam re- 
 : rem pluribus 
 
Various -Signification a::d Conftru&ion ©f Verbs. 
 
 22K 
 
 .& luculentioribus verbis, to exp 
 
 puem, humanitate, amicitia, to 
 : rem fiftam, /o difcomer. 
 
 In r; ndere animum rei, ad 
 
 in rem, /o *//{*' * Intends ani- 
 mo in rem, Liv. Vocem, rfervos, 
 ■ arcum, to bend j actio- 
 nem ^. litem alicui *rd in aliquem, 
 alfo impingere, to r a ife a L - . 
 Ugainji one ; telnm ei, i\ in cum, 
 • J 2 #<>•?/ #/ ; manum v. dijtitum in 
 aliquid, to pcirj at : aliquo,yir. ire, 
 to go to ; ofricJ2, to overdo, to do 
 more than is require i, Sail. 
 
 Obte:dere velum rei, v. rem 
 Telo, to cover, to veil. 
 
 PENDERE pecuniam, to p* 
 poenas, to Jujfer ; id parvi, to value 
 
 Hah. 
 
 Suspendere aliquem arbcrl, 
 de, in, v. ex arbore, to bang ; ex- 
 f eclatione, vel fufpenfum detine- 
 re, to keep in fujhenfe ; adificium, 
 to arch a houfc ; nafo adunco, to 
 fneer at, Horat. 
 
 A3DLRE fe Uteris, in iiteras, 
 
 one's f elf anicrg be 
 Ionium, rus, &c. dome, Vhg. 
 in filva?, tcnebras^ Szc. 
 
 Con'dere urbem, to build \ £r\ 
 
 :?rem, to ivtr 
 prifon ; carmen, to coanpo/e; hrmina, 
 to clofe, Ovid. Jura. toeftabliJb\ ter- 
 ra, fepulcl.ro, in fepulchro, to bury. 
 Dfdere fe alicui, in ditlonem 
 jblicnjas, ad allqu.; 
 
 ditus praeceptori :idlk, fond 
 
 •f\ vinoepul. y aged in, N_ j p. 
 
 '.ita op p ofe. 
 
 JEderi & in Iucem, 
 
 ► ; ovum 
 
 • tus, rifus, gei quei. 
 
 Jsinnitum, pug-nan;, ftragem, to 
 foun .-<•. muhus iato- 
 
 riuni, to exhibit a fberv of j 
 tor: ; n, to inention ; fee 
 
 to Lr'mg frih : extiemmv. 
 to die ; exempt, c in ali- 
 
 mieni, ic fry urtur 
 
 Obdere pelTulum foribus, to bolt 
 dot r. 
 
 Prod ere arcem hoilibus, to be- 
 tray ; aliquid pofteris, v. memo- 
 rise, to hand : genus ab 
 quo, ft ze : ilaminem, ir.ter- 
 t, to t ', afiqbot dies 
 :iis. tc - exemplum, 
 tj , Liv. 
 
 Recdf.k.-. 
 reyihke ; aciinani v vitafn, to 
 La tine, verirrrr. yefbp, to tranf- 
 late ; matrem, i. e. referre, to rt- 
 Jemtfe ; epifcolam r.licui, to de iver. 
 ERE calcar equo, foJpvr\ 
 itus ab'cui, to encourage. 
 Cute ere rem ; horn in i, to $e- 
 \ aliquid alicui, to truf ; pe- 
 cuniam ei per fyngrapham, to lend 
 i or hill ; nimoribus credi 
 non Dpbttet : Itaquc crec'o, li, &c. 
 
 ZfiPPfti Cic - 
 
 F I T N DE RF ? qu r out ; 
 
 hofres, to /': 
 
 Effundere fruges, copiam o- 
 
 m, to prp\ aerarkmrt, to 
 
 d\ bditinij i. e. dimkterc, to 
 
 j6, gratiam colledtamj i. e. 
 
 iere : omnia, qure tacuerat, to 
 
 r. 
 
 
 G O. 
 JUNGERE fe cum aliquo. aii- 
 , <Sc ad a'iquem. dcxtratri dc\- 
 trx : equos currui -. amneir. pente, 
 19 TTJaJte a brie 
 
 Adjl e acoefr.on-em .tci- 
 
 bus. to build an 
 
 ?A ftudia, to ap 
 STRJ i ; f etittniln, pladi- 
 
 'J ill : i 
 
 ±as h 
 
 ■■ : rem, to ir. i 'j fori 
 
 Hor. Bttus, /5 /?: .•-■•>. fo ^/V/ft> or 
 ^•a -.-: . ■ -, : Virg. 
 
 TANOERE rem acu; fo //> I 
 
 ;am na- 
 
 to re ?ch : : re^ Aim- 
 
 ."? r»eytf1v>i, N i..]-';tm 
 
 ccgnaUcne, 
 
226 Various Sionincatkm and Contraction of Ver^s. 
 
 co£natione, affinit-ite, to be related 
 to : forum to reach nrunbood> Cic. 
 Res non te attingit, concern*. 
 
 FIN GERE orationem, topclijh: 
 oratorem, to form t fe ad arbitri- 
 uni alterius, te adapt : Vultiia a 
 n\cnte fiagitur, lingua fmgit vo- 
 cem, Cic. Sui cu ique mores fm- 
 gunt form:"! am Nip. 
 
 FR.XNG LRE miccm to break ; 
 navem. to fuffer fbipiureck : fcedus, 
 fidem, to vioiate : ientcntiam ejus, 
 to refute. Cic. hoftejjl, to fubdue. 
 
 AGERE gratia.-: to give thanks : 
 -vitam, to live : pr.edas, to plunder ; 
 fab u lam , to a& a play : t r i urn ph urn 
 de ali quo, e* aliqua re, to triumph r 
 nugas, to trifle : ambages, to beat 
 about the iujh : ftationem cuftodi- 
 am urbis, t* be cr. guard: rimas, to 
 chink, to Uai, to be rent : caufam, to 
 plead : de re to /peak : radices, to 
 
 tale root : cum'culos to under 'mitre : 
 undam, to raife a fleam : animam, 
 to be at the lafl gafp : alias res, to be 
 inattentive : ft ft' mi diem, natalem, 
 ferias, &c. to Jkeep, to o'ferve : ac- 
 tum, v. rem a&ata, to labour in 
 fain : cenfum, c c < habere, to i 
 a revirtv of the peop'e, their eft. 
 Isfc. forum, to ho J a court to try 
 caufes : lege in aliquem, A cum 
 aliquo, to go to Unv with one : hence 
 actor, a plaintiff : in heredita- 
 tem, to claim : cum populo, to 
 treat with, to (ay befotte: decimum 
 a^it annum, he is ten years eld : id 
 agitur, that is tiit qufiicn : boerbas 
 agitur, v de liberty : 
 actum rft de libertate, is (aft : ac- 
 tum eft, ilicet, all is over : a&um 
 eft de pace, vms treated 
 cum illo bei.c . um eft, be 
 been lucky or u i . hoc age, 
 
 fftwd ithat ycu are about, Civ.t?.i 
 Iseta agcrc, for cj at, SallalL. 
 
 AoiG-gKi -mimes fccnimento, 
 ad v. in jusjuiandum, in fua vcr- 
 l*a, per ju5jura:;au.n, to force to 
 
 enlifl : arbitrum, i. e. agere v. 
 
 cogere aliquem ad arbitrum, to 
 
 force tofubmit to an arbitration^ Cic. 
 
 COGERJE topias, to bring 'oge* 
 ther : ad militiam, to force to tn- 
 lifl : fenatum, to affemble : in fe- 
 natum, fe. minis, pignoribus cap* 
 t is, &c. to force to attend : agn. 
 to rally to bring up : lac, to < 
 
 civile diffufum & diiiipatum, 
 in certa genera cogere, to di t 
 to arrange* 
 
 El 16 ERE for as, to drive out, to 
 divorce : aliquid ab aliquo, to r<- 
 qu'n e i farta t$ySt^fc, et, /'. e. farta 
 et tecla, ut fint bene reparata, to 
 require that the public wot 'is be ■ 
 in good reparation, Cic. fup, licium, 
 de aliquo, to inflicl : fur. non.: 
 to demand or call in one's debts : ic- 
 vum, vitam, anno% /• fpend : ali- 
 quid ad normam, to try or examine ; 
 columnam ad perpendiculi»m, to 
 'y the plianmeiy t r J fee if it be 
 gbt : monumentum, tp ' - 
 Hor. tempus & modum, to fettle 
 Virg. coraoediam, to dtfapprove t to 
 hip off, Ter. 
 
 R-dic . quid in memori- 
 
 am alicujus, to bring bach : ptr 
 niam ex bonis venditis, to r 
 money : hoiles fub impcrium, to 
 
 7 educe. 
 
 EEGERE oram, littus, to coafl 
 along ~ vela, to furl the fails : hali- 
 tntrt, to catch one's breath : milit 
 to en if : aliquem in fenatum, in 
 Patres, to cbuf \ facra, to flcal. U 
 facrilepe : Hor. 
 
 ■J 
 
 HO. 
 '1 RAHERE m. bd- 
 
 i, to pn • arpuras, to ft 
 
 aliquid ia*rcl i / y i.ple : 
 
 naTem i i toiu. 
 
 l)i riAUSAi aliquem, to draw 
 
 em : alicui, v. dc aliquo, de 
 ■'■tract frcm, tt 'rJJ'en t 
 fame : aliquid alicui, to I be by 
 force : laudem, v, dc laudibus : 
 
\\.rious Signification and Construction of Verbs* 227 
 
 novcm partes muitae, to ialt from 
 
 the fne , Nep. 
 
 EXTRAHERE diem, to fpin Out, 
 
 U fpend : cert a men, bellum, judi- 
 cium, to prolong. 
 
 VEHERE, vchens, invehens, 
 invcctus curru, quadrigis, &e. ri- 
 ding in a chariot ; invehi in portum 
 ex alto, to enter j in aiiquem, ty 
 inveigh aga'mjl ; provehi iongius, 
 to proceed too fur. 
 
 LO. 
 
 CONSULERE rem v. de re, 
 to confult about ; eum', to af: bis 
 advice ; el, to confdt for bis gocd ; 
 de falute fua ; gravius in aiiquem, 
 to pafs a fevere fentencc againf ; in 
 commune, publicum, medium, to 
 Provide for the con.non good ; verba 
 boni, to like in good part ; ego con- 
 fulor, my advice is afi?d ; mihi con- 
 fulitur, ?/;v good is confuted ; mihi 
 confuitum ac provifum eft, for a 
 me, I have taken care, Cic 
 
 APPELLERE clalTe in Itali- 
 ans, vel clalTem, to land on ; fe a- 
 liquo, Ter. ad viliam noftram na- 
 vis appelletur, Cic. animum ad 
 philofophiam, to apply. 
 
 ANTECELLERE ei, rarely 
 eum : excellere aliis, fuper, inter, 
 piaster alios aliqua re, v. in re, 
 to excel. 
 
 TOLLERE animos fuos, tttale 
 tourage; animos alicui, to encourage ; 
 aiiquem laudibus, & laudes ejus 
 in aftra, to cxtjl ; inducias, to break 
 
 * truce ; clamores, to cry ; filium, 
 to educate ; de vel e medio, to kilL 
 
 MO. 
 ADIMERE claves uxori, to di- 
 
 • ce ; aunulum v. equum equiti, 
 to take aroay from a knight the rirg 
 or horfe given him l\ the public^ to 
 degrade. 
 
 Dirimtre litem, controvcr fl- 
 am, to determine. 
 
 Ex: me re aiiquem fervitio, 
 noxaz. e vinculis, a culpa, de nu- 
 
 mero profcriptorum, obfidionc, 
 to free ; de dolio, to drazu out ; di- 
 em dicendo, to tcafe in f peaking. 
 
 I N T E R T M £ R E fe , to k ill. 
 
 RrliiMERE captives, to ranfom ; 
 pecuaria de cenforibus, to take or 
 farm the public pafures. 
 
 SUMERE in manus ; diem, 
 tempus ad deliberandum ; exem- 
 plum ex v. de eo, to take ; poenas, 
 fupplicium de aiiquo, to punifb : 
 pecimias mutuas, to borrow ; to- 
 <;am virilem, to put on the drefs of 
 a mnn ; fibi inimkitias, to get ill 
 icill ; operam in re, vel in rem 
 ir.fumere, to tftczv pains ; fumo 
 tantum, vel hoc mihi, / tale this 
 upon me. 
 
 PREMEPvE cafeum, t» makt 
 cheefe ; vocem, to be ft lent ; dolo- 
 rem corde, to hmceal ; veftigia e- 
 jus, to follctc ; littUS, to come near ; 
 pollicem, to five a gladiator ; li- 
 brum in nonum annum, to delay 
 publifhin^, Hor. 
 
 ExPRIMERE fuCCUm, to prcft 
 
 out ; riium alicui ; pecuniam aW 
 aiiquo, to force from ; effigiem, U 
 dra-zv to the life ; verbum verbo, 
 de verbo, e verbo, ad verbum, de 
 Graf CIS, £cc to tret fate ivor d for 
 ivord. 
 
 Imprimeue aliquid animo, Im. 
 animo, v. in animum, to imprint. 
 
 Re prim ere fe, & rcprendere 
 v. retinere, to check. 
 NO. 
 
 PONERE fpera in homine v. 
 re, & habere ; caftra, to pitch ; 
 vitem, to flout j vitam, to die ; 
 ova, to lay ; infidias aiicui ; panem 
 convivis, not ante ; perfonam a- 
 mici, to lay afide tl*e char a tier nf 4 
 friend ; praimia, to propofe ; pocu- 
 la, to fake or lay ; ftudiurn, tem- 
 pus, multum operae in aliqua re, 
 to employ, to-h<foiv : aliquid in lau- 
 de, in vitas, in loco beneficii, /• 
 reskoi ; fe^ocia cord?., t: h\ adde; 
 
 aKqu 
 
zzZ. Various Signification and Contraction of Verbs. 
 
 aliquem in gratiam v. gratia, i. e. 
 ctlicere gratiofur.i apud alterum, 
 Cic. : ventos, to calm : hominem 
 Coloribus, faxo, to painty engrave, 
 Hor. pecur.iam in fcenore, to lay 
 out u. jl ; tcmpla, io bail.!, 
 
 Virg. Venti pofuere, are b.fb'J, 
 Virg. Pons cfle victuni tum,Ter. 
 Pofitum fit, fuppofe, grant, Cic. 
 
 CoMroNi'HE carmen, literas, 
 &c. tv cample : lit ■;.-, lofettU : bel- 
 lum, to jinijb by tr \:iy ; parva mag.- 
 nis, dicta cum fact is, to compare : 
 menus manibus, to join, Virg. 
 
 Deponere v. ponere tegsm 
 pretext am, to lay a fide the drfs of 
 a boy : imperium &l demittere, to 
 lay dcivn a command. 
 
 Ex po n e r e rem , to j't forth or 
 
 explain : frumentum, to expefe to 
 
 f<le, Cic. puero% foetus, to lave 
 
 to pcrifo z Liv. exercitum, Jl. in 
 
 terram, to la:? J. 
 
 Imponeri: onus alicui v. in 
 aliquem : aliquem in equum, toft 
 :pon : perfonam v. partes duriores 
 < \ x to lay a tafc or duty on one : nlici.i, 
 to itnpofe cn y to deceive, Nep. houo- 
 rcm ti, to confer : vadimonium ei, 
 to force' to give bail: Nep. manum 
 funimam v. extrunam rci alicui, 
 in aliqua re, to fnifh ; pontem flu- 
 myii, to male a bridge, Curt. Hoc 
 loco libet interponerc, to infert, 
 Nep. 
 
 Opponere fe pcriculis & ad 
 pericula, to expfe ';' pigoori, to 
 pledge: manum fronti, ante ocu- 
 los, to put, Ovid. 
 
 *Pkoponere aliquid fibi faccre, 
 exempla ei ad imitandiim, to pre- 
 pof, to ft before : edict a, legem 
 in.jmblicum, i. c. pubiice legend? 
 af^gere : congiarium, to pnomife a 
 largefs, a gift of corn or t 
 
 iJui'PON'KRi-: ova gall; ii.t, toft 
 a b:n : teitamenn.in, v. fubjicere, 
 to forge. 
 
 CANERE aljqiem, h /> • : f- : 
 
 figna, claflicum, bellicum, i. e. 
 ad arma conclamarc, to found an 
 rlirm, to give the ftgnal for battle : 
 Iicep,ui, rarely -urn, to found a 
 
 ' at : tibij, to play on the pipe : 
 a 1 tibiaro, to ji.ig to it : palinodi- 
 am, to utter a recantation* 
 
 6TERXERE le&os, to fpread 
 or cover the couches : equo^, to bar- 
 r.f: viam, to pave: aquora, to 
 dim, Virg. 
 
 PO. 
 
 CARPER E agmen, to cut off 
 
 the rear .: fomnos, quiet em, to 
 
 Jeep : viam, iter, to go, Virg. 
 
 opera alter lus, to cerfure : labo~ 
 
 res, virtutes, to dimini/h or cL- 
 
 fure, Hor. 
 
 RCA] PERK fidem, foedus, a* 
 micitiam, to violate : vocem v. fi- 
 lentium, tojpeak, Virg. 
 
 Erumpere ex tcnebris, caftria, 
 &c fe port is, to break out : (loma- 
 chum in aliquem, to vent pajjion: 
 nubem, to brcax, Virg. 
 RO. 
 
 QUj^RicRE bonam gratiam 
 fibi, to f.£ or gahty Cie. iermo- 
 nein, to beat about fcr converfatio 
 Ter. rem mercaturis faciendis, to 
 make a frtune by merchandfe : ex> 
 aliquo ; oc in aliquem, de re ali*- 
 qua per tormenta, to p. it to the 
 rack : in dominum de fervo quxri 
 noiuerunt Ronuvni, Cic. 
 
 An ^uiRiiRr. aiiquid, to fearci 
 after: aliquem capitis, v. -te, /• 
 aecufe or try for ./ capi 
 
 GERERii res, to perform : nc* 
 
 gotium male, to wattage: confula- 
 tum, to bear, to : ie bene 
 
 / male, to behave: exereitum, 
 ta endutt, SuIIuPl. inorem ei, vd 
 morigerari, to humour : civem, fe 
 pro cive, perfonam alicujus, /* 
 
 P' : f s J' '"'"» io ''"''' '-araller if: 
 
 injimicitiaj vel iimultatem cum a- 
 liquo, to be at o/rrtj or vat 
 
 IVK'h. 
 
 IngejlI*e 
 
Various Signification and ConftrudHon of Verbs. 2*9 
 
 Ingerkxe convicia ci, in eum, 
 - 2.'/./?. 
 
 SiiG;iERERE aKquid, el, to fug- 
 gefl, to bint , fumptus his rebus, to 
 
 -^/y or 'afford: Horathim Bruto, 
 /* tbufc in place of. to put offer, Liv. 
 
 SERsER'E crimina in eum,, : 
 v. 'fe, to fpreeid as. :s. 
 
 Consf. *erl r.iami?, mann", cer- 
 ..men, r%gnam^ cam hoftibus, 
 inter fe, t-> rttpwr, 
 
 AtssREira illiquid , to > L /; 
 
 ah injuria; in liber- 
 
 Eitcm $ tto"free ; in fervifv :e:n, ft • . - 
 
 • v ; diviners: ni3 *. 
 
 1 O. 
 
 fo, rarely 
 
 i: Cic. / 
 
 ■ . 
 . to t/tako fir ; c.] \ fagltti, 
 
 Irip-Je, /« arm at ; confulaturn; pce- 
 :s a!> aliqiio, & rtpetere, to fstn'fi. 
 
 Com pp. teiie ammo, to be i>: 
 tnesfenfes; in eum competit act!), 
 tin action lies aga'nft him, Cic. 
 
 Re PETE RE res, tc demand refttu- 
 f/on ; bona lege, v. t rofequi lite, 
 to recover by h.iv ; caftra, oppidum, 
 hue, to &t.vrnt&; aliquid memorii,- 
 to c.iil t A ; a'te, to trace from 
 
 the he -. I iThi nihil fup petit, 
 
 malta fuppetunt, T have \ ii vita 
 fuppetet, if life fhaH remain, Cic. 
 
 MITTERE alicui, v: ad aii- 
 
 qu?m ; in fuffragia, to find tic 
 
 oble to vot^i aulseum, mappam, 
 
 to drop the curtain ; talcs, to tbro-c 
 
 the diet ; fenatum,- to d'fmif ; ti- 
 
 morem, to lay afule : in rxta, to 
 
 wegijQer, to record ; fatiguincittj +el 
 
 err. it? ere, t: Lt blood ; no* am, to 
 
 forgive ; figna timori-, to Jbvto ; 
 
 vocem, to ut'er, to fpeal ; haberras, 
 
 v. remittere, to fatten : manu et 
 
 emittere, to free aJLxve , filium e- 
 
 mancipare, to free c fon from the 
 
 power (f his father ; fub jug um, to 
 
 -z£j to faff under the yd e ; inferias 
 
 manibus diis. /? A.* ■ the ;>■ 
 
 ferjal go is ; rvm. h. de re, to c- 
 ro rem 1 ig of for- 
 
 tua&^Ter. in pc (>< I m bonorura, 
 
 to give the ftfj-ffiM of the debtor's 
 eels ; mifit (rare, lit venirem ; 
 /. e. aliquem ad i :n, Ter. 
 
 A :i iTTi:RE lit em . 4 . cau fam ; 
 vitam, fidem, lumina, alpeCtam, 
 i: lofe, Cic. 
 
 An mitt 7 re in cibicnuim, t* 
 
 mk ; t irrairi imniittere, ^c per- 
 
 mittere, to r^/// : delictum i:i fe, 
 
 ves ndn admi- 
 fefunt, • . ■ •' r "^• , ' 
 
 Cv lllUfej <*3 com~ 
 
 [it I. : .i lern aiicujus, 
 .vi. ;:• eKar'afre : ex- 
 r>, ri iv. }:\ ceSv- i . 
 clpitis c .- prse'ii, ft rijl a bci~ 
 
 tie, Liv. iv, 27. aliquem cum ali- 
 <^uo, homines inter fe, fs ft at i>.:- 
 tiam:e\ cr ;r //r ^;;/ ; rem to, t*» 
 
 ; -:t /« thht'pcfs ; ghdiatoi es, pti" 
 
 tea. Graces cuniLatinisi 
 or £2>r '. c .tere, ut, 
 
 ircommo lu fua legibus - .lciis, 
 i; '. - by laiifi 
 
 Co 3^r f 'R MiTffRE. Car.didati 
 c--r.trzrri': r r .; ? J , H. S. ^tfihgenis in 
 fmgulos apud M. Caton^m depo- 
 ihis, pezere ejus arbltratu, ut qui 
 contra focrflfet, ab eo condemnare- 
 trr, jricde a coxiproviife cr agreement, 
 &c. 
 
 Di mit tire exertitum, fo dff- 
 Idtnd ; uxorem, 3c repudiate, nun- 
 ti'jm v. repucium ad earn remit- 
 ter?, tc di'vorcer. 
 
 P r o m 1 t t e a e id ei, /^ / rhmifi ; 
 capiilum, barl>r.m, to let gro-zo. Liv. 
 
 Permittere alicui, to alloiv ; 
 divw c;etera, to leave, Korat. fe 
 in tTdert v. fid si ejus ; vela ventis ; 
 equum in hoftem ; rem fr.ffragiis 
 populi, to It the fczple decide \ tri- 
 bunatum vexandis confulibus, to 
 give up, to 1 lAv. 
 
 Remittere 
 
tfO Various Signification and ConftruAlon ftfVEllt. 
 
 • < 
 
 a. 
 
 Hemittfrk animum, to eafc ; 
 calces, tela, to tbrotv back ; ex pe- 
 cunia, de iupplicio, tribute), eke. 
 to aLais ; dcbitum, iras alicui, to 
 I've up 9 to forgive ; jufticiuin, to 
 ifontinue ; pugnam, tofaclen ; re- 
 mittit exolorare, neglects, Salluit. 
 
 Scbmittere fafces populo, to 
 U-w:r ; ie v. animum, to ftbtnit, 
 to humble ; percuiTores alicui, to 
 fiborn aJJ't! flirts. 
 
 Transmi ttere in Africam, 
 neut. to pafs tver, 
 
 VERT ERE in fugasp, to put to 
 fight ; terga, to fy ; ub imo, U o- 
 ^crihroiu ; lolum, to ^o into banijb* 
 m**t ; id ci vitio, v. critnini, Si 
 jn crimen, to blame ; in fuperbiam, 
 to impute ; Platcnem, Latin c Grar- 
 ca, Grasca tool ex Orrecis in Lati- 
 num, to iranjlate \ poi'icem, to doom 
 a vLulctor to death t| turning up the 
 
 tm$ ; itrram, to plough ; cra-tc- 
 r-i:n, to enpty, Virg. St Hum, to 
 .o.-rdl, Horat. Saius ml caufa in 
 co vertitur, defends \ fortuiia ver- 
 tcrat, Liv. Annus vertens, a 
 iilole year, Nep. Res bene v«f- 
 tzt, Di bene vcrtant, proffer. 
 
 Animadvkrtep.k id, to olfrve\ 
 :n euni verberlLus, morte, &c. (p 
 
 flin'rjb. 
 
 Anvfe.RTF.RR a?mea urbi, to 
 irirr up to, Virg. orar-, ;'t> arrive 
 at \ aim s, menccs, animum, « ani- 
 ir.o ad aliquid,m oniric, fr attend to ; 
 in aliquem, ofu>ur animadvert ere, 
 to piwijb. 
 
 Antevicrtere ei, to come be- 
 fore ; damnationem veneno, to pro* 
 vw/ ; rem rei, to pre/er t Plant. 
 
 In rF.KV- rtk:ie peciiniarfl ali- 
 cujus, & alii] ecania, to en- 
 
 bezzLy to cheat ', candelabrum, 
 
 ral, to p ; prom: (Turn & re- 
 ccptum, Jf, Dolobeluu confuJatum, 
 inlerverti:, ad feque tranftulit, 
 trench srcujly ivUhleld, (J C. 
 
 Prjevertere, & -ti, dep. vcn> 
 tos curfu, to outjlrip ; deiideriuH 
 plebis, ti prt'vcut ; metum fupph- 
 cii morte voiunraria, Liv. Ali- 
 quid alicui rei, to put before, I 
 
 SISTER E vadimonium ; fc i 
 judicio, to ctfpear rn court at on- 
 trial ; nee fifti poffe, /.or could lh- 
 jlate be £n 'td, I * ; v . 
 
 Abshtsm ei, tvBandby\ ^d 
 fores ; contra, Atper cum. 
 
 Con'-js i t.tK in cli^itos, Wjfi 
 on t'qtoe ; in aachoris, ad ancho- 
 ram, to rtde at anchor ; frrgorc, /<, 
 he frozen ; Ovid. Spes in v- 
 confiftebat, depeniel on ; virtus in 
 aclione conCitit, Cic. 
 
 In sis i -er:c jacenti!iu-, to fiend 
 upon ; veflijxiis ejus ; viam, «y. via ; 
 in re aiiqria, in rem, v. rei ; in 
 doios, negotium, Plant, to in 
 upon, to urge* 
 
 Oboist ere ei, tof.-.p, to ojpft 
 
 Resistor e ci, to reAl, 
 
 S u i> s i s r r. r i j f i? fiandf. Hi \ f u m ft- • 
 tui, /<? ^.;r. 
 
 VO. 
 
 SOLVERE pecuniam ei, . 
 verlura, to pay debt ry bom 
 from another, TcT. Fidem, to break 
 a fromifei or according to others, 
 to perform, Ter. And. IV. I. 19. 
 litem aeftimatanij /<> /3 t ?v ►/<? _/S 
 hnpif! in him, Nep. Votum, /» 
 Sfcburge ; obfidionem urbi?, 1/. 
 urbem obfidione, to raife a ftegt-\ 
 nuv^m, e poitu, ^0 y" j r y«/V ; epi 
 tolam, i'. refignare, to break open 1 
 aliquem legibua, le ■cineulis, 
 
 to free from) iolvitur in fomw 
 Vir^r. Oratio foluta, /. /. libera, 
 in- nofl altricH t: < ! ta, 
 
 profe ; iulve metus, dfmfs, Vi; 
 
 DissohVERK focictateoijlf brc 
 
 Resoi.v ■■ r «■: vocem, v. era, ;^ 
 
 break , ^' r g* j uru » /y '' ♦ 
 
 ve&igal, / ©y* taxet% '1'acit. 
 
 T n pulvcrcm, ?» r«l . 
 
 FOURTH 
 
unification and Conuru&ion of Vi RFS. 231 
 FOURTH CONJUGATION. 
 
 AUDI RE aliquem, p. liquid ex 
 n ab aliqao, to hear from one ; de 
 aliquo, about one, alfo from one, <?/, 
 fsepe hoc audivi de patre, for ex 
 patre, Cic, Audlre bene vi male 
 a pud foeios, ab omnibus, to b. kv-ll 
 /p ok en of, to Lavs a- good character : 
 rexque paterqus audiili. /•':-• been 
 called, Kor. Antigonus credit < 
 fuo adventu cfTe audit am, Nep. 
 
 VENTRE ad finem, aiires, pac- 
 tionem, certamen, manus, nihi- 
 lum, &c. in fufpicionem, odium, 
 gratiam, &c. in jus, to go to hit/, 
 Liiv. in circulum, into a comb.v 
 Nep. Hsereditas ei vemt, he las. 
 fucc ceded to an eflete ; ei ufu venir:, 
 happened, Nep. Quod in Luccam 
 venerit, fcribito, occurs, Cic. 
 
 Advfnire & adventare ei, ur- 
 t>em, ad urbem, to co?ne to. 
 
 Antfvenire aliquem, St ante- 
 vertere, Sail, rei, Piaut. tempus, 
 confilia & itinera. 
 
 Convenire in colloquium ; 
 fratrem, to meet •with, to fpeak to ; 
 ego et frater conveniemus, copiai 
 convenient, ivill meet together ; con- 
 
 venit mihi cum fratre de hac re, 
 inter me et fratrem, inter nos ; 
 ha;c fratri mecum conveniunt. / 
 and my brother, c e agreed ; hsvis 
 inter fe convenit urlis, Juv. Tpfi fe- 
 cum no'n convenit, vil ipfe, be is in- 
 conftjlcnt ; p;.x convenit, vA con- 
 vert ta efc, is agreed upon ; rem con- 
 venturain put&mus, Cic. conditio- 
 nes non convenerunt ; mores con- 
 veniunt, agree ; calcei pedibus v. ad 
 pedes conveniunti, fit, fuit ; hoc in 
 ilium convenit : Catilinam inter- 
 feclum effe cenvenit, ought to have 
 beenflain, Cic. Convenire in ma- 
 lium, the lifual form cf marriage, 
 named Coempto, iiherehy ivomeri 
 tvere called matresfamilias. 
 
 GENT1RE fonorem, colorem, 
 «xc to perceive ; cum aliquo, to be 
 of one's opinion ; bene vjel male de 
 eo, to think icell or Ui cf him. 
 
 Consentire tibi, tecum, inter 
 fe ; alicui rei, de v. in aliqua re ; 
 ad aliquid pcragendum, to agree ; 
 So difTentire ; et ab aliquo, to dif- 
 agree ; ne vita orationi diiTentiat. 
 Senec. 
 
 DEPONENT VERBS. 
 
 PROF1TERI philofophiam, to, 
 frofefs, to teach publicly ; fe can- 
 didatum, to declare himfelf a candi- 
 date for an office ; pecunias, agros, 
 nomina, &.c. apud cenforem, to 
 give an account of, ti declare binv 
 much one has ; indicium, to pro?nife 
 to mnke a difecvery. 
 
 L.OQUI cum aliquo j inter fe ; 
 fomeiimes alicui, ad i>. apud ali- 
 quem ; aliquid, de aliqua re. 
 
 SEQUI ieras ; fec-tam Crefaris, 
 to be of his party, Cic. AfTequi, 
 cotifequi, to overtake ; gloriam, to 
 
 W % 
 
 attain. Confequi hereditatem, H 
 
 get, Cic. 
 
 Prosequi aliquem amore, lau- 
 dibus, &c. to Icoe, praife, ISfc. 
 
 NIT1 hafla ; in cubitum, to lean ; 
 ejus confilio, in eo, to depend tm ; 
 ad gloriam, id v. in fumma, to 
 aim at ; in vetitum, in adverfiaa, 
 contra aliquem, pro aliquo, to 
 frive ; gradibus, to ofeend. 
 
 UTI eo familiariter, to be famil- 
 iar luith one : ventis adverfis, to 
 have crefs iiinds ; honore ufus, one 
 tvho has tn'-oyed a prf cf honour. 
 
 1R- 
 
232 Various Signification and ConitrucStion of Verb 3. 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 ESSE magni robcris, v. -no, 
 -re ; ejus opinionis, v. ea opi- 
 n:onc ; in maxima fpe : in timore, 
 lu&u, cpinlone, itinerc, &c. cum 
 telo, in vel cum imperio ; inagno 
 pcnculo, v. In pc riculo ; in tuto ; 
 a pud fe, in Lis Jenfes ' K iui juris, V 
 mancipii, fui nolens, v. in faa po- 
 tentate ; to it .it lis twm £fp\fal : 
 Res eft in vado, is fife, Ter. Eft 
 Animus, fc. mini, I have a mind, 
 Virg. Eft ut, car, quamobrem, 
 quod, quin, &c. Theiu u cauft ; 
 bene, male eft mini, vivh me ; nihil 
 eft mini tecum, I have nothinw !j do 
 with you : Quid eft tibi, fc. rei, 
 iVlct is the matter ivlib you ? Ter. 
 Cemcrc erat, one might fee ; reli- 
 {,io eft mihi id facere, I fcruple to 
 to it ; fi eft, ut facere velit, ut 
 facturus fit, ut admiferit, &c. fur 
 l\ velit, &c. Ter. Eft ut viro vir 
 latins crdinet arbufta fulcis, it bap- 
 pens, Hor. Certum eft facere, fc, 
 mini, / am refolded \ Ter. Non 
 ceitum eft, quid fuciam, / am un- 
 sertaia, Id. Camus quxrere fole- 
 bat, Cui Be no FutRiT -. Omnibus 
 bono fuit, ;/ tuas of advantage, Cic. 
 
 Ad esse pugnae, in pugna, ad 
 exerc:ttm,ad tempus, in tempore, 
 rvm aliquo, to be prefev.t \ alicui, 
 ~io fuvour, to affft ; fcribendo, v. 
 efl'e ad fcribendnhij tofubferibe one's 
 name to a decree of the fenate, Cic. 
 eonfilio utrique, to be a counfellor 
 to, Ncp. 
 
 Abesss domo, urbe, a domo, 
 ab 6gllif| to be abfent ; alicui, v. de- 
 i ife, to be ivanting, net to afjlfl ; a fole, 
 twjland out of the fun \ f u m \ t u s f u n e - 
 rt defuit, be bad not money to bury 
 bin, Liv.abefle a perfona principis, 
 to be inconftflent ivitis the ebaraiicr , 
 Hep. Paulitm v. paruni abfuit quin 
 uibem cap crcnt, quin cccideutur, 
 
 &C. tbey iv ere near faking, \£?;. 
 Tantum abeil ne enervetur oratio. 
 Ut, <Scc. is fo far from being, \Sfc. Cic. 
 Tantum abfuit a cupiditate pecu- 
 niae, a ibcietate feeler is, &c. Nep. 
 
 i.NTFREssE convivio, v. in con- 
 vivio, to be at a feajl ; anni decern 
 fnterfuerunt, intervened ; ftulto in- 
 telligcns quid intereft, Ter. Hoc. 
 dominus & pater intereft, Id. In- 
 ter hominem & belluam hoc in- 
 tereft, Cic. differ in this, this is tbe 
 difference ; multum intereft, utrum, 
 it is of great importance. Pons in- 
 ter eos intereft, is bciiveen, Cic. 
 
 Pr.tEsse exercitui, to command ; 
 comitiis, iuditio, quaiftioni, to pre- 
 fdc in or at. 
 
 Ob E s 3 E ei, to hurt, to binder. 
 
 Su PEAESSE, to be ever and a- 
 beve ; alicui, to furvive ; modo vi- 
 ta fuperiit, fc. mihi, if I live ; fu- 
 pereft, ut, it remains', tbat. 
 
 IRE ad arma, ad faga, io go to 
 ivar ; in ius, to go to laii- ; ptdi- 
 bus in fententiam alicujus, to agree 
 tvitb ; viam v. via ; res bene eunt 
 Cic. Tempus, dies, menlis it 5 
 fajfu. 
 
 Abire magiftratu, to lay doivn 
 an office ; a Confpev5tu, to retire from 
 company ; in ora hominum, to be i.k 
 every body's mouth ; ab eraptione, 
 to retratf bis bargain ; decern men- 
 ics abierunt, have paf> Ter. Non 
 hoc tibi fie abibil, i. e. non feres 
 hec impune, Ter. Abi in malam 
 rem, a form of imprecation. 
 
 Adire periculum capitis, /» run 
 tie hazard of onti life. 
 
 Exire vita, e, v. de vita, to 
 die ; acre alieno, Cic. Verbum 
 exit ex OfC, Id. tela, to avoids Virg. 
 Tempus Induciarum cum Vc}enti 
 populo cxierat, bad expired^ Liv. 
 
 I.nirt: magiftratwm ; fuffra- 
 
 gium, 
 
Various Signification and Conftruclion ofVraas. 233 
 
 giuin, rationem, confilium, pug- mah ; privilegium de aliquo, f* 
 
 nam, viam, &c, ft enter upon% to be- pnpfe or fsfi a:i act of impeachment 
 
 win ; gratiam ejus, apud eum, cum again]} ore, Cic. rogationem ad 
 
 **/ ab eoj to gain bis fnvv.tr : Inc- populum, io.brir.g in a bill ;. coudi- 
 
 unte seftate, vere, anno, &c. in the tioncs^i,/? offer terms ; fuflfragium, 
 
 Afga of ; £*/ tvejeldom fay, In- ^ *•«/*;- ftntentiam, to give an opin-- 
 
 cunte die, nocce, c<c. Ab ineurrte. "•* ; ccnturiam, tribum, t> gjin 
 
 aetate,/- . the vote of ] penierj, i>j ldfe>it\ vie- 
 
 O31AS dleai edi&i, W* audio- toriatn. ex co ; omne punctum, 
 
 nis, judicium, vadimonnim, to be omnia furfragi:., /j gain all toe votes ; 
 prefnt a: ; prcvinciarn, domos nof-- r-jp'iilam.,. to h refcl:d\ fru&uni 
 
 tras, tovijit; to go. through, Ci:. nc- hoc Irucli, to reap. Tor. Lctitiam 
 
 gotia, res, mum;*, officium, lega- <£e re, to rejoice , proe fe, to pretend' 
 
 tionem, facra, to perform ; pugnas, or dech.re openly ; alitnam peric- 
 
 Virg. mortem, vet mortc ; diem nam, to drfeuife otus felf •; in oculis, 
 
 iupremum, v. diem, to die. to be fond of, Ter. manus in prxlia, 
 
 Pkjfeimc zViciu, to go before ',^e\'- to engage, Virg. acceptum et ex- 
 
 ba, carmen, ^c'/ facramentum alicui, penfum, to mash dc-c.i- as received 
 
 to repeat or read over before \ alicui and fpent or lent, as Dr and Cv, Cic. 
 
 voce, quid judicet, to prefer ibe or animus, . opinio fert, inclines ; tern- 
 
 direct by crying, Cie. pus, res, caufa fert, allorvx, requires. 
 
 Prodire in publicunr, to go a- Ccnferre benevolentiam ali- 
 
 Iroad; non preterit te, you are not cui, in Tel erga aliquem, to Jbeto\. 
 
 'gnorant, Cic. Dies induciarum bencficin, cuipam in eum, to con*- 
 
 pneteriit, is pa -7, Nep. fr, to lay ; operam, tern pus, ftu- 
 
 Redirf in gi* lam cum aliquo, dium ad vJ in rem, vV impendere,. 
 
 fo become friends again ; ad fe, to come to apply; capita inter fe, confilia 
 
 so himftlf, to recover lis fen/ es. iua, to lay their beads tc^etler, to 
 
 Sfrsuts murum, tcI -o, ad mon- confult ? figna, arma, manus, to en— 
 
 tes, to come up to ; laborem vet -i, gage ; omne belhmi circa Corin- 
 
 onus, pcenam, periculum, crimen, thum, Nep. pedem, to fet foot to 
 
 to undergo ; fpes, timor fubiit ani- feet ; rationes, to caft up accounts ; 
 
 mum, came into. cailra- cailris, to encamp over againji 
 
 VELLE aliquem-, fc. alloqui one another ; fc in, vel ad t>rbem, 
 
 vel conventum, to deftre to fpeak to go to ; tributa, to pay ; fe alicui, 
 
 tvitb \ alicui, ejus caufa, to iv : Jb vel cum aiiquo, to compare ; nemi- 
 
 •nes good; tibi confult um volo ; nem cum illo conferendum pictate 
 
 aihil tibi negatum valo, I ivifb to puto, Cic. Hxc conferunt ad a- 
 
 diny y Liv. Quid fibi vult ? mat liquid ; oratori futuro^ firve, are 
 
 does he mean ? Volo te hoc facere, uffulio, Qtinct. 
 
 hoc a te fieri ; ft quid reele cura- Deferre fltulara vd fitellani,. 
 
 tuna velis ; illos monitos etiam at- to bring the ballot-box ; aliquid ad 
 
 qu-e etiam volo, fc. effe, T trill ad- aliquem, to carry tvord, to tell; 
 
 rnonifb them again and again, Cic. rarely alicui ; caufam ad patronos j 
 
 nollem factum, / am forry it tuas honaresei; gubernacula reipublicai 
 
 done ; nollem hue exitum, fc. effe in eum ; fummam rerum ad eum,. 
 
 a me, / tvijb I bad 'net come out bete, to confer; in benefkiis ad xra- 
 
 Ter. rium, to recemmend for a public fr* 
 
 FERRE legem, to propofc or vice, Cic. aiiquem am&itiis, de 
 
 ambitu. 
 
234 Various Signification and Conftrudibn ofVj 
 
 ambitu, noJncn iHcujus ad pra> 
 torem, a pud magiftiatum, 
 
 c.ij', •,■■■■ las j /'• P**tC8 
 
 oi, to give Hat the pr. , Cic. 
 
 Dibi Li: UK v./ transferre reai in 
 annum ; pail Ik Hum, diem fa- 
 int ion is, fr> />.'.' o^*; rumores, ^ 
 //tread ; ab aiiqao, alicui, inter fe, 
 morilms, ft f-\ ?hr \ a- 
 
 more, cupiditate, doloribus, dif- 
 ferri, to be d:Hra5lrd or Urn a/under- 
 Cic. &Ter.* 
 
 Efferre fruges,/0 produce; ver- 
 ba, /c ///.'er; verbum de verbo cx- 
 prtfium, /o tranfla'tt, Ter. pcdcm 
 riomo, A? £c wtf; corpus amplo fu— 
 ucre, c\ cum funere, to bury ; ad 
 bonorem, ad cesium laudibus, to 
 raife, to extol; foras peccatum, to 
 divulge . 
 
 Infekrf. bcllnm patriae ; vi;r>, 
 manus, necem alicui, to biing upon ; 
 figna,fe, pedcm,/? advance; litem, 
 vcl periculum capitis alicui, i>el in 
 aliquem, to bring one 'to a trial for 
 I us life. 
 
 Offerre fe morti, ad mortem, 
 in clifcrimen, to cxptfe, to prefent. 
 
 pREFERRE legem, io carry 
 through, to pafs it. 
 
 Prjeferre facem ei, to carry 
 before ; falutem reipublieae fuis 
 commodis, &. antcferre, antepo- 
 Dere, to Prefer. PralatUS cquo, 
 riding before. 
 
 Proferbf impcrium, pom oar i- 
 
 v. v., terminus,/ enlarge • io t\\q- 
 dium, in -.pt i ttn, i:i lucm, Uful 
 ouotiavdk diorq 
 
 ilio, toc.fr the,. /, Hor. 
 
 Rffekre alicui, /s . ; fe, 
 
 gradum i>. fedem, to retreat ; grki- 
 tiam alicui to mak \ par 
 
 parr, Ter. vie'toriam ab, vel ex aii- 
 quo, ct rcportare, to gain ; infti- 
 tiitum, to nnei'j \ jadicia ad equef- 
 trem orcLiurm, to reflore to the E~ 
 quite: the right <f judging ; aliquid, 
 de aliqua re, ad una turn, ad con— 
 (ilium, ad fapientes, ad populum, 
 to lay before ; aliquid in tabulam, 
 codicem, album, commentarium, 
 &c to mark di-nvn ; aliquid accep- 
 turn alicui, & in acceptum, to ac- 
 knowledge one's feif indebted ; pecu-- 
 nias acceptas &. expenfas, nomina 
 veJ fummas in codicem accepti et 
 expenfi, to mark dcivn accounts ; 
 alicnos mores ad fuos, to judge of 
 by ; in v. inter zerarios, to reduce 
 to the loivef elafi ; in mime mm 
 deorura, in vel inter deos, & re— 
 ponere, to rank among ; pugnas, 
 res geftas, to relate ; pat rem ore, 
 to refemble ; amiHos colore*, io r*> 
 gain. Horat. 
 
 Transfer re rationes in tabu- 
 las to pofl of.e's beds, to (late accounts ; 
 in Latinam iinguam, to tranfate ; 
 verba, to ufe metaphorically ; cul- 
 pam in eum & rejicere, to lay the 
 Llane- *n him. 
 
Fujvsks of. Syntax". 
 
 2 35 
 
 II. F I CURES of. S Y N T A X . 
 
 A Figure is a manner of freaking different- from the ordi- 
 nary and plain way, ufedfor the fake.oi beauty or force. 
 
 The figures o£ Syntax or, GonfiruUiofi may be. reduced to 
 ♦hefe three, EHipfis, PJeonafm> and Hyperbole n.. . 
 
 The two iirft refpecl . the conuituent. parts of a lentence ; 
 the lad refpecls only* the- arrangement* of the. words. 
 
 W 
 
 iv 11. L, 1,1 ?<\-M Si. 
 
 ELLIPSIS' is wherr one or more words are wanting to 
 hplete the fenfe^asj Aamt x fertpii^ dicutu, t pcrhibentj , fcil. 
 homines :- iJit- m/V'/, Dartmta 3i cujwn puus ; that' is* . Die 
 (tu) Mjj&jj Darruxtay (turn hominem) enjumpecus (eft-hoc 
 pecus). Aberani bidul, fe iftip ?cl itinera,- Decies- Jtfter- 
 tium, fc, e ea tam tm/Ba- Quid midta ? fc. dicam>- Antiquum 
 obiintSy fc, norem, v. in/ii'u?uw r .T J \-dJt^. Hodie in ' ludtim oc~ 
 0£pi I'e tzlemrium y tanas jam.Jcl'^ fc. lit?i a^ L e. AMO, Id. 
 7 rid no abs it n idles acceperam, fc. lit eras, be. epiflolam, Gic> 
 Brcvi dianrty fc, far/none .-- So. Coruph&i, rifpondere, . Sec. 
 brcvu Dii meliora, ic, f admit i Rhodum vo/o, inde Atheuas^ 
 fc. z/v, Id. lidlicuiv.y v.- clajficum ccnere, ic. ' •Jl^mm^ July* 
 Lived do, i at us i re. coro?id ;, So obfidionaum, murakm adeptus, 
 ice. Id. Ep'ifiola. l:br.aru matiutyl, fc. fcripta, Cic. So inr 
 Engliin, " The twelve," i. e^ apoflies ^. " die elefi*" fe ۥ 
 perfoos. 
 
 When a cc-Tuui<5::ion is to be fuppiied, it is called A- 
 r/N'DCTON ;. ai> Z);:a opticus maxim us ', fc* *•/ ; Sartum feci urn 
 $onftrvar€, i. e.Jprtum et tectum; So Al\it-> exce/fit, e-vojit, 
 Wtipit, Cic ^Vr/^ ciii flammasy date. v:la> impelite re?nos y . 
 
 Virg. /-' afo, / iZfj^ fc. yC/^. 
 
 To this figure may be reduced mo (t cf thofe irregula- 
 rities in Syntax, as- they arc called, which are varioufly 
 darted by grammarians,, urder the names of E^AUiirG*, 
 i. e, the changing or words and their accidents,, or the 
 putting of one word for another ;-. Antiptos.is., . i. e. the 
 putting of one cafe for -another ; Hf.llenmsm c? Ga^ciSM,. 
 fc e„ imitating the conirrucrion cf the.- Greeks ; Sy^esis,- 
 i. e. referring the (Kmftn*<5rion, not to the gender or num- 
 ber of the word, butto the fenfe, &c. thus, Samnttium dua 
 ViUIia ctjfy is,.- Duo ttallia (hominum' 1 Setxtithtm ■ (rue runt 
 
 homines } T 
 
2$6 Figures of Syntax, 
 
 homines) cfi, Li v. \*QServit':ai?&mifnoref 9 l.iv. Monjln 
 qua, fcil. muher, Hor. Seeks gut, ic. homo, T ; . i mnta 
 
 rcui'lojl ,;;/// j, feil. fecunduni, Virgi M\fft magnli de re* 
 lus :. ■'•:, legatl ; i. e. Ml/fi legatl (et) ulirque (Icgatus 
 miffus) <.'. /j'j rehus % lie: at. r ia repu f, eujus r 
 
 fcil. feryitii, Sail. Cat. 51.- 1 Ira, gttorum, Ccc. fc, 
 
 hotrilriuW) Sail* C j.icuj.t peprdi, r/ur vi, Liv. } uvi ut 
 
 viv&'t plant, for «V r/fc vlvat, Ter. fivptdvih I for 
 
 r-egnantew^ Virg. Expedltl m for m'dltes ; CJaJfis jlabat 
 
 il for #;-/ &hegium\ Liv. I,atium Cuf.vaqu? agro inuhaiiy 
 ic.Lu -vine's, Ici. Utrd'iiL: fort 1 .. ic^mu , Os.d. ' v> 
 
 r*J<? alliums oftlumi Tor.. &/?/£f delapfiis, for delcfjum,' fc. 
 #» Virg, 
 
 WJien a venter f 1 :s the Eli his uyle i:v 
 
 I 10 be- cllinticaJ cr concife*. 
 
 ^LEt)NA5M is whefl a word" more is ;. is- 
 
 abfolutely necciTary to exprefs the fenfe ; as, JU-d ceulis, 
 J fee with my 6VeS ; S/r rrr locitfd ffl; GileJI prapns : Nuf- 
 nu:i}ti *gett?hi?it ; v:v:re mite?;: ; fhrvlre fervltutein ; Quid m'rhi 
 Ctlfus ttgtt ? Fac vie nt Jcuim, WV. Suojil't gladlo fame juju?o 9 
 Ter. Suojibi fuceo vivant, Plaut. 
 
 When a conjunction is ufed apparently redundant, it i; 
 eailed Polysyndeton ; as, Una Eumfque Nottifjae ruunty 
 
 Vir s- 
 
 When that winch is in reality one, is fo exprcMbd as if 
 there were two, it is called Hlndtadys ; as, Phte/is Ma* 
 mas et auroy for a.ereis tateriL Vim. 
 
 When {everal words are ufed to exprefs one thing, it is 
 
 called Periphrasis ; as, Urbs JTroja, for Troja] Virg. 
 
 Res 'Doluptd'um, for voluptates, Piaut. Ufuij>nrpttrarum% for 
 
 furfatra; Genus pi fclunii tor pijiks 1 Flares rofarutn^ ioxnf.', 
 
 Hor. 
 
 ?.- If Y i 3 E R B A T O N. 
 
 HvPT.RTaTOv is the tranf^rcflion of that order off ar- 
 Hinge meat of words which 13 commonlv lifed in any lan- 
 guage. It is child v to he met with among the poets. 
 The various forts into which it is divided, are, Ana- 
 
Analysis and Translation., 237 
 
 V, Hyjleron prater en, Hypallage, Synchefis, Tmejis, and 
 Parenfhefis. 
 
 1. Ana strop he is the inverfioii of words, or the placing 
 it Word laft which fhould be fir ft ; as, Italiam contra j 
 
 -;.fa fvper ; Spcmque met unique inter duhii ; for contra 
 Ham, Juptr his, inter (pent) &e, Virg. Terrain fol facit 
 are, for arefacit, Lucret. 
 
 2. Hystcron PROTtRON is when that is put in the 
 former part of the fentence, which, according to the 
 fenfe, {hould be in the latter ; as, Valet atque vivit, for 
 vivit atque -valet, Ter. 
 
 '3. Hyp allege is the exchanging of cafes ; as, Dare 
 claffibus auflros, for dare clajfes aujlris, Virg. 
 
 4. Synchcsis is a confufed and intricate arrangement 
 -of words ; as, Saxa vacant I tali mediis quee injlucfibus aras ; 
 for Qu* faxa in mediis jluclibus {tali vacant aras, Virg. This 
 occurs particularly in violent paffion ; as, Per tibi ego hunc 
 
 juro fortem cajlwnque cruorem, Ovid. Fait. ii. 841. Per vos 
 liberos atque parenies, ic. oro vos per liberos, itfc. Salluft. 
 
 >g- 14- 
 
 5. Tmesis is the divifion cfc a compound word and the 
 
 interpofing of other words betwixt its parts ; as, Septem 
 June eta trioni gens, for Septentrio?ii, Virg. Qua vieo cunque 
 .ammo libitum tj} facer e, for que cunque, Ter. i^ucm fors die- 
 rum cunque dabit, lucro Appatu, Horat. 
 
 6. Parenthesis is the inferting of .a member into the 
 tody of a fentence, which is neither neceffary to the fenfe, 
 nor at all affects the conftrucTion : as, Tiiyre, dum redee, 
 (brevis eft ?i*),pajcc capellas, Virg. 
 
 III. Analysis and Translation, 
 
 The -difficulty of translating either from Englifh mt© 
 Latin, or from Latin into LngliiJi, arifes in a great mea- 
 fure from the different arrangement of words which takes 
 place in the two languages. 
 
 In Latin the various terminations of nouns, and the in- 
 flection of adjectives and verbs, point out th-s relation of 
 one word to another, ir. whatever order they are placed. 
 But in Engliih the agreement and government of words 
 
 • caa 
 
23S Analysis and Translation. 
 
 can only be determined from the particular part of the 
 fentence in which they (rand. Thus, in Latin, we can ei- 
 ther fay, Alexander v'icit Darium, or Darlum -vlcit Alex- 
 ander, or Alexander Dar'ium vicit, or Dar'ium Alexander 
 inch; and in each of thefe the fenfe is equally obvious: 
 but in Englifh we can only fay, Alexander conquered Dariuu 
 This variety of arrangement in Latin gives it a great ad- 
 vantage over the Engl i ill, not only in point of energy and 
 vivacity oi exprcllion, but alfo in point of harmony. We 
 fometimes indeed, for the fake of variety and force, imitate 
 ID Engliih the inverfion of words which takes place in La- 
 tin ? as, Him the Eternal burPd, Milton. Whom ye igno~ 
 rantly ivorjhip^ him declare I unto you. But tbis is chiefly to 
 be ufed in poetry. 
 
 With regard to the proper order of words to be obferved 
 in tranflating from Engliih into Latin, the only certain rule 
 -which can be given, is to imitate the Classics. 
 
 The order of words in fentences is faid. to be either f*mple 
 or artificial ; or, as it is otherwife expreffed, either natural 
 ■or orator talc 
 
 'The Simple or Natural order is, w"hcn the words of a fen- 
 tence are placed one after another according to the natural 
 order of fyntax. 
 
 Artificial or Oratorio! order is, when words are fo ar- 
 ranged, as to render them moll trriking, or raofl agreeable 
 to the ear* 
 
 All Latin writers life an arrangement of words, which 
 appears to us more or lefs artificial, becaufe different from 
 our own, although to them it was as natural as ouis is to 
 us. In order therefore CO render any Latin author h:t<» 
 Engl i ill, we nvuit ftrft reduce the words in Latin to the 
 order of Englifh, which is called the Annlyfis or Re/llutim 
 of fentences. It is only practice chat can teach oue to- do 
 this with rcadinefs. However, to&ea beginner, the obfciYa- 
 tion of the following rule may be of advantage. 
 
 Take firft the words which fcrft to introduce the fen- 
 tence, or fhow its dependence on what went before ; t:exf 9 
 the nominative, together with the words which it agrees 
 with or governs ; t!*cn, the vera, and adrerbs joined with 
 
Analysis and Translation 
 
 239 
 
 it ; and tajffyt the cafes which the verb .governs, to- 
 gether with the circumftances fubjoined, to the end of the 
 fentence ; fupplying through the whole the words which 
 are understood. 
 
 If the fentence is compound, it mini be refolved into 
 the feveral fentences of which it is made up ; as, 
 
 Valeigitur, mi Cicctc, iibique perfuade ejfe te quidem mibi car iff. mum ; 
 fed multo fore cariortm, Ji talibus BtOMUtneatis gr&ieptifquc l&tabere, Cic. 
 Off. lib. 3. fin. 
 
 Farewell then, my Ccero, and affaire yourfelf that you are indeed 
 very dear to me ; bat fhall be much dearer, if you fhall rake delight 
 infuch writiogs and inftrucxions. 
 
 This compound fentence may be refolved into thefe five flmpte 
 fentences ; 1. Igtixr, mi (tlli) Cicero, (tu) vale, 2. et (tu) perfuade 
 (ipfi) te eje quidem (filium) cartffimnm mibi : 3. fed (tu perfuade tibi 
 ipli te) fore (fliium) carlorem (mini in) mulfo (negotio,) J^.fi (tu) Uta- 
 lere telibus monumentis, J. et (fi tu lsetabere taiibus) pretc ptis. 
 
 t. Fare (yen) well then, my (fan) Cicero, 2. and afTure (you) 
 
 yourfelf that you are indeed (a fan) very dear to me: 3. but (aff.tr e 
 
 ".If that you) wall be fa fonj much dearer (tome,) 4. if you 
 
 ihall take delight in fuch writings, 5. and (if you fhall take delight in 
 
 fuch) infrructions. 
 
 It may not be improper here to exemplify An - \ ; real 
 Analyjis as it is called, or the analyiis of words, from the 
 foregoing fentence Vale fgitur y &C. thus, 
 
 Vale, fcil. far ; Fare (thou) well : Second perfon fing lar of the im- 
 perative mode, active v ice, from the neuter verb, Voice, vafui, -aalt~ 
 turn, . to be in health, of the fecond conjugation, not ufed in 
 
 the pallive. Vale agrees in the fecond perfon fing-ilar with the nom- 
 inative tu, by the third rule of fyntax. 
 
 Igiiar, then, therefore, a conjunction, imparting forne inference 
 drawn from what went before. 
 
 Mt, Voc. ling. mafc. of the adjective pronoun, louts, -a, -um, my ; 
 derived from the fubftantive pronoun Ego, agreeing with Cicero, by 
 Rule 2. Cicero, voc. fing. from the nominative Cicero, -cnis, a proper 
 noun of the third declenfion. 
 
 Et, and, a copulative conjunction, which connects the verb perfuade 
 with the verb vale, by Rule 60. We turn que into et, becaufe, que 
 never (lands by itielf. 
 
 Perfuade, fcil. /:/, perfuade thou, fecond perfon lingular of the im- 
 perative active, from the verb perfua-deo, ft, fikm x dire, to perfuade? 
 compounded of the prepofition per, and fuadeo, -ft, -fum^ to advife 1 
 ufed imperfonally in the paiUve ; thus, PerfiUdrlur mibi, I am perfuad- 
 ed-; feldom or never Eto perfuadeor. We fay however in the third 
 perfon. Hoe perfuaaWur mibi, I am perfuaded of this. 
 
2$o Analysis and Translation. 
 
 *Tibi, dat. fing. of the perfonal pronoun f«, thou ; governed hy per* 
 fuaJe, according to Rule 17. Te, accui'ativc ling, of tu, put before', 
 'according to Rule 4. 
 
 Ejfe, prefent of the infinitive, from the fubftantivc verb fum, fui 
 efft, to be. 
 
 ^uidem, Indeed, an adverb, joined with carijfimtts* or ejfe. 
 Carijfimum, accuTaiive ling, mafc. from carijpmus, -a, -urn, very dear, 
 .deareft, fupcrlative degree of the adjective carus, -a, ..««, dear : 
 •Comparative degree carior, carior, carius, dearer, more dear : agree- 
 ing with U qx Jiliiim underftood, by Rule 2. and put in the accufativc 
 by Rule 5. 
 
 Mihi, to me, dat. fing. of the fubftantive pronoun Ego, I : gov- 
 erned by carifftmum, by Rule 12. 
 
 Sed, but, an adverfative conjunction, joining ejfe and fore. 
 Fore, the fame with ejfe futurum, to 1>c, «r, to be about to be, in- 
 finitive of thz defective verb forem, -res, 'ret, ^fc. governed in the 
 fame manner with the foregoing ejfe, thus, te fore, Rule 4. or thus, 
 fjf e fid fore. Sec Rule 60. 
 
 Multo foil, negotio, ablat. fing. neut. of the adjective multus, a, -um % 
 much, put in the ablative, according to observation 6. Rule 61. JBut 
 multo here may be taken adverbially in the fame manner with much 
 in Englifli. 
 
 Cariorem, accuf. fing. mafc. from carior, -or, -us, the comparative 
 of cants, as before: agreeing with te cr fllum underftood. Rule 2. 
 .cr R.ule 5. 
 
 Si, If, a conditional conjunction, joined either with the indicative 
 mode, or with the f injunctive, according to the fenfe, but oftcner 
 /with the latter. See Rule 60. obf. 2. 
 
 L^iaherr, Thou ilialt rejoice, fecond perfon lingular of the future 
 of the indicative, from the deponent verb lator, l<rtatus, Utari, to re- 
 joice : Future, lat-abor, -aberis or -abere, abiiur, &c. 
 
 TaUbus, ablat- plur. neut. of the adjective talis, talis, tale, fuchj 
 agreeing with monumentis, the ablat. plur. of the fubftantive noun mo* 
 numeniuTn, -tr, neut. a monument or writing ; of the fecond declension \ 
 derived from moneo, -vi, -7tum, -Ire, to admoniili ; here put in the ab- 
 lativ2, according to Rule 47. Et, a copulative conjunction, as before, 
 Pracsptis, a fubftantive noun in the ablative plural, from the nom- 
 inative praceptum, -ti, neut. a precept, an instruction ; derived from 
 pra.ipio, -cap':, -ceptum, -cipere, to inftruct, to order, compounded of 
 the prepofition pr<t, before, and the verb eapio, dpi, captum, capere, 
 to take. The 4 of the fimplc it changed into /' fliort ; thus, pracipi; 
 pr act pis, &c. 
 
 The learner may in like manner be taught to analize the words in 
 Englifh, and in doing fo, to mark the different idioms of the two 
 languages. 
 
 To this may be fubjoincd a Praxis, or Etercife on all the different 
 parts of grammar, particularly with regard to the inflexion of nouns 
 and verbs, in the form of qucfiions, fuch as thefe, Of Cicero ? dcero- 
 nif% With ^iccro \ Ciccrinr. A dear fon > Carus flius. Of a dear 
 
 fun I 
 
Different kinds of Styl£. i^t 
 
 fon ? Cari fd'i'i. O my dear ion ? Mi or vieus cure fdi. Of dearer' 
 
 foils ? Ceriorum f.liZrurn^ &C» 
 
 Of thee ? cr of you r Tui. With thee or you, U : Of you ? Vcjlrum 
 or veftri. With you ? Vobis. 
 
 They fhall perfuade ?' P erfuaJduxt. I can perfuade ? Pcrfuadeam^ 
 or much more frequently p r -ffutn perfuadtre. They are perfuaded \ 
 JPtrfuaddcr, or per faofum ejl iitis, according to the time cxprefTcd. He 
 is to perfuade? Eft perfuufurus. He wilt be perfuaded ? Perfuadebitur t 
 or pcrfuafum erlt Mi. He cannot be perfuaded ? Non pitcjl perfuadai 
 Mi. I know that he cannot be perfuaded I Scio non pojfe perfuadcri Mi ; 
 that he will be perfuaded ? Ei pcrfuafum iri, &c. 
 
 When a learner firft Begins to tranllate from the Latin 
 he fhould keep as ftr icily to the literal meaning ii the 
 Words as the different idioms of the two languages will 
 permit. But after he has made farther progrels, feme- 
 thing mere will be requifife. He fhould then be ac- 
 cuftomed, as much as poffible, to transfufe the beauties of 
 an author from the one language into the other. For this 
 purpoie it will be neceffary that he be acquainted, not on- 
 ly with the idioms of the two languages, but alfo with 
 the different kinds of ftyle adapted to different forts of 
 compofition, and to different fubjecls ; together with the 
 various turns of thought and expreffion which writers em- 
 ploy, or what are called the figures of words and of thought ; 
 or the Figures of Rhetoric. 
 
 IV. Different kinds of Style, 
 
 The kinds of Style (genera dice?idi) are commonly 
 reckoned three ; the low, (bumile> fubmijfum, tenue) ; the 
 middle, (medium, temperatum> ornatu??i, floridu??i) j and the 
 fublime, (fub/ime, grande.) 
 
 But befides thefe, there are various ©ther characters of 
 ftyle ; as, the diffufe and concifc ; the feeble and nervous ; 
 thzjimple and aflefled, Sec. 
 
 There are different kinds of ftyle adapted to different 
 fubjecls and to different kinds of compofition ; the ftyle 
 of the Pulpit, of the Bar, and of Popular affemblies ; the 
 ftyle of Hiftory, and of its various branches, Annals, Me- 
 moirs or Commentaries, and Lives ; the ftyle of Philofo- 
 phy, of Dialogue or Colloquial difcourfe, of Epiftles, and 
 Romance, &c. 
 
 There 
 
242 Different kinds of Style. 
 
 There is alfo a ftyle peculiar to certain writers, called 
 their Manner ; as, die fyle of Cicero, of Livy, of Sal- 
 luit, &c. 
 
 But what deferves particular attention is the difference 
 between the ftyle of poetry and of profc. As the poets 
 in a manner paint what they defcribe, they employ various 
 epithets repetitions, and turns of expreflion, which are 
 not admitted in profe. 
 
 The firft virtue of ftyle (virtus craihnis) is perfpicuity, 
 cr diat it be eafiiy underftood. This requires, in the 
 choke of the words, 1. Purity, in oppofition to barba- 
 rous, obfolete, or new coined words, and to errors in 
 Syntax : 2. Propriety, or die feleclion of the beft expref- 
 iiens, in oppofition to vulgarians or low expreflions : 
 5. Prccifcn, in oppofition to fuperfluity of words or a 
 fe ffyfe. 
 
 The things chiefly to be attended to in the fhucture of 
 a fentence, or in the difpofition of its parts, are, 1. Clear- 
 nefiy in oppofition to ambiguity and obfeurity : 2. Unity and 
 Strength, in oppofition to an unconnected, intricate, and feeble 
 fentence : 3. Harmony, or a rnufical arrangement, in oppofi- 
 tion to barfhnefs of found. 
 
 The moft common defecls of ftyle (vitia oraticnis ) are 
 diilinguifhed by various names ; 
 
 1. A BARBARISM is when a foreign or ftrange word 
 is made ufe of; as, croftus, for agellus ; rigor of ls, for ;7- 
 gidui or fverus ; alter are, for mutare, Sec. Or when the 
 rules of Orthography, Etymology, or Profody are tranf- 
 grefled ; as, char us, for earns ; jiavi, for feii ; tibken, for 
 tiblcen. 
 
 2. A SOLECISM is when the rules of Syntax are 
 tranfgre (Ted ; as, Dicit libros leclos iri, for ledum iri : We 
 mas n vg for nve were. A barbarifm may confili in one 
 word, but a folecifm requires feveral words. 
 
 3. An IDIOTISM is when die manner of expreflion 
 peculiar to one language is ufed in another ; as an Jln- 
 glktfm 131 Latin, thus, I am to write, Ego fun 're, ior 
 
 Hums ; It is I, Eft ego, .for Ego : Or a 
 
 Latinifvi, in Englifh, thus, Eft fapientior vie, He is wifer 
 than me, for than I ; Quern dicunt me ejjc P Whom do they 
 fay that I am ? for wlc 9 &c. 4- TAUTOLOGY 
 
Figures of Rhetoric. 24.5 
 
 4. TAUTOLOGY is when fre either nfelefsly repeat 
 the fame words, or repeat the fame fenfe in different words. 
 
 5. BOMBAST is when high founding words are uled 
 without meaning, or upon a trifling occafion. 
 
 6. AMPHIBOLOGY is when by the ambiguity of the 
 construction, the meaning may be taken in two different 
 fenfes ; as in the anfwer cf the cracle to Pyrrhus, Ah te, 
 JEacide, Romanes vhzcere fbffi*. But the Englifa is not fo 
 liable to this as the Latin. 
 
 V. FIGURES of RHETORIC. 
 
 Certain modes of fpeech are termed Figurative, becaufe 
 they convey our meaning under a borrowed form, or in a 
 particular drefs. 
 
 Figures (figure or fchc?nata ) are of two kinds ; figures of 
 words, (figure -verborum^) and figures of thought, (figure 
 fententiarum.) The former are properly called Tropes ; 
 and if the word be changed the figure is loft. 
 
 i. Tropes or Figures of Words. 
 
 A Trope (ccnver/iOf) is an elegant turning of a word 
 from its proper figniflcation. 
 
 Tropes take their rife partly from the barrennefs of 
 language* but more from the influence cf the imagination 
 and pailions. They are founded on the relation which 
 one object bears to another, chiefly that of refemblance 
 or iimilitude. 
 
 The principal tropes are the Metaphor \ Metonymy, Sy nee- 
 dier e, and Irony. 
 
 1. METAPHOR (tranflatio) is when a word is tram" 
 ferred from that to which it properly belongs, to exprefs 
 femething to which it is only applied from Iimilitude 
 or refemblance ; as, a hard heart ; a foft temper ; he 
 bridles his anger ; a joyful crop ; ridet ager, the field 
 /miles, &c. A metaphor is nothing elfe but a fhort com- 
 panion. 
 
 We likewife call that a metaphor, when we fubftitute 
 one object in the place of another, on account of the clofe 
 refemblance between them ; as when, inftead of youth wc 
 
 X 2 fay : 
 
^4+ Figijres of Rhetor: 
 
 fo] corning or \[pri n cr t time of li ; r when, in fpeak- 
 
 ing of a family connected with a common parent, we uic 
 the cxpreilions which properly belong to a tree, whole 
 trunk and branches are connected with a common root, 
 When this allufion is carried on through feveral fenten- 
 ces, or through a whole difcourfe, the prin< 
 
 fubject kept out of view, fo that it c dii ed 
 
 by its: blance to the fabject defcribed, it is called ; 
 
 Allegory. An example of this.wj ] in librae 
 
 book I. ode 14. where the republic is defcribed under the 
 a! lull on of a ihip. 
 
 An ALLEGORY is only a continued metaphor. This 
 figure rs much the lame with the Parable, which fo often 
 occurs in the facred fcriptures ; and with the Fable, fuch 
 as thofe of JEi'vp. The Mnigma or Riddle is alio con- 
 fidered as a fpecies of the Allegory ; as likewife are ma: 
 Prcverbs (Pfov&rhia v. Adagtd ;) thus, /;/ fyhai 
 fir re, Horat. 
 
 Metaphors are improper, when they are taken from low 
 objects ; when they are forced or far fetched.;, when they 
 are mixed or too far purfued ; and when they have not 
 a natural and fenfible refemblance ; or are not adapted 
 to the fubject of difcourfe, or to the kind of compofition, 
 whether poetry or profe. 
 
 When a word is very much turned from its proper fig- 
 niflcation, it is called CatacbrPfs (alujio ;) as, a leaf cf 
 paper, of gel J, cjfe. tie evipire flourifhed ; parricida, for any 
 murderer ; Vir gregis ipfe caper, Virg. Altum aedificant 
 caput, Juv. Ilimc vobis deridendum propino, tor trado y Ter. 
 Eurus per Siculas equitavit undas> Hor. 
 
 hen a word is taken in two fenfes in the fame 
 phrafe, the one proper and the other metaphorical, it is 
 
 led Syllepfis (comprcheiifio ;J as G atari* a tl nphi 
 
 dulcio; Rybltfy Virg. Ego Sardols videar iihi. amari r- 
 /. ..', Id. 
 
 2. METONYMY (?mit atic nciiiinis) is the putting of 
 enc name for another. In which fenic it includes all 
 ether tropes ; but it is commonly reftri I to the follo\ 
 tng particulars ; 1. When the caule is put for the efteel ; 
 or Uje inventor, for Luc tiling u. d ; or the author, 
 
 f«. 
 
Figures of Rhetoric. 
 
 H5 
 
 for his works ; as, Bourn labor es, for com : Mars, for 
 war ; thus, JEquo marte pugnatum eft, with equal ad- 
 vantage; Liv. Ceres, for grain or bread ; Bacchus, for 
 twine ; ' Venus, for love ; Vide anus, for. fire ; thus, Sin, 
 pet Uf B ace ho frige t Venus, Ter. Fur it Vide ah us 
 
 Virg. So. a ^ rf is put for his army ; Cicero, Virgil r 
 
 and Horace, for their works : Mofes and the Prophets, for 
 their /^/J/ ; a beautiful Raphael, Titian, Gicido Rheni, 
 Rem , Rv.bens, Vandyke, i^c. for their pictures. 2. 
 
 When the effect is put for the cauie ; as, Pallida mors y 
 Pale death, becaufe it makes .pale ; atra cura, <5c, 3* 
 The container, for what is contained, and fometimes the 
 contrary ; as, Haufit pateram, for viMum % Virg. He loves 
 his bottle, for drink : Secnnda?n ?nenfam fervis difpertiity 
 i. e. fercula i?i menfa, Nep. So Roma, for Romani ; Eu- 
 rope, for the Europeans ; Heaven, for the Supreme Being ; 
 Secernit Europen ab Afro, for Africa ; In arduos tollor Sa- 
 bines, for in agrum Sabinoru?n ; Incohtmi Jove, for Capitolio ; 
 Janus, for the temple of Janus, Hor. Prcximus ardet 
 Ucalegvn, for doinus Ucalegontis, Virg. So Sergejlus, for his 
 fhip, Id. ./En. v. 272. 4. The fign, for the thing fignined ; 
 as, The crown, for rc;al authority ; palma or laurus, for 
 victory ; cedant anna toga, that is, as Cicero himfelf ex- 
 plains; it, helium concedat paci. i Ferri togitque con/ilia, conful- 
 tations about war and peace, Stat, Syh. v, 1. 82. 5. An 
 ah lira cl, for the concrete *, as, Scelus for fceleflus, Ter. 
 Audacia, for audax, Cic. CuJ}odia y for cufiodes, Virg. 
 Sjervitusy for fervi ; nob i lit as y for nobiles ; juve?iius, for ju- 
 venes ; vicinia, for vicini ; vires fcrfrong men, Hor. Furta 9 
 for ftolen oxen, Ovid. Faff. i. 560. 6. The parts of the 
 body, for certain paflions or fentiments, which were fup- 
 pofed to refide in them ; thus, cor, for wifdom or addrefs ; 
 as, habet cor, vir ccrdatus, a man of fenfe, Plant. But with 
 us the heart is put for courage or affection, and the head 
 for wifdom ; thus, a font heart ; a warm heart ; a found 
 head, &c. So, to have a well hung tongue, for to fpeak with 
 eafe, EsV. 
 
 When we put what follows, to exprefs what goes before, 
 or the contrary, it is called Metalepfs, (tratifmutatio ;) 
 thus, dr/idsrari, to be cefired or regretted, for to.. be dead, 
 
 ¥> 
 
24'5 Figures of RutTORic* 
 
 lo]} % or abfent : So Fuhnus Trocs, iff ingens gloria D.irdanis* 
 i. e. are no more. Virg. JEn. ii. 325. 
 
 3. SYNECDOCHE (Comprehen/zo or anceptio) is a 
 trope by which a word is made to fignify more or lefs than 
 in its proper fenfe ; as, 1. When a genus is put for s. /pedes f 
 or a whole for a part and the contrary ; thus, Mortales, 
 for homines ; fumma arbor , for fuimna pars arhoris ; priuj- 
 qua?n pabida gujlajfent Trojce, Xanthumque bibijfent, for partem 
 pabuli, & fluminis Xanthi, Virg. Nat untta carina, for 
 navis ; centum puppvs, a hundred fail, or a hundred fhips ; 
 teclum, the roof, for the whole houfe ; capita or anirna, for 
 homines ; ungula, for equus or equi, Horat. Sat. i. 1. 114 ; 
 the door or even the thrcfhold, for the houie or temple, 
 turn foribus divte, for in temple diva, Virg. Tempe, for any 
 beautiful vale, &c. 2. When a lingular is put for a plu- 
 ral, and the contrary ; thus, Hoftis, miles, pedesy equesy for 
 hojiesy &c, // is written in the prophets^ for in a book of 
 fome one of die prophets ; ;;:////>/, a thoufand times, for 
 many times. 3. When the materials are put for the" 
 things made of them ; as, uEs or argentum y for money ; eera, 
 for vafes of brafs trumpets, arms, &c. ferrum, for a fword ; 
 taurusy for a bulPs hide, Virg. Dujl thou art, i. e. made 
 of duft, &c. 
 
 When a common name is put for a proper name, or 
 the contrary, it is called Antonomafia (pronominatio ;) as, 
 the Philofopher y for Arijiotle ; the Orator, for Demojihenes 
 or Cicero ; the Poet, for Homer or Virgil ; the Wife ??ian, 
 for Solc?non ; AJiuy for Athens ; Urbs, the city or town, 
 for the capital of any country ; P ten us, for Hannibal ; a 
 Nero, for a cruel prince ; Mitcenasy for a patron of learn* 
 ing ; as, Sint Macenates non deerunty Flaccey Marones, 
 i. e. Jint munifici patroni, non deerunt bom poettie, Martial, viii* 
 56.5. 
 
 An Antonomajia is often made by a Pcriphrajls ; as, 
 Pel pis parens y for Tantalus ; Anyti reus, lur Serrate/ ; 
 Trojani belli fcriptor y for Homer ; Chironis alumnus ', for 
 Achilles ; Potor Rhodani, for GalluS ; Juke tellusy for 
 Mauritania, Horat- fsff. or by a patronymic noun ; as An- 
 chifiades, for JEneas ; Tyndaris, -idis, for Helena, &c. or by 
 an epithet ; as, Impius rclicuit, for iEncas, Virg. fome- 
 
 tixftes 
 
Figures of Rhetoric. 247 
 
 times with the noun added ; as, Fatalis et incejius judex, 
 fiwiofus hofpes, for Parts, Hor. 
 
 4.' IRONY is when one means the contrary of what is 
 faid ; as, when we fay of a bad poet, he is a Virgil ; or of a 
 profligate perfon, Terths e coelo cecrdit Cafo, 
 
 When any thing is faid by way of bitter railery, or in an 
 infolting manner, it is called a SARCASM ; as, Satia 
 te /anguine, Cyre, Juftin. Italiam vietire jacens, Virg. 
 
 When an affirmation is expreiied in a negative form, it 
 is called Litotes,; as, Be is no fool* for he is a 7?ian of 
 fenfe ; Non hum: lis mutter, for noli lis, or fuperba ; non in* 
 decoro pulvere, for decoro, Hor at. When a word has a 
 meaning contrary to its original fenfe, it is called Anti- 
 fhrajls ; as, auri facra fames, for execrabilis, Virg. 'Pont us 
 Euxini falfo nomine diclus, i. e. hofpitalis, Ovid. 
 
 When any thing fad or ofFenfive is exprefTed in more 
 gentle terms, it is called Euphemismus ; as, Viici fttrici 
 tus, for mor tints ; conclamare fuos, to give up for loft, 
 Liv. Valeant, for abeant ; matlare or ferire, for cccidere ; 
 Fecerunt id fervi Milonis, quod fuos qui/que fervos in tali re 
 facere voluijfet, i. e. Clodium interfecerunt, Cic. This figure 
 is often the fame with the Periphrajis. 
 
 The Periphrasis, or Circumlocution, is when fever al 
 
 rds are employed to exprefs what might be expreiied in 
 fewer. This is done either from necedky, as in transiting 
 from one language into another ; or to explain what is ob- 
 fcure, as in definitions ; or for the fake of ornament, par- 
 ticularly in poetry, as in the defcriptions of evening and 
 morning, &c. 
 
 When after explaining an obfcure word or fentence by a 
 periphrafis, one enlarges on the thought of the author, it is 
 called a Paraphrafe. 
 
 W r hen a word imitates the found of the thing fignified, 
 it is called Onomatopoeia, (nom-inis ficlio ;) as, the ivhijlling 
 tf winds, purling of ftreams, buz and hum of infects, hifs of 
 ferpents, &c. But this figure is not properly a trope. 
 
 It is fometimes difficult to afcertain to which of the 
 aboverrusntioned tropes certain exprefllons ought to be re- 
 ferred. But m fuch cafes minute exactnefs is needlefs. It 
 is furncient to know in general that the expreflion is 
 figurative. There 
 
248 Figures of Rhetoric. 
 
 There are a great many tropes peculiar to every lan- 
 guage which cannot be literally expreifed in any other. 
 Theie therefore, if poffible, muft be rendered by other 
 figurative expreffions equivalent : and if this cannot be 
 done, their meaning fliould be conveyed in fimplc lan- 
 guage ; thus, Intertore notu Fa/ensi, with a glafs of old 
 Falernian wine : Ad umbiiicum ducere, to bring to a con- 
 clufion, Horat. Thefe and other fuch figurative expref- 
 fions, cannot be properly explained without underftanding 
 the particular cuftoms to which they refer. 
 
 2. Repetition of Words. 
 
 Various repetitions of words are employed for the fake 
 of elegance or force, and are therefore alfo called Figures 
 •f nvcrds. Rhetoricians have diftinguifhed them by differ- 
 ent names according to the part of the fentence in which 
 they take place. 
 
 When the fame word is repeated in the beginning of any member 
 of a fentence, it is called Anaphora ; as, Nibilne te noclurnum prafi- 
 dlum palatii, nihil utbis vigilia, Sec. Cic. Te dulcis conjux, tt folo in 
 iittore fecum, Te veneniente die, te defcendtnte canebal, Virg. 
 
 When the repetition is made in the end of the member, it is called 
 £PXiTRoPilF or tonverfio ; as, Panos Populus Romanus jujlitia vicit, armii 
 vicit, lileralitate vicit, Cic Sometimes both the former occur in the 
 fame fentence, and then it is called Sympi.qce or Cemplexio ; as> o 
 legem tulit ? Rullus. Quis, &C. Rullus, Cic. 
 
 When the fame word is repeated in the beginning of the firft clanfe 
 of a fentence, and in the end of the latter, it is called Epanalepsjs ; 
 as, Vidimus vlfloriam tuam. preliomtn exitu terminatam ; gladium vagina 
 vacuum in urbe non vidimus, Cic.pro Marceilo. 
 
 The reverfe of the former is called Anadiplosis or Reduplicatio ; 
 as, Hie tamen inn) it : vivit I imo in fenatum venit, Cic. 
 
 When that which is placed firft in the foregoing member, is re- 
 peated laft in the following, and the contrary, it is called Epanodos 
 or Regrejpo ; as, Crudelis tu quoque mater ; Crudelis mater magis an puci 
 %mf>robus tile ? Improbus ille puer, crudelis tu que que mater, Virg. 
 
 The paifconatc repetition of the fame word in any part of a fen- 
 tence is called EpiZEUXIS; as, Excitatc, exekate ewx ab infjris, Cic. 
 fait, fuit ijia virtus, life. Id. Me, me : adfum qui feci, in mc convert it < 
 ferrum, Virg. Btlla, borrida bella, Id. Ibimus, ilimus, Her. 
 
 When we proceed from one thing to another, fo as to connect b] 
 the fame word the fubfequent part of a fentence with the preceding, 
 it is called Climax or Gradatio ; as, Afr'tcong virtutcm indufirii, v:r* 
 tus gloria w, glor'u amufas ce'ipsravit, Cic* 
 
 Wbci 
 

 Fi Cures of Rhetoric. 24 j 
 
 When the fame word is repeated in various cafes, moods, genders, 
 numbers, &c. it is called Polyptoton ; as, Pleni funt cmnes li&ri, 
 plena fapicnt'ium veneSj pleni txemplorum vehijlas, Cic. Littora littoribus 
 coniraria,fuclibus undas imprecor^ arma armis, Virg. To this is llfually 
 referred what is called Synonymia, or the uhng of words of the 
 fame import, to exprefs a thing more ftrongly : as, Non feram, noa 
 pat'iar t non finam, Cic. Promitto, recipio, fpondeo y Id. And alfo ExPOLI- 
 tio, which repeats the fame thought in different lights. 
 
 When a word is repeated the fame in found, but not in fenfe, it is 
 Called Antan ACLASIS ; as, Amari jucundum cjl, ft curetur ne quid in fit 
 mmariy Cic. But this is reckoned a defect in fryle, rather than a 
 beauty. Nearly allied to this figure is the Paronomasia or Agnomi- 
 nation when the words onlyrefemble one another in found; as, Civet* 
 honarum artiam y bonirum partium ; Cartful pravo ammo & parvo ; De 
 %ratore arator fa&us, Cic. Amantcs funt avienUs, Tcr. This is alfo 
 called a Pun. 
 
 When two or more words are joined in any part of a fentence in 
 the fame cafes or terifes, it is called HoxMoioptoton, i. e. ftmiliter 
 tadens ; as, Pdlet aucloritatc^ circuwjluit cpibus, abundat amich^ Cic. If 
 the words have only a fimilar termination, it is called Homoiot::- 
 l.t.UTO , N,\.c.f?uiliterde/inens; as, iV r on cjufdetm efi facer *e f or titer } & i>iver£ 
 UrpiUfy Cic, 
 
 3. Figures of Thought. 
 
 It is not eafy to reduce figures of thought to diftinct 
 clafles, becaufe the fame figure is employed for feveral 
 different purpofes.. The principal are the Hyperbole^ Pro- 
 fopopeta, Apoftrophe> Simple, Antithefts^ Sec, 
 
 1. HYPERBOLE is when a thing is magnified above 
 the truth ; as, when Virgil fpeaking of Polyphemus fays, 
 Ipfe arduus, cdtaque pulfat fidera. So, Contracla pifces x- 
 quora fentiunt) Hor. When an object is diminifhed below 
 the truth, it is called Tapeinofis. The ufe of extravagant 
 Hyperboles forms what is called Bomb aft. 
 
 2. PROSOPOPEIA, or Perfonificatlon, is when we af- 
 •cribe life, fentiments, or actions, to inanimate beings, or 
 
 to abftract qualities \ as, Qu<e (patria) tecum, Catilina, jtc 
 agity &c. Cic. Virtus fanit aut ponit fecures, Hon Arborc 
 nunc aquas culpante. Id, 
 
 3. APOSTROPHE, or Addrefs, is when the fpeaker 
 breaks off from the feries of his difcourfe, and addreffes 
 himfelf to fome perfon prefent or abfent, living or dead, 
 or to inanimate nature, as if endowed with fenfe and 
 reafon. This figure is nearlv allied to the former, and 
 
 therefore 
 
»5° Figures of Rhetoric. 
 
 therefore often joined with it ; as, Trojaque nunc Jlarc: x 
 Priatriiqut arx alta' ? \s> Virg. 
 
 4. SIMILE, or Coviparifcn, is when one thing is illus- 
 trated or heightened by comparing it to another , as, Alex- 
 ander ivas as bcli as a lion. 
 
 5. ANTITHESIS, or Oppofitiofh *& when things con- 
 trary or different are contraited,- to make them appear in 
 the more finking light ; as, Hannibal \\jds cunning, but Fa- 
 bins was cautious. C\rfir beneficiis ac mwiificentift magnus ha- 
 bdatur, integritate vita Cato, &c. Sail. Cat. 54. Ex Trac parte 
 pudcr pngnat, illinc petulantia, &c. Cic. Similar to this 
 figure is the OxunvTbn, i. e. acute dittnm »,• as, Amici ab- 
 ferites adfu?it, Sec. Cic. I?7ipictate pia tjl, Ovid. Nitm 
 putuere capi, Virg^. 
 
 6. INTERROGATION, (Grcec. Erotvfis,) is a figure 
 whereby we do not fimply afk a qudlion, but exprefs iome 
 ftrong feeling or affection of the mind in that form ; as, 
 Shioufque tandem, Sec. Cic. Credit is aveclcs koftes ? Virg. 
 Heu ! qua me aquora poJTttnt accipere, Id. Sometimes an 
 anfwer is returned, in which ttfafe it is called Subjeclio ; as, 
 2>uid ergo P :audari;J/m-is ego ex omnibus P minime y Cic. 
 Nearly allied to this is Expostulation, when a perfon pleads 
 with offenders to return to their duty. 
 
 7. EXCLAMATION ; (Ecpbonefis) as, nomen dulce 
 liber tatis I Sec. Cic. tempora, ??iores I Id. patria ! 
 Divilm domus Ilium ! &c. Virg. 
 
 8. DESCRIPTION, or Imagery, [Hypotyp^fis,) when 
 any tiling is painted in a lively manner, as if done before 
 our eyes. Hence it is alfo called Vifton ; as, Videor mihi 
 banc urbem videre, Sec. Cic. in 'Cat. iv. 6* ■ Videre magnos j 
 videor duces, Non indecoro puher.c fcrdidos, Hor. Here a 
 change of tenfe is often ufed, as the prefent for the pait, and 
 conjunctions omitted, Sec. Virg. xi. 637. &c 
 
 9. EMPHASIS is when a paitici trefs is laid on 
 fome word in a fentence ; as, Hannibal peto pacem, Liv. 
 Prob ! Jupiter, ibit hic ! Virg. 
 
 10. E p an art h os is, or Correction, is wlun the fpeaker 
 either recals or corrects what he hud Lift laid ; as Fslium 
 habui, ab ! quid dixi habere me P. in/o habui, Ter. 
 
 ii. Paralepsis, or Omijfipn, n when one pretenas to 
 omit or pals by, what he at the faihe time declares. 
 
 12. Aparith, 
 
Figures of Rhetoric. 251 
 
 12. ApARiTHMesis, or Enumeration, is when what might 
 be expreffed in a few words, is branched out into feveral 
 parts. 
 
 13. Synathroismus, or Coacervatio, is the crowding of 
 many particulars together ; as, 
 
 — Faces in caftra tulrfirm, 
 
 Implejfemque fcros fiammis, natumque, patremque 
 
 Cum gene re extinxem, memet fuper ipjh dediffem. Virg. 
 
 14. I?icre?iientum, or CLIMAX in fenfe, is when one 
 number rifes above another to the higheit ; as, F acinus eft 
 vincire civem Romanum, fcelus verberare, parricidium necare, 
 Cic. When all the circumftances of an object or action 
 are artfully exaggerated, it is called Auxe sis, ox Amplifi- 
 cation. But this is properly not one figure, but the fkil- 
 ful employment of feveral, chiefly of the Simile and the 
 Climax. 
 
 15. Transition [met abaft s) is when a fpeech is abrupt- 
 ly introduced ; or when a writer fuddenly paiTes from one 
 fubjecl to another ; as, Horat. Od. ii. 13. 13. In llrong 
 pailion, a change of perfon is fornetimes ufed ; as, Virg. -ZE11. 
 iv. 365. &c. xi. 406, &c. 
 
 16. Suspensio, or Svftentatio, is when the mind of the 
 hearer is long kept in fufpenfe ; to which the Latin inver- 
 fion of words is often made fubfervient. 
 
 17. Concessio is the yielding of one thing to obtain 
 another ; as, Sit fur, Jit facrilegus, Sec, at eft bonus i??ipera- 
 ior, Cic. in Verrem, v. 1. Prolepsis, Prevention or An- 
 ticipation, is when an objection is ftarted and anfwered. 
 Anacoinosis or Communication, is when the fpeaker de- 
 liberates with the judges or hearers ; which is alfo called 
 Diaporcjis or Addubitatio. Licentia, or the pretending 
 to affume more freedom than is proper, is ufed for the fake 
 of admonifhing, rebuking, and alfo flattering ; as, Vide 
 qt:a?n non refor??iidem, &c. Cic. pro Ligario. AposiopEsis, 
 or Concealment, leaves the fenfe incomplete ; as, Shios eg9 
 " ' f ed pr aft at motos componere fiuclus, Virg. 
 
 18. Sententia, [gnome,) a fentiment, is a general 
 maxim concerning life or manners, which is expreffed 
 in various forms ; as, Otium fine Uteris mors eft, Seneca* 
 Aieo in ieneris afjuefcere midtum eft, Virg. Prcbitas laudatur 
 
252 
 
 Figures of Rhetoric, 
 
 Midget'; Miff r a eft jnagni cuflod'ui cenfds ; NoMhtar fitd efl 
 
 at que link a virtus, Juv. 
 
 As mod of thefe figures are \\kc\ by orators, and fome 
 of diem only in certain parts of their fpeeches, it will be 
 proper that the learner know the parts into which a reg- 
 ular formal oration is commonly divided. Thefe are, 
 I . The Intrcduclion, the Exordium or Prownium, to gain 
 the good will and attention of the hearers ; 2. The Nar- 
 ration or Explication : 3. The argumentative part, which in- 
 eludes, Confirmation or proof, and Confutation or refuting the 
 objections and arguments of an adversary. The fources 
 from which arguments are drawn, are called Loci, topics ; 
 and are either intrinfic, or extriniic ; common or peculiar. 
 4. The Peroration, Epilogue, or Conclujion. 
 
 The QUANTITY of SYLLABLES. 
 
 The quantity of a fyilable is the fpace of time taken up 
 In pronouncing it. 
 
 That part of grammar which treats of die quantity and 
 accent of Syllables, and of the meafures of verie, is called 
 PROSODT. 
 
 Syllables, with refpect to their quality, are either long 
 ox fnort. 
 
 A long fyilable in pronouncing requires double the time 
 pf a fhort ; as, tendcre. 
 
 Some fyllables are conunon ; that is, fometimes long, and 
 fometimes fhort ; as die fecond fyilable in volucris. 
 
 A vowel is faid to be long or fhort by nature, which is 
 always fo by cuftom, or by the ufe of the poets. 
 
 in polyfyllables or long words, the lafl fyilable except 
 one is called die Pe?iultinia, or, by contraction, the Penult* 
 and the la ft fyilable except two, the Atitcpcnultima. 
 
 When the quantity of a fyilable is not fixed by fome 
 particular rule, it is faid to be long or fhort by authority, 
 that is, according to the ufage of the poets. Thus le in leg9 
 is faid to be fhort by authority, becaufe it is always 
 made fhort by the Latin potts. 
 
 In mod Latin words of one or two fyllables, according 
 our manner of pronouncing, we can hardly diftinguiih 
 
The Quantity of Syllables. 253 
 
 by the ear along fyllable from a fhort. Thus 1* in lego and 
 legr feem to be founded equally long ; but when we pro- 
 nounce them in composition, the difference is obvious ; 
 thus, perlegot perlegi ; refego 9 -ere ; relego, are 9 &c. 
 
 The rules of quantity are either General or Special. 
 The former apply to all fyllahles, the latter only to foinc 
 certain fyllablesr 
 
 GENERAL RULES. 
 I. A vowel before another vowel is fiiort ; a.>* 9 
 
 Mens, alius : (ojuhil; h in verfe being confidered only as a 
 breathing. In like manner in Englilh, create,, behave* 
 
 Exc. 1. /is long in flo, flebam 9 Gfc. tinlefs when fol- 
 lowed by r ; as, fieri, flerem ; thus, 
 
 Omnia jam llent, fieri qua; poffe negabam, 0<vrd. 
 
 Exc. 2. E having an i before and after it^ in the fifth 
 declenfion, is long ; as, fpecui. So is the firft fyllable in 
 eer, dlus> eheu, and the penultima in kulai, terrat, &c< in 
 Pompeii Cat, and fuch- like words ;-' but we fometirnes find 
 Pompti in two fyllables, Horat. Oct. II. 7. 
 
 Exc. 3. The firft fyllable in ohe and Diana is common ; 
 fo likewife is the penult of genitives in ins ; as, iilius y 
 ttnlusy bfc. to be read long in profe. Atius y in the genit. is 
 * always long, as being contracted for aliius ; akerius*, fhort. 
 
 In Greek words, when a vowel comes before another', 
 no certain rule concerning its quantity can be given. 
 
 Sometimes H is fkert : as, Danae, Idea, Sophia, £ymphon!a, Simois, 
 H^ades, Phaon, Deucalicva, Pygmalion, Thebaic, <Scc. 
 
 Often it is long ; as, Lycaon, Machaon, Didymrion ; AmphTon, 
 Arlon, Ixlon. PandTon ; Nais, Lais, Achaia ; Briseis, Cadmeis ; 
 JLatSus, & Latois, Myrfous, Nereuis, Priameuis ; Acheloius, Mi- 
 noius ; Archelaus, Meneliias, Amphiar^us ; j^Eneas, Peneus, Epeus, 
 Acrifioneus, Adamanteus, Phoebeus, Giganteus ; Darius, Bafiilus, 
 Eugenlus, Bacehlus ; CaiTiopea, Csefarea, Chsronea, Cytherea, Ga- 
 latea, Laodicea, Medea, Panthea, Penelcpea ; Clio, Enyo, Ekgla,- 
 Iphigenla, Alexandria, Thalia, Antiochla, idololatrla, litanla, poii- 
 tja, &c. Laertes, Deiphobus, Diijanlra, Trees, heroes, &c. 
 
 Sometimes it is common ; as, Chorea, platea, Malea, Nereides, eano- 
 peum, Orion, Geryon, Eos. ecus, &c. 60 in foreign words, Michael, 
 ffrael, Raphael", Abraham, &c. 
 
 Tiie accufative of noens in eus is ufually fhort ; as, Orphsa, Sah/.o- 
 n*a t Caflftrsa, iTV. but fc IT, e times long ; as, K^menla^ Ilionea, Virjj. 
 
 Inftcatf 
 
2J4 The Quantity of Syllables. 
 
 Inftead of Elena, Cyt&rZa, we find Eicgtt*. Cphlrtfn, Ovid. Bat the 
 quantity of Greek words cannot be properly und d without the 
 
 knowledge of Greek. 
 
 In Englifli, a vowel before another is alio fomctimes lengthened ; 
 aSj/V/>/.'*r, iJtJ. 
 
 II. A vowel before two confonants, or before 
 a double confonant is long (by pofuion^ as it is 
 called J; as, 
 
 .. fdlhy Sxis $ rdza, rnnjot ; the compounds of jugum 
 • rcepted ; as, Vtjugus% quzdrijugHs> &e. 
 
 When the foregoing word ends in a fhort vowel, and the fcd'dwing 
 ts with two. confunauts 01 a doable one, thai vowel is fometirn .* 
 n jthened by pohtion : as 
 
 Fetid citijlammaS) date i >!~i. ,j\jnuite muros } Wrg. 
 But this rarely occurs 
 
 ^[ A vowel before a mute and a liquid Ls com* 
 mon ; 
 
 th<* middje fyllable in vclucris, tenebrte, thus, 
 
 primo iimilis volCicrt, mox vera volucris. CVA£ 
 tenebras profert, Phabus fugat inde tenebras, TJ. 
 
 But in pref ihtfe words are pronounced ihort. So petc/gre, phate* 
 , dry a, Celebris, late'ora', Ufs* 
 
 ;ke this rule hold, three things are requifite. The trowel 
 rnttft be naturally flibrt, the mute muft go before the liquid, and be 
 , i the fame fyllable with it. Thus, a in pott is is made common in 
 verfe, becaufe a in pater is naturally fbort, or always fo by cuftom : 
 but a in matris, acr'is, is always long, becaufe long by nature or cujtvm" 
 in mctfr and acer. In like manner tKe penult in falubris, ambulairu.n, 
 is always long; becaufe they are derived from fai us yfalutis, and amLu- 
 itum. So a in arte, izbluo, life, is long by pofition, becaufe the mute 
 <: nd the liquid are in different fyllables. 
 
 /, and r only are confidered as liquids in Latin words ; 
 ;;; and n do not take place except in Greek v/ords. 
 
 III. A contracted fyllable is long; as, 
 
 A r /7, for nil: ii ; vif, for mihl ; c~go, for coago ; alius*, for 
 aiilus ; tiblcen, for tib'iicen ; ft> for lit ; seeks > for // auJes ; 
 ;ic/o, for n^n vdo ; big** for bijtiga?, filficet, ior jci re licet ', i^e. 
 
 IV. A diphthong is always long ; as, 
 
 jturmkf Cfftr, Eubma\ lye. Only pr,t in compofition be- 
 fore a vowel is commonly Ihort ; as, prxire, prxujlus ; thus, 
 
 Nee 
 
Quantity of the Crement of Nouns. 25; 
 
 Nee tot a tamen ille prior praeeunte carina. Pirg. 
 Stipitibus duris agitur fudibufque praeuftis. Id. 
 
 But it is fometimes lengthened ; as, 
 
 — - j — cum vacuus domino praeiret Arion Statius. 
 
 In Eaglilli we pronounce fever al of the diphthongs fhort, by fin*' 
 ing the found of one vowel ; but then there is properly no diphthong, 
 
 SPECIAL RULES. 
 I. Concerning the FIRST and MIDDLE- 
 SYLLABLES. 
 
 Preterites and Supines of 'two Syllables* 
 
 V. Preterites of two fyllables lengthen the for- 
 mer fyllable ; as, Veni, vidi, vw. 
 
 Except bibiy fi?d{ from fcindo, f/di from findo y tuli, dedi 9 
 and (let I which are fhortened. 
 
 VI. Supines of two fyllables lengthen the for- 
 mer fyllable ; as, Vifu/fr, caftan^ motum. 
 
 Except satum, from sero ; c)tum> from cieo ; l!tu?>:> from 
 Una ; sttum, from sino ; Jlatum, from Jijlo ; ttum, from eo ; 
 datum, from do ; rutum, from the compounds of rm ; qtd- 
 ttm% from queo / rat us, from recr. 
 
 Preterites ^jobicb double the firjl fyllable, 
 
 VII. Preterites which double the firft fyllable*, 
 have both the firft fyllables fhort ; as, 
 
 Cecidi, tetigi, pepuli, peperi, d~dki, tutudi : except cecidi, 
 from cado ; pepedi, from pedo ; and when two confonants 
 intervene ; as fefelli, tetendi, &ci 
 
 Increase of Nouns. 
 
 A noun is faid to increafe, when it has more fyllables in 
 any of the oblique cafes than in the nominative ; as, rex, 
 regis* Here re is called the increafe or crewent, and fo 
 through all die other cafes. The laft fyllable is never ef- 
 teemed a crement. 
 
 Some nouns have a double increafe, that is, increafe by 
 more fyllables than one ; as, iter, itlntris. 
 
 A noun in the plural is faid to increafe, when in any 
 cafe it has more fyllables than the genitive imguiar ; as, 
 gener, gener i, generlrum* 
 
 Y 2 Nouns 
 
2j6 QUAKTITY OJ CrKMENI 
 
 Nouns of the firft, fourth, and fifth dedenfions, do not 
 increafe in the lingular number, unlefs where one vowel 
 comes before another; as, fru&us, fruSlui ; res, rci ; 
 which fall under Rule I. 
 
 Tbh\i Di\. • :. 
 
 VIII. Nouns of the third cbclenfion which in- 
 creafe, make a and o long ; e 9 i, and w fliort ; as ? 
 
 PUt at is, honoris ; midler'ts, lapHdis, murmurls. 
 
 The chief exceptions from this rule are marked under 
 the formation of the genitive in the third declenfion. But 
 
 here perhaps it may be proper to be more particular. 
 
 A. 
 A noun in A fhortens atis in the genitive ; as, derma, -ails ; poema,-at's. 
 
 O. 
 O fhortens Ttis, but lengthens cms and onh ; as, Cardo, -Tnis ; Virg% 
 ~Y-;is ; A.i'ic, -er'is ; Cicero, -dn'u. Gt/^Tle or pat rial nouns vary their 
 quantity. Mod of them fhorten the genitive ; as, Mucedo, -onis ; Sax*, 
 *uu:s : Some are long ; as, SucJTdras, VetiZncs. Bwittonn is common. 
 
 I. C. D. 
 I fhortens -ttis ,• as, Hydromel' 1 , -ttis. Ec lengthens -ecis ; as, Halec,-eJs. 
 A noun in D fliortens the crement ; as, David, -*£*. 
 
 Mafcubnes in AL fhorten <Hh, as, Sal, -sails ; HannilnJ x .alts % 
 Hafdmbal, -alls , but neuters lengthen it ; ?.s, animal, -al is. 
 
 Sdlis from fol is long ; alio Hebrew words in cl ; as, Michael, -clis. 
 Other nouns in L fhorten the crement ; as, f^igtt, -tlis ; conful, -ulis. 
 
 N. 
 
 Nouns in ON vary the crement. Some lengthen it ; as, Hrihin, 
 -tnis ; C>. iron, (this. Some fliorten it ; as, JVIernnon, -oars ; Adia<m y -on>s. 
 
 EN fliortens inis ; as, Jl^men, Itj's ; tibicen, -tnis. Other Nouns in 
 N lengthen the penult. AN anis ; as, Titan, -a.iis : EN ; enis as, 
 Siren, -inis : IN tnis ; as, delphin, -Inis : YN ynis ; as, Plxtrcyn, ynis. 
 
 T. Neuters in AR lengthen aris ; as, calcar, -(iris. Except the fol- 
 lowing, h.iccbcr , -aris ; jubar, -aris ; nedar, -arts : Alio the adjective par, 
 fan's, and its compounds, impar, aris, difpar, -aris, <£?c. 
 
 ■z. The following nouns in R lengthen the genitive, Nar, nans % 
 the name of a river ; fur, fur is ; r oer, v~ris : Alio Recimcr, -sris ; 
 J2vzer,-cris ; Ser, Seris ; Jber,-?ris, proper names. 
 
 3. Greek nouns in TER lengthen teris ; as, (rater, -eris ; charaShr, 
 -eris. Except uiber, -eris. 
 
 4. OR lengthens cris ,• as, atnor,-Z*is. Except neuter nouns ; as, 
 mirmor, oris ; a>quor, -oris : Greek nouns in tor ; as, Hctlcr, -oris ; 
 Ail*r, -*rU ; tb:tor % -oris } Alfo arbir, -oris, and memor^ -utis, 
 
 5. Other 
 
Quantity of the Cement of NtAjjU, 23 
 
 5. Other nouns in R (horten the genitive; AR aris. mifc. ; as, 
 C.ifiir, -4 ni.'c.ir, -arts ; Lir, laris. ER eris of aBj gender ; a«. 
 
 t7.-r, 0«rM ; mktier, -eris, cadavrr, -er ; s ; /vr, anciently" itfner, xiinerh ; 
 verleris, from the olrfoletc verhfr. UR *rw ; ZZ y vu!tur, •ieris . murmur, 
 -uris . Y R j r« ; as, «A£« r/} r , - v n>. 
 
 AS. 
 
 1. N,nms in AS, which have oltr, lengthen the cremect ; as, pittas, 
 -cih ; Msueuas, -art's. Except anas, -crjj. 
 
 2. Other nouns in AS ihorten the crement ; as, Greek nouns hav- 
 ing the genitive in tutis, ath, and anis ; thus, PjI>js* -s.ih , a^rocr^.u, 
 eatis ; Mtlas y -tuts, the name of a river. So v«/, *££j ; mas, jnZr'u ; 
 But vat, vojfst is long. 
 
 ES. 
 
 ES fhortens the crement ; as, v:il<.s,-:t}s ; Certs, -eris,pjs, fiefs. 
 Except locuples, -his ; quits, -etis ; manfues, -etis ; bares, -edis \ mer- 
 its, -edis. 
 
 IS. 
 
 Nouns in IS fliorten the crcment ; as, lapis, -Ydh ; Sanguis, •&£» J 
 Tb^llis, tdis. 
 
 Except Glis, gltn's ; and Latin nouns which have tth ; as, lis, litis ; 
 dis, dtth ; 0uiris, -his ; Samttis, -Jtis : But Charts, a Greek noun, 
 has Chat it is. 
 
 The following alfo lengthen the crement i Crer.h, -idis ; Pf%phh % 
 -Tdis ; Nejft, -IMs, proper names. And Greek nouns in is, which have 
 alfo in ; as, Salamis, or in, Sjlamlnh. 
 
 OS. 
 
 Nouns in OS lengthen the crement ; as, mpos', -oth ;fos,jl5ris t 
 
 Except Bes, bovis ; con:p(,s, -oiis ; and impos, -etis. 
 
 US. 
 
 US fliortens the crement ; as, tern pus, -oris ; tripvs,-odh. 
 
 Except nouns which have udis, uris, and -utis ; as, incus, udis ; jus 
 juris ; falus, -utis. But Ligus has Ligurk ; the obfolete ptcus, pecudis ; 
 and intercus,-uiis. 
 
 The neuter of the comparative has oris ; as, melius, -oris. 
 
 YS. 
 
 YS fhcrtens, ydis or ydos ; as, cbhmys, -ydh, or -ydos i and lengthens 
 ynh ; as, Tracbys, -ynis. 
 
 B S. PS. MS. 
 
 Nouns in S, with a confonant going before, fliorten the penult of 
 the genitive ; as, calths, -ibis ; incps, -opis, bitms, hitmis. 
 
 Except Cyclops, iph ^ d <ps, sepis ; gryps, gryphh ; Ccrcops, opis ; pUbs y 
 pltbis ; hydrops, -opis. 
 
 T. 
 
 T fhortens the crement ; as, caput, -ith. 
 
 X 
 j. Nouns ia X, ^hich have the genitive in gh, fliorten the cre- 
 ment j 
 
258 Quantity of the Crement of Nou?> 
 
 rnent ; as, conjux, •Jigii ; rem**, -Hfit ; Allulrox, -ogis ; PLryx y Phrygi:, 
 But lex, l?gU ; yrd »vx, rigcr, are long; and likewife//iV/x. 
 3. EX lliortens r«i/ ; as, vertex, -uis : except vibex, -;. 
 
 3. Other nouns in X lengthen the crement ; as, pjx, / rsdi* t 
 ~tcis ; •vcXy'vocis ; lux,lucis ; Pollux, ucis y life. 
 
 Except facts, necis, vnis, precis, calnis, cilicis, plc'is, ftrni 'is> nil ir t 
 Cappadocis , dads, r.iicis, cruris, truz'is, enyebis, £ryc's } majlyx, ->»/.•/*, 
 the rofin of the hntifcut, or maftich-tree, and many others, w hofe 
 quantity can only be afcertained by authority. 
 
 4. Some nouns vary the crement ; as, Sypbax, -acts, or -ads ; San- 
 dyx., -tcis, or -irisy Bebryx, -yds, or ycis. 
 
 Increafc of the Plural Number. 
 
 IX. Nouns of the plural number which in- 
 creafe, make J, E, and 0, long ; but fhorte-n 
 7, and U ; as, 
 
 musarum, r?rum, domlnorurn ; rtgibus y Portubus : except bobus' 
 •r tubus, contracted far bovibus. 
 
 Increase of Verbs. 
 
 A verb is faid to increafe, when any part has more fyl- 
 lables than the fecond perfon' Angular of the prefent of the 
 indicative active ; as, amas> amamusy where the fecond fyl- 
 lable ma is the increafe or crement ; for the lafl fyllable is 
 never called by that name. 
 
 A verb often increafes by feveral fyllables; as, amas, 
 tmabammi ; in which cafe it is faid to have a frfl> fecond, or 
 third increafe. 
 
 10. In the increafe of verbs, #, c, and 0, arc 
 long, / and w, fliort ; as, 
 
 A?/ulre> docere> arnatbte ; legimus, sumus, volianus. 
 
 The poets fomctimes fhorten dtderunt and fetcrunt ; and lengthen 
 
 rTmus, and rltis, in the future of the fubjiMcfcive ; as i>anficr~uis 
 
 sguas, Ovid. All the other exceptions from this rule are marked ia 
 the formation of the verb. 
 
 The firft or middle fyllables of words which do not 
 come under any of the foregoing rules, '^re faid to be long 
 or fhort by authority ; and their quantity can orjy be dif- 
 covered from the ufage of the poet'., which is the mod cer- 
 tain of all ruks. 
 
 Remarks 
 
Quantity of the Penult of Words. 259 
 
 Remarks en the Quantity of the Penult of -Words. 
 
 1. Patronymics in IDES or ADES ufuallv fhorten the 
 penult ; as, Priamldes, Atlantiddes, &c. Unlefs they corns 
 from nouns in eus ; as, Pelides, Tydides, &c. 
 
 2. Patronymics, and fimilar words, in AIS, EIS, 
 ITIS, OIS, OTIS, INE, and ONE, commonly lengthen 
 the penult ; as, Achats, Ptckmais, Ckryslis, JEneis, Mem- 
 phltis, Latcis, Icaridis, Ner'me, Arjiine. Except Tbebdisy 
 and Phochis ; and Nereis, which is common. 
 
 3. Adjectives m'ACUS, ICUS, ID US, and I MUS, for 
 the moft part fhorten the penult ; as, JEgyptiacus, acsi- 
 demlcus, lepidus, legit n;ius ; alio fuperlatives ; as,fcrfifs7mus 9 
 is'c. Except opticus, tunic us, apricus, pudicus, mendicus 9 
 
 us, fid us, i??fidus, (but per J ')dus, of per and fTdes^ 
 is lhort,) -, quadii?;ius, patrimus-, matri?nus, opimtu ; 
 
 and two fupeiiatives, imus, primus. 
 
 4. Adjectives in A LIS, ANUS, ARUS, IFUS, ORUS, 
 CSUS, lengthen the penult ; as, dotalis, urbanus, a~jarus> 
 aJTivus, decerns, arenlfus. Except barbdrus, opipdrus. 
 
 5. Verbal adjectives in ILIS fhorten the penult ; as, 
 agttts, facilis, &c. But derivatives from nouns ufually 
 lengthen it ; as, amlis, chilis, herllis, &c. To thefe add, 
 (■'lis, Jubiilis ; and names of months, Aprilis, Sjiinclilis, 
 Sextilis : Except humVlis, panlis ; and alfo Jrm His. But 
 all adjecftives in atilis are fhort ; as, verrattjff, volaulis, um- 
 hratiiis, Sec. 
 
 6. Adjectives in INUS derived from inanimate things, 
 as plants, flones, &c. alfo from adverbs of time, com- 
 monly fnorten the penult ; as, amarachrus, crcdr.its, cedri-. 
 r.us, faginus, deaginus ; adamanfnius, crijlailiuus, crcjihsus, 
 
 prijiinus,pere-ndhius, &c. 
 
 Other adjectives in INUS are long ; as, agr~n:is, au- 
 Jirinus, binus, clandejlinus, Latlnus, marinus fupinus, vef- 
 perfinus, Sec. 
 
 7. Diminutives in OLUS, OLA, OLUM ; and ULUS, 
 ULA, ULUM, always fnorten the penult ; as, urceJus, 
 
 jilVia, miij ' ; leclulus, ratiuncula, corczdum, &c. 
 
 8. Adverbs in TIM lengthen the penult ; as, oppidJitim^ 
 viritim, tribatim. Except affatim, perpetim, andjlatim. 
 
 9. Defideratives in URIO ihorten the antepenultima, 
 
 which 
 
*6o Penult of Proper Names. 
 
 which in the fecond and third perfon is the penult ; as 7 
 ej&rioj el-iris, esurit. But other verbs in ario lengthen that 
 fyllable ; as, ligurio, ligilris ; fcaturio,fcaturis, &c. 
 
 Penult of Proper Names. 
 
 The follcnving proper n.imes lengthen the penult. Abdera, Abydu* 
 Adonis, iElopus, iEtolus. Ahab, Alarlcus, Alcldes, Amyclae, 
 Andronlcus, AnQbis, Archimedes, Ariarathes, Ariobarzanes, Ariftl- 
 des, Ariftobiilus, AriftogTtqn, Arpluum, Artabamis ; Brachmanes, 
 Bti^Tris, Bu^hrotus ; Cethegus, Chatcedoo, Clebbulus, Gyrene, Cy- 
 thera, Curetes ; Panci, Demontctis, Diomedes, Diores, Diofcuri ; 
 Eb fides, Eriphyle, Eubfihis, Euclldes, Euphrates, Kunides, EurTpus, 
 Euxji^is ; Garganus, Gaeulius, GranTjus ; Heliogabalus, Henrlcus, 
 Heracildes, HeraclTtus. Hipponax, Hifpanus ; Irene; Lacydas, L*- 
 tona, Leuc.ua, Lugdunum, Lycoras ; Mandane, Mausolus, Maxi- 
 rnjuus, Meleager, Mcfsala, Mefsana, Miletus ; Naslca, Nicanor, 
 Nicetas ; Pachynus, Pandora, Pdoris, & us, Pharsahis, Phaenlcc, 
 Poljtes, Polycletus, Polynjces, Priapus ; Sarpedon, Scrapil, Sinope, 
 Stratonjce, SufTetes ; Tigranes, Theflalonjca ; Verona, Veronica. 
 
 Tie J'oHoiving are Jkort \ Amathus, Amphipolis, Anabah\s Anti- 
 c^ra, Ant;g6nus, & -ne, Antilochus, Antiochus, Antiopa, Antipas, 
 Antip^rer, Antiphan-cs-, Antiphates, Antiph^la, Antlphon, Anytus, 
 Apulus, Areopagus, Ariminum, Armenus, Athens, Attalus, Attica;" 
 Biturix, Brudlen ; Calaber, Caliicrates, Callhlratus, Candace, Can- 
 taber, Carneades, Cherllus, Chryfoftomus, Cleombrotus, Cleorne- 
 TiCS, Co* y cos, Conftantinopolis, Craterus, Cratyins, Cremera, Cruf- 
 fumeri, Cybele, Cyclades, Cyzleus; Balmatas, Damocles, Dard&nus, 
 Dejoces, Dejotaru?, Dcmocritiis, DcmTpho, Didvmus, Diogenes, 
 Drepanum, Dunm6rix; Empedocles, Ephefus, Evergetes, Eumenc?, 
 Eurymedon, Earipybis; Fiylou»; Gerties, Gyarus ; Hccyra, He- 
 liopOUs, Hermione, Herodotus, Hefiodus, Hefione, Hippocrates, 
 Hippotamos, Hyp at a, Hypacts ; Icarus, Iccta? ; Ili^ris, IpKilus, If- 
 mfirus, Ithaca: Laodice, Laomeaon, Lampsacus, Lamy rus, LapIth.T, 
 Lcucrctiiis, Libanus, Lipare, v. -a, Lvhmachtrs, Longimiinus ; Ma- 
 rathon, Minalus, Marmanca, Mafia Matrona, Megara, Melt- 
 tus, &-ta, Metropolis, Mutina, Myconus; Neocles, Neritos, No- 
 ricnm ; Omphale ; Patara, Ptgafus, Pharn&ces, Pdiftratus, Poly- 
 damas, Polyxena, Pofsena, or Pc^rfenna, Praxiteles, Puteob, Pyla- 
 des, Pythagoras; Sarmatx, Sarslna, Semele, Semiramis, Secjuani, 
 &: -a, Seriphos, Sicoris, Socrates, Sodoma, -Sotades, Spartacus, Spo- 
 rades, Strong^le, Stympha!us, Sybaris ; Taygetus, IVlegoitu?., 'J'e- 
 le.nachus, Ter.e ios, Tarraro, Theophane?, i*heophiIus, Toinyrii ; 
 Urbieus ; Veneti, Vologefus, Vo-lufus; Xenocrates . Zoi'lus, ZopJ/r 
 
 The penult of feveral words is doubtful : thus, Bjfavi, Laican. Ba- 
 
 tavi, Juv. & Mart. F&rtuittn, Horat. Foriutiuu Mart. Some make 
 
 fvrtuitus of three fyllablcs ; but it may be fliortcned like gratuTti/s, Stat. 
 
 Patrimus, matrimus, pr* ; 1ohr, Isfc. are by fome Lngthened, and by 
 
 fume &oiLencd ; but for their quantity, tberc if uo certain authority. 
 
 U. FINAL. 
 
The Quantity of Final Syllables. 261 
 
 II. FINAL SYLLABLES. 
 
 A. 
 
 XI. A in the end of a word declined by cafes 
 
 is fhort ; as, Musa, temp/a, Tydea, lampada. 
 
 Exc. The ablative of the firft declenfion is long ; as, 
 Musu, JEv.eti ; and the vocative of Greek nouns in as, 
 as, Mneu, Palld. 
 
 A in the end of a word not declined by cafes 
 is long ; as, Ama 9 frvjira 9 praterea 9 erga 9 intra. 
 
 Exc. It a, quia, eja, pojlea, put a, (adv.) are Ihort ; and 
 fometimes, though mere rarely, the prepofitions contra, 
 ultra, and the compounds .of ginta ; as, triginta, &c. Con- 
 tra and ultra, when adverbs, are always long. 
 
 E. 
 
 XII. E in the end of a word is fhort ; as, 
 
 Nate, /edits, patrz, curre, newpz, antz.. 
 
 Exc. 1. Monofyllables are long ; as, rue, te, se ; except 
 thefe enclitic conjunctions, que, d*, ;;e ; and thefe fyllabica-1 
 adjectionsjr £te, c&* &\ as, fuaptk, kuju/cQ, tuth ; but thefe 
 may be comprehended under the general rule, as they never 
 ftand by themfelves. 
 
 Exc. 2. Nouns of the firft and fifth declenfion are long ; 
 as, Calliope, Anckise, .fide. So re~, and die, with their 
 compounds, quare, hodie, pridie, pofrridie, quotidie : Alio 
 Greek nouns which want the fmgular, Cete, mele, Temps ; 
 and the fecond perfon fmgular of the imperative of the 
 fecond conjugation ; as, Docs, marii ; but cave, vale, and 
 vide, are fometimes ihort. 
 
 Exc. 3. Adverbs derived from adjectives of the firft and 
 
 fecond declenfion are long ; as, placids, pulchrs, valds, 
 
 contracted for validc : To thefe add /enm,/ers, and ohs ; 
 
 alfo all adverbs of the fuperlative degree > as dcclijfims^ 
 
 fortljfims : But bens and mats are fhort. 
 
 /. 
 
 XIII. /final is long ; as, Domini, patrl, doceru 
 
 Exc. 1. Greek vocatives are ihort ; as, Alex), Amarylfi* 
 Exc. 2. The dative of Greek nouns of the third declen- 
 fion which increafe, is commoa ; as Pajladl, Minoldi. 
 
 MM, 
 
r52 The Quantity of Final Syllables. 
 
 Mihi, till, fibi, are alfo common : fo likewise are ibi, 
 nifty ubi, qua ft ; and cui, when a diifyllable, which in poetry 
 is ieldom the cafe. Sicub? and necubi are always ilicrt. 
 
 0. 
 
 XIV. final is common ; as, Virgo, Amo, quando. 
 
 Exc. I. Monofyllables in o are long ; as, o 9 do, jlo, pro : 
 The dative and ablative fmg. of the fecond declenfion is 
 long : as, libro, domino : Alio Greek nouns, as, Didd 9 
 and At ho die genit. of Athos, and adverbs derived from 
 nouns ; as, arid, false, paulo. To thefe add quo, ec, and 
 their compounds, quovis, quccunquc, ade , idco ; like wife, JJ/o 9 
 tdcircby citrb, iutrb, retro, ulti 
 
 Exc. 2. The following words are fhort ; Ego' 9 fcto 9 cedo, 
 a defective verb, hdmti 9 cl£& 9 illlco, /;;/;/; v, duo, amb ; ,, r>:odo 9 
 with its compounds, qu6m<kto 9 dummodo, pojimodo : but feme 
 of thefe are alfo found long. 
 
 Exc. 3. The gerund in DO in Virgil is long ; in other 
 poets it is lhort. Ergo, on account of, is long 5 ergo 9 
 therefore, is doubtful. 
 
 U and r. 
 
 XV. U iinal is long ; T final is fhort ; as, 
 
 Vultu ; Moly. 
 
 B> D, L 9 M 9 R 9 T. 
 
 XVI. B, D, L, R, and 2% in the end of a 
 word, are fhort ; as, 
 
 Ah) api/d, fen/el, precor, caput* 
 The following words are long, sal, sol, nil ; par and 
 its compounds, iivpar, difpar, EsV. ; far, lar, Nar, cur, 
 fur ; alfo nouns in er which have en's in the genitive ; as, 
 Crater, ver, Ibcr ; likewife aer, other : to which add He- 
 brew names ; as, fob, Daniel, David. 
 
 211 final anciently made the foregoing vowel fhort : as, Milium 
 &fio, Ennius. But by later poets, tn in the end of a word is always cut 
 off, when the next word begins with a vowel ; thus, mi /it' odlo ; ex- 
 cept in compound words ; a$,£ircu//ia«o f ch curr.ee. 
 
 C,N. 
 
 XVII. C and N, in the end of a word, are 
 long j as, 
 
The Quantity or Final Syllables. 263 
 
 Ac, tic* Hon. So Greek nouns in n ; as, TUSn, Siren, 
 Salanun ; JEnean, Anchisen, Circ'en ; Lacedamon, &c. 
 
 The following words are fhort, nee and donee ; forfdaiu 
 m, fbrsan, tamen, an, siden ; likewife nouns in en which 
 have tnh in the genitive ; as, carmen, crimen ; together 
 with feveral Greek nouns ; as, Hi on, Pylon, Alexin. 
 
 The pronoun hie and the verb/2?.; are common. 
 
 AS, ES, OS. 
 
 XVIII. AS, ES, and OS, in the end of a word, 
 are long ; as, Mas, quies, bonds. 
 
 The following words are fhort, anas, es, from fiwr* 
 and penes ; as, having ojjis in the genitive, compos, and 
 irnpos.; alfo a great many Greek nouns of all thefe three 
 terminations ; as, Areas and Arcadds, heroas, Phryges, 
 Arcades, Tenedos, Metis, Ssfc. and Latin nouns in es, 
 having the penult of the genitive increafmg fnort ; as, 
 Ales, hebes, obses. But Ceres, paries, aries, abies, and 
 pes with its compounds, are long. 
 
 is, us, rs. 
 
 XIX. IS, US, and TS, in the end of a word, 
 are fhort ; as, 
 
 Turns, legis, legimris, annus, Capys. 
 
 Exc. 1. Plural cafes in // and us are long; as, Pennls, 
 
 libris, nobis, omnts, for omnes, fruclus, mantis : alfo the 
 
 genitive lingular of the fourth declenfion ; as, portus. 
 
 But bus in the dat. and abl. plur. is fhort ; as, floribus, 
 
 fruclibus, rebus. 
 
 Exc. 2. Nouns in // are long, which have the genitive 
 in itis, inis, or entis ; as, lis, Samnis, Salamls, Simois v 
 To thefe add the adverbs gratis and /oris ; the noun glls, 
 and vis, whether it be a noun or a verb ; alfo is in the 
 fecond perfon fingular, when the plural has itis ; as, au- 
 dit, obis, pofsis. Ris in the future of the fubjunclive is 
 common. 
 
 Exc. 3. Monofyllables in us are long; as, grus, s~s : 
 alfo nouns which in the genitive have uris, udis, utis, un- 
 til, or odis ; as, tellus, incus, virtus, amathus, trip us. 
 To thefe add the genitive of Greek nouns of die third 
 
 Z declenfion ; 
 
.264 
 
 The Quantity of Derivative?. 
 
 declenfion ; as, Clius, Sappbus, Mantus ; alio nouns which 
 have u in the vocative ; as, Pant bus. 
 
 Exc. 4. Telhys is fometimes long, and nouns in y/, 
 which have likewife yn in the nominative ; as, Pbcrcjs, 
 
 Traclys. 
 
 ^f The laft fyllable of every verfe is common ; 
 
 Or, as fbme think, neceflarily long on account of the 
 paufe or fufpenfion of the voice, which ufually follows it 
 ill pronunciation. 
 
 The Quantity of D E R I V A T I V E and 
 COMPOUND Words. 
 
 i. Derivatives. 
 
 XX. Derivatives follow the quantity of their 
 primitives ; as, 
 
 amicus, f*om 
 
 Audtionor, 
 
 Aucloro, 
 
 Auditor, 
 
 Aufplcor, 
 
 Cauponor, 
 
 Competitor, 
 
 Cornlcor, 
 
 Cuftodio, 
 
 Decurus, 
 
 amo. 
 
 aii&io, -onis. 
 auclor, -oris, 
 audltum. 
 aufpex, icis. 
 caupo, -onis. 
 competltum. 
 cornix, -Icis. 
 cuftos, -odis. 
 deecrj -oris. 
 
 Decoro, from 
 
 Exulo, 
 
 Pavidus, 
 
 Quirlto, 
 
 Radlcitus, 
 
 SofpTto, 
 
 Natura, 
 
 Maternus, 
 
 Legebam, &c. 
 
 Legeram, &c. 
 
 decus, -oris. 
 
 exul, -ulis. 
 
 paveo. 
 
 Quiris, -itif. 
 
 radix, -Icis. 
 
 fofpes, -itis. 
 
 natus. 
 
 mater. 
 
 lego. 
 
 le^i. 
 
 Exception 
 
 I. Long from fbort. 
 
 Deni, from decern. Smplcio, from fufpicor. 
 pomes, fflveo. Sedes, sedeo. 
 
 Humanus, homo. Secius, secus. 
 
 Regufo, t^gp. PcMiuria, perm. 
 
 1. SI:ort from long. 
 
 Arena and ar.'fH, frqri a-rco. Lucerna, 
 
 N6ta, and Q&tO, not us. 
 
 Vadum, vado. 
 
 Fides, f i"do. 
 
 Sopor, 
 
 5>OpiO. 
 
 Dux, -licis, 
 
 Stabilis, 
 Ditlo, 
 
 juafillus, 
 
 S. 
 
 Mobilis, from movce. 
 Humor, humus. 
 
 Jumentum, juvo. 
 Vox, vocis, voco,<kc. 
 
 front \ucco. 
 dfico. 
 ft a bam. 
 dis, dltis. 
 qualus. &c. 
 
 2. Compounds. 
 
 XXI. Compouds follow the quantity of the 
 umple words which compofe them ; as, 
 
 Deduct, 
 
The Quantity cf Compounds 265 
 
 Deduco, of de and duco. So, prof ero, antefero, eonsckr % 
 demto, depeculor, deprav:, defpero, defivmo, defquamo, 
 enldo, erudic, exudo, exaro, expaveo, inclro, inhuman $rt- 
 vejttgoy prxgravo, prtenato, regelo, apparc, appareo, con- 
 cavus, pragravis, desllo, fuff'oco & ftffoco, dtfftdit from 
 diffindo, and diffldit from diffido, tniico and fadico, 
 pemianet from permaneo, and per?Kd?iet from permano* 
 effodit in the prefent, and effodit in the perfect ; fo cxedit 
 and ex edit ; devenit and dever.it; dceh:~vius and deyem* 
 mus ; reper mms and repermius ; effugit and effugit, &c. 
 
 The change of a vowel or diphthong in the compound 
 
 does not alter the quantity ; as, incldo from in and cado ; 
 
 Incldo, from in and ex do, fuffccv, from fub and faux, 
 
 faucis. Unlefs the letter following make it fall under fbme 
 
 general rule ; as, admitto, percello, decfulor, prlhibeo. 
 
 Exc. 1. Agnltum, cognltum, dejero, pejero, inn pre 
 
 ?iuba, vialedlcus, veridlcus, nihil urn, femisopitus ; from 
 not us, jure, nubo, dice, hlluni, and soplo ; ambitus* a par- 
 ticiple from ambio, is long ; but the fubftantives atfihth r 
 and ambit io are fhert. Cotinulium has the fecend fy liable 
 common. 
 
 Exc. 2. The prepofition PRO is fhort in the following 
 words : profit?: das , prcfugio, prlfngus, prone pes, f V •Inept 7:, 
 profejliiS) profariy profiteer, prof anus, prlfclo, p'Utlia, 
 protervus, and propago, a lineage ; pro in pro page, a vine- 
 itock cr moot, is long. Pr<5 in the following words is 
 doubtful : propago, to propagate ; prcfino, prof undo, pro- 
 pel h, propulfo, procure,, and Preferplna. 
 
 Exc. 3. The infeparable prepofitions SE and Z)/ are 
 f6ng ; as, separo, dfoello : except dtrinto, dlfertus. Re is 
 fhort ; as, remit to, ref ero : except in the imperfcnal verb 
 
 r ert, compounded of res and fro. 
 
 Exc. 4. E, I, 0, in the end of the former com- 
 pounding word are ufually fn ortened ; as, trecenti, nef 
 rizque, patcfacio, lye* Capri ccrnus, omriipotens, Hgfrcola^ 
 Jig**ftC0i blformis, allger, Trivia, tublcen, l5c. dubdc, 
 cim, kbdie, facrbjanctus, ZSc. But from each of thefe 
 there are many exceptions. Thus / is long when it is 
 varied by cafes ; as, quldam, qureis, tantidem, eldein, & c. 
 And when the compounding words may be taken fepa- 
 
 rately • 
 
266 A c c 
 
 F N T. 
 
 rately ; as, IndlmagiJIer, lucrlfacio, slquis, &c. Ide?n in 
 the mafc. is long, in the neuter ihort ; alio ublque, ib'nl 
 But in ubiv'is and ubicunque y the i is doubtful. 
 
 Accent. 
 
 decent is the tone of the voice with which a fyllable is 
 )>ronounced. 
 
 In every word of two or more fyllables, one fyllable is 
 founded higher than the reft, to prevent monotony, or an 
 uniformity of found, which is difagreeable to the ear. 
 
 When accent is confidered with refpedr. to the fenfe, or 
 when a particular ftrefs is laid upon any word, on account 
 pi the meaning, it is called Emphtifis. 
 
 There are three accents, diftinguifhed by their different 
 founds ; acute, grave, and arcumfle:;* 
 
 1. The acute or Jh a rp accent raifes the voice in pronun- 
 ciation, and is thus marked ['] ; as, profero, profer. 
 
 2. The grave cr bafe accent depreffes the voice, or keeps 
 in ::s natural tone ; and is thus marked [ v ] as dofle, 
 
 Th'.z accent properly belongs to all fyllables which have 
 ko other. 
 
 3. The clrcumjex accent firft raifes, and then finks the 
 voice in feme degree on the fame fvllable ; and is therefore 
 placed only upon long fyllables. When written, it has this 
 mark, made up of the two former [' v ] ; as aware. 
 
 The accents are hardly ever marked in Englilh books, except in 
 dictionaries, grammars, fpellin^-books, or the like, where the a- 
 cute accent only is ufed 
 
 The accents are likewife feldom marked in Latin books, uiiltfs for 
 the fake of diflynclion ; as in thtfe adverbs, aliquo, co/iti/iuj, doift, uia, 
 . to diftinguiih them from certain cafes of adjectives, which are 
 fpelt in the fame way. So potta, gloria, in the ablative: fruftits, tu- 
 multut, in the genitive: vcfirum, vrflrum, the genitive of «w and ves ; 
 . 3, on account of; QnU'ii, he lltw; Fc/r.fi,'/, for Pompilii j amarii % 
 un.aieris, liT*. 
 
 VERSE. 
 
Verse. 
 
 267 
 
 VERS E. 
 
 A Verse is a certain number of long and fhort fyllables 
 difpofed according to rule. 
 
 It is fo called, becaufe when the number of fyllables re- 
 quiflte is completed, we always turn back to the beginning 
 of a new line. 
 
 The parts into w^hich we divide a verfe, to fee if it have 
 its jufh number of fyllables, are called Feet. 
 
 A verfe is divided into different feet, rather to sfcertaiu 
 its meafure or number of fyllables, than to regulate its 
 pronunciation. 
 
 Feet. 
 
 Poetic feet are either of two, three, or four fyllables. 
 When a iingle fyllable is taken by itfelf, it is called a Cx~ 
 sura j which is commonly a long fyllable. 
 
 1 . Feet' of tivo fyllables* 
 
 Spondeus, confifts cf two leng ; as, omneu 
 Pyrrhichius, two fhort : as, deus. 
 
 Iambus, a fhort and a long ; as, ama'ns. 
 
 Trochxus'y a long and a fhort ; as, sen us. 
 
 2. Feet of three fyllables. 
 
 a long and two fhort ; as, fcrWkre. 
 
 two fhort and a long ; as, pittas. 
 Amph'miacer, a long, a fhort, and a long ; as, charltas. 
 Tribrachys, three fhort 5 as, dommus. 
 
 Dafljlus, 
 AnapafliiS) 
 
 The following 
 
 MoIofTllS, dcuitant. 
 
 Amphibrachys, benore. 
 
 Bacchlus, falSrcs. 
 
 AntibacchTus, pe'.luntur. 
 
 3. Feet cf four fyllables. 
 
 Proceleufmaticus, . bommtiiu. 
 
 Difpondeus, Ztatorh. 
 Dij ambus, arxxnltaj. 
 
 Choria mbus , fSmif:c?s . 
 
 Dkrochtfus, (inilfkna, 
 
 are not fo much ufed. 
 
 Antifpafhis, 
 
 Ionicus minor, 
 
 Ionicus major, 
 
 Paron primus, 
 
 Paeon fecundus, 
 
 Paeon tcrtius, 
 
 Paeon quartus, 
 
 Epitritus primus, 
 
 Epitritus fecundus, 
 
 Epitritus tcrtius/ 
 
 Epitritus cjuartus, fiitmmitu* 
 
 CANNING. 
 
 allxaridi!r* 
 
 frtvciabant. 
 
 caLanbus* 
 
 temporwus* 
 
 poier.:. 1. 
 
 animaius. 
 
 ccuritas. 
 
 vo'iptates. 
 
 pjfnitentes* 
 
 dlfiordXas. 
 
 3P 
 
c 
 
 2-6$ Scanning. 
 
 SCANNING. 
 
 The measuring of verfe. or the refolving of it into tl 
 feveral feet of which it is cc mpofed, is culled Scanning. 
 
 ben a verfe has juft the number of feet rcquiiite, it is called 
 Vcrfus AcataLaus or XcataTc&tc*s % an AcatalceTtic verfe : If a fyllable 
 be wanting, it is called CataUBuu* ; if there be a fyllabie too much, 
 HyprrcatahRicvs , or H*<pernieter. 
 
 The alcertaining whether the verfe be complete, defective, or re- 
 dundant, is called Dcpy'itio or Cluufda. 
 
 Different Kinds of Verse. 
 
 i. HEXAMETER. 
 
 The Hexameter or heroic verfe confifts of fix feet. Of 
 theie the fifth is a daclyle, and the iixth a fpondee; all the 
 reft may be either daclyles or fpondees ; as, 
 
 l^iidere | quae vel- | Tern cala- | mo per- | mlsit a- | greftj. Vhg. 
 Infan- | dQm Re- j gfna, jii- | bes reno- | v a re do- | lorem. Id. 
 
 A regular Hexameter line cannot have more than feven- 
 teen fyllables, or fewer than thirteen. 
 
 Sometimes a fpondee is found in the fifth place, whence 
 the verie is called Spondaic; as, 
 
 raDe- | fimsfbo- | lesma- | gnumjovls | lucre- | mentfim. Vm 
 
 This venh is ufed, when any tiling grave, flow, large, 
 
 fad, or the like, is expreifed. It commonly has a daclyie 
 
 in the fourth place, and a word of four fyllables in the 
 
 end. 
 
 Sometimes there remains a fuperfiuous fyllable at the end. But 
 this fyllable mull either terminate in a vowel, or in the confonant m % 
 with a vowel before it; io as to be joined with the following verfe, 
 which in the prefent c?.fe muft always begip with a vowel; as, 
 
 Omnia | MerctVI- | o siml- | Us vo- | ce:nque co- | loremque 
 Et ilavos crines V"'g» 
 
 Thofe Hexameter verfes found beft, w r hich have dadlyles 
 
 and ipendee : alternately ; as, 
 
 Ludere qure vellem calamo permifit agrefh*. Virfr 
 
 Pin£uis et ingrata? premcretur cafeus urbi* Id. 
 
 Or v have more da&yles than fpondees ; as, 
 
 Tiivre ;u patulje recjbaos fub tegminc fagi. 
 
 It 
 
DlFFEREHT KlNDS of VeRSB. z6f 
 
 It is efteemed a great beauty in an Hexameter verfe, 
 when by the nfe of dactyles and fpondees, the found is 
 adapted to the fenfe ; as, 
 
 Quadrupedanre putrem fonitu quatit ungula campum. Vitg, 
 Illi inter fefe magna vi brachia tollunt. Id. 
 Monftrum horrendum, informe, ingens, cui lumen ademptum. 
 Accipiunt mimicum imbrem, rimLfque fatifcunt. Id. 
 
 But what deferves particular attention in fcanning Hex- 
 ameter verfe is the CAESURA. 
 
 Ctffnra is, when after a foot is completed, there remains 
 a fyllable at the end of a word to begin a new foot ; as, 
 
 At re-glna gra-vj jam-dudum, &c. 
 
 The Cxfura is varioufly named according to the different 
 parts of the hexameter verfe in which it is found. When 
 it comes after the firft foot, or falls on the third half- 
 foot, it is called by a Greek name, Trismhntrh : When 
 on the fifth half foot, or the fyllable after the fecond 
 foot, it is called Pentheimmtris : When it happens on 
 the firft fyllable of the fourth foot , or the feventh half- 
 foot, it is called Hephthemhmris : and when on the ninth 
 half-foot, cr the firft fyllable of the fifth foot, it is called 
 Enrieemzvtzris. 
 
 All thefe different fpecies of the Cxfura fometimes oc- 
 cur in the fame verfe ; as, 
 
 Hie la-tus nive-um mol-H ful-tiis hya-cjntho. ^irg. 
 
 But the moil common and beautiful Cafura is the pen- 
 themim ; on which fome lay a particular accent or ftrefs 
 of the voice in reading an hexameter verfe thus compofed, 
 whence they call it the Cafural paufe ; as, 
 
 Tityre dum rede- O, brevis eft via, pafce capellas. Firg. 
 
 When the Ctefura falls on a fyllable naturally fhort, it 
 renders it long ; as, the laft fyllable of fultus in the fore- 
 going example. 
 
 The chief melody of an hexameter Verfe in a great meaf- 
 ure depends on the proper difpofition of thV Cafura. 
 Without this a line confifting of the number of feet requi- 
 fite will be little elfe than mere profe ; as, 
 
 Romas moenia terrult Iropiger Hanribal armls. Mnnius. 
 
 The 
 
2j& Different Kinds of Verse. 
 
 The ancient Romans in pronouncing verfc paid a particular" atticn- 
 tion to its melody. They not only ubferved the quantity and accent 
 of the feveral fyllables, but alfo the different ftops and paufes which 
 the particular turn of the verfc required. In modern times we do 
 not fully perceive the melody of Latin verfe, becaufe we have now 
 loft the juit pronunciation of that Ujgua^e, the people of every coun- 
 try pronouncing it m a manner funilar to their own. In reading Latin 
 verfe, therefore, we are directed by the fame rules which take place 
 with refpscl to Englifli verfc. 
 
 The tone of the voice ought to be chiefly regulated by fenfe. 
 All the words iliould be pronounced fully ; and the cadence of the 
 verfe ought only to be obferved, fo far as it correfponds with the 
 natural cxprefuon of the words. At the end of each line there fhould 
 be no fall of the voice, unlefs the fenfe requires it ; but a imall paufe, 
 half of that which we ufuallv make at a comma. 
 
 2. PENTAMETER. 
 
 The Pentameter verfe confifts of Rve feet. Of tliefe the 
 two firft are either daclyles or fpondees ; the third always 
 a fpondee ; and the fourth and fifth, an anapaeftus ; as, 
 
 Natii- | rx sequi- J tur se- | minaquif- | que suae. Property 
 Carminl- | bus vj- | ves tern- | pus In 6m« | ne mels. Ovid. 
 
 But this verfe is more properly divided into two hemi- 
 fticks or halves ; the former of which confifts of two feet> 
 either daclyles or fpondees, and a Ccefura ; the latter, al- 
 ways of two daclyles and another Cxfura : thus, 
 
 Natii- | rac sequi- | tur | seinina | qnlfque su- | ae-. 
 Carmlui- | bus vl- | ves | tempiis In | omne me- | Is. 
 
 The Pentameter ufually ends with a diffyllable, but 
 fometimes alfo with a polyfy liable. 
 
 3. ASCLEPIADEAN. 
 
 The Afclepiadean verfe confifts of four feet ; namely, a 
 fpondee, twice a choriambus, and a pyrrhichius ; as, 
 Mxce- I nas atavls | edite re | gibus. Hor. 
 
 But this verfe may be more properly meafured thus ; In 
 the firft place, a fpondee ; in the fecond, a daclyle ; then 
 a caefura ; and after that two daclyles ; thus, 
 
 Mitce- j ra« ata- | vis ) edite | regibus. 
 
 4. GLYC 
 
DlFF£*ENT KlKDS of VzF.SL. 2J\ 
 
 4 . GLYCONIAN. 
 
 The Glyconian verfe has three feet, a fpondee, chori- 
 ambus, and Pyrrhichius ; as, 
 
 Navls I quas tibi ere- | dltum. Horai. 
 
 Or it may be divided into a fpondee and two daclyles » 
 thus, 
 
 NavJs I qiics tibi | crcdituxn. 
 
 5. SAPPHIC and ADONIAN. 
 
 The Sapphic verfe has five feet, viz. a trochee, fpondee, 
 dactyle, and two trochees ; thus, 
 
 Inte- I ger vT- | tse, fcele- | rlfqiie | puriis. Hynzt. 
 
 An Adonian verfe confifts only of a dactyle and fpon- 
 dee ; as, 
 
 Jupiter J urget. Hot at. 
 
 6. PHERECRATIAN. 
 
 The Pherecratian verfe confifts of three feet, a fpondee, 
 dactyle, and fpondee ; thus, 
 
 NTgrls J sequora | ventli. Hsrat. 
 
 7. PHALEUCIAN, 
 
 The Phaleucian verfe confifts of five feet 5 namely, a 
 fpondee, a dactyle, and three trochees ; as, 
 
 Summam | nee mecu- | as 6\- \ em, nee | optes. Martial. 
 
 8. The GREATER ALCAIC. 
 
 The greater Alcaic, called likewife DaHylic, confifts of 
 four feet, a fpondee or iambus, iambus and caefura, thea. 
 two daclyles ; as, 
 
 Virtus J repQl- | ix | nefcia | sordid*. Hvrat. 
 
 9. ARCHILOCHIAN. 
 
 The Archilochian iambic verfe confifts of four feet. In 
 the firft and third place, it has either a fpondee or iambus ; 
 in the fecond and fourth, always an iambus ; aiYd in the 
 end, a Caefura ; as, 
 
 Nee su- I mit, aut j p«5alt | secu- | res. Hsrat. 
 
 10. The 
 
2*2 Different Kinds of Verse. 
 
 io. r/^LESSERALCAIC. 
 
 The leffer Daclylic Alcaic confifts of four feet, name! v. 
 two dactyles and two trochees ; as, 
 
 Arbltri- | 6 popii- | laris | aiirne. Horaf. 
 Of the above kinds of verfe, the firft two take their 
 names from the number of feet 'of which they confift. All 
 the reft derive their names from thofe by whom they were 
 either firft invented, or frequently ufed. 
 
 There are feveral other kinds of verfe, which are named 
 from the feet by which they are mod commonly meafured ; 
 fuch as die dactylic, trochaic, anapeftic, and iambic. The 
 laft of thefe is mod frequently ufed. 
 
 ii. IAMBIC. 
 Of Iambic verfe there are two kinds. The one confifts 
 ©f four feet, and is called by a Greek name Dimlter ; the 
 other confifts of fix feet, and is called Tr'nnhter. The rea- 
 fon of thefe names is, that among the Greeks two feet 
 were confidered only as one meafure in iambic verfe ; where- 
 as the Latins meafured it by fmgle feet, and therefore call- 
 ed the dimeter quaternarius, and the trimeter fenarius. Orig- 
 inally this kind of verfe was purely iambic, /'. e. admitted 
 of no other feet but the iambus ; thus, 
 
 Dimeter, Inar- s r t a> | ftuu- | Sills. Herat. 
 
 Trimeter , Sftjs et I- | psa Ro- | riij vl- | ribjs | rult. Id. 
 
 But afterwards, both for the fake of eafe and variety, dif- 
 ferent feet w r ere admitted into the uneven or odd places ; 
 that is, in the firft, third, and fifth places, infteadofan 
 iambus, they ufed a fpondee, a daclyle, or an anapxftus, 
 and fometimes a tribrachys. We altb find a tribrachys in 
 the even places, u e. in the fecond place, and in the fourth \ 
 for the laft foot muft always be an iambus ; thus, 
 
 Dimeter , Canidj- | a. tra- | &avlt j dapes. Herat. 
 Vide- | re prope- | rantes | djnului. Id. 
 Trimef.'r, QuCiquo | fceie- | ft! rfii- J Us afit | cur dex- | Xerls. Id. 
 Pavjdum- | i]'jc lepo- | r* afit ad | venam | laqueo | 
 
 gruem. Id. 
 Alitl- | bus at- | que c.lni- | bus homi- | eld' He-dureai. 
 
 In comic writers we fome times find an iambic verfe con- 
 filling of eight feet, therefore called' T&ramrlpr or Othnarius, 
 
Figures In Scanning. 273 
 
 Figures in Scanning. 
 
 The feveral changes made upon words to adapt them to 
 the verfe, are called Figures in Scanning. The chief of 
 thefe are the Synafopha* Eclklipjls, Synxrhjh, Ui^rhfts ; Sy/- 
 tbhy and Dfaftbte. 
 
 1. Synaloepha is the cutting off of a vowel or diph- 
 thong, when the next word begins with a vowel ; as, 
 
 Conticuere oranes, intentique ora tenebant. Virg* 
 
 to be fcanned thus, 
 
 Conticu- J eV om- | nes Tn- | tentl- | qu' ora te- | nebant. 
 
 The Synaloepha 9 is fome times neglected ; and feldom 
 
 takes place in the interjections, 0, keu, ak, proh, v#, vah f 
 
 hei ; as, 
 
 O pater, 6 hominum, Divumque aeterna poteftas. Vlrg* 
 
 Long vowels and diphthongs, when not cut off, are fome- 
 times fhortened ; as, 
 
 Infills Ionio in magno, quas dira Celsno. firg. 
 Credimus ? an, qui amant, ipfi fibi fomnia fingunt. I J* 
 Vicftor apud rapidum Simoenta fub Ilio aito. 
 Ter funt conati imponere Pelio OfTam. 
 Glauco et Panopeae, ct Inoo Mclicertae. 
 
 2. Ecthlipsis is, when m is cut off, with the vowel 
 before it in the end of a word, becaufe the following word 
 begins with a vowel ; as, 
 
 O curas hominum ! O quantum eft in rebus inane ! Per/. 
 thus, 
 
 O eu- I ras homi- | n\ quan- | t' eft In | rebus in- | ane. 
 
 Sometimes the Synaloepha and Ecthlipfis are found at the 
 end of the verfe ; as, 
 
 Sternitnr infelix alieno vulnere, ccelumque 
 Adfpicit, et dulces moriens reminifcitur Argos. Virg* 
 Jamque iter emend, turres ac tecta Latinomm 
 Ardua cernebant juvenes, murofque fubibant. IJ. 
 
 Thefe verfes are called Hypermetri, becaufe a fyllable re- 
 mains to be carried to the beginning of the next line ; thus, 
 qu y Adfpicit ; r } Ardua, 
 
 3. Synthesis is the contraction of two fyllable s* into one, 
 which is likewifc called Crajij ; as, Phxthon for Pkasthih. 
 
 So 
 
»7+ Figures in Scanning. 
 
 So ei in Thtfei, QrphiL> de'uide, Pompei ; ui in huic, cui ; bV, 
 
 in proinde ; ed, in aured ; thus, 
 
 NotHS amor Pha^drar, nota eft injuria Thefei. Ovid. 
 Proinde tona eloquio, foiitum tibi. Vir 
 Filius huic eontra, terquet qui fidera mundi. Id. 
 Aurea percufTum vir^a, verfumque venenis. Id. 
 
 So in antehac, eadem, alvearia, deeft, deerit, vehemens, anteit, 
 eodem, alveo, graveolentis, omnia, femianimis, femihonw, fiuvio- 
 rum, totius, promontorium, &c. as, 
 
 Una eademque via fanguifque animufquc ferentur. Virg. 
 
 Seu lento fuerint alvearia vimine texta. Id. 
 
 Vilis amicorum eft annona, bonis ubi quid deeft. Hor. 
 
 t)ivitts uber agri, Troiseque opulentia deer it. Virg. 
 
 Vehemens et liquidus puroquc limillimus amni. Hor. 
 
 Te temper anteit dira necelTitas. Alcaic. Hor. 
 
 lino eodemque igni, fie noftro Daphnis amore. Vlrgf 
 
 Cum rcfluit campis, & jam fe condidit alveo. Id. 
 
 Inde ubi ventre ad fauces graveolentis Avcrni. Id. 
 
 Bis patriae cecidere manus : quin protinus omnia. Id, 
 
 Cxdit femianimis Rutulorum caicibus arva. Id. 
 
 Semihuminis Caci facies quam dira tenebat. Id. 
 
 Fluviorum rex Eridanus, campofque per omnes. Id. 
 
 Magna nimofque duces, totiufque ex ordine gentis. LI. 
 
 Inde legit Capreas, promontoriumque Minervae. Ovid. 
 
 To this figure may be referred the changing of i and u 
 intoy and y 9 or pronouncing them in die fame fyllable with 
 the following vowel ; as in genva, tenvis ; ai'jetat, tenvia, 
 tbjete, piivita ; parjetibus, Nafidjenus ; for genua, tenuis, &c. 
 as, 
 
 Propterea qui corpus aquae naturaque tenvis. Ltur. 
 Genva labant, gelido concrevit frigorc fanguis. Virg. 
 Arjctat in portas & duros objice prices. Id. 
 Velleraqne ut fob is depectant ten via Seres. Id. 
 ^Ediiicant, fectaque intexunt abjete coftas. Id. 
 Praecipue fanus, Jiifi cum pitvita molefhi eft. Her. 
 Parjetibufque premunt arctis, & quatuor addunt. V'trg. 
 Ut Nafidjeni juvit te coena beati. Htr. 
 
 4. Diaeresis divides one fyllable into two; as, autdi, 
 for aulte ; Troix, for Trojx ; Perseus, for Per ft us ; mil u us, 
 for milvus ; fol'ilit, for folvit ; voliiit, for vohitt ; aquce, ftie- 
 tus, suafit, siievos, relanguit, reliq'iias, for aqucc y fuetus, &c. 
 
 nrs 
 
 \ 
 
 Aulai 
 
Figures in Scanning, 275 
 
 Aulai in medio libabant pocula Bacchi. Virg. 
 Stamina non ulli. difToluenda Deo. Paitatn. Tilullus. 
 Debuerant fufos eyoluifle fuos. Id. Ovid, 
 Quse calidum faciunt aquae tachim atque vaporem. Lu;r. 
 Cum mihi non tantum furefque feraeque siicta. Horat. 
 Atque alios alii inrident, Veneremque siiadent. Liter. 
 Fundat ab cxtremo flavos Aquilone Siievos. Luzan. 
 Impofito fratri moribunda relangiiit ore. Ovid. 
 Reliqiias tamen cfe vias in meute patenteis. Luc . 
 
 5. Systole is when a long fy liable is made fhort ; as ths 
 
 penult in tuleriuit ; thus, 
 
 atri longa decern tulerunt, fafbdia menfes. F**gi 
 
 6. Diastole is when a fyllable ufually ihort is made 
 ionp- ; as the la ft fyllable in amor\ in the following verfe ; 
 
 Confidant, fi tantus amor, et moenia eondant. Virg. 
 
 To thefe may be fubjoined the Figures of diction, as they 
 are called, which are chiefly ufed by the poets, though fome 
 of them likewife frequently occur in proie. 
 
 1. When a letter or fyllable is added to the beginning 
 of a word, it is called Prosthesis ; as, gna r jus> for nqvus ; 
 tetulii for tulu When a letter or fyllable is interpofed in 
 the middle of a word, it is called Epenthcsis ; as, re/ii- 
 gio, for religie : andup$rator } for imperator. When a letter 
 or fyllable is added to the end, it is called Par agog e ; as, 
 dicier for did. 
 
 2. If a letter or fyllable be taken from the beginning, of 
 a word, it is called AphjerEsis ; as, ndtui\ for gnatus ; 
 
 % for tetenderant. It from the middle of a word, 
 it is called Syncope ; as, dixti, for dixifli ; defim % for dee- 
 rum : If from the end, Afocope ; as, videv\ for vide fix ; 
 Antoni, for Antoniu 
 
 3. When a letter or fyllable is tranfpofed, it is called 
 Metathesis ; as, fifirif, for priftis ; Ljtia, for Libya. 
 When one letter is put for another, it is called Antithe- 
 sis ; ^s % facfundum 9 for faciendum i oi/i, for illi ; zoitis, for 
 vulth* 
 
 Different kinds of Poems. 
 
 Any work compofed in verfe is called a Poem, (^Poer^rs or Carmen.) 
 Poems are called by various names, from their fubject, their form, 
 
 the manner of treating the fubjecc, ?nd their ftyle. 
 
 1. A poem on the celebration of a marriage is called an Epitha- 
 
 lamium ; on a mournful fubject, an Elegv or Lamentation ; in 
 
 praife 
 
 A a 
 
*y<5 Different Kinds of Poems. 
 
 praife of the Supreme Being, a Hymn; id praife of any perfon or 
 thing, a Panegyric or Encomium ; on the vices of any one, a 
 Satire or Invective; a poem to be inicribed on a tomb, an EPI- 
 TAPH, &C. 
 
 2. A ihort poem adapted to the lyre or harp, is called an Ode, 
 •whence fuch compcfitions are called Lyric poems: A poem in the 
 form of a letter is called an Epistle ; a fhort witty poem, playing 
 on the fancies or conceits which arife from any fuhjec% is called an 
 Epigram ; as thofe of Catuilus and Martial. A fharp, unexpected, 
 lively turn of wit in the end of an epigram, is called its Point. A 
 poem expreihng the moral of any device or picture, is called an Em- 
 blem. A poem containing an obfeure queftion to be explained, is 
 called an ^Enigma or Riddle. 
 
 When a character is defcribed fo that the firft letters of each verfe, 
 and fometimes the middle and final letters exprefs the name of the 
 perfon or thing defcribed, it is called an Acrostic; as the following 
 on our Saviour : 
 
 I /;.'..*■ cvn32 mi: ins I gniti fultta cCel I, 
 
 E xpellit Umbras E toto Phalvs ut orb E ; 
 
 S te cacjs rSfnkvti JE^VS caliginis umbra S, 
 
 V ivificanfque fimul V ero pr<xcordia mot V 
 
 S ohm jufitics S efe prcbat ej/c beati S. 
 
 3. From the manner of treating a fubjecT:, a poem is either Exsgetic % 
 Dramatic, or Mixt. 
 
 The Exsgetic, where the poet always fpeaks himfelf, is of three 
 kinds, Hiftorical, Didactic, or Inurinftive, (as the Satire or Epiflle) ; 
 and Dcfcriptive. 
 
 Of the Dranailty the chief kinds are COMEDY, reprefenting the 
 r.cYions of ordinary life, generally with a happy iiTue ; and TRAG- 
 EDY, reprefenting the actions and diflrelTes of illuftrious perfon- 
 ages, commonly with an unhappy iiTue. To which may be added 
 pjjiorjl ptehii or Bucolics, reprefenting the actions and converfations 
 of fhephercU ; as mod of the eclogues of Virgil. 
 
 The Mixt kind is where the poet fometimes fpeaks in his own per- 
 fon, and fometimes makes other characters to ipeak. Of this kind 
 is chiefly the EPIC or HEROIC poem, which treats of fome one 
 great t ran faction of fome great illuftrious perfon, with its various 
 circumftanccs ; as the wrath of Achilics in the Iliad of Homer ; the 
 fcttlement of iEneas in Italy id the JKneid of Virgil ; the fall of man 
 in the Pmradife Lcjl of Milton, &c. 
 
 4. The ftvie of poetry, asa.' p^ofe, i* of three kinds, the fimple, 
 ornate, and fublimc. 
 
 Combination of Verses in poems. 
 
 In long poems there is commonly but one kind of verfc 
 ufech Thus Virgil, Lucretius, Horace in his Satires and 
 Epiftles, Ovid in his Mctamorphofcs, Lilian* Silius Ital- 
 
 icus, 
 
Combination of Verses in Poems. 277 
 
 icus, Valerius Flaccus, Juvenal, Sec. always ufe Hexame- 
 ter verfe : Plautus, Terence, and other writers of Corned)-, 
 generally ufe the Iambic, and fometimes the Trochaic. It 
 is chiefly in fhorter poems, particularly thofe which are call- 
 ed JLyric poems, as the odes of Horace and the Pfahns cf 
 Buchanan, that various kinds of verfe are combined. 
 
 A poem which has only one kind of verfe, is called by 
 a Greek name, Monocolon, fe. poema v. canne?i ; cr 
 Monocolos, fc. ode ; that which has two kinds, Dic5Lon ; 
 and that which has three kinds of verfe Tri colon. 
 
 If the fame fort cf verfe return after the fecond line, it is 
 called Di colon Di strop h on ; as when a fingle Penta- 
 meter is alternately placed after an Hexameter, which is 
 named Elegiac verfe, (carmen Elegiacum,) becauie it v.'i'^ 
 firft applied to mournful fubjecls ; thus, 
 
 Flelulis indignc-s, Elegeia, folve capillos ; 
 
 Ah ! nimis tx vero nunc tibi Domes crit. CvU. 
 
 This kind of verfe is ufed by Ovid in all his other woks 
 except the Metamorphofes ; and alio for the moft pait by 
 Tibiillus, Propertius, &c. 
 
 When a poem confifts of two kinds cf verfe, and after 
 three lines returns to the firft, k is called Dieolon Tri/fro* 
 pkon ; when after four lines, Dieolon Tetraftropton ; as, 
 
 Auream quifquii mediocrltatem 
 Diligit, tutus caret obfoleti 
 Sordibus tecti ; caret invidoidu 
 
 Sobrhis aula. Htrah 
 
 When a poem confifts of three kinds of verfe, and after 
 three lines always returns to the firft, it is called Trkcha 
 Trijlrophon ; but if it returns after four lines, it is called 
 Tricolon Tetraftrcphc?: ; as when after two greater daclylic 
 alcaic verfes are fubjoined an archilochian iambic and a 
 lefler daclylic alcaic, which is named Carmen Horatianumy 
 cr Koratian verfe, becaufe it is frequently ufed by Horace ; 
 thus, 
 
 Virtus recludens immeritis mori 
 Ccelum. negata tentat iter via ; 
 Coetufque vulgar es,.et udam 
 Fpernit humum fugiente penna. 
 
 Any 
 
278 different kinds of V*rse in Horace and Buchanan. 
 
 Any one of thefe parts of a poem, in which the different 
 kinds of verfe are comprehended, when taken by itielf, is 
 called a Strophe, Stanza, or Staff. 
 
 Different Kinds of Verse in Horace and 
 
 Buchanan. 
 
 I. Odes and Psalms of one kind of Verfe. 
 
 1. A fclepia.it an. See N° 3. page 270. Hor. I. 1. IV. 8. 
 III. 30. Buch. Pf. 28, 40, 80. 
 
 2. Choriambic Alcaic Pentameter, confifting of a fpondee, 
 three choriarabufes, and a pyrrhichius or iambus : Hor. I. 
 11, 18. IV. 10. 
 
 3. Limbic trimeter, N° 11. — Hor. Epod. 17. Buch. 
 
 Pf. 25, 04, 106. 
 
 4. Hexafneter t N° 1. Hor. Satires and Epiftles. Buch. 
 
 PC 1, 18, 45, 78, $5, 89, 104, 107, 132, 135. 
 
 5. Iambk Dimeter, N° 12. — Buch. Pf. 13, 31, 37, 47, 
 52, 54, 59, S6, 96, 98, 117, 148, 149, 150. 
 
 6. The Greater Daily lie Alcaic, N° 8 Buch. Pf. 26, 29, 
 
 32,49, 61, 71, 73, 143. 
 
 7. Trochaic, confiding of feven trochees and a fyllable 5 
 admitting alfo a tribrachys in the uneven places, i. e. in the 
 firft, third, fifth, and feventh foot ; and in the even places, a 
 tribrachys, fpondee, dactyl, and anapeftus. — Buch. Pf. 105, 
 no, 124, 129. 
 
 8. Anapejiic, confiding of four anapeftufes, admitting^ alfo 
 a fpondee or dactyl ; and in the laft place, fometimes a tri- 
 brachys, amphimacer, or trochee. — Pf. 113. 
 
 9. Anacreontic Iambic, coniiiling of three iambufes and a 
 fyllable ; in the firft foot it has fometimes a fpondee or ana- 
 peftus, and alfo a tribrachys. — Pf. 13 1. 
 
 II. Odes and Psalms of two kinds of verfe following 
 one another alternately. 
 
 1. Glyconian and Afclcpiadean, N° 4. and 3. — Hor. I. 3. 
 
 13, 19, 36. III. 9, 15, 19, 24, 25, 28. IV. 1, 3. 
 
 Buch. Pf. 14, 35, 43. 
 
 2. Every firft line, (Daclylico-Trochaic,) confiding of the 
 firft four feet of an hexameter verfe, then three trochees or 
 a ponuee for the laft ; every fecond verfe ( Lwibic Archilo- 
 chianj confuting of an iambus or fprndaeus, an iambus, a 
 ctffura, and then three trochees. — Her. I. 4. 3. The 
 
Different kinds o/Vzuse in Horace and Buchanan. 279 
 
 3. The firft line, Hexameter ; and the fecond, Alcma- 
 nian Daclylic, confiding of the four lad feet of an hexam- 
 eter. Hor I. 7, 28. Epod. 12. Buch. Pf. 4. in. 
 
 4. Every firft line, Arijiophanic, confiftng of a cno- 
 riambus, and bacchlus or amphimacer : Every fecond liiu, 
 Choriambic Alcaic, confiding of epitrltus fecundus, two 
 choriambufcs, and a bacchlus. Hor. I. 8. 
 
 5. The firft line, (Trochaic), confiding of three troch 
 and a caeiura ; or of an amphimacer and two iambufes. 
 The fecond line, Archilochian Iambic, N° 9. Hor. II. i3. 
 
 6. The firft line, Hexameter ; the fecond (Daclylic Archih- 
 chian), two dactyls and a csefura. Hor. IV. 7. — Buch. Pf. 1 2. 
 
 7. The firft line, Iambic Trimeter ; and the fecond, 
 Iambic Dimeter 1 N° 11. — Hor. Epod. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6> 
 
 7, 8, 9, 10. Buch. Pf. 3, 6, 10, 21,22,27,34,38, 
 
 39, 41, 44, 48, 53, 62, 74, 76, 79, 87, 92, no, 112, 
 115, 120, 127, 133, 154, 139, 141. 
 
 8. The firft line, Iambic Dimeter; the feccnd (Sap- 
 phic) confifts of two dactyls, a caefura, and fou-r iam- 
 bufes, admitting alfo a fpondeus, <xc. But this verfe is 
 commonly divided into two parts ; the firft, the latter 
 part of a pentameter, N° 2. and the fecond, iambic di- 
 meter, N° n. Hor. Epod, n. 
 
 9. The firft line, Hexa?neter ; the fecond, Iambic Dime- 
 ter, Hor. Epod. 14, 15. Buch. Pf. 81. 
 
 10. Hexameter, and Iambic Trimeter. Hor. Epod. 16. 
 Buch. Pf. 2, 20, 24, 57, 60, 69, 83, 93, 95, 97, 108, 
 IG9, 118, 126, 136, 147. 
 
 n. The firft line, Sapphic, N 5. and the fecond, Tarn- 
 lie Dimeter, N° 11. Buch. Pf. 8. 
 
 12. Sapphic and Glyccnian. Buch. Pf. 33, 70, 121,142. 
 
 13. Iambic Trimeter and Pentameter. Buch. Pf. 36, 63. 
 
 14. The firft line, Hexameter; and the fecond lire, the 
 three laft feet of an hexameter, with a long fyllable cr 
 two fhort fyllables before. Buch. rf. 68. 
 
 15. Hexa?neter and Peyitameter, or Elegiac verfe. Buch. 
 Pf. 88, 114, 137. 
 
 16. The firft line, (Troc'haic), three trochees and a fyl- 
 lable, admitting fometimes a fpondee, tribrachys, &c. The 
 fecond line, Iambic Dimeter, N^ n. Buch. Pf 100. 
 
 Aa2 III. Odes 
 
 \ 
 
l8o Different kinds of Verse in Horace and Buchanan. 
 
 III. Odes and Psalms of two kinds of verfe, and three 
 or four lines in each ftanza. 
 
 i. The three firft lines, Sapphic, and the fourth, Ado- 
 
 .7, N^ 5;. Horat. Carm. I. 2, 10, it, 20, 22, 25, 30, 
 
 32, 38. II. 2, 4, 6, 8, ic, 16. III. 8, ii, 14, 18, 20, 
 
 22, 27. IV. 2, 6, 11. t :n SecuL Buch. PC 5, 17, 
 
 5'j J5> tyt 6 7> 7 2 > 9°> io1 » I0 3- 
 
 2. The three firft line?,. Afclcpiadean, and the fourth, 
 
 Glyconian. Hor. Carm. I. 6, 15, 24, 33. II. 22. III. 10, 
 16. IV. 5, 12. Bitch. Pf. 23, 42, 75, 99, 102, 144. 
 
 3. The two firft lines, Ionic Trimeter, confiftng of three 
 lonici -minor cs ; the third line, hnic Tetrameter , having one 
 Ick: 'cus ?ninor more. Hor. III. 12. 
 
 4. The two firft lines have four trochees, admitting, in 
 the fecond foot, a fpondee, dactyl, &c. The third line, the 
 fame ; only wanting a fyllable at the end. Buch. Pf. 66. 
 
 5. The three firft lines, Glyconian, No 4. admitting alfo 
 a fpondee, or iambus in the firft foot ; the fourth line, 
 ' Pherccratian, N° 6. Buch. Pf. II 6, 122, 128. 
 
 IV. Odes and Psalms of three kinds of verfe, and 
 three or four lines in each ftanza. 
 
 1. The two firft lines, Afclepiadcan, N° 3. the third 
 line,. Pherecratian, N° 6. and the fourth, Glyconian, 
 N 3 4. Hor. Carm. I. 5, 14, 21, 23, III. 7, 13. IV. 13. 
 Buch. Pf. 9, 64, 84, 130. 
 
 2. The firil two lines, the Greater Daily lie Alcaic, N° 8. 
 The third, Archikcbian Iambic, N° 9. The fourth, t 
 Lejjlr Alcaic, N° 10. Hor. Carm. I. 9, 16, 17, 26, 27, 29, 
 
 5 1 ' 34s 35> 37- Ir - T > 3> 5> 7> 9> lI > ! 3> ! 4> *5> J 7s l 9> 
 20. III. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 17, 21, 23, 26, 29. IV. 4, 9, 14, 
 ij, — Buch. Pf. 7, 11, 15, 19, 30, 46, 50, 56, $S, 77, 82, 
 91, 123, 125, 140, 146. 
 
 ?. The firft line, Glyconian ; the fecond, Afclepiadtan ; 
 the third a fpondee, three choriambufes, and an iambus 
 or pyrrhichius. Buch. Pf. 16. 
 
 4. The firft line, Hexameter ; the fecond, Ia?vbic Dime- 
 ter ; and the third, two da&yls and a fv liable ; Hor. 
 
 Epo'J. 13. Buch. Pf. 138. Sometimes the two laft 
 
 rer - re joined in one or inverted $ as, Buch. Pf. 145. 
 
 ENGLISH 
 
English Verse. 2S1 
 
 ENGLISH VERSE. 
 
 The quantity of fyllables in Engliih verfe is not precife- 
 ly afcertained. With regard to this we are chiefly directed 
 by the ear. Our monofyllables are generally either long 
 or fhort, as occafion requires. And in words of two or 
 more fyllables, the accented fyllable is always long. 
 
 Of Engliih verfe there are two kinds, one named tUjyme 9 
 and the other Blank verfe. 
 
 In rhyme the lines are umally connected two and two, 
 fometimes three and three in the final fyllables. Two lines 
 following one another thus connected, are called a Coupi 
 three lines, a Triplet. 
 
 In blank verfe fimilarity of found in the final fyllables is 
 carefully avoided. 
 
 In meafuring moil kinds of Englifh verfe we find lon^ 
 and fhort fyllables fucceeding one another alternately ; and 
 therefore the accents fhoiild reft on every fecond fyllable. 
 
 The feet by which Englifh verfe is commonly meafured, 
 are either Iambic, i. e. confirming of a ihort and a long 
 fyllable ; as, aloft, create : or Trochaic, i. e. confuting of 
 a leng and a lhort fyllable ; as, holy, lofty. In verfes of 
 the former kind the accents are to be placed on the even 
 fyllables ; in the latter, on the odd fyllables. But the 
 meafure of a verfe in Englifh is mod frequently determined 
 by its number of fyllables only, without dividing them into 
 particular feet. 
 
 I. Iambic measure comprifes verfes, 
 
 1. Of four fyllables, or of two feet ; as, 
 
 With ravifh'd ears, 
 
 The monarch hears. Brydcn. 
 
 2. Ofyfx fyllables, or of * three feet ; as, 
 
 Aloft in awful ftate, 
 
 The gcdlike hero fat. Dryden. 
 
 3. Of eight fyllables, or of four feet ; as, 
 
 While dangers hourly round us rife, 
 
 No caution guards us from- furprife. Francis* Horace 
 
 4. Of ten fyllables, or of five feet, which rs the common 
 meafure of heroic and tragic poetry j as, 
 
 Poetic 
 
M* English Vem** 
 
 Poetic fieldi encompafs me around, 
 
 And ftill I Teem to tread on CUflJc ground ; 
 
 I or here the Mule fd oft her harp lias ft rung, 
 
 That not a mountain rears its head unfung. , Ad 
 
 Obf. r. In mcafures of this lift fort, we fomctimes find the lad 
 B of a ccunla or triplet uretched out to twelve fyllables, or fix 
 feet, which is termed an Alexandrine verfe : thus, 
 A necdlefs Alexandrine ends the fong, 
 
 Which, like a wounded fnake, drags its flow length along, r*pe. 
 !!er was fmooth ; bnt Dryden taught to join } 
 he varying verfe, the full refounding line, > 
 
 i he long majeftic march, and energy divine. J Pope. 
 
 We -Jfo find the laft verfe of a triplet frretched out to fourteen fyl- 
 lables, or feven feet, but then it has commonly an Alexandrine verfe 
 before it ; thus, 
 
 lor thee the land in fragrant flow'rs is drefl ; "^ 
 
 Foi thee the ocean fmiles, and fmooths her wavy bre^ft, > 
 And heav'nitfelf with more ferene and purer light is bleft. J Dryd;;i. 
 Sometimes alfo when there is no Alexandrine before it ; thus, 
 At length by fate to power divine reflor'd, 
 His thunder taught the world to know its lord, 
 The god grew terrible again, and was again ador'd. 3 Roive, 
 
 Obf. 2. The more ftritftly iambic thefe verfes are, the more har- 
 monious. In feveral of them, however, particularly in thefe of ten 
 fyllables, we often meet with a trochee, and likewifc a fpondce, in- 
 ftcad of an iambus. Verfes of heroic meafure fometimss alfo admit 
 a dactyle, or an anapeftus, in place of the iambus; in which cafe a 
 verfe of five feet may comprehend eleven, twelve, thirteen, and even 
 fourteen fyllables ; thus, 
 
 i 2 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11 12 13 14 
 And maay an humorous, many an amorous lay. 
 
 1 2 3 456 7 89 10 11 12 
 
 Was fung by many a Bard on many a day. 
 This manner of writing every fyllablc fully is now generally ufed 
 by the beft poets, and feems much more proper than the ancient cuf- 
 tom of cutting olT vowels bv an apoftrophe. Our language abounds 
 too much in confonants of itfelf: the elifion of vowels therefore 
 fkould be avoided as much as poffiblc, and ought only to be admitted 
 where it is abfolutely necelTary ; as, o'er for over ; eer for ever, &c. 
 The fame observation may be applied to every kind of meafure. 
 
 II. Trochaic measure comprifes verfes, 
 
 I, Of three fyHables ; as, 
 
 Dreadful gleams, 
 
 Difcnal fcrearns; bV. Pope. 
 
 2. Of 
 
 5 & 
 

 English Vsrse. 2S3 
 
 2. Of five fyllable s ; as, 
 
 In the days of old, 
 Stories plainly told, 
 Lovers felt annoy. 
 
 3. Of feverf fyllablcr; as, 
 
 Faire'ft Piece of well form'd earth, 
 
 Urge not thus vour haughty birth. IVaUa: 
 
 Thefe are the meafures which are mod commonly ufed 
 in Englilh poetry, especially thofe of feven, eight, and ten 
 i y liable s. 
 
 We have another meaiure very quick and lively, and 
 therefore much ufed in fongs, which may be called Ana- 
 pcjllc meafure, u e. a verfe confuting of feet of three fylla- 
 bles, two inert, and one long, in which the accent refts 
 upon every third fyllable. Verfes of anapeftic meafure con- 
 fill of two, three, or four feet ; that is, of fix, nine, cr 
 twelve fyllables ; thus, 
 
 Let the loud trumpets found, 
 
 'Till the roofs all around, 
 
 The ihrill echoes rebound. Fop?. 
 
 From the plains, from the woodlands, and groves, 
 How the nightingales warble their loves ! SbenJIone. 
 
 May I govern my pdihons with abfclute fway, 
 And grow wifer and better, as life wears away. Id, 
 
 In this meaiure, a fyllable is often retrenched fiom the 
 firft foot ; as, 
 
 The fvvord or the dart 
 Shall pierce my fad heart. AJJifcn, 
 
 Ye fnepherds fo chearful and gay, 
 Whofe flocks never carelefsly rdam, fcfV. 
 I vow'd to the mules my time and my care, 
 Since neither could win me the funics of the fair. Shenpom* 
 Thefe meafures are variously combined together in Stan- 
 zas, particularly in fnort poems; for generally in -longer 
 works the lame meaiure is always obferved. 
 
 Stanzas are compofed of more or fewer verfes, and thefe 
 varioufly diverged, according to the nature of the fubjecl, 
 and the taite of the poet. But when they are itxetched out 
 to a great length, and coniiit. of verfe s of many different 
 meafures, they are feldom agreeable. 
 
 Such poems as coniiit of Stanzas, which are not confined 
 to a certain number of verfes, ncr the verfes to a certain 
 
 number 
 
2$4 English \ t £rs-e. 
 
 number of fvllablcs, nor the rhymes to a certain diftance, 
 are called Irregular, or Pindaric odes. Of this kind are 
 feveral of the poems of Cowley. But in the odes of later 
 authors, the numbers are exact, and the ftrophes regular. 
 
 Stanzas of four lines are the moil frequent, in which the 
 firft vcrfe anfwers to the third, and the fecond to the fourth. 
 There is a iianza of this kind, coniifting of verfes of eight 
 and of fix fyllables alternately, which is very often uied, 
 particularly in facred poetry. Here for the molt part the 
 iecond and fourth lines only rhyme together ; as, 
 
 When all thy mercies, O my God, 
 
 My rifing foul iurveys : 
 Tranfported with the view, I'm loft, 
 
 In wonder, love, and praife. AJd'ifun. 
 
 Sometimes alfo the firft and third lines anfwer to one 
 another ; as, 
 
 Keep filcnce, all created thing*. 
 
 And wait your Maker's nod : 
 The mufe (lands trembling while £ie f:ngi 
 
 The honours of her God. JV^iis. 
 
 This ftanza is ufed in place of what anciently was com- 
 prehended in two verfes, each coniifting of fourteen fylla- 
 bles, having a paufe after the eighth fyllablc. 
 
 Several of thefe meafures are often varied by double end- 
 ings, that is, by putting an additional inert fyllable at the 
 end of the vcrfe j as, 
 
 l« In heroic meafure^ or verfei of Un fyllables ^ loth in Hank 
 verfe and rybtnc* 
 
 In Blank verfe* 
 'Pis heav'n itfclf that points out an hereafter. ALV.fon. 
 
 In Rhyme-, nyhere it is called Double Rhyme. 
 The piece, you think, is incurred* ? Why, take it, 
 I'm ail iubmiiTion ; what you'd have it, make it. A/*. 
 
 2. In verfes of eight fyllabks. 
 
 They neither added nor confounded, 
 They neither wanted nor abounded. 
 
 3. /// verfes of fix ft liable s. 
 
 "IV.i, Vvhju the leas were roaring, 
 
 With hollow blafts of wind, 
 
 A. ddmi'cl lay deploring, 
 
 All 4--a a rock rcclia'tl. Cay. 
 
 A* In 
 
English Verse. 25y 
 
 4. In verfes of [even fy liable s. 
 
 As Palemon, unfufpe&ing, 
 
 Prais'd the fly mufician's art ; ^ 
 
 Love, his light ciifguife rejecting, 
 
 Lodg'd an arrow in his heart. Shenf.wt. 
 
 5. In verfes- of three fyl tables. 
 
 Glooms inviting, 
 
 Birds delighting. Addifon, 
 
 6. In the Anapejilc meafure. 
 
 Ah ! friend, 'tis but idle to make fuch a pother.! 
 
 Fate, fate has ordain'd us to plague one another. Shenfone, 
 
 Now with furies furrounded, 
 
 Defp airing, confounded. Pope, 
 
 Double rhyme is ufed chiefly in poems cf wit and hu- 
 mour, or in burlefque compofitions. 
 
 Verfes with double endings, in blank verfe, moft fre- 
 quently occur in tragic poetry, where they often have a 
 fine effect ; thus, 
 
 I here devote thee for my prince and country ; 
 
 Let them be fafe, and let me nobly periili. T&im/br. 
 
 The dropping dews fell cold upon my head, 
 
 Darknefs inclos'd, and the winds whittled round me. Otivaj, 
 
 APPENDIX 
 
3*6 Points, Capitals, &c. 
 
 APPENDIX I. 
 
 Of Punctuation, Capitals, Abbreviations, Numer- 
 ical Characters, and the Divifion of the Ro- 
 man Month. 
 
 The different dlvifions of difcourfe are marked by cer- 
 tain characters called Points. 
 
 The points employed for this purpofe are the Comma 
 (,), Semicolon (;), Colon (:), Period, Punclum, or full 
 flop (.). 
 
 Their names are taken from the different parts of the 
 fentence which they are employed to diftinguifli. 
 
 The Period is a whole fentence complete bv itfelf. The Colon, or' 
 member, is a chief conftrueftive part, or greater divifion of a fen- 
 tence. The Si/nieolon, or half member, is a lefs confiructivc part, 
 or fubdivilion, of a fentence or member. The Comma, or fegment, 
 is the lead cor.ftruclive part of a fentence in this way of confidering 
 it. For the next fubdivifion cf a fentence would be the refolution of 
 it into Phrafes and Words. 
 
 To thefe points may be added the SemiperUd or lefs point, follow- 
 ed by a fmall letter. But this is of much the fame ufe with the Co- 
 lon, and occurs only in Latin books. 
 
 A fimple fentence admits onlv of a full point at the end; becaufe 
 its general meaning cannot be diftinguifhed into parts. It is only in 
 compound fentences that all the different points are to be found. 
 
 Points likewife exprefs the different paui'es which fhould be ob- 
 ferved in a juft pronunciation of difcourfe. The precife duration of 
 each paufe, or note, cannot be defined. It varies according to the 
 different fubjeets of difcourfe, and the different turns of human paf- 
 lion and thought. The period requires a paufc in duration double 
 of the colon, the colem double of the femicolon ; and the femicolon, 
 double of the comma. 
 
 There are other points which, together with a certain 
 paufe, alio denote a different modulation of the voice, in 
 correfpondence with the kn{e. Thefe are the Interroga- 
 tion point (?) the Exclamation or Admiration point (!) 
 and the Parenthejis (). The firft two generally mark an 
 elevation of die voice, and a paufe equal to that of a femi- 
 colon, 
 
Points, Capitals, Sec. 287 
 
 colon, a colon, or a period, as the fenfe requires. The 
 Parenthejis ufually requires a moderate depreffion of the 
 voice, with a paufe fomewhat greater than a comma. But 
 thefe rules are liable to many exceptions. The modulation 
 of the voice in reading, and the various paufes, mull always 
 be regulated by the fenfe. 
 
 Befides the points, there are feveral other marks made 
 uie of in books, to denote references and different diftinc- 
 tions, or to point out fomething remarkable or defective, 
 &c. Thefe are, the Apojlrophe ( ' ) ; Afterijk ( * ) ; Hy- 
 phen ( - ) ; Obeli/k ( f ) ; Double Obeli/k { % ) 5 Parallel 
 Lines ( || ) ; Paragraph ( f ) ; Section ( § ) ; Quotation 
 ("") ; Crotchets [ ] ; Brace ( |> ) ; Ellipfis (. . . or— ) ; 
 Caret ( a ) ; which laft is only ufed in writing. 
 
 References are often marked by letters and figures. 
 
 . Capitals, or large letters, are ufed at the beginning of 
 fentences, of verfes, and of proper names. Some ufe them 
 at the beginning of every fubftantive noun. Adjectives, 
 verbs, and other parts of fpeech, unlefs they be emphati- 
 cal, commonly begin with a fmall letter. 
 
 Capitals, with a point after them, are often put for 
 whole words ; thus, A. marks Aulus, C. Caius, D. Deci- 
 vius, L. Lucius, M. Marcus, P. Publius, Q^ £>uinclius, 
 T. Titus. So F. ftands for Filius, and N. for Nepos ; as, 
 M. F. Marci Filius, M. N. Marci Nepos. In like man- 
 ner, P. C. marks Patres Confcripti ; S. C. Senatus Conful- 
 turn ; P. R. Populus Roman us ; S. P. Q^ R. Senatus 
 Populufque Romanus ; U. C. Urbs Ccndita y S. P. D. Sa- 
 lutem plurimam die it ; D. D. D. Dat, dicat r dedicat ; D. 
 D. C. Q^ Dat, dicat, cenfecratque ; H. S. written corrupt- 
 ly for L. L. S. Sejlertius, equal in value to two pounds of 
 brafs and a half ; the two pounds being marked by L. L. 
 Libra, Libra, and the half by S. Semis. So in modern 
 books- A. D. marks Anno Domini, A. M. Artiu?n Magifler, 
 Matter of Arts ; M. D. Medicina Doclcr ; LL. D. Legum 
 Doclor ; N. B. Nota Bene, &c. 
 
 Sometimes a fmall letter or two is added to the capital ; 
 as, Etc. Et c cetera ; Ap. Appius ; Cn. Cneius ; Op. Opiter ; 
 Sp. Spur i us ; Ti. Tiberius; Sax. Sextus ; Cos. Conful ; Cofs. 
 Con/ules ; Imp. fmperator ; Impp. Imperatores* 
 
 Bb I* 
 
288 Points, Capitals, &c. 
 
 In like manner, in Englifh, Efq ; Efquire ; Dr Debtor or 
 Doclor ; Acct. Account; MS. Manufcript ; MSS. Ma/ia- 
 /vv>/j ; Do. Z>/7/<? ; Rt Hon. Right Honorable, &c. 
 
 Small letters are likewife often put as abbreviations of a 
 word; as, i. e. id ej} ; h. e. hoc eft ; e. g. exempli grati.1 ; 
 v. g. verbi gratiu. 
 
 Capitals were ufed by the ancient Romans, to mark num- 
 bers. The letters employed for this purpofe were C. I. L. 
 V. X. which are therefore called Numerical Letters. I. de- 
 notes one, V.five, X. ten, L. fifty, and C. a hundred. By 
 the various combination of thefe five letters, all the differ- 
 ent numbers are exprefTed. 
 
 The repetition of a numerical letter repeats its value. 
 Thus, II. fignifies two ; III. three ; XX. twenty; XXX. 
 thirty ; CC. two hundred, &i. But V. and L. are never 
 repeated. 
 
 When a letter of a lefs value is placed before a letter of 
 a greater, the lefs takes away what it ftands for from the 
 greater ; but being placed after, adds what its (lands for to 
 the greater ; thus, 
 
 IV. Four. V. Five. VI. Six. 
 
 IX. Nine. X. Ten. XI. Eleven. 
 
 XL. Forty. L. Fifty. LX. Sixty. 
 
 XC Ninety. C. A hundred. CX. A hundred and ten. 
 
 A thou/and is marked thus, cio, which in later times was 
 contracted into m. Five hundred is marked thus, id. or, 
 by contraction, D. 
 
 The annexing of d to id. makes its value ten times 
 greater; thus, idd. marks five thou/and; and iDDD.fi/iy 
 thoufand. 
 
 The prefixing of c, together with the annexing of d to 
 the number of cio. makes its value ten times greater; 
 thus, ccidd. denotes ten thoufand ; and ccciodo. a hun« 
 dred thoufand. The ancient Romans, according to Pliny, 
 proceeded no farther in this method of notation. If they 
 had occafion to exprefs a larger number, they did it by 
 repetition ; thus, ccciddd, ccciddd. fignified two hundred 
 thoufand life. 
 
 We f )metimes find thoufands exprefTed by a ftraight line 
 
 drawn 
 
Points, Capitals, &c. _ 59 
 
 drawn over the top of the numerical letters. Thus, T11. 
 denotes three thoufand ; 7 ten thoufand. 
 
 But the modern manner of marking numbers is much 
 more fimple, by theie ten characters or figures, which, 
 from the ten fingers of the hands, were called Digits ; 
 1 one, 2 two, 3 three, 4 four, 5 five, 6 fix, 7 /even, 8 
 eight, 9 nine, o nought, nothing. The firft nine are called 
 Significant Figures. The la ft is called a Cypher. 
 
 Significant figures placed after one another increafe 
 their value ten times at every remove from the right hand 
 to the left ; thus, 
 
 8 Eight. 85 Eighty-five. 856 Eight hundred and fif- 
 ty-fix. 8566 Eight thoufand five hundred and fixty-fix. 
 
 When cyphers are placed at the right hand of a fignifi- 
 cant figure, each cypher increafe s the value of the figure 
 ten times ; thus, 
 
 1 One. 10 Ten. 100 A hundred. iccc A thoufand. 
 
 2 Two. 20 Twenty. 200 Two hundred. 2000 Two thoufar.c;. 
 
 Cyphers are often intermixed with fignificant figures* 
 thus, 20202, Twenty thoufand two hundred and two. 
 
 The fuperiority of the prefent method of marking num- 
 bers over that of the Romans, will appear by expieiiing 
 the prefent year both in letters and figures, and com- 
 paring them together) cid.ioccxcviii. or MjDCCxcviii. 
 1798. 
 
 As the Roman manner of marking the days of their 
 months was quite different from ours, it may perhaps be 
 of ufe here to give a fhort account of it. 
 
 Divifion cf the Romar. Month} . 
 
 The Romans divided their months into three parts, by 
 Kalends, Nones, and Ides. The firlt day of every month 
 was called the Kalends ; the fifth day was called the Ncnes ; 
 and thirteenth day was called the Ides ; except in the 
 months of March, May, July, and October, in which the 
 nones fell upon the feventh day, and the ides on_the fif- 
 teenth. 
 
 In reckoning the days of their months, they counted 
 backwards. Thus, the firft day of January was marked 
 
 Kalendis 
 
290 Division of the Roman Months. 
 
 Kakndls Januariis or Januarii, or by contraction, Kal. 
 Jan. The laft day of December, Pridie Kalendas Janua- 
 j- or Januarii, fcil. ante. The day before that, or 
 the 30th day of December, Tertio Kal. Jan. fcil. die ante ; 
 or, Ante diem tertium KaL Jan. The twenty-ninth day 
 of December, Quarto Ka!. Jan. And ib on, till they 
 came back to the thirteenth day of December, or to the 
 ides, which were marked Idibus Decembribiu, or Decern- 
 is : The day before the ides, Pridie Idus Dec. fcil. ante: 
 The day before that, Tertio Id. Dec. and fo back to the 
 nones, or the fifth day of the month, which was mark- 
 ed, Nonis Decembribiu or Decembris : The day before the 
 nones, Pridie Non. Dec. EsV. and thus through all the 
 months of the year. 
 
 In Leap-year.) that is, when February has twenty-nine 
 jrs, which happens every fourth year, both the 24th 
 A the 25th days of that month were marked, Sexto Ka- 
 lendas Mar tit or Marttas ; and hence this year is called 
 fiifextliis. 
 
 Joniui, Apiulif, Septem<Ju<, NovEMque tricenos ; 
 Unum plus r< ; Fedruus tenet ucfto vi^inti ; 
 
 At fi bifl'extus fuerit, fuperidditnr unus. 
 I'u primam meofc lucem die cfle kalendas. 
 Ses Majus, non as October, Julius, et Mars, 
 Quatuor at reliqui ; dabit idus quilibel oeto. 
 Oinncs poft idus luces die efic kalendas, 
 Nomen ibrtiri debent a menfc fequenti. 
 
 Thus, the 14th day of April, J we, September, and 
 October, was marked XVIII. Kal. .of the following month ; 
 the 15th, XVU. Kal. Sec. The 14th day of January, Au- 
 gnfti and December, XIX. Kal. &c. So die 16th day of 
 March, May, July, and Oclober, was marked XVII. 
 Kal. &c« And the 14th day of February, XVI. Kal. 
 Ma-r.ii 0* Martias. The names of all the months are 
 ufed as Subftantives or Adjectives, except Aprilis, which 
 is ufed only as a Subilantive. 
 
 APPENDIX 
 
*9 r 
 
 APPENDIX II. 
 
 Containing Rules from Ruddiman's Gram- 
 mar, which will be found explained in the 
 Pages of this Book that are marked before 
 each Rule. 
 
 I. Concerning the GENDER of NOUNS. 
 
 Names of Trees. See page 12. 
 
 1. Arbor femineis dabitur : fed mas olea/hr, 
 
 Et rhamnus : petit hie potius cytifufque rabufque : 
 Hie quandoque larix, lotus volet, atque cuprejfus : 
 Hoc quod in um> fuberquz, f.ler dant, robur aceropxt. 
 
 Nouns in A ofthefirjl decle?ifion. p. 13. and 18. 
 
 2. Haec dat A quod primae eft : fedneutrum Pafcha requirit. 
 Hadria mas aequor, pariterque comet a 9 planet a : 
 Mafcula & interdum talpam damamopz videbis. 
 
 Nouns in US and OS. p. 27. 39. and 48. 
 
 4. Haec domus & v annus-, pro fructu ficus & alvus ; 
 
 Sic humus atque manus, pofcunt : acus addito quartan, 
 Porticus atque tribus. Capit hoc virus pelagufquc. 
 
 Nomen in OS Graecum, quod in US mutare Latini 
 Saepe folent, normam fequitur plerumque virilem : 
 Femineum fed multa petunt : ut abyjfus y eremus, 
 yfntidotufque, pkarus, dialeclus, carbafus : adde 
 Ex odos & pktkongos genitum, quseque a generah 
 Voce genus plantae & gemmae capiunt muliebre. 
 
 Hie aut haec donat balanus, fpecus? atque phafelus, 
 Barbitus, atque penus 9 grojfas : fed grus, atomujojfxt. 
 Femineum potids cupiunt ; colus adde, virile 
 Quod rar6 invenies : muliebre at contra camelus 
 Eft ubi nonnunquam videas. Vult hie dare vulgus s 
 Sed magis hoc. Ternas fpecus & penus addito neutris, 
 
 B b 2 Nouns 
 
*9 a Of the Gender of Nouns. 
 
 Nouns of the Third Dccknfion in O. p. 30. and 31. 
 
 7. Hie dat O : femlneis halo cum caro dantur & echo ; 
 Quseque in 10, feu fint verbo, feu nomine nata, 
 Rem (numeris demptis) aliquam fine corpore fignant. 
 Adjice femineis DO, GO : fed mafcula cudo, 
 I/arpagv, fie or do, fimu-1 udo, tendo, ligoqnt. 
 Ran as haec ??:argo, vati eft, hie faepe cupido, 
 Arrhabo cum car do, muliebria vix imitanda. 
 
 C and L. p. 32. rule 3. 
 
 9. Quod fit in L, vel T, C, vel M, neutralibus adde : 
 Mafcula fol, mugil, leu fal, quod rarius hoc vult. 
 
 N. p. 32. rule 4. 
 
 10, Mafculeum capit N. Finita in men dato neutris, 
 Quaeque fecunda creat, cum gluten & ingum & unguen : 
 Aadideris pollen* Sindon petit haec, & aedon ; 
 Akyonem junges, data poftea queis comes icon* 
 
 AR and UR. p. 33. rule 5. 
 
 i 1. Poftulat AR neutrum : fed mafculeum falar rptat. 
 Hoc dat UR. Hie furfur capiet, cum vulture turtur. 
 
 ER and OR. p. 33. rule 6. 
 
 13. ER capit hie. Neutrum plantae fructufve requirunt : 
 At tuber hie fruclus ; tuber quemcunque tumorem 
 Significans neutrale petit ; cumque ubere fpinther, 
 Verqut, cadaver, iter. Dabit hie aut haec tibi /inter. 
 Hie dat OR. Haec arbor: cor, adorque hoc, marmor 
 & aquor. 
 
 AS. p. 34. rule 7. 
 15. AS petit ha?c. Neutrum eft vas, vafis, queifquc Pelafgi 
 Dant atis in patrio : quibus ant is mafculo funto. 
 
 ES. p. 35. rule 8. 
 16 Haec dabit E , Capient a/eshlc haecve, palumbes> 
 \tque dies : fed mas proles : mas poples & a 
 
 F 
 
Of the Gender of Nouns. 293 
 
 Femes, pes, paries, palmes, cum limite ftipes, 
 Queis addes frames, temies, cum gurgite cefpes ; 
 Et quae fonte fluunt Graio ; fed neutra capeffunt 
 Hippo??ianes, panaces, nepenthes, fie cacoethes. 
 
 IS. p. 36. rule 9. 
 
 17. IS dabo femineis. Sunt mafcula pifcis & axis, 
 Glis, callis, vermis, veclis, ?nenjis, cucumifque, 
 Mugilis & pofiis cum J anguine fa 'fcis & orbis, 
 Fujiis item collis, caulifquz & follis & enfis, 
 Serpentemque notans cenchris, cum vomere, torris, 
 In NIS finitum Latium, lapis, unguis, aqua/is. 
 Hie aut haec finis, clunis, cum torque canalis, 
 Dantfcrobis, ac anguis : corbis muliebre prasoptat ; 
 Mafculeo potius gaudent pukis, cinis, amnis. 
 
 OS. p. 38. rule 10. 
 
 19. Os maribus detur. Sunt neutra chaos, melos, os, os, 
 Poftulat hasc arbos, cos, des, & origine Gneca 
 
 Orta eos, arclos, perimetros cum diametro. 
 
 US. p. 38. rule 11. 
 
 20. Poftulat US neutrum, quoties id tenia flectit. 
 
 Femineum voluere pa/us, fubfeufque fa/ufqae, 
 Quxquefenex, juvenis, cum fervio, nomina formant^ 
 Et Virtus, incus. At mafcula funt lepus & mus, 
 ^Expus compofitum : petit at muliebre lagopus. 
 
 JES and AUS. p. 39. rule 13. 
 
 21. jEs neutrale petit : la us, fraus, muliebria funto^ 
 
 S with a confonant before it, p. 4c rule 14. 
 
 22. S dato femineis, fi confona ponitur ante. 
 
 Mafcula fed pons, fins, morn, feps, dum denatat an- 
 
 guem ; 
 Et queis P praeit S polyfyllaba, forcipe dempto, 
 DenfquQ, chalybs, cum gryphe, rudens, quod rarius 
 
 haec vult. 
 
 Hie 
 
2o?~ Of the Gfnder of No uxs. 
 
 Hie aut haec ferpens dat, ferebs, ftirps truiicu.*, c 
 
 que. 
 Dans animans genus omne, tamen muliebre pmoptat. 
 
 X. p. 41. rule 16. 
 23. Haec petit X. y^x, ex maribus polyfyllaba junge : 
 Die tamen hxejornax, fmilax, carex, velut hales, 
 Et cum prole pana x, Sc'jorfex &lqxiefupe//ex. 
 Mafcula funto calix, phcenix, pro ^r;//c que bimbyx, 
 Et coccyx, fornix, 8c onyx vas, aut lapis unde 
 Vas fit ; <?rvx, tradux, grex his adjunge ^/>'.vque. 
 Eemineo interdum data tradux cum £r^ cernes. 
 Haec modo femineis, maribus modo juncla videbis ; 
 Calx pro parte pedis metave laboris & hyftrix, 
 Imbrex ; fardonyche??i jungas, rumiccm, Ji/icemquc ; 
 Hie mage vult cortex 8c obex, cum pumice, varix ; 
 Haec potius Umax, lynx, & cum fandice per dix : 
 Atriplici ney.trum melius dabo quam muliebre. 
 
 II. RULES Concerning the OBLIQUE CASES. 
 
 The Accufative Singular of the Third Declenfion, p. 43. 
 Finit in EM quartus. Petit im iibi ravis, amujfis, 
 Vis cacufTuJqac fimul, tujjis, fitis atque finapis, 
 Cannabis 8c gtrmmis, bur is, conjunge mephitim. 
 Adde urbes, aliofque locos, amnefque, deofque, 
 IS quibus eft recto : fed & haec dant in quoque quarto. 
 
 Saepius im, turris, puppis, cum refie fe curls : 
 Em, fed 8c im quandoque, volunt iibi febris aqualis, 
 Et ?iaiis, pelvis, clavis ; fie lens, Jlrigilifque, 
 Sementifque, cutis. Cumulant his plura vetufti. 
 
 Impure in patrio cafu crefcentia Graeca, 
 
 Saepe & Tros, Minos, heros, quartum per a formant : 
 
 £L T S ea vult. Vix ejn dato Pan, cumque ttkere delphin. 
 
 Ablative Singular, p. 44. 
 
 Sextus c vult : quibus at rectus per E clauditur ; dant, 
 (Propria ni fuerint :) AL & AR nculralia junge. 
 Deme jubar, fal, far, par fixum, necJar 8c hepar, 
 Sed folet has leges rnigrare licentia vatum. 
 
 / quoque 
 
Of the Oblique Cases. 295 
 
 / quoque dant in & im tantum facientia quarto. 
 
 Cannabis at Batis, Tigris, voluiftis utrumque. 
 
 Tm quibus in quarto eft, ye dant, aut m modo demunt* 
 
 Dant e vel / fexto, queis quartus in em vel in im fit. 
 Excipe fed reflis, quod e femper, cum cute, donat. 
 I mz.ghfe?7ientis, Jirigilis petit at que fecur is. 
 Quod fimul im vel idem format, capit / fibi rar6. 
 
 Haec quoque dant e vel/: finis, cum rttre fupellex, 
 Occiput & veclis : per UBI cum quasritur, urbes, 
 Et pagil & mttgii, jungas. Per e faepius effer, 
 I raro, avis, clajfis, fors, anguis, & imber, 
 Unguis, avis, poftis, fuftis, fimul amnis & ignis % 
 Ufus plura tulit prifcus, quae refpuit aetas 
 Cultior. / tantum fexto retineto canalis. 
 
 Genitive Plural, p. 45. 
 
 Praebet ium patrius, fi fextus in / fuit ante. 
 Tolle vigil, vetus, uher, inops, fupplexque msmorqv&y 
 Mugilis & confers, quibus & pugil feeler adde ; 
 Atque gradus medios ; (fed ium plus pofcit.) Adhe- 
 rent 
 His compofta genus y capio, facieque caputque. 
 
 Sextus e fi tantum dederit, capit urn genitivus* 
 AS fed ium Latiale petit : polyiyllaba deme, 
 Queis magis urn placuit. Sed ium quaerentibus adde 
 Nomen in IS vel in ES non crefcens : jungito & NS : 
 Tolle parens, vates, panis, juvenifqut, canifque* 
 
 Donat ium Samnir, linter, caro, dos, & os offis, 
 
 Glis, nix, noxquQ colors, ?nus, faux, titer: adde Qui- 
 
 ritsm, 
 Atque larem, lite?n, cotem, cor ; compofitumque 
 Uncia, quod fimul as genuit : monofyllaba junge 
 Confona quae duplex claudit. Bos rite bourn dat. 
 
 Dative Plural of the fourth Declenjion, p. 48. 
 
 Partus ubus, fpecus, artus, acus, dant & lacus, arcus, 
 Atque tribus ; fed utrumque genu, portufque, veruque, 
 
 III. RULES 
 
2 9^ Of Adjectives and Verbs. 
 
 III. RULES concerning ADJECTIVES. 
 Adjeclives wanting ^Positive, p. 71. 
 
 Haec viduata gradu funt pauca fequentia primo ; 
 Ultimus, ulterior; prior , & primus ; propior que, 
 Prox'nnus ; ocyor atque ocyjjimus adjiciantur : 
 Deterior jungi quibus & deterri??ius ambit. 
 
 Adjeclives wanting the Comparative, p. 71 
 Nuperus, orba gradu medio, novus ac ??ieritus funt 5 
 Par, facer, inviclus, perfuafus, 8c inclytus adde. 
 
 A dje olives wanting the superlative, p. 71. 
 Hsec fuperante carent : fatur, 8c diuturnus, 8c ingens, 
 Atque fenex, juvenis, adolefcens, pronur, opimus ; 
 Et finita BILIS prope cuncra, vel ILIS, & ALIS : 
 Cum multis aliis quae nunc perfcribere longum eft. 
 
 Adjeftives wanting the ¥0 sit we. and Superlative, p. 71. 
 Anterior folum, fequior, fatiorque leguntur. 
 
 IV. RULES concerning VERBS. 
 
 Verbs of the First Conjugation wanting both Pre- 
 terite and Supine, p. 108. 
 
 Labc, nexo, cum plico nil dant. 
 
 Verbs of the Second Conjugation wanting the Su- 
 pine, p. 108. 
 
 Quod dat UI neutrum, timeo, Jz/eoqve, fupina 
 Nulla dabunt. Valeo, placeo, caret 8c licet aufer, 
 Paret, item jaceo, caleo, ?wceo, doieoque ; 
 Queis coalet, latet atque meret fociabis, detque. 
 Arceo quod fimplex nefcit, dant nata fupinum : 
 Quod retinent taceo, lateo, fobolique recufant. 
 
 Viduata fupinis 
 
 Si capiunt urget, cum fulget, turget, 8c alget. 
 
 Verbs of the Second Conjugation wanting both Pre- 
 terite and Supine, p. 11 1. 
 
 Nil form ant laclet, livet, fcateoque renidct, 
 
 Mvret, avet, pollet, ftavet, cum denfeo glair et. Verbs 
 
 
Of Adjectives and Verbs. 297 
 
 Verbs of the Third Conjugation wanting the Supine ; 
 and feme alfo the Preterite, p. 113. 
 
 SCO. p. 114. 
 - Difco 
 
 Vult didici primam geminans : fie pofco, popofci ; 
 Dijpefcit, compefcit UI dant : cun&a fupinis 
 Orba. Nihil glifco, nihil Inceptiva crearunt. 
 
 UO. p. 113. 
 
 Nulla, fupina dabunt meUio y pluo> congruoy ficut 
 Annuo , cum fociis ; quibus ingruoy refpuo junges. 
 
 DO. p. 116. 
 
 Tundo facit tutudiy tunfum compoftaque tufu?n. 
 Et cado vult cecidi cafum ; fed nata fupinum 
 ( Incido fi demas, recido, fimul occido,) fpernunt. 
 Praeterito.DI^r/V/0, rudoy dant, abfque fupinis, 
 Sidoque, fed fobolifedeo dat mutuo fedi. 
 
 CO. p. 118. 
 
 Nil vergo capeffit. 
 
 XI clangoy ningoj dat et ango, fupinaque nulla. 
 
 Verbs of the Fourth Conjugation wanting the Supine 
 
 p. 124. 
 
 Cxcutity ge/iity glocity & deme?itit> inepity 
 Nulla fupina dabunt, cum profit 'it atque ferocit. 
 
 DEPONENT VERBS wanting the Participle Per. 
 
 fect, p. 128. 
 
 Nil formant vefcor, /iquor 9 medeor 9 reminifcor, 
 
 Irafcory ringor 9 pravertory diffiteorque : 
 
 Queis demum adjungas divert or y deqwtfetifcor. 
 
 Verbs wanting the firfi perfon Jingular. p. 1 34. 
 
 Dor y furoy for y detyfer y vix unquam fufcipit ufus. 
 
 V. RULES 
 
 
29$ Of the Quantity of Syllables. 
 
 Y. RULES concerning the QUANTITY of SYL- 
 
 LABLES, &c. 
 
 I. Concerning First and Middle Syllables. 
 
 A vowel before another, p. 253. 
 Vocalem breviant alia fubeunte Latini. 
 Ni capit Vffo prodnc : & nomina quintae 
 E fervant longum, fi prsefit /, cqu Jpeciei. 
 Anceps ius erit patrio : f^d protrahe alius * 
 Alterius brevia tantum ; commune fit ohe> 
 Po?npei, Cai, produc, conformia jungens. 
 Dia?:arn varia : longa a'er, dius, & eheu y 
 Et patrius primae cum ft{c folvit in ai. 
 Hie Graeci variant, nee certa lege tenentur. 
 
 A vowel before a mute and a liquid, p. 254. 
 
 Si mutae liquida eft fubjuncla in fyllaba eadem, 
 Quae brevis antevenit vocalis, redditur anceps. 
 Hanc tameH in profa femper breviare memento. 
 Sunt /, r, liquids, queis raro jungimus ?n, n. 
 
 Contracted Syllables and Diphthongs, p. 254. 
 Vocalem efficiet femper contradlio longam. 
 Diphthongum produc in Graecis atque Latinis ; 
 In Graecis femper : at prje compofta fequente 
 Vocali brevia ; veluti prait atque prauflus. 
 
 Preterites and Supines, p. 255. 
 
 Praeterita affumunt primam difTyllaba longam. 
 
 Tolle bibit, fcidit, & fidit, ac tulit, ortaque do,Jlo. 
 
 Praeteritum geminans primam, breviabit utramquc, 
 
 Ut pario, peperi ; vetet id riifi confona bina. 
 
 At quod cado creat tardat, ceu pedo, fecundam. 
 
 Cuncta Supina tenent primam diifyllaba longam : 
 
 Praeter n3.l3.fero, cieo, lino, c\xmJij:?,JiJlo 9 
 
 Quae breviant ; eo, ^que, rue, queo junge, reor que. 
 
 Caetera praefentis meniuram veiba refervant. 
 
 Excipe iedpofui pofituw, genui genitn7?/que, 
 
 Et potui ; quae dant quoqueyi/W & volvo liipina. 
 
 Prx 
 
Of the Quantity of Syllables. 2cq 
 
 Prae turn vocalem polyfyllaba cuncta fupina. 
 Producunt, atum, quibus, etum finis, & u'tum : 
 Ivi pneterito veniens fociabis & ituvu 
 Csetera corripies in itu??i quaecunque refidunt. 
 
 II. Final Syllables. 
 A in the end of a tvord. p. 261. 
 Cafibus A flexum brevia. Sed protrahe fextum, 
 Et quintum, Grasco quando hie de nomine in as fit. 
 Cafibus haud flexum produc. Ita, cum quia, &. eja 9 
 Et put a non verbum fubduxeris, hallequduja. 
 Curta quoque interdum, contra, ultra, &z ginta creata* 
 
 E in the end of a nvord, p. 261. 
 
 E brevia. Primae produc, et nomina quintae 
 Cum natis. Addes pluralia cuncla : fecundae. 
 Induperativum focians. Monofyllaba, demptis 
 Encliticis ac fyllabicis, quoque longa repones. 
 Adde a mobilibus flexus quaecunque fecundi 
 Manarunt, fummique gradus adverbia quaevis. 
 Sed bene cum male corripies, inferne, fuperne, 
 Yro&u&is Jerme atque fere jungantur, & ohe. 
 
 I in the end of a word. p. 261. 
 
 I longum pono. Vocitantem corripe Graecis.- 
 His tamen at ternus dabitur crefcentibus anceps. 
 Sic variato niihi, tibi cum fbi : fed mage curtis 
 Vult ibi, vultquera/, nifi, mox ubi, cum quafi, jungi. 
 . Sicuti fed breviant, cum ?iecubi,ficubi, vates. 
 
 O in the end of a ivcrd. p. 262. 
 
 O commune loces. Dabis at monofyllaba longis, 
 Grascaque ceu Dido, temum fextumque fecundae, 
 Et patrium Graecum, atque adverbia nomine nata, 
 Quo jungens & eb. Variant at denub,ferb, 
 Mutub, poJlre??ib, verb ; modb fed breve ponefc, 
 Saepius ambo, duo,fcio corripe, & illicb & imb, 
 Et cedo da fignans, ego queis homo, cum citb junge. 
 Sunt aliis variata Gerundia, longa Maroni. 
 Ergo pio caufa produc : fcctxs cditur anceps. 
 
 C c U of id 
 

 300 Of the Quantity of Syllabizes* 
 
 U and Y in the end of a word. p. 262. 
 
 U Temper longis, fed Y raptis jungere oportet. 
 
 B, D, L, M, R, and T, in the end of a word. p. 262. 
 Corripe B Latium : peregrinum at tendere malim. 
 D breve ponatur. Variare at Barbara poflis. 
 L breve fit. Cum fe/,fal, nil, tolluntur Hebraea. 
 M nunc vocalis perimit : rapuere vetufti. 
 R brevies. Produc cujus dat patrius eris ; 
 Addito Iber, a'er, xther. Sit Celiiber anceps. 
 At par, far, lar, Nar, quoque cur, fur, adjice longis, 
 T breve femper erit niii quondam fyncopa tardet. 
 
 C and N in the end of a word. p. 262. 
 
 C produc, prater nee, donee : fed variabis 
 Hie bene pronomen : fac verbum jungimus ifti. 
 N produc. Demas en inij dans, quaeque priore 
 Graeca per on cafus numero tenuere fecundas ; 
 Et quartum cafum, fi fit brevis ultima re&i. 
 Sin quoque pluralis ternae conjunge Pelafgum : 
 Forfitan, in, for fan, ta?jien, an viden 9 infuper addens. 
 
 AS, ES, and 05, in the end of a word. p. 263. 
 
 AS produc. Patrio fed adis quod fle&it, anafque 
 Sit breve : plurales terns quibus addito quartos. 
 Ponitur es longum. Pluralia corripe Graeca 
 Quae crefcunt ; velut es defum ; penes additur illi ; 
 Cum neutris ; & queis patrii penultima curta eft 
 Ternae. Tolle Ceres, paries, aries, abies, pes. 
 OS produc. Patrius brevis eft, & compos & inzpos, 
 OfauQ of/is prabens. Rectos breviato fecundas. 
 [Q nifi det patrius :) neutra his dein addito Graium* 
 
 IS, US, and YS, in the end of a <word. p. 263. 
 
 IS brcvio. Vesram plurales protraho cafus ; 
 IS que quod in patrio mutatur in His & inls, 
 Aut entis ; gratijque for is, glis, vis quoque, nomen 
 Seu verbum fuerit : iicut & perfona iecunda 
 Protrahit IS, quoties it is plurale reponit. 
 In fubjunclivi ris eft commune futuio- 
 
Of the Quantity of Syllables. 301 
 
 US correpta datur. Monofyllaba cum genitivis 
 Ternae vel quarts produc : numerique fecundi 
 In quarta prirrrum, quartum, quintumque ; & in uris % 
 Dumve in utis patrius, vel in udis, & untis, odifve eft } 
 Aut quintus fit in u, longus turn rectus habetur. 
 Ergo produces venerabile nomen Iesus. 
 
 YS junges brevibus. Tethys reperitur at anceps. 
 .Longaque funt reclis aliter quae caiibus yn dant. 
 
 The lajl Syllable of a verfe. p. 264. 
 Ultima cujufque eft communis fyllaba verfus. 
 
 III. The Quantity of Derivatives and Compounds. 
 
 I . The Quantity of Derivatives, p. 2 64. 
 
 Derivata tenent menfuram primigenorum : 
 Orta tamen brevibus, fufpicio, regula, fedes, 
 Secius, hunianus, pcnuria, viobilis, humor, 
 Jiwzentum, fo?nes, primam producere gaudent. 
 Corripiunt led arijia, vadum, fopor atque lucerna, 
 DuxqaQ ducis, Jlabilifquc, fides, ditioque, qua/illus, 
 Nata licet longis ; quae pluraque fuggeret ufus. 
 
 2. The Quantity of Compottuds. p. 264. 
 
 Simplicium fervant legem compcfta fuorum, 
 Quamvis diphthongus vel vocalis varietur. 
 At breviant nihilum cum pejero, degero, nee non 
 Veridicus, fociis junctis, & femifopitus \ 
 Cognitus his addes, velut agnitus, innubus, atque 
 Pronubus : at longis a?nbitus mobile junges, 
 Imbecillus item : fed connubium variabis. 
 Quam disjun&a dabat menfuram praepofitura, 
 Juncta tenet : fubiens illam nifi litera mutet. 
 Eft pro breve in Grace is, pro longum rite Latinis* 
 At rape quae fundus, fugio, xeptifque nepofquz, 
 Y&feftum, fari, fateor, fanumquQ crearunt. 
 TrLiicc prof c?6 addes, pariterque procella, protervus. 
 Atque propago genus, propago protrahe vicis. 
 Propino varia, verbum propago, prof undo : 
 Qxxm.pel.lo, euro, genitis, Proferpina junge. 
 
 Se 
 
302 Of the Quantity of Syllables. 
 
 Se produc & di, praeter dirhto atq&e difertus. 
 
 Eft re breve : at viduum perfonis protrahe refert. 
 
 Pars fi componens fini prior / vel o donat, '. 
 
 Sit breve : vaticirm monftraverit, j4rc?opl:ylaxq\iQ. 
 
 /quibuseft flexu mutabile jungitolongis, 
 
 Quaeque queunt fenfu falvo divellier, addens 
 
 13e quibus aut Crafis aliquid vel Syncopa tollit. 
 
 Idem mafculeum produc, & absque & ibidem ; 
 
 Huic dein agglomerans turbx compofta die'u 
 
 His intro, retro, co?itrac[\xt & qua?:do creata 
 
 {Quandoquidem excepto) bene junxeris, atque alioquin, 
 
 Quaeque per o magnum fcribuntur nomina Graiis. 
 
 FIGURES of PROSODY. 
 
 Synalocpha and Eclhlipfis. p. 275. 
 
 Vocalem Synalvpha, Eclhlipfis & m quoque tollit, 
 Altera cum voci eft vocalis prima fequenti. 
 
 Synarejis and Diarejis. p. 276. 
 
 Syllaba de binis conflata Synxrejis efto. 
 Diftrahit in geminas refoluta D'utrefts unam. 
 
 SyJIUe and Diafole. p. 277. 
 
 Syftcla pnrcipitat vccales rite trahendas. 
 Protrahit huic adverfa Diafola corripiendas. 
 
 Figures ^Diction, p. 277. 
 
 Prosthesis apponit capiti, fdAvu tresis auferU 
 Syncopa de medio tollit, fed Epenthesis addit. 
 Abjlrahit Apocope fini, fed dat P A R A g g e . 
 Conflringit Crasis, diflracla Diaeresis effhrt. 
 Liter a fi legit ur tra?ifpqfta, Metathesis exit. 
 An t i t h e s i n dices, tibi liter a fi varietur. 
 
 F I N I & 
 
• V 
 

 

 
 .^ 
 
 -a* 
 
 # 
 
 
 \